Algeria Antigua Argentina Australia Austria Austria - Post Offices in Levant Barbados Bavaria Belgium Belize Bermuda Bogorodsk - see Russia Bogorodsk Bolivia Brazil British Bechuanaland British Central Africa - see Nyasaland British East Africa British Guiana - see Guyana British Honduras - see Belize British South Africa Company Canada Cape of Good Hope Cayman Islands Ceylon Chile China - Chefoo China - Foochow China - Shanghai Cilicia Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Cyprus Denmark Dominica Dominican Republic East Africa & Uganda Ecuador Egypt Éire - see Ireland Estonia Far Eastern Republic Federated Malay States - see Malaya Fiji Finland France French Colonies German Democratic Republic Germany Germany - North German Post Germany - Post Offices in Levant Germany - Post Office in Morocco German Eastern Military Command Gibraltar Great Britain GB - Post Offices in China GB - Post Offices in Levant GB - Post Offices in Morocco Greece Grenada Guatemala Guyana Haiti Heligoland Honduras Hong Kong Hungary India India - Gwalior India - Jhind India - Nabha India - Travancore Iran - see Persia Iraq Ireland Israel - see Palestine Jamaica Japan Leeward Islands Levant - see GB Post Offices in Levant Liberia Luxembourg Malaya - Federated Malay States Malaya - Straits Settlements Maldive Islands Malta Mauritius Mexico Monaco Montenegro Montserrat Morocco Agencies - see GB Post Offices in Morocco Natal New South Wales New Zealand Newfoundland Nicaragua Norfolk Island North German Post - see Germany North German Post Nyasaland Orange River Colony Palestine Panama Paraguay Persia Peru Philippines Postgebiet Ob. Ost. - see German Eastern Military Puerto Rica Queensland Rhodesia - see British South Africa Company Romania Russia Russia - Bogorodsk Russia - Phrygian Cap Issue Russia - Pribaikal Russia - Post Offices in China St Kitts-Nevis St Lucia St Vincent Salvador Samos Sierra Leone South Africa South Australia South West Africa Southern Rhodesia Spain Straits Settlements - see Malaya Sudan Switzerland Syria Tahiti Tasmania Transvaal Trinidad Trinidad & Tobago Turkey Ukraine United States of America Uruguay Venezuela Victoria Western Australia Württemberg Zanzibar Notes & General Information The FIP definition of postal stationery The FIP defines postal stationery as being postal matter which bears an officially authorised pre-printed stamp or device or inscription indicating that a specific face value of postage or related service has been prepaid. How this Catalogue is Organised Each country has one or more of four different sections. 1 Post Office issues 2 Stamped to Order issues 3 Official issues 4 Private Overprints - on Post Office & Stamped to Order issues Illustrations Unless otherwise stated all illustrations are at 100% of original. Valuations Prices are listed with unused in the first column and used in the second column. Prices are for complete undamaged newspaper wrappers in folded condition. Value of unused items in unfolded condition will for most items be much higher than those listed here. Prices in this catalogue are in UK currency. They are not offers to buy or sell. Prices have been arrived at mainly by studying sales on internet auctions. For scarcer items the price is largely based on the editor’s judgement. A blank price or two dots (..) indicates that it has not been possible to make a price judgement with the information available. Three dots (...) in the price column means that the item is not known to exist or does not exist (unused or used as the case may be). Printed to Private Order / Stamped to Order Some countries permitted businesses and individuals to place orders for newspaper wrappers. These wrappers were often on different paper or in a different size or with an indicium which was not used for standard wrappers. The countries known to have allowed this are Australia, Austria, Bavaria, Canada, Ceylon, France, Germany, Great Britain, Ireland, New South Wales, Spain, Switzerland, Tasmania, Venezuela, Victoria and Württemberg. In this catalogue these wrappers are termed as stamped to order (STO). In some literature they are described as printed to private order (PTPO). The use of PTPO has been avoided as it is considered to be ambiguous. The listing in the Stamped to Order section is of the indicium / indicia on the wrapper ignoring any other printing that may be on the wrapper. Where there is additional printing a separate entry has been added in the Private Overprint section. Standard post office issue newspaper wrappers also exist with private overprints and these are listed in this catalogue in the Private Overprints sections. They are not stamped to order. Private Overprints Newspaper wrappers which were overprinted at the request of a user with their company name and/or other information or advertising are termed as private overprints. Private overprints can be on Standard Post Office issue or on Stamped to Order wrappers. In a small number of instances the private overprint was printed at the same time as the indicium by the postal authority. The listing of private overprints is in strict alphabetical order of the business (or person) name (ignoring a prefix such as “The” or similar or equivalent in a foreign language). So a company with the name “A Smith” would be listed under “A” alphabetically not under “Smith”; “A Smith” would come before “Albert Smith”. An alphanumeric reference is given for each different overprint listed. Below that are listed the wrapper/s which has/have received this overprint. The complete reference for such an item would have the format aaa00 - 000, where the first five characters are the alphanumeric reference for the overprint and the last three figures are the catalogue reference number for the wrapper or indicium / indicia. Handstamps Only Stamped to Order newspaper wrappers with company handstamps are included in this catalogue. Regular Post Office issue newspaper wrappers with company handstamps and similar are not included in this catalogue. Compound Stamping Where more than one indicium appears on a wrapper the convention is to record the indicia from right to left, top to bottom. So the wrapper illustrated below with two indicia is 3d + ˝d GB WP89 3d + ˝d A similar one with same values, as illustrated below, is ˝d + 3d. The two indicia compounds are considered different and are listed as separate items.
GB WP62 ˝d + 3d Paper Colours / Shades Many newspaper wrappers were printed on low quality paper. The passage of time is making it increasingly more difficult to differentiate some of the shades which were recorded in the past. Different shades of paper are only listed where it is considered that the difference is still clear-cut today and will continue to be so in the foreseeable future. Paper Expansion Because of the size and poor quality, paper expansion (often erroneously referred to as paper stretch) creates problems in measuring the text which is frequently found on newspaper wrappers. When examining wrappers printed in tropical climates (where humidity can vary from very low to very high) examples have been found of up to 2% paper expansion. (2% of 100mm is 2 mm). This means that measurement alone cannot be used as an absolute method to identity different settings of print. When any dimensions are given paper expansion should always be taken into consideration. Technical terms used in describing text ARM - the projecting horizontal strokes on letters such as T, E. ASCENDER - the part of lower case letters which project above the mean-line on letters such as b, h, l. BASE LINE - the imaginary line on which the base of capital letters with a flat bottom rest. BOWL - the rounded part of letters such as P, B and the upper part of g to distinguish it from the lower part which is known as the loop or tail. DESCENDER - the parts of letters which are below the base line such as g, p, q. EAR - the projecting stroke on the bowl of the letter g. LOOP - the lower part of the letter g which is also known as the tail. MEAN-LINE - the imaginary line that runs along the top of lower case letters such as a, n, x Wrapper Sizes Wrapper sizes quoted are width x height in millimetres when looking at a wrapper with the indicium in an upright position. Country Names The country name used in this catalogue is that which was in use at the time when the last wrapper was issued by the postal administration. The country index does give other names that were used during the period that wrappers were used. Free Frank Wrappers Wrappers which were issued as Government Free Franks are not considered as postal stationery under FIP rules. They are therefore not listed in this catalogue. Any wrapper which does not state a value or states “free” and was intended for “official” use is therefore not included. Miscuts, Paper Folds & Similar Errors Items of this nature, which are not constant varieties, are considered beyond the scope of this catalogue and are therefore not listed. Only constant major varieties are included. De la Rue Text Settings De la Rue used the printing formes with identical text settings for the printing of most of the wrappers produced by them. The first two setting were used for numerous countries and are shown below to save on repeating the same information numerous times. Text Setting DLR1 comma after Newspapers in line 1 l of enclose in line 2 is below the right side of w Text setting DLR1 is identical on all the following issues of wrappers Barbados 1882, 1902 British East Africa 1897 British Guiana 1884, 1905 Cape of Good Hope 1881, 1882, 1892, 1894 Gibraltar 1887, 1898 Grenada 1886 Hong Kong 1900 Jamaica 1888 Leeward Islands 1890 Malta 1885 Natal 1885 St Lucia 1887 St Vincent 1893 Sierra Leone 1898 Trinidad 1884 Zanzibar 1896, 1899 Text Setting DLR2 no comma after Newspapers in line 1 l of enclose in line 2 is below the centre of w Text setting DLR2 is identical on all the following issues of wrappers Antigua 1903 Barbados 1916, 1938, 1943 Belize 1920, 1923, 1938 Bermuda 1903, 1912, 1913, 1938 British Guiana 1884, 1905, 1934, 1938 Cape of Good Hope 1902 Cayman Islands 1909 Dominica 1903, 1927 East Africa & Uganda 1903, 1908, 1912 Fiji 1917 Gibraltar 1903, 1912, 1938 Grenada 1902, 1912, 1938 Hong Kong 1902, 1912 Jamaica 1903 Leeward Islands 1902, 1913, 1927, 1938 Malaya - Federated Malay States 1928 Malaya - Strait Settlements 1928 Malta 1902/1903, 1913 Montserrat 1903 Natal 1902 Orange River Colony 1902 St Kitts-Nevis 1903 St Lucia 1904, 1912, 1913 St Vincent 1902, 1913, 1915 Sierra Leone 1902, 1912, 1938 Transvaal 1902 Trinidad 1902 Trinidad & Tobago 1915, 1924, 1937 Zanzibar 1904, 1908, 1913, 1926, 1936 Later De la Rue settings occur less frequently and are shown in the listing as and where they occur. De la Rue Specimen Overprints The same specimen overprint was used on wrappers of many British Commonwealth countries. To save repeating the same information details of the standard overprints are listed here. Details of specimen overprints were originally taken from James Bendon’s website, by kind permission of James Bendon. This information has now been transferred to the United Postal Stationery Society website (www.upss.org) where it now being maintained and updated by the UPSS. D2, D4 D2 89–90mm × 8˝–9mm overprinted diagonally bottom left (BL) to top right (TR) D2a 89–90mm × 8˝–9mm overprinted diagonally top left (TL) to bottom right (BR) D4 91˝–93mm × 8˝–9mm overprinted diagonally BL to TR D4a 91˝–93mm × 8˝–9mm overprinted diagonally TL to BR D8 D8 56˝mm x 7˝mm overprinted diagonally BL to TR D8a 56˝mm x 7˝mm overprinted diagonally TL to BR D9 D9 41mm x 4mm overprinted diagonally BL to TR D9a 41mm x 4mm overprinted diagonally TL to BR Portuguese Colonies Specimens The Postal Administration in Portugal hand-stamped items it received from the UPU. The following handstamps were used 1895 - 1910 “ULTRAMAR” 1925 “COLONIAS” 1927 - 1931 “Especimen” 1932 - 1939 “SPECIMEN” 1939 - 1942 “AMOSTRA” Those destined for the Portuguese colonies were passed on to the Ministry for Colonies. The Ministry received 3 or 5 copies of each item for each colony, however only one copy was actually sent to each of the colonies. The items now appearing on the philatelic market are from at least three sources - Goa archive, Angola archive and the Portuguese Ministry for Colonies archive. In common with other similar items, these hand-stamped items are rare. In view of the fact that these items were produced using a simple handstamp, extreme caution should be used when buying these items. Simple handstamps, like these, are very easy to reproduce (buyer beware / caveat emptor). Madagascar Specimens Items received by the Madagascar Postal Administration from the UPU were hand stamped with a special 42mm circular handstamp as shown below on a wrapper from the Russian Post Office in China. The text on the handstamp is “POSTES ET TELEGRAPHES MADAGASCAR” around the edge and “COLLECTION DE BERNE” in the centre. and below is an example on a New Zealand wrapper As only a few copies of each item were hand stamped in this manner these items are very rare. They were mounted in a ledger, most often using the original gum on the item. As a consequence the condition of these items is very variable. When they appear at an auction they realise from about Ł100 upwards, depending on the country and condition. The normal quantity supplied was 3 or 5 copies. From copies of the ledger pages it appears that in most cases only one copy of large items such as newspaper wrappers was mounted in the ledger and hand stamped in this way. UPU Specimens The Paris Congress in 1878 first adopted a regulation which required that each member country be supplied with 3 copies of every stamp and item of postal stationery. The 1895 Vienna Congress increased the number to 5. The 1906 Rome Congress reduced it back to 3. The total numbers distributed were as follows June 1884 to March 1886 - 100 April 1886 to June 1892 - 345 July 1892 to September 1907 - 730 to 756 October 1907 onwards - 351 to 451 Specimens from the UPU Archive (illustration at 50%) The UPU kept a few copies of items received in its archive (usually 2 or 3). These were all subsequently sold. Up until the early 1920s the wrappers were endorsed in pencil or black ink as in the above example on the 1875 issue Guatemala wrapper which is endorsed 290.30 (this is the UPU ledger reference; 290 being the page number and 30 being the entry number on the page) and 78 (the year in which the item was received by the UPU). From about 1923 wrappers were year stamped as in the example shown above. The demise of newspaper wrapper collecting in 1900 In November 1899, Jean-Baptiste Moens, a major force in the stamp world at the time, announced he would retire and liquidate his stocks. Moens was a major stamp dealer and publisher in Brussels, Belgium. With his retirement “Le Timbre-poste” ceased being published as well as his stamp catalogues, including his catalogue of postal stationery. A year later, in November 1900, Stanley Gibbons announced that they would cease importing wrappers (as well as other postal stationery) and that they would cease to chronicle them in their monthly magazine. They also discontinued publishing their catalogue of postal stationery, the 1900 edition being the last one that was published. Many other leading English language stamp journal and book publishers followed suit giving reasons such as “economising on space”. It is very much hoped that this catalogue will help and encourage collectors to collect newspaper wrappers. Reporting of corrections, additions and unlisted items All corrections, additions and new information will be greatly appreciated. Please send 300dpi colour scans to the editor by email. Any additional bibliography references, so that these may be added to help present and future collectors, would also be very greatly appreciated. Email - [email protected] ALGERIA Prior to 1924 French wrappers were used in Algeria. DATE CODE - most wrappers were printed with a three digit date code to the right of the indicium at a distance of about 30 mm. The normal setting is for the foot of the number to be facing the indicium, the reverse (R) is for the top of the date code number to be facing the indicium. The first digit of the date code is the last digit of the year of printing and the next two digits is the week number in the year of printing. So date code 410 corresponds to week 10 of year 1924 or 1934. The system is identical to that used for printing of French wrappers. 1924 French wrappers overprinted “ALGÉRIE” in red (1c) or black (2c & 5c)
001 002 003 004 001 1c grey-black Ł10 Ł25 date codes 410, 509, 515, 548 002 2c brown violet Ł7 Ł25 date codes 410, 452, 502, 548 003 5c orange Ł20 Ł25 date codes 414, 414R 004 5c green Ł20 Ł50 date codes 436, 506, 536 004a no date code Ł20 Ł50 The date codes on the above wrappers (001 - 004) are those of the French wrappers. 1927 April 10 Rue de la Casbah - street scene
005 006 005 1c dark olive Ł4 Ł30 date codes 515R, 643R, 644 005a no date code (1930) Ł4 Ł30 006 2c brown violet Ł4 Ł30 date codes 446, 507, 642, 643R, 644, 707 006a no date code (1930) Ł4 Ł30 1928 Design depicting the Sidi Abd-er-Rahman mosque 007 007 15c red brown Ł15 Ł50 date codes 630, 644, 646R 007a no date code (1930) Ł15 Ł50 1938 New values
008 009 008 10c violet Ł5 Ł60 date codes 744, 925 008a 10c violet (no code) Ł10 Ł80 009 20c carmine Ł10 Ł80 date code 745 1939 Wrapper 009 hand stamped with 0f10 010 010 0f10 on 20c carmine Ł15 Ł40 date code 745 1943 Wrapper 010 additionally hand stamped +0F30 011 011 +0F30 on 0f10 on 20c carmine Ł15 Ł50 date code 745 ALGERIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1927 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1949 Billig’s Philatelic Handbook, Vol 3, 1951 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Catalogue spécialisé timbres postes Algérie, by P J Barat Catalogue des entiers postaux de France, d'Algérie, des colonies Française, ACEP, 1929 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France, d'Algérie, des Colonies Française, ACEP, 1949 ANTIGUA 1903 Badge of the Colony. Printed by De La Rue. Text Setting DLR2.
001 002 001 ˝d green Ł10 Ł15 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... 002 1d carmine Ł10 Ł15 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... ANTIGUA BIBLIOGRAPHY Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 ARGENTINA 1878 October 20 Head of General Juan Antonio Alverez de Arenales, no heading. Printed lithograph and die cut with a rounded top by the National Bank Note Co, New York. Die 1. Some of the printing was also embossed. 001 Die 1 - most of the lines on forehead are complete (400%) 001,002 & 004 001 1c carmine Ł10 Ł30 Embossed, 163mm x 240mm 001v1 albino, embossed only 001a 1c orange red Ł10 Ł30 Not embossed, 160mm x 240mm Quantity printed (001 + 001a) - 100,000 In January 1879 the National Bank Note Company, The American Bank Note Company and the Continental Bank Note Company were consolidated into one company - the American Bank Note Company. 1879 July Printed lithograph by the American Bank Note Co, New York. Size 160mm x 240mm. Re-engraved die - Die 2. 002 Die 2 - most of the lines on forehead are broken (400%) 002 1c red Ł1 Ł10 Ordered 10 Dec 1878. Shipped 30 Jun 1879. Quantity printed - 300,000 1879 Proof 002 proof in green (@60%) Proofs, as in example above, printed on a thin white paper exist in Black, Green, Orange, Carmine, Red and Blue. A proof in Carmine was also printed on a medium tinted paper. These are believed to have been produced in 1879. 1880 February 23 Head of Julián Segundo de Agüero, no heading. Printed lithograph by the American Bank Note Co, New York. Size 160mm x 240mm 003 003 4c blue Ł2 Ł25 003s “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... Ordered 10 Dec 1878. Shipped 30 Jun 1879. Quantity printed - 200,000 Proofs, printed on a thin white paper, exist in Black, Carmine, Green, Orange, Red and Blue. 1880 March Head of General Juan de Arenales, die 2. Heading REPÚBLICA ARGENTINA has been added. Printed lithograph by the American Bank Note Co, New York. Size 168mm x 246mm. 004 - font with thin lines, 11mm underline below Impresos (200%) 004 1c carmine (thin) Ł1 Ł1 004a gummed flap at bottom Ł25 004b - font with thicker lines, 11˝mm underline below Impresos Thick accent over Ú (200%) 004b 1c carmine (thick)
004v1 variety - no dot after ARGENTINA (200%) 004v1 no dot after ARGENTINA 004v2 variety - deformed R in REPUBLICA, looks like a V (200%) 004v2 VEPUBLICA variety 004s “MUESTRA” Ł5 ... Quantity printed (004 + varieties) - 6,211,000 in 5 separate printings. 1st order shipped 16 Mar 1880; last order shipped 28 Sep 1887. Stocks were exhausted in 1889. 1882 September 7 Rays of sun outlined in design. 19 dots at top and bottom of frame. Printed lithograph by Bradbury, Wilkinson & Co, London. Imprint “LIBRERIA EUROPEA” at bottom of wrapper. Size 165mm x 245mm L Jacobsen & Ca, (the company name and address printed at the bottom of the wrappers), were representatives, in Argentina, for Bradbury Wilkinson & Co, London.
005 005a 005
005 ˝c red-brown, 11mm line Ł1 Ł10 005a ˝c red-brown, 13mm line Ł2 Ł20 Quantity printed (005 + 005a) - 2,000,000 (in 2 printings) 1884 October Rays of sun not outlined. Heading 60mm long, indicium is 22mm high. 32 dots at top and bottom of frame. Printed lithograph by the National Bank Note Co, New York. Size 165mm x 245mm. 007 - heading 60mm, dot after ARGENTINA 007, 008, 009 0 07 ˝c red-brown Ł5 Ł5 Quantity printed - 2,000,000 (order shipped 20 Sep 1884)
007 - horn not touching (200%) 008 - horn touching (200%)
1888 October New die, heading is 55mm long, indicium is 23mm high, horn is touching envelope. 29 dots at top and 30 dots at bottom of frame. Printed by Juan H Kidd y Cia, Buenos Aires. Size 165mm x 245mm. 008 - heading 55mm, no dot after ARGENTINA, no accent on U 008 ˝c red-brown Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed (008 + 009) - approximately 2,200,000 Both Kneitschel and Vasen & Riese state that these were printed lithograph. All copies in the editor’s collection were printed letterpress. 1889 March 15 New indicium die and heading in bold, heading 62 mm wide. Design with 35 dots at top and 34 dots at bottom of frame. Horn not touching the envelope. Printed lithograph by Juan H Kidd y Cia, Buenos Aires. 009 - heading 62mm, bolder font 009 - horn not touching (200%) 009 ˝c brown Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed (008 + 009) - approximately 2,200,000 (the actual amount is uncertain) 009a no accent on Ú Ł5 Ł3 1889 May Coat of Arms design. Printed by Compańia Sudamericana de Billetes de Banco de Buenos Aires. “Impresos” is 11mm wide. Wrappers printed on many different types of paper. Size 162mm x 240mm. There are 20 or more different settings of this wrapper. The width of REPUBLICA ARGENTINA varies from 61mm to 63mm. The distance between Impresos and the indicium varies from 101mm to 106mm. The distance between the upper underline and the indicium varies from 18mm to 29mm. 010, 016 010 ˝c brown Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed (010 + 016) - 7,630,000 010a no accent on Ú Ł3 Ł3 010b 010b “REPÚBILCA” Ł20 Ł20 010 - normal setting (@60%) 010c - indicium to left of heading (@60%) 010c indicium to left of heading Ł5 Ł5 010d dropped “I” of “Impresos” Ł5 Ł5 010e chamfer & gum at bottom Ł25 Ł25 010sa “MUESTRA” onion paper Ł5 ... 010sb “MUESTRA” wove paper Ł5 ... 1889 - 1890 Ľc General Juan Lavalle (unissued) 1c General Juan Alverez de Arenales (issued 13 Nov 1890) 2c General Carlos Maria de Alvear (issued 13 Nov 1890) 4c Julián Segundo de Agüero (issued 28 Dec 1889) These wrappers were printed on several different types of paper. Printed by Compańia Sudamericana de Billetes de Banco de Buenos Aires. Size 160mm x 240mm. “Impresos” is 11mm long.
011 & 017 012 & 018 014
011 1c blue-green Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed (011 + 017) - 1,297,000 011a 011a “PEPUBLICA” Ł15 Ł25 011b cut square 011c gummed on printed side 011sa “MUESTRA” onion paper Ł5 ... 011sb “MUESTRA” wove paper Ł5 ... 012 - no break in line, line 63mm 012a - break under U of REPUBLICA, line 67mm 012b - break under R of ARGENTINA, line 68mm 012 2c violet Ł3 Ł3 Quantity printed - (012 + 018) - 640,000 012a 2c violet, 67mm line Ł1 Ł1 012b 2c violet, 68mm line Ł1 Ł1 012s “MUESTRA” Ł5 ... 014 4c blue Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - (014 + 014a) - 736,000 “...TINA” to indicium 20mm 014a 4c blue Ł1 Ł1 “...TINA” to indicium 31mm 014s “MUESTRA” Ł5 ...
Ľc unissued wrapper A Ľc wrapper was prepared but never officially issued; 5000 copies were produced. A report in The Philatelic Record No 144, December 1890, states that all bar one copy of this wrapper, of the 5,000 received by the post office, were officially burnt. More than one copy of this wrapper is known today! ... Ľc carmine red Ł150 ... Composite Proof (60%) Composite proofs of the 4 values of this issue were produced in seven different colours including blue, yellow, red, brown and green. Proofs of the 1c and 4c wrapper were also produced in black. 1892 April Designs as previous issues, “Impresos” is 15˝mm long 016 ˝c brown Ł2 Ł2 Quantity printed (010 + 016) - 7,630,000 016a dropped I in Impresos Ł5 Ł5 016s “MUESTRA” Ł5 ... 017 1c blue-green Ł1 Ł2 Quantity printed (011 + 017) - 1,297,000 017s “MUESTRA” Ł5 ... 018 2c violet Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - (012 + 018) - 640,000 018s “MUESTRA” Ł5 ... 1892 October 1 Head of Bernardino Rivadavia, 1st President of Argentina 1826/7. Printed letterpress by Compańia Sudamericana de Billetes de Banco de Buenos Aires. Size 240-250mm x 80mm (˝c, 1c, 2c) or 115mm x 280mm (4c). Wrappers were supplied in packets of 10 with a premium of 2c per packet.
019 020 021 022
019s 020s 021s 022s
019 ˝c blue Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 7,015,000 019a no accent on Ú 019s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł3 ... packet band for 10 copies of wrapper 019 (50%) 020 1c orange Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 5,665,000 020a no accent on Ú Ł10 Ł10 020s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł3 ... 021 2c yellow green Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 1,992,000 021a no accent on Ú Ł10 Ł10 021s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł3 ... 022 4c grey green Ł2 Ł2 Quantity printed - 479,000 022a no accent on Ú Ł10 Ł10 022b error “Impresus” Ł10 Ł10 022s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł3 ... MUESTRA Specimens 1892 & 1896 Specimens 019s, 020s, 021s and 022s were included in a presentation booklet “Valores Postales Argentinos” published in 1893 by the “Comisión de Valores Postales”. Further editions of this booklet were produced in 1897 and 1898 containing the same four wrappers as in the first edition together with wrappers 023s, 024s, 025s and 026s. The wrappers were stuck to pages of the booklet using the original gum of the wrapper. Copies of specimens which have been removed from the booklet often have paper adhering to the gummed strip or have been damaged in some other way. Specimens were also produced which were not included in this booklet. Page from “Valores Postales Argentinos” with wrapper 020s (50%) 1896 July 16 Small embossed head of Liberty. Printed letterpress by Compańia Sudamericana de Billetes de Banco de Buenos Aires. Size 115mm x 280mm.
023 024
025 026 023 ˝c light blue Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 1,952,000 023a no accent on Ú Ł3 Ł2 023s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł3 ... 024 1c orange brown Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 7,022,000 024a 024a “REPUBILCA” error Ł50 Ł50 024b 024b “REPULIBCA” error Ł50 Ł50 024c no accent on Ú Ł3 Ł3 024s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł3 ... 025 2c yellow green Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 2,973,000 025a no accent on Ú Ł3 Ł3 025s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł3 ... 026 4c greenish grey Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 290,000 026s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł3 ... The Specimens of the above issue were in a presentation booklet “Valores Postales Argentinos” published in 1898. (see note below 022s) Proof of the ˝c was produced in light blue with REPUBLICA ARGENTINA in sans serif letter size 94mm x345mm. 1899 January 19 Large embossed head of Liberty, the ornate S in “POSTAL”. Printed letterpress by Compańia Sudamericana de Billetes de Banco de Buenos Aires. Size 115mm x 280mm. Ornate S in POSTAL
027 028 029 030
027 ˝c red orange Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 4,062,000 028 1c dark blue Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 13,354,300 029 2c bluish black Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 5,037,000 030 4c blue green Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 464,000 PROOFS FOR THE 1899 ISSUE INDICIA AS ON 027 - 030, HEADINGS AS ON 023 - 026 Large Liberty Head proofs (75%) Proofs exist with the Large Liberty head, as wrappers 027 to 030, with heading as in the 1896 issue (REPUBLICA ARGENTINA). ˝c lilac brown, 1c dark green, 2c chocolate and 4c olive. Size 115mm x 280mm. INDICIUM & HEADING AS WRAPPERS 027 - 030 Proof with Large Liberty head as wrappers 027 - 030. Size 180mm x 285mm, 2c in blackish slate and blackish brown. Size 240mm x 286mm, ˝c bright red, 1c blue, 2c orange and 4c bluish green INDICIUM SIMILAR TO 027 - 030, HEADING IMPRESOS Proof indicium similar to Large Liberty head as wrappers 027 - 030. Heading “IMPRESOS” about 2mm high x 35mm wide. 5c printed in six different colours. Size 115mm x 280mm 1902 October 1 New design of Head of Liberty, ornate “S” in “POSTAL” is same as in previous issue. Printed letterpress by Compańia Sudamericana de Billetes de Banco de Buenos Aires. Size 115mm x 280mm.
031& 033 032 & 034 031 ˝c orange red Ł10 Ł10 Quantity printed (031 + 033) - 25,636,000 032 1c dark blue Ł10 Ł10 Quantity printed (032 + 034) - 16,915,000 1902 October 1 Head of Liberty, S in “POSTAL” is plain. Printed lithograph by Compańia Sudamericana de Billetes de Banco de Buenos Aires. Size 115mm x 280mm. Plain S in POSTAL
035 036 033 ˝c orange red Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed (031 + 033) - 25,636,000 034 1c blue Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed (032 + 034) - 16,915,000 034a 034a “F” of “Faja” top missing 035 2c slate blue Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 8,909,000 035a “F” of “Faja” omitted Ł20 036 4c grey green Ł2 Ł1 Quantity printed - 722,000 1906 December 1 Bust of General Jose de San Martin. Printed letterpress by Casa de Moneda, Buenos Aires. Size 115mm x 280mm. Produced with chamfered and square ends.
037 038
039 040 037a ˝c carmine (chamfered) 037b ˝c carmine (square) Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed 037a + 037b - 61,770,000 038a 1c blue (chamfered) 038b 1c blue (square) Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed 038a + 038b - 10,992,000 039a 2c grey brown (chamfered) 039b 2c grey brown (square) Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed 039a + 039b - 14,995,000 040a 4c grey green (chamfered) 040b 4c grey green (square) Ł4 Ł4 Quantity printed 040a + 040b - 908,000 It is believed that wrappers with chamfered ends were only produced on the first printing. The quantities produced in the first printing were ˝c - 500,000, 1c - 200,000, 2c - 200,000 & 4c - 100,000 037 proof (+ 5c postage stamp proof) in light blue (@50%) Proofs of the ˝c indicium were printed, on cardboard, together with the 5c postage stamp in 37 different colours / shades. 1911 December 4 Farmer and plough design (commonly referred to as Labrador design). Printed letterpress by Casa de Moneda, Buenos Aires. Size 115mm x 280mm.
041 042 043 044
041 ˝c carmine Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 89,113,000 042 1c blue Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 10,242,000 043 2c violet brown Ł1 Ł1 Quantity printed - 14,379,000 044 4c grey green Ł8 Ł10 Quantity printed - 682,000 1917 February 16 (˝c, 1c & 2c), April 21 (4c) Head of General José de San Martin. The I of IMPRESOS is under the J of FAJA. 54 lines per cm in background. Printed by Casa de Moneda, Buenos Aires. Size 115mm x 280mm.
045, 049 046, 050 047, 051 048, 052
Setting A - The I of IMPRESOS is under the J of FAJA Setting B - The I of IMPRESOS is under the JA of FAJA 045a ˝c carmine, setting A Ł3 Ł1 Quantity printed (045 + 049) - 53,355,000 045b Setting B 046 1c blue Ł4 Ł2 Quantity printed (046 + 050) - 5,619,000 047 2c brown Ł4 Ł4 Quantity printed (047 + 051) - 8,177,000 048 4c grey-green Ł50 Ł50 Quantity printed (048 + 052) - 136,000 H&G lists the 4c grey-green with the I under J. It is not listed by Kneitschel or Vasen & Riese. Copies do exist. 1917 The I of IMPRESOS is under the space between A and J in FAJA. 42 lines per cm in background. Printed by Casa de Moneda, Buenos Aires. Size 115mm x 280mm. I of IMPRESOS is under AJ in FAJA 049 ˝c carmine Ł4 Ł4 Quantity printed (045 + 049) - 53,355,000 049s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł4 ... 050 1c blue Ł4 Ł4 Quantity printed (046 + 050) - 5,619,000 050s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł4 ... 051 2c brown Ł4 Ł4 Quantity printed (047 + 051) - 8,177,000 051s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł4 ... 052 4c grey green Ł20 Ł20 Quantity printed (048 + 052) - 136,000 052s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł4 ... 1924 July 10 Head of General Jose de San Martin. Dot in value tablet below c. Printed by Casa de Moneda, Buenos Aires. Size 115mm x 270mm.
053 054 055 056
053 ˝c violet Ł10 Ł15 053s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 054 1c ochre Ł10 Ł15 054s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 055 2c brown Ł10 Ł15 055s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 056 4c violet brown Ł10 Ł15 056s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 1925-1935 Head of General Jose de San Martin. No dot in value tablet. Printed by Casa de Moneda, Buenos Aires. Size 115mm x 270mm. Vasen & Riese states that both lithograph and letterpress printing processes were used to produce this group of wrappers, i e from 057 to 082. All wrappers examined by the editor, appear to be have been printed by lithograph. Type 1 - Heading and indicium only, no text above indicium.
057,064,070,078 058,071,079 059,065,072,080 057 ˝c violet Ł10 Ł5 057a laid paper 058 1c ochre Ł10 Ł5 059 2c brown Ł10 Ł10 059a laid paper Type 2 - Two lines of text above indicium, second line is 64mm long, first line ending DOS. On the 4c wrapper the indicium is on the left. Type 2 (90%) 066, 073, 081 064 ˝c violet Ł5 Ł5 065 2c ochre Ł5 Ł5 066 (90%) 066 4c violet brown Ł30 Ł30 Type 3 - Two lines of text above indicium, second line is 68mm long, first line ending DOS. On the 4c the indicium is on the right. Type 3 (90%) V of CENTAVOS below d Type 3a (90%) V of CENTAVOS below Ad 070 ˝c violet, type 3 Ł5 Ł5 070a type 3a Ł5 Ł5 071 1c ochre, type 3 Ł5 Ł5 071a type 3a Ł5 Ł5 072 2c violet brown, type 3 Ł5 Ł5 072a type 3a Ł5 Ł5 073 4c violet brown, type 3 Ł30 Ł30 073a type 3a Ł30 Ł30 Wrapper 073 is listed by H&G as having the indicium on the left, this is believed to be an error. All copies seen by the editor have the indicium on the right. Type 4 - Two lines of text above indicium, first line ending “gravamen”. On the 4c the indicium is on the right. Type 4 (90%) 078 ˝c violet Ł5 Ł5 079 1c ochre Ł5 Ł5 080 2c ochre Ł5 Ł5 081 4c violet brown Ł10 Ł10 1931 August 12 As Type 4 of previous issue 082 082 3c green Ł5 Ł5 1936 February 9 Printed by Casa de Moneda, Buenos Aires. Designs - ˝c Manuel Belgrano 1c Domingo Faustino Sarmiento 2c Justo José de Urquiza 3c (green or sepia) General José de San Martin 3c (grey) Mariano Moreno (1939) 4c Guillermo Brown Headings without a tariff box
087, 092, 097 088, 093, 098 089, 094, 099 101, 103, 107, 111 102, 108, 112 104, 109, 113 090s 091
087 ˝c brown violet Ł5 Ł1 087s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 088 1c ochre Ł5 Ł1 088s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 089 2c brown Ł5 Ł1 089s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 090 3c green Ł5 Ł1 090s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 091 4c sepia Ł5 Ł1 091s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 1939 January 27 Tariff box A added, first line under INTERNOS is $0.03 cada. Box A 092 ˝c brown violet Ł5 Ł1 093 1c ochre Ł5 Ł1 094 2c brown Ł5 Ł1 1939 March 20 As previous. Tariff box A.
095,100,105,110 096, 106
095 3c sepia Ł5 Ł1 095s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 096 4c greenish grey Ł5 Ł1 096s overprint “MUESTRA” Ł10 ... 194? T ariff box B, first line under INTERNOS is 3 centavos, there are 3 lines after NOTA. Box B 097 ˝c brown violet Ł5 Ł1 098 1c ochre Ł5 Ł1 099 2c brown Ł5 Ł1 100 3c sepia Ł5 Ł1 1942? Tariff box B, post horn added before FAJA POSTAL 101 ˝c brown violet Ł5 Ł5 102 1c ochre Ł5 Ł5 1942? Tariff box C, post horn before FAJA POSTAL, there are 2 lines after NOTA. Box C 103 ˝c brown violet Ł5 Ł5 104 2c brown Ł5 Ł5 105 3c sepia Ł5 Ł5 106 4c greenish grey 194? Post horn in coat of arms before FAJA POSTAL, tariff box C, on the 3c the coat of arms is 8mm or 8Ľmm wide. 107 ˝c brown violet Ł5 Ł5 108 1c ochre Ł5 Ł5 109 2c brown Ł5 Ł5 110 3c sepia (8mm arms) Ł5 Ł5 110a 8Ľmm arms Ł5 Ł5 194? Arms type as previous issue, tariff box D.
Box D 114 111 ˝c brown violet Ł5 Ł1 112 1c ochre Ł5 Ł1 113 2c brown Ł5 Ł1 114 3c grey Ł10 Ł5 OFFICIAL 1911 “M.I.” overprinted in black on wrapper 043 for use by the Ministerio del Interior. 201 201 2c violet brown Ł350 Ł350 Quantity printed - 5,000 1917 “M.I.” overprinted in black on wrapper 051 for use by the Ministerio del Interior. 202 202 2c brown Ł250 Ł250 Quantity printed - 13,000 ARGENTINA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Valores Postales Argentinos, by C Carles, 1893 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Valores Postales Argentinos Vol. II, by C Carles, 1898 A Catalogue for Advanced Collectors of Postage Stamps, Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers, by Henry Collin and Henry L Calman, 1901 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Sellos y Otros Valores Postales y Telegraficos Argentinos Tomo II, by Antonio Deluca, 1941 Catálogo de los Sellos Postales de la República Argentina y sus Derivados, by Victor Kneitschel, 1943 Catálogo de los Sellos Postales de la República Argentina, by Victor Kneitschel, 1958 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Catálogo de Enteros Postales Argentinos, by W Vasen & H L Riese, 1991 Argentina Stamped Wrappers 1878-1887: The National and American Bank Note Co Issues, by Ross A Towle and Wayne Menuz, in Postal Stationery No 367, July-Aug 2009 www.asianphilatelist.org - by Abraham Luspo AUSTRALIA Following the formation of the Commonwealth of Australia, on 1 January 1901, the control of the postal service within Australia was passed to the Federal Government on 1 March 1901. Separate wrappers continued to be issued in each of the states. From 13 October 1910 stamps and postal stationery of all the states became valid for use in any part of Australia. PAPER - The paper which is described as ribbed paper is a buff paper glazed on the outside on rough on the inside. The ribbing gives the paper the appearance of laid paper. The ribbing is not consistent and is often almost invisible. 1913 January 4 (˝d) and January 23 (1d) Kangaroo on Map of Australia. Wrapper size 133mm x 290mm. Printed on a buff horizontally ribbed paper. All the Kangaroo and George V wrappers were printed letterpress using electrotypes produced from the same steel dies as were used to produce electrotypes for postage stamps of the same design.
001 002 001 ˝d green Ł40 Ł25 002 1d red Ł30 Ł80 Quantities issued - ˝d 84,420 - 1d 1,725,552 1915 April King George V. No text. Wrapper size 133mm x 290mm. Printed on a horizontally ribbed paper. There is considerable variation in the shades of green in this issue. 003 003 ˝d green Ł15 Ł10 Shown here in green. The KGV 1d reds only exist in die I and II. Die III only exists in green
Die I - lines thicker at top Die II - spur below right side of the left 1
Die III lines same thickness, horizontal break at bottom left of neck 1915 January King George V. No text. Wrapper size 133mm x 290mm. Die I. Printed on a horizontally ribbed paper. 004, 005, 007 004 1d red, die I Ł40 Ł25 004v1 (200%) 004v1 “AUSTRALPA” variety A “war tax” of ˝d per article was announced on 28 October 1918, to apply from 4 November 1918. This increased the first step newspaper rate from ˝d to 1d. 1919 Wrapper 003 overprinted with another ˝d indicium. The overprinting occur in many different alignments to one another and in different shades of green indicating many printings. 006, 008 006 ˝d + ˝d green Ł40 Ł40 “NEWSPAPER ONLY” HANDSTAMPS On 20 September 1920 instructions were issued that all existing stocks of wrappers are to be marked ‘Newspaper only’ either by hand or rubber stamp and that officers draw the attention of purchasers to the fact that the wrappers cannot be used for the posting of articles other than newspapers. Postmasters were advised of this instruction in the October 1920 Monthly Circular. Most of these were probably produced locally by post offices, but there is no official record of this. A number of different handstamps are known, some examples are shown below. These handstamps are known on the following wrappers. 003 ˝d green 004 1d red die I 006 ˝d + ˝d green When offered at auction these items sell from about Ł70 upwards for unused and Ł150 upwards for used. Heading type 1 1920 (or 1921) King George V, heading type 1 in same colour as indicium. Wrapper size 133mm x 290mm. Die I. Printed on a horizontally ribbed paper. 007 1d red Ł150 Ł150 007a vertically ribbed paper Ł150 Ł150 1920 King George V. Wrapper 003 overprinted with heading type 1 and a second indicium in green. Five different settings of the overprinting (i.e. the heading with the second indicium) are known. A red guide line has been added to the illustrations to show the difference. The alignment to the original indicium, (wrapper 003), occurs in numerous positions. 008 setting I 008 setting II 008 setting III 008 setting IV 008 setting V 008a ˝d + ˝d green (I) Ł100 Ł100 008b setting II Ł100 Ł100 008c setting III Ł100 Ł100 008d setting IV Ł100 Ł100 008e setting V Ł100 Ł100 “WAR TAX” & INCREASE IN POSTAGE RATES The “war tax” of 1918 was removed on 1 October 1920 and this coincided with an increase of postage rates on the same day. The first step rate for newspapers was increased to 1d. LINES THROUGH “NEWSPAPER ONLY” Australia had separate postal rates for ‘Newspapers’, ‘Printed Papers’, ‘Magazines’ and ‘Journals’. Newspaper wrappers are known used with the words “NEWSPAPER ONLY” having one or more lines applied through them by hand. It is presumed that this was done privately when the wrapper was used to send an item other than a newspaper. This practice was common until about 1928. In 1928 new regulations were introduced and items like these were then treated as wholly unpaid. 1922 March 3 King George V. Heading type 1 in same colour as indicium. Wrapper size 133mm x 290mm. Die I. Printed on a glazed paper.
009v1 - top of crown missing (200%) 010
009 1d light violet Ł30 Ł25 009v1 top of crown missing Ł50 Ł50 010 1d dark violet Ł30 Ł25 010a vert laid paper wide stripe 010v1 top of crown missing Ł50 Ł50 010d “Fishtail P” variety (200%) (this variety also occurs on wrappers 011 and 013) 010v2 “Fishtail P” variety Ł60 Ł60 010e Frame damage on left side (200%) 010v3 Frame indent / damage 010s 010s UPU specimen UPU specimens of wrapper 009 were produced by applying a 29˝mm CTO cancel - GPO MELBOURNE / - MR 23 (day blank) 1924 May King George V. Heading type 1 in same colour as indicium. Wrapper size 133mm x 290mm. Die I and die II. 011 to 018 DIE I 011 1d green, wove paper Ł30 Ł10 011a laid paper thin stripe Ł30 Ł30 011b laid paper wide stripe Ł30 Ł30 011v1 “Fishtail P” variety Ł60 Ł60 011s 011s UPU specimen Ł40 ... UPU specimens of wrapper 011 were produced by applying a 29mm CTO cancel - G.P.O. MELBOURNE VIC / 14 MY 24 DIE II 012 1d green, wove paper Ł150 Ł150 012b laid paper wide stripe Ł150 Ł150 The thin stripes are 1Ľmm apart, the wide stripes are 2˝mm apart. Both are vertically laid. 1d violet and 1d green wrappers with no text headings are Stamped to Order wrappers. 1924 September King George V. Heading type 1 in same colour as indicium. Wrapper size 133mm x 290mm. Die III. Printed on a buff laid paper. DIE III 013 1d green Ł50 Ł30 013v1 “Fishtail P” variety Ł100 Ł60 Heading type 2 (with comma after recognised) 1927 King George V. Heading type 2 in same colour as indicium. Wrapper size 133mm x 280mm. Die I and die III. Printed on wove paper & laid paper. DIE I 014 1d green die I Ł25 Ł20 DIE III 015 1d green die III wove Ł35 Ł25 015a 1d green die III vert laid Ł250 Ł250 Heading type 3 (no comma after recognised) 1928 King George V. Heading type 3 in same colour as indicium. Size 133mm x 280mm. Die I. 016 1d green, wove paper Ł20 Ł20 016a horz laid paper 016b diagonally laid paper The horizontally laid paper has thin stripes 1Ľmm apart, the diagonally laid paper has wide stripes 2˝mm apart. 1930 King George V. Heading type 3 in same colour as indicium. Size 133mm x 280mm. Die III. 017 1d green Ł450 Ł450 1d green, die I and die II, wrappers with heading type 3 and a five line footer (as on wrapper 018) are listed by H&G (E14 & E14a), ASC (W13 & W13a) and Darke (W18 & W19). No copies are known to exist and there is no evidence that these were ever produced. Footer - five lines of instruction (illustrated at 75%) Heading type 4 1931 King George V. Heading type 4, plus 5 lines of instructions at bottom. Wrapper size 127mm x 280mm. Die I. 018 1d green die I, wove Ł25 Ł15 018a horz laid paper 018s “SPECIMEN” Ł250 ... “SPECIMEN” hand stamped in violet over indicium as 021s A 1d green, die III, wrapper, as wrapper 018, is listed by H&G (E15a), ASC (W14a) and Darke (W21). No copies are known and there is no evidence that it was ever produced. 1938 Queen Elizabeth design, header and footer as previous. Wrapper size 190mm x 280mm. 019, 020 Printed on thin transparent paper, distance between address lines and bottom text is 110mm 019 1d green Ł40 Ł30 Printed on thin very transparent paper, distance between address lines and bottom text is 135mm 020 1d green Ł80 Ł40 020s “SPECIMEN” Ł100 ... “SPECIMEN” is hand stamped in violet over indicium as 021s A “war tax” of ˝d per article was introduced from 10 December 1941. This increased the first step newspaper rate from 1d to 1˝d. 1942 King George VI, design as the 1937 2d postage stamp. Wrapper size 190mm x 280mm. Printed on a thin transparent paper.
021 021s 021 1˝d green Ł200 Ł100 021s “SPECIMEN” Ł300 ... “SPECIMEN” hand stamped in violet over indicium. KGVI wrappers without any heading/text are Stamped To Order. 1942 King George VI, wrapper 185mm - 190mm x 280mm. Printed on a thin transparent paper and a buff wove paper. The first printings were on a thin transparent paper, 0.07mm thick, as the previous issue. Later printings were on a thicker buff wove paper, 0.12mm thick, as used on subsequent issues.
022, 023 024 025
022 1˝d green, thin paper 022a buff wove paper Ł15 Ł12 1946 King George VI, wrapper 160mm - 165mm x 280mm. Printed on a buff wove paper. 023 1˝d green Ł5 Ł4 The first step newspaper rate was changed to 1˝d (no war tax) on 1 July 1949. 1951 King George VI, 160mm - 165mm x 280mm. Printed on a buff wove paper. 024 1˝d violet Ł15 Ł70 The used price is for usage within the correct date range (prior to 1 July 1951), otherwise Ł10. The first step newspaper rate was increased to 2˝d on 1 July 1951. 1951 July King George VI, 160mm - 165mm x 280mm. Printed on a buff wove paper. 025 2˝d brown Ł8 Ł5 025s o/p “SPECIMEN” Ł30 ... The specimen overprint on 025 was for distribution by the UPU. SPECIMEN is 80mm x 13mm printed diagonally bottom left to top right in red using an outline font (as on 148s). ESSAY Photo Essay (dated 12.02.53 on reverse side) (This item sold for AUS$2,000 = Ł1,170, Prestige Philately Auction 186, Lot 2321, 8 Nov 2013) 1953 August 5 Queen Elizabeth II. Wrapper size 165mm x 280mm.
026,027 027v1 - “Boston Blackie” moustache (400%) 026 - base with line 027 - base of head solid
(illustrations at 200%) 026 2˝d brown die I Ł5 Ł5 026v1 variety “Boston Blackie” Ł150 027 2˝d brown die II Ł5 Ł25 027s o/p “SPECIMEN” in red Ł50 ... The specimen overprint on 027 was for distribution by the UPU. SPECIMEN is 104mm x 16˝mm printed diagonally bottom left to top right in red using an outline font (as on 148s). The combined total number of wrappers 026 and 027 issued was 10,503,255. On 30 June 1959 newspaper wrappers were withdrawn from sale. On 12 October 1960 wrappers were re-introduced as a general purpose wrapper and printed without any heading. On 1 October 1959 the first step newspaper rate was changed to 5d 1960 October 12 Queen Elizabeth II. Wrapper size 165mm x 280mm. 028 028 5d blue Ł5 Ł3 028s1 o/p “SPECIMEN” in red Ł50 ... The specimen overprint on 028 was for distribution by the UPU. SPECIMEN is 104mm x 16˝mm printed diagonally bottom left to top right in red using an outline font (as on 148s). 420 copies were produced. 028s2 028s2 “SPECIMEN ONLY” “SPECIMEN ONLY” hand stamped in violet, 42mm x 5mm 1965 July 23 Queen Elizabeth II. Wrapper size 165mm x 280mm. 029 029 5d red Ł15 Ł25 1966 February 14 Queen Elizabeth II. Wrapper size 165mm x 280mm. 030 030 4c red Ł2 Ł3 030s1 (50%) 030s1 “SPECIMEN ONLY” Ł20 ... “SPECIMEN ONLY”, 42mm x 5mm, same as on 028s2, was rubber stamped in blue (may also exist in red). These were for use in the Post Office Training School. Copies were supplied in a “Mailing Course Information Kit” in 1966. 030s2 030s2 “SPECIMEN” The hand stamped “SPECIMEN”, in black, 35mm x 5mm, was part of the decimal currency publicity kit distributed prior to 14 February 1966. 30s3 030s3 “SPECIMEN ONLY” Hand stamped in blue 75mm x 7mm. These were for use in the Post Office Training School. Copies were supplied in a “Mailing Course Information Kit” in 1967. 1967 October 1 Queen Elizabeth II. Wrapper size 165mm x 280mm. 031, 032 031 5c orange Ł2 Ł1 031s 031s “SPECIMEN” in red Ł20 ... “SPECIMEN”, 59mm x 16mm, was hand stamped, these were for use in the Post Office Training School. 1969 Queen Elizabeth II, “Postcode” on 3rd line of address lines. Wrapper size 165mm x 280mm. The wrappers were sold for six cents. 032 5c orange Ł5 Ł10 Sometime during 1969 or 1970 the sale price of the 5c wrappers was increased to seven cents. 032 showing sale price of 7c (50%) 1970 December Queen Elizabeth II. Wrapper size 165mm x 280mm. 033 033 6c red Ł1 Ł1 When the postage rate was increased, in July 1972, existing stocks of the 6c wrappers were uprated to 7c and the wrappers were sold for 9c. (illustrations at 50%) 1972 July Queen Elizabeth II. Wrapper size 160mm x 278mm. 034 034 7c magenta Ł1 Ł1 1975 April Queen Elizabeth II, wrapper 034 overprinted with two bars (1˝mm, 2mm or 2˝mm apart) and 11c. Wrapper size 160mm x 278mm.
035 035a 035b
035 11c on 7c magenta, 1˝mm Ł1 Ł1 035a 2mm between lines Ł5 Ł5 035b 2˝mm between lines Ł5 Ł5 035v1 lower bar missing Apart from spacing of the lines the position of the 11c in relation to the bars is different on each of the three settings. On 1 September 1975 the non-standard rate for up to 50 grams by surface mail was increased from 11c to 20c. Re-valuation was done by the addition of an adhesive stamp or stamps (not necessarily as illustrated) and the uprated wrappers were sold for 25c each. 1980 Queen Elizabeth II, wrapper 034 overprinted with two bars (1˝mm or 1ľmm space between the two bars) and 25c. Wrapper size 161mm x 270mm - 272mm.
036 (25c low) 36a (25c high)
036 25c on 7c magenta, 1ľmm Ł1 Ł1 036a 1˝mm between lines Ł2 Ł2 These two wrappers appear to come from separate printings of the 7c wrapper, they are on slightly different papers and have been cut to a different size. STAMPED TO ORDER The same electrotypes were used for many of the stamped to order wrappers that were used for the post office issue wrappers. These wrappers can be identified by such features as different paper stock, different size, overprinting by the user and/or no printing of the standard text as used for the post office issues. The facility of producing stamped to order postal stationery was withdrawn in September 1978. Some of these wrappers are only known with private overprints, these are priced in the Private Overprints section not in this section. Items which are known without private overprints are listed with a price. COMPOUND STAMPINGS - mixed designs 102 102 ˝d + ˝d .. .. 530 copies of the ˝d indicium were printed in 1914 on a Tasmania ˝d stamped to order wrapper. Only one cut out known to exist, sold by Phoenix Auctions on 7 December 2013, lot number 1412, for $A575. Kangaroo on Map 103 1d red
104... 105 104 2d grey 105 2˝d dark blue 2,984 copies of the 2˝d wrapper were produced in 4 printings in 1921. Only a few cut outs known. King George V
110 111, 112 114
110 ˝d green 111 1d red Die I Ł200 112 1d red Die II Ł1,000
113 115, 116
113 1d red Die I + ˝d green *Ł100
- price for cut out
1,500 copies were produced in 1918. Only 4 cut outs known 114 1d violet Ł60 115 1d green Die I Ł70 Printings, of the 1d green, from late 1928 were made using a new steel die, the indicium is very difficult to distinguish from the earlier printings. 116 1d green Die III Ł100
119 121 122
117 1˝d black-brown Only a single cut-out is known (sold at a Status International Auction, Auction No 240, Lot 1564). These were supplied to Davies Bros in 1919. 118 1˝d brown 119 1˝d green 120 1˝d red .. .. 121 2d brown Ł1,000 122 2d red 123 3d blue .. .. A total of at least 1,900 wrappers were stamped between 1933 and 1936 and sent to Tasmania. No examples are known to exist. 124 (4˝d compound) .. .. 1,000 wrappers with a 4˝d compound stamping were produced in 1922 for a company in Tasmania, presumed to be Davies Bros. No examples are known to exist and it is not known what actual indicia were used. Queen Elizabeth
130 131
130 1d green Ł100 King George VI and Queen Elizabeth 131 2d red + 1d green King George VI 135 135 1˝d green Ł400 136 2d red .. .. A total of 5,000 2d red wrappers were produced between 1938 and 1940. No examples are known.
140 141
140 1˝d green Ł100 Ł60 141 1˝d + 1˝d green Ł200 2,230 copies of the 1˝d + 1˝d green were printed.
142 143
142 2d green 143 2˝d red Ł50 Ł40
144 144 2˝d + 2˝d red Ł20 145 145 3d green Ł100 Queen Elizabeth II
148 149
148 2˝d indigo 148s (illustrated at 75%) 148s “SPECIMEN” Ł80 ... This specimen wrapper was produced for UPU distribution. 377 copies were produced. 149 3d green Ł25
150 151
150 3˝d orange large die Ł150 151 3˝d orange small die Ł150
152 153
152 5d light blue 153 5d dark blue 154 154 5d red Queen Elizabeth II Decimal Currency
155 156
155 4c red Ł150 156 5c orange STAMPED TO ORDER FOR OFFICIAL USE Indicium with KGV Design incorporating O S in solid white
220 221 222 - die I 241 242 243 - die III
Indicium with KGV Design incorporating a dotted O S
231, 232 233 231 - Type 1 232 - Type 2
The dots were produced by drilling the electros. Two different types are known Type 1 - (bottom three dots): left dot closer to A, middle dot touches A, right dot touches curved line Type 2 - (bottom three dots): left dot further from A, middle dot clear of A, right dot clear of curved line AUSTRALIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 The Stamps of the Commonwealth of Australia, by Alec A Rosenblum, 1922 (1st edition) - 1966 (6th edition) Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Postal Stationery of the Commonwealth of Australia Part 5, by B C Darke, 1980 Kangaroos the Last Victorian Issue, by G N Kellow, 1985 Australian Commonwealth Postal Rates 1901-1966 Part 2 Commercial Papers Printed Matter and Merchandise Samples, by Richard Breckon, in The Australian Philatelist Vol 1 No 4, June 1988 Australian Commonwealth Postal Rates 1901-1966 Part 4 Newspapers Magazines Books and Parcels, by Richard Breckon, in The Australian Philatelist Vol 2 No 1, Autumn 1989 Updated Listing of Commonwealth of Australia Printed to Private Order Stationery, by Ian McMahon, in Postal Stationery Collector No 6, August 1996 Australian Rarities: 1938-39 3d Double Impression Wrapper, by John Sinfield, in Postal Stationery Collector No 11, November 1997 South Australian Wrappers, by Peter Guerin, in Postal Stationery Collector No 14, August 1998 Printed to Private Order Stationery: Tasmania 1933 to 1974, by A E Orchard, 1999 OHMS Overprints on Australian Stationery, by Peter Guerin, in Postal Stationery Collecto, No 3, August 2002 The Australasian Stamp Catalogue, Seven Seas Stamps, 29th Edition, c2003 Queen Mother Wrapper, by Joan Orr, in Postal Stationery Collector No 38, August 2004 2˝d Wrapper Dies, by Mark Diserio, in Postal Stationery Collector No 46, August 2006 King George VI Crowned Circle Embossed Design, by Mark Diserio, in Postal Stationery Collector No 50, August 2007 Australian Commonwealth Post Office Newspaper Wrappers, by John K Courtis, in Philately from Australia, Vol. LX No. 3, September 2008 & Vol LX No. 4, December 2008 Australia newspaper wrapper collection of Sybrand Bakker, private correspondence, 2012 Australia newspaper wrapper collection of Mark Diserio (International Large Vermeil), private correspondence, 2012/3 Prestige Philately Auction 186, Lot 290, 8 Nov 2013 Prestige Philately Auction 186 (John Sinfield & Mark Diserio collections), 8 Nov 2013 The Last Word? (Regarding a Tasmania ˝d + Australia ˝d compound stamped to order cut out.), by Mark Diserio, in Postal Stationery Collector No 77, February 2014 More Information about BW WS23, by Mark Diseroin, in Postal Stationery Collector No 84, November 2015 From a box of Bits and Pieces at a Club Open Day (re STO wrapper 131), by Joan Orr, in Postal Stationery Collector No 96, May 2016 Brusden-White Notes, by Mark Diserio, in Postal Stationery Collector No 90, May 2017 Postal Stationery including Australian Territories (The Australian Commonwealth Specialists’ Catalogue, Section 12), by Geoffrey Kellow (editor), 2018 Abacus Auctions, auction 229 lots 94 & 95, 01 September 2018 Australia newspaper wrapper collection of Tom Herinckx, private correspondence, 2017 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Ewen’s Weekly Stamp News, No 808, 20 March 1915 Australian Philatelist, July 1915, p 163, issue of King George V wrappers Philately from Australia, June 1955, pp 33-35, article by J C W Brown Commonwealth of Australia Printed to Order Postal Stationery, by Ian McMahon, Philatelic Society of Canberra, 1991 Philately from Australia, 2008, article by Mark Diserio re printing figures of Australia newspaper wrappers AUSTRIA 1872 October 1 With yellow border at top and bottom. Size 380mm x 72mm. 001, 002 001 2kr yellow Ł10 Ł20 5,000 copies of wrapper 001 were reprinted in 1892. The reprints are on thinner paper. The printing is much finer on the reprints and is much coarser on the originals. 1875 Without yellow borders. Size 380mm x 72mm. Printed on a coarse paper (1875) and smooth paper (1879). 002 2kr yellow (coarse) Ł5 Ł10 002a 2kr yellow (smooth) Ł5 Ł10 1883 September Design with double eagle, indicium is 215mm from left edge. Size 380mm x 72mm. Gummed on the left side. 003, 003a 003 2kr black & brown Ł3 Ł5 Ascher mentions two types, a small and a large “kr”, on wrappers 003/003a. Schneiderbauer also states that there are two types of “kr”. The difference is very small, about 0.1mm in height and even smaller in width and very difficult to see. 1887 Design as previous issue, indicium is 275mm from left edge. Gummed on the right side 003a 2kr black & brown Ł3 Ł5 1890 October Franz Joseph, 375mm x 70mm 004, 005 004 2kr brown on cream Ł1 Ł1 1892 August Franz Joseph, 150 x 300 mm 005 2kr brown on buff Ł1 Ł1 1899 Franz Joseph, new currency. Size 150mm x 300mm. 006, 007 006 3h brown Ł2 Ł1 Proofs for wrapper 006, in ultramarine and in brown, were printed on cartridge paper. 1907 Franz Joseph, double eagle added on left side of wrapper with 4h below it. Two types open 4 and closed 4. Size 150mm x 300mm.
007 open 4 (400%) closed 4 (400%)
007a 3h brown, open 4 Ł10 Ł10 007b closed 4 Ł2 Ł1 1908 Jubilee issue. Size 150mm x 300mm. 008 008 3h brown-violet on buff Ł1 Ł1 008a on yellow buff (1915) Ł20 Ł20 008b on brownish Ł1 Ł1 The sale of Austrian newspaper wrapper to the general public ceased on 10 April 1916. USAGE IN LIECHTENSTEIN All the Austrian post office issue wrappers are known used from Liechtenstein. They are very rare and command high prices - Ł1,000 and upwards. ADDRESS LABEL for PRINTED PAPER Items with an indicium in the same design as the stamped to order wrapper 100 and printed in blue (as shown above) are often offered for sale as wrappers. They are in fact address labels. They were printed and supplied 30 copies on a sheet and spaced to be cut to 145mm x 26mm. STAMPED TO ORDER 1900 Mercury facing left 100 100 2h light green Ł5 Ł5 COMPOUND STAMPING 101 2h + 2h light green (vert) Ł10 102 102 2h+2h+2h light green Ł20 103 103 2h+2h+2h+2h light green Ł20 1900 Franz Joseph design
105 107 108
105 3h brown Ł5 Ł5 106 5h dark green Ł5 Ł5 107 5h yellow green Ł5 Ł5 108 10h rose Ł10 Ł10 1908 Jubilee issue, Mercury facing right.
111 112 111 2h dark green Ł5 Ł3 112 6h violet Ł10 Ł10 COMPOUND STAMPING - mixed designs 113 2h (100) + 2h (111) Ł10 COMPOUND STAMPING - Mercury facing right
115 116a
115 2h + 2h dark green (vert) Ł5 116a 2h + 2h + 2h dark green Ł30 (1 above 2) 116b 2h + 2h + 2h dark green Ł30 (2 above 1) 116c 116c 2h+2h+2h dark green (vert) Ł30
117a 117b (@50%)
117a 2h+2h+2h+2h dark green Ł15 (2 x 2 layout) 117b 2h+2h+2h+2h dark green Ł20 (1 x 4 layout) 117c (@75%) 117c 2h+2h+2h+2h dark green Ł20 (4 x 1 layout) 118a 118a 2h dark green + 6h violet Ł20 118b 118b 6h violet + 2h dark green Ł20 119a 119a 2h+2h d green + 6h violet Ł30 119b 119b 6h violet + 2h+2h d green Ł30 1908 Jubilee issue Franz Joseph design
122 123 124
122 3h red lilac Ł10 Ł3 123 5h green Ł10 Ł5 124 10h rose Ł10 Ł10 125 20h brown Ł30 Ł30 1916 Small Mercury facing left 127 127 2h red Ł3 Ł3 COMPOUND STAMPING 128 2h + 2h red (vertical) Ł50 Ł10 129 2h + 2h + 2h red (vert) Ł20 Ł20 130 2h red + 6h violet Ł50 Ł10 131 131 2h red+6h violet+2h red Ł20 .. 1916 Design depicting the Imperial Austrian Crown
134 135 136a
134v1 - edge break bottom right of 3 134v2 - edge break below ER 134 3h violet Ł3 Ł3 134v1 edge break left of 3 134v2 edge break below ER 135 5h yellow green Ł3 Ł3 COMPOUND STAMPING 136a 3h + 3h violet (vertical) Ł6 Ł6 136b 3h + 3h violet (horizontal) Ł6 Ł6 137 3h + 3h + 3h violet 1917 Charles I
139 140
139 15h red Ł10 140 25h blue Ł10 1919 Small Eagle
143 144 145
143 3h grey Ł5 144 5h dark green Ł3 145 5h light green Ł3
146 147 146 10h red Ł3 147 20h green Ł5 148 40h red COMPOUND STAMPING 149 3h + 3h grey
150 150 3h + 3h + 3h grey Ł15 151 10h + 10h red Ł10 152 152 40h + 40h red Ł20 1920/21 Mercury facing front
155 156 157
155 2h red Ł5 156 4h brown Ł5 157 6h blue green Ł5
159 160
158 8h light green Ł5 159 9h yellow Ł5 160 10 red Ł5
161 162 163
161 15h red violet Ł5 162 18h dark green Ł5 163 20h orange Ł5
164 165
164 30h brown Ł5 165 45h green Ł5 COMPOUND STAMPINGS - mixed designs 170 170 2h (127) + 4h (156) Ł50 172 172 2h(127)+4h(156)+6h(157) Ł50 173 173 4h (156) + 2h (127) Ł50 175 175 6h (157) + 2h (127) 176 176 6h(157)+4h(156)+2h(127) Ł50 178 (@70%) 178 9h (158) + 2h (127) Ł50 COMPOUND STAMPINGS - Mercury facing front 180 2h + 2h red 181 181 2h+2h+2h+2h red Ł50 Ł30 182 2h red + 4h brown Ł9 Ł20 183 2h(155)+4h(156)+6h(157) 184 2h red + 6h blue green 185 2h red + 9h yellow 186 9h + 9h yellow 187 10h red + 20h orange Ł9 Ł20 188 188 30h + 30h brown Ł6 Ł20 1921 Large Eagle
190 192
190 80h red Ł20 191 1k brown Ł20 192 2k blue Ł20 1922 Small Mercury facing left
194 195
194 45h grey Ł5 195 75h brick red Ł5 NOTE re wrappers 197 & 199 Wrappers 197 & 199 are listed by Schneiderbauer (1981). No copies have been seen by the editor to date. The illustrations have been added using other postal stationery with the same design, colour and value. 1922 Eagle coat of arms design. (see note above) 197 197 5k grey olive .. .. 1925 Landscape design. (see note above) 199 199 16g grey blue .. .. STAMPED TO ORDER with PRINTED PRECANCEL Precancels on stamped to order newspaper wrappers were printed by the Austrian Bureau of Engraving and Printing for the “Deutschen und Österreichischen Alpen-Vereines”. The first precancel was at the end of March 1910 with “Ende”. From April 1910 until December 1913 there were two for each month with “Mitte” and Ende”. For January and February 1914 there was just one precancel with “Januar - Februar” . For March 1914 there was one showing only the month and one showing “Ende”. From April 1914 until August 1914 there were two each month as previously. From September 1914 until November 1919 there was just one each month with “Ende”. A total of 131 different dates. After this the precancels were undated. Items from the 1910 issue without a date are the result of an error in overprinting. The date and the precancel were printed in separate operations which occasionally resulted in misalignment as shown above. Wrappers are also known without an indicium but with the precancel and used with the addition of an adhesive stamp. 1910 Jubilee, small Mercury facing right
207 208
207 2h dark green .. Ł10 208 6h violet .. Ł20 1910 Franz Joseph Jubilee design
209 210
209 3h red violet .. Ł2 210 5h green .. Ł7 211 211 10h carmine .. Ł10 1916 Small Mercury facing left 212 212 2h red .. Ł10 1916 Imperial Crown
213 214 213 3h violet .. Ł3 214 5h green .. Ł3 1920 Mercury full face
215 216
215 2h vermillion .. Ł20 216 6h blue green .. Ł30 217 217 9h yellow .. Ł30 218 18h dark green .. Ł30 1920 Small Eagle design
219 221
222 223
219 10h red .. Ł5 220 20h dark green .. Ł5 221 20h light green .. Ł5 222 40h dark red .. Ł5 223 5h green (crown) + 5h grey .. Ł30 1921 Large Eagle design 225 224 1Kr dark blue .. 225 2Kr blue .. Ł20 1928 Numeral indicium printed together with a date precancel. Printed by letterpress in red. Dates from February 1928 to July 1938. It is believed that the 4g exists with most dates in this period. The only date seen of the 8g is Ocober 1928. No copies have been seen by the editor of the other two values. 230 230 4g red .. Ł30 231 5g red .. 232 232 8g red .. Ł150 233 10g red .. 1938 As previous with OSTERREICH changed to DEUTSCHE and GROSCHEN changed to REICHPOST. Dates from August 1938 to December 1938. The only date seen by the editor is August 1938. 235 235 4g red .. Ł50 DuOAV precancels - A listing of known dates Ende Marz 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte April 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende April 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Mai 1910 209 3h red violet 210 5h green 211 10h carmine Ende Mai 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Juni 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende Juni 1910 207 2h dark green 210 5h green Mitte Juli 1910 209 3h red violet Ende Juli 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte August 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende August 1910 209 3h red violet Mitte September 1910 209 3h red violet Ende September 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Oktober 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende Oktober 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte November 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende November 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Dezember 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Dezember 1910 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Januar 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende Januar 1911 209 3h red violet Mitte Februar 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende Februar 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Marz 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende Marz 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte April 1911 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende April 1911 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Mai 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Mai 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Juni 1911 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Juni 1911 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Juli 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Juli 1911 209 3h red violet Mitte August 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende August 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte September 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende September 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mite Oktober 1911 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Oktober 1911 209 3h red violet Mitte November 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende November 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Dezember 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Dezember 1911 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Januar 1912 209 3h red violet Ende Januar 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Februar 1912 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Februar 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Marz 1912 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Marz 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte April 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende April 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Mai 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende Mai 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Juni 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Juni 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Juli 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Juli 1912 209 3h red violet Mitte August 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende August 1912 209 3h red violet Mitte September 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende September 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Oktober 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende Oktober 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte November 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende November 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Dezember 1912 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende Dezember 1912 209 3h red violet Mitte Januar 1913 209 3h red violet Ende Januar 1913 209 3h red violet Mitte Februar 1913 209 3h red violet Ende Februar 1913 209 3h red violet Mitte Marz 1913 209 3h red violet Ende Marz 1913 209 3h red violet Mitte April 1913 209 3h red violet Ende April 1913 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Mai 1913 209 3h red violet Ende Mai 1913 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Juni 1913 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Juni 1913 208 6h violet 210 5h green Mitte Juli 1913 209 3h red violet Ende Juli 1913 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte August 1913 209 3h red violet Ende August 1913 209 3h red violet Mitte September 1913 209 3h red violet Ende September 1913 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Oktober 1913 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende Oktober 1913 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte November 1913 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Ende November 1913 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Dezember 1913 209 3h red violet 210 5h green
Januar-Februar 1914 207 2h dark green 210 5h green Marz 1914 210 5h green Ende Marz 1914 209 3h red violet Mitte April 1914 209 3h red violet Ende April 1914 209 3h red violet 210 5h green Mitte Mai 1914 209 3h red violet Ende Mai 1914 209 3h red violet Mitte Juni 1914 210 5h green 211 10h carmine Ende Juni 1914 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte Juli 1914 209 3h red violet Ende Juli 1914 209 3h red violet Ende August 1914 209 3h red violet Ende September 1914 209 3h red violet Ende Oktober 1914 209 3h red violet Mitte November 1914 209 3h red violet Ende Dezember 1914 209 3h red violet Ende Januar 1915 209 3h red violet Ende Februar 1915 209 3h red violet Ende Marz 1915 209 3h red violet Ende April 1915 209 3h red violet Ende Mai 1915 209 3h red violet Ende Juni 1915 209 3h red violet Ende Juli 1915 209 3h red violet Ende August 1915 209 3h red violet Ende September 1915 209 3h red violet Ende Oktober 1915 209 3h red violet Ende November 1915 209 3h red violet Ende Dezember 1915 209 3h red violet Ende Januar 1916 209 3h red violet Ende Februar 1916 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende Marz 1916 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Mitte April 1916 209 3h red violet Ende April 1916 209 3h red violet Ende Mai 1916 209 3h red violet Ende Juni 1916 213 3h violet Ende Juli 1916 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende August 1916 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende September 1916 207 2h dark green 209 3h red violet Ende Oktober 1916 213 3h violet Ende November 1916 212 2h red 213 3h violet Ende Dezember 1916 212 2h red 213 3h violet Ende Januar 1917 212 2h red 213 3h violet Ende Februar 1917 212 2h red 213 3h violet Ende Marz 1917 212 2h red 213 3h violet Ende April 1917 212 2h red 213 3h violet Ende Mai 1917 212 2h red Ende Juni 1917 212 2h red 213 3h violet Ende Juli 1917 212 2h red 213 3h violet Ende August 1917 213 3h violet Ende September 1917 212 2h red 209 3h red violet Ende Oktober 1917 212 2h red 213 3h violet Ende November 1917 212 2h red 213 3h violet Ende Dezember 1917 212 2h red 213 3h violet Mitte Januar 1918 213 3h violet Ende Januar 1918 213 3h violet Ende Februar 1918 213 3h violet Ende Marz 1918 213 3h violet Ende April 1918 213 3h violet Ende Mai 1918 213 3h violet Ende Juni 1918 213 3h violet Ende Juli 1918 213 3h violet Ende August 1918 213 3h violet Ende September 1918 214 5h green Ende Oktober 1918 214 5h green Ende November 1918 213 3h violet 214 5h green Ende Dezember 1918 214 5h green Ende Januar 1919 214 5h green Ende Februar 1919 214 5h green Ende Marz 1919 214 5h green Ende April 1919 214 5h green Ende Mai 1919 214 5h green Ende Juni 1919 214 5h green Ende Juli 1919 214 5h green Ende August 1919 214 5h green Ende September 1919 214 5h green Ende Oktober 1919 214 5h green Ende November 1919 214 5h green Ende Dezember 1919 214 5h green Without Date 209 3h red violet 210 5h green 212 2h red 213 3h violet 214 5h green 215 2h vermillion 216 6h blue green 217 9h yellow 218 18h dark green 219 10h red 220 20h dark green 221 20h light green 222 40h dark red 223 5h green (crown) + 5h grey 224 1Kr dark blue 225 2Kr blue AUSTRIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Ganzsachen Osterreich Katalog und Handbuch, by Franz Schneiderbauer, 1977 Ganzsachen Österreich: Spezialkatalog und Handbuch, by Franz Schneiderbauer, 1981 Österreich 1850-1918 Spezialkatalog und Handbuch, by Dr. Ulrich Ferchenbauer, 5th ed, 1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Edgard Pockelé collection, private correspondence, 2017 Precancelled Austrian Wrappers, by Michael Hynes www.precancels.com/precanceled-austrian-wrappers/ ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Illustrierter Postwertzeichen-Katalog, Ganzsachenteil, von Gebrüder Senf, Leipzig 1906 "Austrian Precancels", Stephen G. Rich, The Precancel Bee, August 1936 The Official Precancel Stamp Catalogue, Foreign Section, Stephen G. Rich, Editor, Hoover Brothers, 1936 "Precancelled Austrian Newspaper Wrappers", Ben Reeves, S.P.A. Journal, May 1949 Gedenkschrift zur 100. Wiederkehr des Geburtstages von Carl Lindenburg, 1950. (contains article about the newspaper wrappers of the German and Austrian Alpine Club by Wilhelm Engelhardt) Catalogue Des Preos D'Europe, Jean Lepingle, 1951. "Austrian Precancelled Wrappers", Dr. William Engelhardt, Stamp Collecting, January 15th, 1954. Die Ganzsache No 1, 1962 (details and dates of 1928/1938 precancels) Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog des Berliner Ganzsachen-Sammler-Vereins, Lieferung 11 und 13 von Fritz A. Beyer, Berlin 1969 U. 1971 International Precancel Catalog, John M. Randall, Editor, PSS, 2005. Journal: "Austria", Austrian Philatelic Society, #73 page 12. AUSTRIA P.O. IN LEVANT 1899 Head of Franz Joseph. Overprint 19mm or 19˝mm wide.
001 001a
001 10p on 3k green (19mm) Ł4 Ł10 001a 19˝mm wide overprint Ł50 Top 001 Bottom 001a (300%) The spacing between PARA and right hand 10 is wider on wrapper 001a. 1900 Head of Franz Joseph. Overprint 17˝mm wide.
002 002 10p on 5h green Ł3 Ł10 1909 Jubilee issue (10 para, Turkish currency and 5 cent, French Currency)
003 004 003 10p green Ł3 Ł7 004 5c green Ł10 Ł30 The 5c green was sold in Austrian Post Offices on Crete. Austria operated three post offices on Crete, between 1890 and 1914, in Chania, Heraklion and Rethymno. The wrappers could be used anywhere within the Ottoman Empire. Because an appreciable saving could be made, many of these wrappers were used from Austrian Post Office other than in Crete All Austrian Post Offices in the Levant were closed by 30 October 1914 when Turkey abrogated all foreign extraterritorial rights. AUSTRIA PO in LEVANT BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 BARBADOS From 2 October 1882 ˝d and 1d newspaper wrappers were made available for sale at the General Post Office. The ˝d wrappers were sold in bundles of 12 for 7d and the 1d wrappers were sold in bundles of 12 for 1s 2d. Wrappers in larger quantities could be purchased from the Treasury at a 5% discount provided the total value was over Ł5. In August 1884 the selling price of the 1d wrappers was reduced to 1s 1˝d per dozen. The ˝d rate applied for each Newspaper sent by Inland Mail, for Book Packets or Prices Current not exceeding 2 oz in weight addressed only to St. Vincent, Grenada, Trinidad, Tobago, St Lucia, Dominica, Martinique or Guadeloupe. The 1d rate applied for each Newspaper addressed to the United Kingdom and to other British Colonies and Foreign Countries that comprised the Postal Union (except those to the east of Suez). Book Packets or Prices Current not exceeding 2 oz each in weight, addressed to the United Kingdom and to other British Colonies and Foreign Countries that comprised the Postal Union (except those to the eastward of Suez). 1882 October 2 Design with a diademed profile of Queen Victoria on a solid background. Designed and printed letterpress by De la Rue and Co. On pale buff (0.110 / 0.115mm thick) or buff paper (0.095 / 0.100mm thick). Size 305mm x 127mm, gummed and chamfered top corners. Text setting DLR1.
001 002 001a ˝d red-brown, pale buff Ł2 Ł30 001b buff Ł5 Ł5 A total of 297,710 ˝d wrappers were printed in 7 printings 002 1d carmine, pale buff Ł2 Ł15 A total of 102,720 1d wrappers were printed in 1 printing of which 70,000 were used for wrapper 003 Hand painted essays of wrappers 001 and 002 were offered by Harmers Auctions on 29 April 2010, lots 344 and 345. The indicium was hand painted in brown on wrapper blanks printed in brown with the standard Text Setting DLR1. Both essays are dated “Approved” 15/3/82. No details available of prices realised. Die proofs, in black, of wrappers 001 and 002 were offered and sold by Grosvenor Philatelic Auctions on 5 March 2014, auction 87, lots 157 and 158. Both lots realised Ł180. 1893 February Wrapper 002 overprinted ˝d in violet. In February 1893 there was a shortage of ˝d postage stamps. On 17 February 1893 the Post Office reduced the selling price of newspaper wrappers from 7d per dozen to face value. This resulted in the entire stock of ˝d wrappers being exhausted in a very short space of time. The 1d wrappers were overprinted ˝d, they were available for sale until about the middle of March 1893. 003 003 ˝d on 1d carmine Ł1 Ł8 003v1 (400%) 003v1 missing dot after d A total of 70,000 wrappers were overprinted locally. 1896 January 24 Hand stamped “PAID AT BARBADOES” in 3 lines within circle with crown at top. In black on buff paper. Produced locally. No value shown. On 23 January 1896 the rate for inland newspaper was reduced to Ľd per 2oz. These wrappers were produced locally until a Ľd postage stamp became available on 5 May 1896. 004 004 (Ľd) black on buff ... Ł150 Described in The London Philatelist No 51, p82, March 1896. Listed by Gibbons 1897 and 1900, also by Bright & Sons 1914. 1902 Barbados Coat of Arms. Designed and printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR1.
005 006 005 ˝d brown Ł10 Ł30 A total of 179,010 wrappers were printed in 9 printings 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... 1916 May 16 Head of King George V and coat of arms. Designed and printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR2. 006 ˝d green Ł10 Ł5 A total of 344,980 wrappers were printed in 13 printings. Of these 157 wrappers were destroyed on 31 March 1938. 006s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 376 wrappers were overprinted “SPECIMEN” for distribution to members of the UPU. 1938 January 3 Barbados Coat of Arms. Designed and printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR2.
007 008
007 ˝d green Ł20 Ł20 A total of 74,134 wrappers were printed in 7 printings 007s “SPECIMEN”, type D8a Ł75 ... 398 wrappers were overprinted “SPECIMEN” for distribution to members of the UPU. 1943 March 12 New value for increase in postage rate. Designed and printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR2. 008 1d green Ł40 Ł50 A total of 103,917 wrappers were printed in 11 printings. Of these 340 were destroyed on 27 April 1950. Specimen type D15 008s “SPECIMEN”, type D15 Ł75 ... 348 wrappers were hand stamped “SPECIMEN” for distribution to members of the UPU. Specimen type D15 is a rubber handstamp 42mm x 4mm in violet 1950 October Head of King George VI and a view of sugar cane plantation. Printed by Bradbury Wilkinson & Co Ltd. Text setting BW1. Text setting BW1 width of text increased to 79mm 009 009 2c green Ł50 Ł50 A total of 60,000 were supplied from 1 printing. An additional 346 were supplied to the UPU for distribution. 1954 April Head of Queen Elizabeth II and view of sugar cane plantation. Printed by Bradbury Wilkinson & Co Ltd. Text setting BW1. 010 010 2c green Ł5 Ł5 A total of 218,950 were supplied from 9 printings. Of this total 19 wrappers were destroyed. An additional 362 were supplied to the UPU for distribution to members. These wrappers were withdrawn from sale on 23 September 1965 1965 September 24 Head of Queen Elizabeth. Printed by McCorquodale & Co Ltd. Text setting MC1 or MC2. Text setting MC1 Text 77mm x 15mm Text setting MC2 Text 74mm x 17mm; first l of allowed below on
011 012
011a 2c dark green, text MC1 Ł10 Ł10 011b 2c dark green, text MC2 Ł10 Ł10 A total of 168,000 wrappers were supplied from 4 printings. 1973 November New value for increase in the newspaper rate to 3c. Printed by McCorquodale & Co Ltd. Text setting MC3. Text setting MC3, Text 75mm x 17˝mm; first l of allowed below o 012 3c dark green Ł10 Ł10 A total of 60,400 were supplied from 2 printings.
1977 New value for increase in the newspaper rate to 5c. Printed by McCorquodale & Co Ltd. Text setting MC4. Text setting MC4 Text 73mm x 17mm; first l of letter (line 4) below t
013 014
013 5c dark green Ł10 Ł10 198? As previous issue new value. Printed by McCorquodale & Co Ltd. Text setting MC5. Text setting MC5 Text 76mm x 17˝mm; t in postage (line 3) modified 014 8c dark green Ł10 Ł10 1987 Printed on a dark kraft paper. Text setting J. Text setting J
015, 016 017
015 8c black Ł5 Ł5 These wrappers, on dark kraft paper, were withdrawn after only a short period of usage due to difficulties in seeing the design. 1987 July 24 Printed on creamy paper. Text setting J. 016 8c black Ł5 Ł5 016a light greyish paper Ł10 Ł10 1990 Printed on white paper. Text setting J. 017 15c black Ł5 Ł5 BARBADOS BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Postage Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, Post Cards and Telegraph Stamps of the British Colonies in the West Indies together with British Honduras and the Colonies in South America. The Philatelic Society, London. 1891 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Stanley Gibbons Catalogue Part IV, Envelopes Postcards and Wrappers, 1897, 1900 A Catalogue for Advanced Collectors of Postage Stamps, Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers, by Henry Collin and Henry L Calman, 1901 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Stamps of Barbados, by Edmund A Bayley, (Vol 1) 1989, (Vol 2) 2005 BAVARIA Watermark A - wavy lines 21 mm “wide” waves Watermark B - wavy lines 8 mm “narrow” waves 1874 February 1 360mm x 52mm, no watermark, value in kreuzer, printed on white paper. Printed and sold in sheets of 10 wrappers at 14 Kreuzer per sheet. 001, 002 001 1kr green Ł5 Ł100 001a brownish paper Ł5 Ł100 1875 360mm x 52mm, watermark A vertical. Printed and sold in sheets of 10 wrappers at 14 Kreuzer per sheet. 002 1kr green Ł3 Ł120 Remainders of the unused 1kr wrappers, a total of 24,405, were sold in 1876. They were purchased by a Nuremberg dealer G Zechmeyer. 1876 January 1 370mm x 52mm, watermark A vertical, value in pfennig, printed on a light cream paper 003, 004, 005, 006, 007 003 3pf green Ł3 Ł2 1882 January 1 As previous issue, printed on cream paper 004 3pf green Ł2 Ł2 1882 April 370mm x 52mm, watermark B horizontal, horizontal bands at top and bottom 1.5mm or 2.3mm 005 3pf green 1.5mm bands Ł2 Ł2 006 3pf green 2.3mm bands Ł2 Ł1 1885 December 1 160mm x 230-240mm, watermark A vertical, 4 address lines between horizontal bands 007 (@50%) 007 3pf green Ł1 Ł1 1890 July 350mm x 53mm, watermark B, cream or brownish paper, with horizontal bands at top and bottom. 008, 009, 010, 011, 012, 013 008 3pf brown/cream Ł1 Ł1 009 3pf brown/brownish Ł3 Ł2 1890 160mm x 230/240mm, watermark B horizontal, 4 address lines 010 (@50%) 010 3pf brown Ł1 Ł1 1892 350mm x 52mm, watermark B, 1.5mm horizontal bands at top and bottom, no address lines, lemon yellow paper 011 3pf brown Ł3 Ł4 Wrappers 006, 008, 009, 011 were printed in sheets which had a control number at the bottom of the sheet. This number indicates the year the sheets were actually printed. 8=1881, 9=1882, 12=1885, 13=1886, 16=1889, 19=1892, 22=1895. 1892 160mm x 230/240mm, watermark B vertical, yellowish or brownish paper, 4 address lines 012 3pf brown/yellowish Ł1 Ł1 013 3pf brown/brownish Ł1 Ł1 STAMPED TO ORDER As 1874 arms type 100 100 1kr green .. .. Produced for Verein für Geflügelzucht, only one copy known. 1890 Embossed arms type with post horn. Indicium only printed on wrapper. 101 101 3pf brown Ł10 Ł10 1899 Embossed arms type design, similar to previous issue, with values in all four corners (post horns replaced by values in upper corners).
102 103 plain wrappers 102 2pf grey Ł10 Ł50 103 3pf brown Ł10 Ł50 104 5pf green with horizontal bands and address lines as on wrapper 010 102a 2pf grey Ł20 Ł50 1911 Profile of Prince Regent Luitpold, inscribed with date 12 Mar 1911. Commemorating the 90th birthday of the Prince Regent.
105 106 107
105 3pf brown Ł3 Ł5 106 5pf green Ł3 Ł5 107 10pf red Ł6 Ł8
108 109
108 20pf blue Ł10 Ł10 109 25 pf violet brown Ł10 Ł10 110 30pf orange Ł10 Ł10 111 40pf olive green Ł10 Ł20 112 50pf brown red Ł10 Ł20 113 60pf light green Ł20 Ł30 114 80pf dark lilac Ł30 Ł50 1914 Design depicting Crown & Coat of Arms
116 117
115 3pf brown Ł30 Ł30 116 5pf green Ł30 Ł30 117 10pf red Ł30 Ł30 118 20pf blue Ł30 Ł30 BAVARIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Katalog der Privatganzsachen Deutschland bis 1945, by Joachim Strahlendorff and Peter Mette, 2005 Michel Ganzsachen Deutschaland, 2014 Joachim Strahlendorff collection, private correspondence, 2014-2018 BELGIUM 1877 November Wrappers 320mm x 40mm and 320mm x 60mm overprinted “SPECIMEN”
001 002 001 1c green (60mm) Ł75 - 001a 1c green (40mm) Ł75 - 002 5c red (60mm) Ł75 - 002a 5c red (40mm) Ł75 - These wrappers were produced as essays. The 40mm wrappers were printed in sheets of 30 and the 60mm were printed in sheets of 20. A total of 300 sheets of each kind were printed. These wrappers were not used for postal purposes. BELGIUM BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Les Entiers Postaux de Belgique, 1990 BELIZE Prior to 1 June 1973 Belize was known as British Honduras BRITISH HONDURAS 1920 Head of King George V. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2.
001 002 001 1c green Ł20 Ł70 001s1 “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... 727 Specimen copies were produced and distributed De la Rue SPECIMEN Samuels type 18 001s2 “SPECIMEN”, type 18 ... Specimen type 18 was a rubber handstamp 16˝mm x 2ľmm normally struck in purple. It is believed that this handstamp was used in instances (amongst others) when insufficient number of specimen copies were overprinted. 002 2c red Ł20 Ł30 002s1 “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 002s2 “SPECIMEN”, type D8a Ł20 ... A copy of wrapper 002s2 from the UPU archive is dated 1928. There is no obvious difference between the 1920 and the 1928 printing. 1923 Change of colour. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2. 003 003 2c brown Ł20 Ł70 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 427 Specimen copies were supplied to the UPU in 1923. 1938 Head of King George VI. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2.
004 005 004 1c green Ł15 Ł30 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł15 ... 1942 March Head of King George VI. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2. 005 2c red Ł15 Ł100 Specimen type D15 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D15 Ł25 ... Specimen type D15 is a rubber handstamp, 42mm x 4mm, in violet 1954 Known with 1 Jun 1954 CTO postmarks (probable first day of issue). Copies of these wrappers are recorded as received by the UPU on 26 April 1955. Head of Queen Elizabeth II. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR3, DLR5 or DLR6. Text Setting DLR3 second l of allowed just before n, u in nature is in bold DLR3 - u in nature is in bold (400%) Text Setting DLR5 both ll’s of allowed below o, u in nature is normal Text Setting DLR6 l of enclose (line 3) below left side of w
006 007 006 1c green (heading DLR3) Ł8 Ł10 006a 1c yellow green (DLR5) Ł4 Ł10 007a 2c red (heading DLR3) Ł5 Ł10 007b 2c red (heading DLR5) 007c 2c red (heading DLR6) BELIZE 1973 Head of Queen Elizabeth. Text setting DLR7, DLR8 or DLR9.
008 009 Text Setting DLR7 the t of sent in line 2 is below the left side of N Text Setting DLR8 the t of sent in line 2 is below the centre of N Text Setting DLR9 008a 1c green (heading DLR8) 008a 1c green (heading DLR9) 009a 2c red (heading DLR7) Ł4 Ł50 009b 2c red (heading DLR8) Ł4 Ł50 009c 2c red (heading DLR9) 1975? Head of Queen Elizabeth, “FOUR CENTS” is 12mm wide. Text setting DLR10. Text Setting DLR10 o of to in line 2 below s, t of at in line 2 below centre of w
010 011 010 4c red Ł5 Ł20 1981 January 15 Head of Queen Elizabeth, “FOUR CENTS” is 15mm wide. Text Setting DLR12 or DLR13. Text Setting DLR12 o of to in line 2 below s, t of at in line 2 below left side of w Text Setting DLR13 o of to in line 2 below u 011a 4c red (heading DLR12) Ł5 Ł20 011b 4c red (heading DLR13) Ł5 Ł20 All subsequent newspaper wrappers are believed to have been printed in Belize. 1983 January 18 Sea shell design - Leafy Jewel Box (Chama Macerophylla). Text Setting DLR12. Size 108mm x 298mm. Printed lithograph.
012 013 012 4c red Ł50 Ł50 Total quantity printed - 1,000 Wrapper 012 was printed on a paper watermarked DOMTAR BELL-FAST BOND 50% COTTON The first line is 60mm wide, the second 122mm and the third 53mm. The watermark occurs 012a Sideways reading up 012b Sideways reading down 012c Upright 012d Upright reversed 012e Inverted 012f No watermark Other watermark positions may exist but have not been reported. Wrappers without a watermark are due to the wide spacing of the watermark on the paper sheets. 1984 March 1 Sea shell design - Alphabet Cone (Conus Spurius). Size 106mm x 297mm. Text Setting DLR14. Text Setting DLR14 l of letter in line 4 above ge 013 10c black Ł25 Ł30 This wrapper was still on sale at the General Post Office in Belize City in February 2000. (Carl Troy) 1989 November 7 Text only printed on cream paper. Size 106mm x 295mm. 014 014 25c black Ł20 Ł30 This wrapper was still on sale at the General Post Office in Belize City in February 2000. (Carl Troy) BRITISH HONDURAS / BELIZE BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Carl Troy, private correspondence, 2014 British Honduras & Belize QE2 Wrappers, by A E Buzz Jehle, (unpublished work, 1993), private correspondence, 2015 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps Vol V North America, Robson Lowe, 1973 Specimen Stamps of the Crown Colonies, by Marcus Samuel, 1976 BERMUDA Prior to 1 January 1901 the inland newspaper rate for postage was free and the overseas rate was 1d per 4 ounces. From 1 January 1901 the inland rate was Ľd per 4 ounces and the overseas rate was ˝d per 4 ounces. All Bermuda newspaper wrappers were printed by De La Rue 1903 Design based on the KEVII Great Seal of Bermuda. Depicting a three deck ship at the entrance of a dock with gates and two other ships in the background. Text setting DLR2.
001 002 001 Ľd brown Ł4 Ł80 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł50 ... 002 ˝d green Ł3 Ł40 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł50 ... Supplies of these two wrappers were received in Bermuda on 24 February 1903; consisting of 201,510 Ľd wrappers and 99,720 ˝d wrappers. 1902 ESSAYS - hand-painted essays, of a ˝d in dark green and a 1d in red, on wrappers with the heading text printed, were produced by De la Rue. An appendix sheet with these two wrappers affixed to it was in the Cherrystone Auctions Inc sale of 26 October 1999 (Lot No 206) from the Robert W Dickgiesser collection. Below the 1d essay is a manuscript note “Should be Ľd. Colour will have to be settled”. Estimated valuation $750. (Originally sold by De la Rue from their archives in 1976) 1912 Caravel Sailing Ship. Text setting DLR2.
003 003 Ľd brown Ł20 Ł80 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł40 ... Bright, Ascher and H&G list a ˝d green wrapper as being issued in 1912 with the same design as the Ľd wrapper. Die proofs were produced but no wrappers are known to have been produced. 1913 Head of King George V. Text setting DLR2.
005 006 005 Ľd brown Ł10 Ł18 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 006 ˝d green Ł10 Ł30 006s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 1937 PROOFS Proofs of the Ľd and the ˝d KGVI wrappers, produced in 1937, were sold by De la Rue from their archive in 1976. 1938 January Head of King George VI. Text setting DLR2 or DLR3. Text Setting DLR3 second l of allowed just before n, u in nature is in bold
007 008 007a Ľd brown, setting DLR2 Ł6 Ł3 007b Ľd brown, setting DLR3 Ł6 Ł6 A total of 19 different printings are known to have been made, resulting in minor shade & paper differences. 007s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł20 ... Total of 398 copies were produced. 008a ˝d green, setting DLR2 Ł6 Ł4 008b ˝d green, setting DLR3 Ł20 Ł20 A total of 22 different printings are known to have been made. 008s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł20 ... Total of 398 copies were produced. 1940s Provisional Issue, oval handstamp “BERMUDA / Ľd / POSTAGE PAID”, on plain white. (known used in 1943 and 1944) 009 SMALL Ľ - 7˝mm high (1 points to space between RM) 009a Ľd oval frank in black .. Ł60 009b LARGE Ľ - 8ľmm high (1 points to R, larger serif on 1) 009b Ľd oval frank in black .. Ł60 1950 Dec Provisional Issue, oval frank in black or violet “BERMUDA / Ľd / POSTAGE PAID” to make up the rate to ˝d and ľd to make up the rate to 1d, on wrappers 007a and 007b. The handstamps appear to be the same ones that were used in 1943/4 The newspaper rate was increased on 1 Dec 1950 to ˝d per 2 ounces for inland and 1d per 2 ounces for overseas. The wrappers with this oval frank were only supplied to the daily newspapers on Bermuda - “The Royal Gazette” and “The Mid-Ocean News”. Many wrappers were cancelled to favour and are known with cancels from the following post offices - Bailey Bridge, Crawl, Devonshire South, Flatts, Hamilton, Harrington Sound, Ireland Island, Mangrove Bay, Paget, St Georges, Somerset Bridge, Southampton and Warwick. All the known cancelled by favour wrappers are addressed to Bowie. (E D Bowie, a stamp dealer who was based in St George’s, Bermuda at that time.). Pricing for used copies of these wrappers is for commercially used copies, copies cancelled by favour sell for about Ł10 each. Small Ľ (200%) ON WRAPPERS WITH TEXT SETTING DLR2 SMALL Ľ - 7˝mm high (1 points to space between RM) 010Ab Ľd frank in violet Ł100 Ł100 ON WRAPPERS WITH TEXT SETTING DLR3 SMALL Ľ - 7˝mm high (1 points to space between RM) 010Ba Ľd frank on Ľd brown Ł40 Ł40 010Bb Ľd frank in violet Ł40 Ł40 Large Ľ (200%) LARGE Ľ - 8ľmm high (1 points to R, larger serif on 1) 010Bc Ľd frank on Ľd brown Ł40 Ł40 010Bd Ľd frank in violet Ł40 Ł40 011b 011Ba ľd frank on Ľd brown Ł40 Ł40 011Bb ľd frank in violet Ł40 Ł40 011c ľd violet on ˝d Grenada ... Ł500 It is not known why the Grenada ˝d green wrapper was franked with the Bermuda ľd frank. Three used examples of wrapper 011c are known used from St Georges in the latter part of March 1951, all addressed to Mrs Booker. In the BWI Study Circle Bulletin No 88, March 1976, a newspaper wrapper with “a double surcharge, one on the inside” is mentioned. The wrapper was displayed at the BWI Study Circle meeting in September 1975 by Richard Heap. 1951 July Head of King George VI. Text setting DLR3. 012 012 1d red Ł6 Ł6 012a 1d carmine Ł9 Ł9 1953 Head of Queen Elizabeth II. Text setting DLR3 or DLR5 Text Setting DLR5 d of allowed is below b
013 014 015
016 017 013 ˝d green, setting DLR3 Ł4 Ł5 014 1d black, setting DLR3 Ł6 Ł5 015 1˝d red, setting DLR3 Ł6 Ł5 016a 2d blue, setting DLR3 Ł10 Ł10 016b 2d blue, setting DLR5 Ł10 Ł10 1970? Change of currency. Head of Queen Elizabeth II. Text setting DLR5. 017 3c black, setting DLR5 Ł4 Ł6 BERMUDA BIBLIOGRAPHY Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps Vol V North America, Robson Lowe, 1973 The Postal History and Stamps of Bermuda, by M H Ludington, 1978 www.pennymead.com/pstatbermudanewspaperwrappers.htm - webpage no longer available but can be viewed using the Way Back Machine on www.archive.org Development of the Bermuda Dock Issue, by David Cordon, on www.bermudacollectorssociety.com ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) 1950 Provisional Newspaper Wrapper, Bermuda Post, Issue Number 8, August 1988, Bermuda Collectors Society 1950 Provisional Newspaper Wrapper, by E D Bowie, in Stamp Magazine, 10 May 1952 Bermuda Specialized Catalogue, edited by David I. Cordon and Michel Forand, published by Bermuda Specialized Catalog Project LLC, 2012 Ľd Drydock, 1908. Fake stamp made from a wrapper stamp: Alden C. Johnson, Forgeries Old and New, Vol. 2, p.4. BOLIVIA 1901 Embossed Coat of Arms. Wrapper size 125mm x 293mm.
001 4c red Ł2 Ł14 002 6c orange Ł3 Ł12 BOLIVIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 BRAZIL 1889 January Head of Emperor Dom Pedro II, incorrectly printed with values in Spanish text. Printed by the American Bank Note Co, New York. Wrapper size 127mm x 255mm (20r), 127mm x 315mm (40r) and 127mm x 380mm (60r).
001 002
003 001 20r violet (veinte) Ł5 *Ł60 002 40r blue (cuarenta) Ł5 *Ł60 003 60r brown (sesenta) Ł5 *Ł60 Wrappers 001 to 003 were withdrawn from sale, soon after their issue, following an outcry about the Spanish spelling. Contemporary philatelic journals state that remainders were destroyed.
- The prices for used wrappers 001 to 003 are for copies which are clearly non-philatelic and commercially used. The majority of used items offered for sale are CTO or philatelic and these sell at about Ł5 each.
1889 February Die proof in black on glazed paper, Portuguese text. die proof (@50%) 1889 April Head of Emperor Dom Pedro II, value in Portuguese text. Printed by the American Bank Note Co, New York. Wrapper sizes as previous issue.
004 005
006 004 20r violet (vinte) Ł6 Ł8 005 40r blue (quarenta) Ł6 Ł8 006 60r brown (sessenta) Ł6 Ł8 In 1897 remainders of these wrappers were offered by the Brazilian postal authorities to the stamp trade (available unused or “postmarked”). Approx 11,000 20r, 10,000 40r and 13,000 60r were available - no details available of what was sold. 1893 June Embossed head of Liberty facing left. Printed in Rio de Janeiro. The wrappers were initially printed on a glazed manila paper; in 1897 they were printed on an un-surfaced paper. Size 135mm x 375mm to 385mm.
007 008
die 1 die 2 & 3 die4
die 1 - T of ESTADOS points to the left side of O in CORREIO die 2 - T of ESTADOS points to the right edge of C in CORREIO, 0 of value is 2˝mm high die 3 - as die 2 but 0 of value is 3mm high die 4 - T of ESTADOS points to blank area at left of C in CORREIO 007 20r green, die 1, flap 65mm Ł30 Ł50 007a die 1, flap 37mm Ł1 Ł1 007b die 2 Ł20 Ł10 007c die 3 Ł40 Ł25 007d die 4 Ł40 Ł25 007v1 embossed head inverted 008 40r yellow Ł2 Ł3 008a 40r orange Ł3 Ł3
009 009b 009 60r brown, flap 65mm Ł40 Ł50 009a light brown, flap 37mm Ł10 Ł4 009b dark brown, flap 37mm Ł8 Ł1 1907 Head of Liberty facing left. Printed on cream and manila paper. Printed by American Bank Note Co, New York
010 011 012
010b 010a 010
010 20r green, value 1ľmm Ł2 Ł5 010a value 2mm high (1912) Ł10 Ł15 010b value 2Ľmm high (1915) Ł2 Ł5 011 40r orange Ł2 Ł2 012 60r dark brown Ł2 Ł2 010 - from American Bank Note Co archive (@55%) “SPECIMEN” 26mm x 5˝mm. (Black circles are punch holes) 011 - from American Bank Note Co archive (@55%) “SPECIMEN” 26mm x 5˝mm. (Black circles are punch holes) 1918 Embossed head of Liberty facing right
013 014 013 20r green Ł8 Ł3 014 40r orange Ł10 Ł10 1925/6 Top corners chamfered, design shows value only.
015, 018 016
015 20r green Ł10 Ł10 016 40r orange Ł10 Ł10 1928 Top corners chamfered.
017, 019 017 50r blue Ł15 Ł30 1933/35 Square cut corners. 018 20r green Ł15 Ł15 019 50r blue Ł15 Ł30 BRAZIL BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Philatelic Record No 136 pp 81-82, April 1890 Catalogue Historique des Timbres-Poste et Entiers du Brésil, by C Ottoni Vieira, c1890 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Stanley Gibbons Catalogue Part IV, Envelopes Postcards and Wrappers, 1897, 1900 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Billigs Philatelic Handbook, Vol V, 1945 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Catálogo Enciclopédico de Selos e História Postal do Brasil das origens ŕ 1890, by Peter Meyer, 1999 BRITISH BECHUANALAND 1887 January Cape of Good Hope wrappers overprinted “British Bechuanaland” in black by W A Richards & Sons. “British” is 7Ľmm, “Bechuanaland” is 14˝mm wide.
001 002 001 ˝d grey-green Ł4 Ł120 002 1d red brown Ł3 Ł120 The Tapling collection has a trial overprint with “BRITISH” 9mm wide and “BECHUANALAND” 18˝mm wide Forged Essays of wrapper 001 are discussed by Peter Thy and John Inglefield-Watson, in “Forged British Bechuanaland Newspaper Wrappers”, in Postal Stationery No 331, July 2003. 1887 January GB wrappers, ˝d with 5 lines of text and 1d without text, overprinted “BRITISH BECHUANALAND” in black. “BRITISH” is 9˝mm wide and “BECHUANALAND” is 19mm. Overprinted by De La Rue, London.
003, 007 004
003a - square ends 003b - angled end 003a ˝d red brown (square) Ł3 Ł80 003b ˝d red brown (angled) Ł3 Ł80 Quantity printed (003a +003b) - 32,640 003c missing diagonal lines 004 1d red brown Ł3 Ł60 Quantity printed - 29,520 004s “SPECIMEN” Ł20 ... SPECIMEN is as illustrated for wrapper 007bs; it also exists with a double SPECIMEN handstamp. 1889 Cape of Good Hope wrappers overprinted “British Bechuanaland.” with full stop, “British” is 8mm wide and “Bechuanaland.” is 17˝ mm wide including full stop. Overprinted by W A Richards & Sons.
005 006 005 ˝d grey-green, red o/p Ł2 Ł55 006 1d red brown, black o/p Ł20 Ł45 1889/93 GB wrappers, with 4 lines of text, overprinted “BRITISH BECHUANALAND” (as on wrapper 003) in black, by De La Rue. diagonal lines similar to, but not the same as, those on 003 007 ˝d red brown Ł3 Ł30 Quantity printed - 110,400 007as, 007bs 007s1 “SPECIMEN” Ł15 ... also exists with double and inverted SPECIMEN 007s2 “Specimen” in violet “SPECIMEN” as found on wrappers 004s and 007s1 is hand stamped in black, 22˝mm x 2ľmm. Used to mark stamps and stationery submitted to the UPU. Believed to have been applied by the Postmaster-General’s office in Vryburg “Specimen” as found on wrapper 007s2 is hand stamped in a serif italic typestyle in violet on the indicium, 13mm x 1mm including stop. They are believed to have been hand stamped by the Cape of Good Hope General Post Office. The purpose of this marking is unknown. BECHUANALAND BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Postage Stamps Postal Stationery and Postmarks of the Bechuanalands, by H R Holmes, 1971 Postal Stationery Wrappers, by H Dagnall, 1993 The Overprinted ˝d British Newspaper Wrapper, in Runner Post No 45 pp1096 - 1097 1996, by Peter Thy and John Inglefield-Watson, Forged British Bechuanaland Newspaper Wrappers, in Runner Post 54 pp1344 - 1346 2002; also in Postal Stationery No 331 July 2003, by Peter Thy and John Inglefield-Watson. The Postal Stationery of the Bechuanalands and Botswana, by Peter Thy & John Inglefield-Watson, 2004 Discovery of Unissued British Bechuanaland Wrapper, in Runner Post No 56 pp1379 - 1380 2002; also in Postal Stationery No 342 May-Jun 2005, by Peter Thy & John Inglefield-Watson. Forensic Philately: Detecting Philatelically-Inspired Postally Used Newspaper Wrappers, Postal Stationery Collector, Vol. 12 No. 1, Issue 45, May 2006, pp. 5-9, by John K Courtis Essays for 1888 British Bechuanaland Newspaper Wrappers, in Runner Post No 64/5 2006; also in Postal Stationery No 352 January 2007, by Peter Thy & John Inglefield-Watson. Bechuanalands Postal Stationery in Public and Archival Collections, in Postal Stationery No 355 July 2007, by John Inglefield-Watson & Peter Thy Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 Wrapper, in Runner Post No 71 Feb 2008, by Peter Thy (Correction for wrapper listing), in Runner Post No 76 Nov 2009, by Peter Thy Story of Newspaper Wrappers used in the British Bechuanalands, by Peter Thy, www.japhila.cz/hof/0340/index0340a.htm BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA see Nyasaland BRITISH EAST AFRICA 1896 India ˝a and 1a wrappers overprinted “BRITISH EAST AFRICA” are listed by Bright, Ascher and H&G as having been issued in 1896. Gibbons 1897 and 1900 catalogues do not list them. Sehler and Krieger state that there is no evidence that they exist. No copies are known to exist. 1896 essays produced by pasting a cut-out of an indicia which had been printed on card. These essays were first offered in the De La Rue archive auction held by Robson Lowe on 28 July 1976 as lot 1023 estimated at Ł100. (illustrations at 50%) 1897 Head of Queen Victoria. Printed by De la Rue. Size 125mm x 300mm. Text Setting DLR1.
003 004 003 ˝a green Ł10 Ł20 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... 004 1a carmine Ł10 Ł20 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... The British East Africa Post Office was amalgamated with the Uganda Post Office on 1 April 1901. Existing stamps and stationery were used until July 1903. See East Africa and Uganda for later issues from this area. BRITISH EAST AFRICA BIBLIOGRAPHY Stanley Gibbons Catalogue Part IV, Envelopes Postcards and Wrappers, 1897, 1900 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 British East Africa Postal Stationery: 1890–1902, by George T Krieger, Postal Stationery No 327 September 2002 British East Africa – The Stamps, Postal Stationery & Cancellations, by John Minns & George T Krieger (ed), 2006. (This book is a revised edition of the 1981 book and the 1990 supplement by John Minns.) Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 British East Africa Wrapper Essays, Postal Stationery No 384 May 2012, by George Krieger George T Krieger collection, private correspondence, 2012 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) John Minns, British East Africa – The Stamps and Postal Stationery, Royal Philatelic Society London, 1981. John Minns, British East Africa: a Supplement to the Handbook British East Africa: the stamps and postal stationery, 52pp, 1990 Postal Stationery of East Africa BEA Part 1, by Vicki Archard, in The Bulletin of the East Africa Study Circle No 38, May 1991 Postal Stationery of East Africa BEA Part 1 Addenda/Corrigenda, by Vicki Archard, in The Bulletin of the East Africa Study Circle No 40, January 1992 Postal Stationery of East Africa BEA Part 2, by Vicki Archard, in The Bulletin of the East Africa Study Circle No 42, September 1992 BRITISH GUIANA see Guyana BRITISH HONDURAS see Belize BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA COMPANY 1903 August 10 Wrappers showing coat of arms and inscribed British South Africa Company. Size 125mm x 300mm. Printed by Waterlow & Sons.
001 002
001 ˝d green Ł5 Ł25 001s “SPECIMEN” perfin ... Perfin Samuel Type R5 002 1d red Ł7 Ł40 A total of 97,000 ˝d wrappers and a total of 127,000 1d wrappers were delivered. 1916 August (?) The earliest known used copy is December 1922, suggesting that the wrapper may have been issued much later than August 1916. King George V ‘Admiral’ design. Believed to have been printed by Waterlow & Sons. 003 003 ˝d green Ł500 Ł250 A total of 5,000 copies are believed to have been printed. For subsequent issues from this area see Southern Rhodesia BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA COMPANY BIBLIOGRAPHY Notes on the Issues of the Stamps of the British South Africa Company, by Frank H Melland, in London Philatelist No 208, April 1909 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Cavendish Philatelic Auctions, Sale 601 Lot 644, 20 Jun 2001 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 The BSAC Admiral ˝d Postal Stationery Newspaper Wrapper - More Questions than Answers, by David Spivack, in Postal Stationery No 419, Mar-Apr 2018 The BSAC Admiral ˝d Postal Stationery Newspaper Wrapper - More Questions than Answers...an Update, by David Spivack, in Postal Stationery No 424, Jan-Feb 2019 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Stamps 1806-1948, vol 2, The Empire in Africa, by Robson Lowe, 1949 The Postal Stationery of the British South Africa Company 1890 - 1924, by Alan Drysdall (editor) et al., 2007 Post Office Wrappers: British South Africa, Southern Rhodesia, Nyasaland & British Central Africa Protectorate, by John K Courtis, in The Journal of the Rhodesia Study Circle No 239, 2011 CANADA Newspaper wrappers from Canada are commonly referred to as either wrappers or post bands. The description wrapper is applied to newspaper wrappers which were intended for use by publishers and carried a two line inscription “THIS WRAPPER IS TO BE USED ONLY BY PUBLISHERS...”. The term “Post Band” is applied to newspaper wrappers which were available to the general public without this message. Wrappers 001 to 007 were printed by the British American Bank Note Co Ltd. 1875 September 1 Head of Queen Victoria, scallops in the background around the inner oval of design, oval 26ľmm high. Wrapper size 123-125mm x 227-235mm. Printed on cream paper, gummed at the top
001, 002, 003 003b @400%
001 1c deep blue Ł2 Ł15 001a gummed at the bottom Ł50 ... 1c wrappers were sold at the rate of four for five cents. (Post Office Departmental, Order No 15, 1 September 1875.) 1878 Head of Queen Victoria on left hand side of wrapper, wrapper size 125mm x 290mm. 002 1c deep blue Ł200 .. 1881 Head of Queen Victoria, wrapper size 124-128mm x 274-289mm. Printed on cream paper 0.08mm thick. 003a 1c deep blue Ł2 Ł5 003aa thin paper 0.06mm Ł20 003b 1c light blue Ł4 Ł10 1882 April Head of Queen Victoria, new design, the rosette under numeral replaced by a pointed ornament, wrapper size 122-133mm x 273-285mm, on cream paper.
004a @400%
004b - the colour varies from light to very light violet blue Specimen Type 1 004a 1c light blue Ł2 Ł10 004as “SPECIMEN” type 1 ... 004b 1c light violet blue Ł2 Ł5 004c 1c light blue on yellow Ł2 Ł5 1887 May Head of Queen Victoria, new die similar to wrapper 001 with scallops removed, oval 26mm high. Wrapper size 125-130mm x 275-285mm, printed on cream paper 0.08mm thick.
005 005a 1c blue Ł2 Ł5 005aa thin paper 0.06mm Ł4 Ł10 005b 1c blue, on yellow Ł4 Ł10 1892 February Head of Queen Victoria, new design with rosette under numerals, oval 26ľmm high. Wrapper size 125-130mm x 273-285mm.
006 007 006 1c blue Ł2 Ł2 006s “SPECIMEN” type 1 ... 1894 February Head of Queen Victoria, change of colour, wrapper size 125-130mm x 273-285mm. Printed on cream paper 0.07mm thick and on buff paper 0.08/0.09mm thick. 007 1c black on cream Ł2 Ł2 007s “SPECIMEN” type 1 ... 007a 1c black on buff Ł2 Ł2 007as “SPECIMEN” type 1 ... Wrappers 008 to 023 were printed by American Bank Note Co. In 1923 the ABN Co, became the Canadian Bank Note Co. 1898 June Head of Queen Victoria, wrapper size 125-130mm x 273-285mm. 008 008 1c green on buff or cream Ł1 Ł1 008s “SPECIMEN” type 1 ... 008a 1c green on dark brown Ł3 Ł8 1903 October Head of King Edward VII, wrapper size 125mm x 270mm 009, 010, 015 009 1c green on buff Ł1 Ł1 009s “SPECIMEN” type 1 ... 009a 1c green on oily dark brown Ł3 Ł5 Subsequent issues occur either as what are known as post bands (PB), size 121mm x 233mm, which are without any text; or as wrappers (W), with text and size 152mm x 330mm, unless otherwise stated. On 7 May 1907 the publishers United States rate was increased from 1c per 16oz to 1c per 4oz. 1907 July 11 Head of King Edward VII, wrapper size 165mm x 380mm or 204mm x 380mm (3c). Text setting A. Text Setting A (@90%) Y over the first S of CLASS
011 012 010 1c green (W) Ł10 Ł10 011 2c carmine (W) Ł10 Ł20 011s “SPECIMEN” type 1 ... 012 3c violet (W) Ł50 Ł200 1908 June 18 Wrappers 011 and 012 surcharged with 1c.
013 014 013 1c on 2c carmine (W) Ł30 Ł50 Quantity produced - 280,246 014 1c on 3c violet (W) Ł100 Ł200 Quantity produced - 52,190 014s “SPECIMEN” type 1 ... 1910 Head of King Edward VII, wrapper size 152mm x 337-343mm. Text setting A, B1 or B2. Text Setting B1 (@90%) Y over second S of CLASS Text Setting B2 (@400%) As B1 with text on right side lower and tilted 0.5° 015a 1c green (W), type A Ł2 Ł2 015b 1c green (W), type B1 Ł2 Ł2 015c 1c green (W), type B2 1912 Head of King George V. Admiral design. Size 125mm x 275mm (PB) or 152mm x 343mm (W). Wrappers with text setting B1 or C. Text Setting C (@80%) B over second S of CLASS
016, 017 Die 1 & 1a Die 2
Die 1 - white collar drops at back of neck (400%) Die 1a - white collar curves up at back of neck (400%) 016 1c green (PB) Die 2 Ł1 Ł1 Text Setting B1 017bb 1c green (W) Die 2 Ł100 Text Setting C 017 1c green (W) Die 1 Ł1 Ł1 017a 1c green (W) Die 1a Ł100 Ł100 017bc 1c green (W) Die 2 Ł100 1922 Head of King George V, change of colour. Size 124mm x 272mm (PB) or 152mm x 343mm (W). Wrappers with text setting C.
018, 019, 020, 021 Dies 3 & 4
018 1c orange (PB) Die 2 Ł1 Ł1 018a precancelled Ł2 019 1c orange (W) Die 1 Ł2 Ł2 1927 Head of King George V, new Dies, background in oval cross hatched. Size 124mm x 272mm (PB) or 152mm x 343mm (W). Wrappers with text setting C or D. Text Setting D (@80%) B over second S of CLASS thinner letters than on setting C Text type C - thicker letters, R with rounded tail (400%) Text type D - thinner letters, R with straight tail (400%) Die 3 - one background line below CENT (400%) Die 4 - two background lines below CENT (400%) 020 1c orange (PB) Die 4 Ł25 Ł25 Text Setting D 021 1c orange (W) Die 3 Ł5 Ł5 Text Setting C 021a 1c orange (W) Die 4 Ł10 Ł25 1928 Head of King George V, new design. Size 124mm x 272mm (PB) or 152mm x 343mm (W). Wrappers with text setting D.
022, 023 024, 025 026, 027
022 1c orange (PB) Ł1 Ł5 023 1c orange (W) Ł10 Ł10 1930 August 7 Head of King George V, new design. Size 121mm x 272mm (PB) or 152mm x 343mm (W). Wrappers with text setting E. Text Setting E (@80%) B over AS of CLASS 024 1c orange (PB) Ł8 Ł15 025 1c orange (W) Ł20 Ł20 1931 January 8 (027) & June 5 (026) Head of King George V, colour change. Size 121mm x 272mm (PB) or 152mm x 343mm (W). Wrappers with text setting E or F. Text Setting F (@80%) B over first S of CLASS Thick Buff Paper 0.14mm - 0.18mm thick 026A 1c green (PB) Ł1 Ł5 027Aa 1c green (W), type E Ł10 Ł10 027Ab 1c green (W), type F Ł10 Ł10 Thin Dark Buff Kraft paper 0.07mm - 0.08mm thick 026B 1c green (PB) Ł1 Ł5 027Ba 1c green (W), type E Ł10 Ł10 027Bb 1c green (W), type F Ł10 Ł10 1933 May 18 (028) & May 29 (029) Head of King George V, new design. Size 121mm x 272mm (PB) or 152mm x 343mm (W). Wrappers with text setting F or G. Text Setting G (@80%) B over first S of CLASS Text Setting F - I above E (400%) Text Setting G - I above TE (400%)
028, 029 030
028 1c green (PB) Ł2 Ł2 029a 1c green (W), Type F Ł15 Ł15 029b 1c green (W), Type G Ł15 Ł15 1935 August 20 Head of King George V, new design. Size 153mm x 340mm. Text setting D. 030 1c green (W) Ł20 Ł20 1935 April 27 Head of King George V, new design. Wrapper size 121mm x 272mm. 031, 032 031 1c green (PB) Ł1 Ł2 1936 February 16 Head of King George V, new design. Size 152mm x 340mm. Text setting D. 032 1c green (W) Ł10 Ł10 1938 Head of King George VI, die dated 1938 (in bottom left and right corner). 121mm x 272mm (PB) or 152mm x 340mm (W). Wrappers with Text Setting D or H. Text type H (80%) B over first S of CLASS Text type G - height 4˝mm, larger font size (400%) (illustrated here to show difference between G and H) Text type H - D above U of UNITED, height 4ľmm (400%)
033, 034 033a 035, 036
033 1c green (PB) Ł1 Ł1 033a precancelled ... Ł1 034 1c green (W), type D Ł2 Ł2 034a 1c green (W), type H Ł2 Ł2 1951 November 12 Head of King George VI, die dated 1943. Size 121mm x 276mm. 035 2c olive-green (PB) Ł1 Ł1 035a precancelled ... Ł10 1952 February 2 Head of King George VI, die dated 1943. Size 152mm x 340mm. Text Setting H. 036 2c olive green (W) Ł2 Ł1 1953 Head of Queen Elizabeth II, Karsh 1st issue, design with 1953 in bottom right corner. 121mm x 272mm (PB) or 152mm x 340mm (W). Wrappers with Text Setting H.
037 038, 039
037 1c brown (PB) Ł1 Ł5 038 2c green (PB) Ł1 Ł2 038a precancelled Ł10* Ł1 039 2c green (W) Ł5 Ł10 Printing quantities 037 - 800,000; 038 - 5,300,000; 038a - 3,100,000; 039 - 900,000.
- price for 038a unused is for a completely clean unaddressed unfolded copy
1960 Head of Queen Elizabeth II, new design, Karsh 2nd issue, design with 1960 on right side above Queen’s shoulder. Size 121mm x 276mm
040 041
040a (@75%) 040 1c brown (PB) Ł1 Ł10 040a 1c brown + text box 041 2c green (PB) Ł1 Ł10 041a precancelled Ł2 1964 Head of Queen Elizabeth II, new design. Size 121mm x 276mm.
042 042a
042 2c green (PB) Ł5 Ł10 042a precancelled Ł5 Ł10 PRIVATE PRECANCELS A report in Maple Leaves No 48, June 1957, describes a precancel on a 1c green Edward VII wrapper. This could be on wrapper 009, 010 or 015. The precancel is described thus: “Six parallel bars, 32mm long and 1mm thick, 1˝mm apart. At the base of the six parallel bars is the word STRATFORD in letters 3mm high and 26mm overall, the word is 2mm from the lowest bar and commences 3mm to the right and finishes 3mm to the left of the bars.” 101 1c green 1927 On wrapper 018, Vancouver precancel. Size 121mm x 272mm. VANCOUVER / two horizontal lines / B.C. (overall size approx 19mm wide x 13mm high). 102 1c orange Die 2 .. Ł100 STAMPED TO ORDER POST BANDS 1935 Design as wrapper 028, grey kraft paper, 150mm x 248mm, Hamilton 3100 precancel. 151 151 1c green ... Ł75 140,000 copies were produced and supplied to Davis Lisson Printing Company, Hamilton, Ont. Design as wrapper 035, white paper, die dated 38 152 2c olive-green ... Ł50 Design as wrapper 038, white paper, coarse die used 153 2c green ... Ł125 Wilding Design as used for envelopes, white paper 154 154 2c green ... Ł125 CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY A letter sheet, which looks very similar to a wrapper using an indicium design, as on wrapper 007, was produced, in 1893, for the Canadian Pacific Railway. A monthly statement of earnings and expenses was printed on the inside of this letter sheet. They are frequently described as newspaper wrappers but are in fact letter sheets. Wrappers overprinted SERVICE or OFFICIAL Wrappers 001, 004 and 005 overprinted SERVICE or OFFICIAL were the private production of Henry Hechler. See Canada Private Overprints section. CANADA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Postage Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers and Post Cards of the North American Colonies of Great Britain, by the Philatelic Society London, 1889 Philatelic Record, No 123, March 1889 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Ketcheson’s Standard Catalogue of Canada Stamps, by H F Ketcheson, 1894 A Catalogue for Advanced Collectors of Postage Stamps, Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers, by Henry Collin and Henry L Calman, 1901 Canada its Postage Stamps and Postal Stationery, by Clifton A Howes, 1911; reprinted 1974 Postage Stamps of Canada, by Fred Jarrett, 1923 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Edward Overprinted Wrappers, by Frank W Campbell, in BNA Topics, Vol 3 No 5, June 1946 Billig’s Philatelic Handbook, Vol 11, 1949 The Postal Stationery of Canada, by Nelson Bond, 1953 OHMS Perfins, in BNA Topics, Vol 11 No 10, November 1954 Precancelled Canadian Postal Stationery, by R B Hetherington, in Maple Leaves No 37, August 1955 Precancelled Postal Stationery, in Maple Leaves No 48, June 1957 Perfin on 1897 1c green wrapper, in BNA Topics No 152, December 1957 New Postage Items Available from the Philatelic Section, in Maple Leaves No 89, June 1964 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps Vol V North America, Robson Lowe, 1973 Post Office Department Order No 15, in BNA Topics No 352, Mar-Apr 1976 Post Office Bulletin 17 Nov 1951, in BNA Topics No 355, Sep-Oct 1976 The Medallion Issue - A Record of the Printing Orders, by Allan L Steinhart, in BNA Topics, Vol 35 No 6, November 1978; Vol 36 No 1, January 1979; Vol 36 No 2, March 1979; Vol 36 No 3, May 1979 Notes on Five Hole ‘OH/MS’ Fakes, by Gary Tomasson and Jon Johnson, in Maple Leaves No 186, Jan 1982. (Article is about the perfins on Canada stamps and concludes that 80% to 90% are fakes, no mention is made of wrappers.) Headings on Georgian Newspaper Wrappers, by Don Frazer, in Postal Stationery Notes, Vol 2 No 5, November 1983 Canadian Precancelled Postal Stationery Handbook, by George E L Manley, 1984 Wrapper Heading Varieties, by Don Frazer, in Postal Stationery Notes, Vol 3 No 2, May 1984 Update on Wrapper Headings, in Postal Stationery Notes, Vol 3 No 4, August 1984 The Inland Revenue Weights and Measures Post Bands, in Postal Stationery Notes, Vol 8 no 6, December 1989 Earliest Reported Postmark Listing for the Postal Stationery of Canada and Newfoundland, by the BNAPS Postal Stationery Study Group, June 1994 The CBNC Wrapper and Post Band Orders mid 1952 - 1959, by Robert Lemire, in Postal Stationery Notes, Vol 16 No 1, July 2000 Webb's Postal Stationery Catalogue of Canada and Newfoundland, by Earle L Covert & William C Walton, 2001 Postage Due Wrappers, in Maple Leaves No 292, April 2004 Pseudo Stationery, by Wayne Menuz, Postal Stationery No 355 July 2007 (re Heckler “Officials”) W12d: Another Copy Found, by Pierre Gauthier, in Postal Stationery Notes, Vol 22 No 2, May 2008 Newspaper Wrapper Heading Settings - A Summary, by Robert Lemire, in Postal Stationery Notes, Vol 22 No 3, October 2008 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Catalogue of Canadian Postal Stationery, by R DeL French & A E Bradley, 1941 The Postage Stamps and Postal History of Canada, 2 vols, by Winthrop S Boggs, 1947 Holmes Catalogue of Canada and British North America, by L Seale Holmes, 1949 Specialized Philatelic Catalogue of Canada and British North America, edited by Seale Holmes et al., 1960 Canada & Newfoundland Postal Stationery Catalogue, by Jim F Webb, 1st edition 1971, 2nd Edition 1974, 3rd edition 1978, 4th edition 1983 Unravelling the Mystery of King Edward VII Overprints, by Ian S Robertson, in Canadian Stamp News, vol 15 no 24, 1991 The First Four Suppliers of Canadian Postal Stationery and its Usages 1860-1910 by Horace W Harrison, 2000 Postage Due Stamps of Canada 1906-1928, by Stanley Lum & Elsie Drury, 2007 The Standard Canada Precancel Catalogue, 6th Edition, 2009 Scott Specialized Catalogue of Canadian Stamps Unitrade Specialized Catalogue of Canadian Stamps, 2014 Walsh British North America Specialized Catalogue CAPE OF GOOD HOPE Cape of Good Hope newspaper wrappers were available in two formats. Precut to size & chamfered (all except wrappers 003 & 004); and in uncut sheets of 10 (wrappers 003 & 004) or in sheets of 14 (wrappers 001, 002 & 005). Wrappers with square cut corners come from the uncut sheets. 1881 December 01 Head of Queen Victoria, wrapper size 125mm x 300mm. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR1.
001, 003 001s
001 1d red brown, chamfered Ł2 Ł5 001s “Specimen” hand stamped ... 001b square cut 001 layout (50%) 003 layout (50%) On wrapper 001 the instruction text ends above the indicium, on wrapper 003 the text ends 16mm to the left of the indicium. The 1d wrapper was also available in reams of 120 sheets, each sheet containing 14 wrappers to facilitate printing of addresses. Wrappers 001s and 002s were produced for presentation sets. 1882 August Head of Queen Victoria, wrapper size 125mm x 300mm. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR1.
002 002s 002 ˝d green grey, chamfered Ł2 Ł5 002s “Specimen” hand stamped ... 002b square cut Wrappers 001s and 002s were produced for presentation sets.
Specimens from the De la Rue archive
colour trial (50%) Colour trial pulled on a hand proofing press. The initialled note reads: “It would not be possible to get nearly such a good effect as this by machine”. Size 125mm x 300mm, gummed edge at top 20mm wide. 1892 August 11 (1d), October 4 (1˝d) Head of Queen Victoria. Printed letterpress by De la Rue. Text setting DLR1. The 1d wrapper, 003, was supplied in parcels of 167 sheets of 10 wrapper on each sheet. The 1˝d wrapper, 004, was supplied in parcels of 120 sheets of 10 wrappers on each sheet. The sheets were 35” (889mm) x 30” (762mm), designed to be cut to 7” (178mm) x 15” (381mm). Users cut these as they wished, hence the variation in sizes that are to be found. These wrappers were available to anyone, the majority of used copies of the 1d have an Argus private overprint. No unused copies of the 1d wrapper (003), without the overprint, are known. 004 Wrappers without a private overprint 003 1d brown .. Ł50 004 1˝d greenish grey Ł20 Ł10 Wrappers with a private overprint 003 1d brown .. Ł10 004 1˝d greenish grey .. Ł10 1894 Change of Colour, with chamfered or square corners. Printed by De la Rue. Size 125mm x 300mm. Text setting DLR1. 005 005 ˝d green, chamfered Ł10 Ł10 005a ˝d green, square .. Ł20 1901 New designs for ˝d, 1d and 1˝d wrappers, based on a portrait of King Edward VII drawn by Emil Fuchs, were prepared in 1901. These designs were approved, so dies and plates were prepared for all 3 values. Die proofs of all three values were produced. The 1˝d plate was never used. 1902 December Head of King Edward VII, wrapper size 125mm x 300mm. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2.
006 007 006v1 - dot between i and c, appears like r (@400%) 006 ˝d green, chamfered Ł2 Ł5 006v1 dot between i and c 007 1d carmine, chamfered Ł10 Ł10 There were in total 6 printings of the ˝d wrapper and 2 printings of the 1d wrapper. The Union of South Africa came into being on 31 May 1910 through the unification of four colonies - Cape of Good Hope, Natal, Transvaal and Orange Free State. Existing postal stationery of all the former colonies became valid for use in any part of the Union. The new South Africa government ordered 3,000,000 ˝d Cape wrappers for use in the Union until such time as South Africa wrappers could be made available. CAPE OF GOOD HOPE BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The London Philatelist, No 3, p81, March 1892 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 The London Philatelist, No 57, p262, September 1896 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Early South African Postal Stationery - the change from imperial to local considerations, by Tony Chilton, in The Postal Stationery Society Journal No 1, Feb 1993 The Postal Stationery of South Africa Part 1, by W J Quik & G H Jonkers, 1998 Edwardian Postal Stationery of the Cape of Good Hope, in The London Philatelist No 1310 pp337-345, by Brian Trotter, November 2003 Cape of Good Hope Stamped to Order Cape Argus Newspaper Wrappers, in Postal Stationery Collector, No 40, pp101-107, by John Courtis, February 2005 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 An Analysis of Cape of Good Hope Used Post Office Newspaper Wrappers, Cape and Natal Study Circle, by John K Courtis, 2011 UPU Archival Markings on Postal Stationery from the Cape of Good Hope, in Forerunners No 74, by Peter Thy, Jul-Oct 2012 Cape of Good Hope Specimens, in Postal Stationery No 413, by Wayne Menuz, March-April 2017 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) South African Newspaper Cancellations, in Stamp Collecting, by C W E Coles, 18 March 1960 Newspaper Wrappers and the Cape Argus, in Postal History No 182, by P C Pearson, Jan-Feb 1974 Postmarks of the Cape of Good Hope, Robert Goldblatt, 1984 Precancels, vol 2 No 2 p1; Vol 2 No 6 p1; Vol 3 No 3 p; Vol 6 No 5 pp53-58; Vol 9 No 4 p52; Vol 11 No 11-12 p5, The Precancel Stamp Society of GB CAYMAN ISLANDS 1909 June 23 Value in oval frame. Lithographed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2. 001 001 ˝d green Ł10 Ł100 quantity issued 5,000 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł25 ... CAYMAN ISLANDS BIBLIOGRAPHY Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 CEYLON All Ceylon newspaper wrappers were printed in Ceylon by the Government Printer in Colombo, using dies supplied by De La Rue of London. No official records of issue dates and no printing records have been found to date. Dates of issue of the Queen Victoria period are based on contemporary philatelic literature and previous listings. The dates of issues of the later issues have been pieced together using information such as previous listings, known dates of usage, known dates of changes in postage rates and dates items were received by the UPU. All Ceylon wrappers were supplied without a gummed edge. 1879 October Head of Queen Victoria, text setting A, printed on cream paper, size 100mm x 317mm. Instruction Box A 001 001 2c brown Ł5 Ł100 Wrappers were sold for 2Ľc each. A proof impression of four wrappers in the final design was produced in black on thin wove paper, positioned as two tęte-bęche pairs. 1894 May Head of Queen Victoria, Instruction Box B1, B2 & B3, printed on cream paper. Size 125mm x 317mm. Instruction Box B1 - left side of "M" in "MATTER" is above the space between "s" and "i"; the vertical of "b" in "both" (line 2) is below "of". Instruction Box B2 - the vertical of "b" in "both" is below the vertical of "f" in "of"; the frame has a break 9mm from the right side at the top and bottom. Instruction Box B3 - the "b" in "both" is after the "f" in "of"; the second "l" in "all" is below "RI" of "PRINTED". Instruction Box B4 Text width is 69mm. - the vertical of "b" in "both" is below "of"; the second "l" in "all" is below "I" of "PRINTED"; the "M" of "MATTER" starts above "s". Instruction Box B5 - the vertical of "b" in "both" is below "of"; the second "l" in "all" is below "RI" of "PRINTED"; the "M" of "MATTER" starts above "s".
002, 003 004
002s, 003s, 004s1 - SPECIMEN type 1 printed diagonally bottom left to top right (57˝mm x 6mm) 002a 2c purple, box B1 Ł2 Ł5 002as “SPECIMEN”, type 1 Ł15 ... 002b 2c purple, box B2 Ł2 Ł5 002c 2c purple, box B3 Ł2 Ł5 SPECIMEN wrappers 002as were sent to UPU, a copy ex UPU archive is dated 1894. 1895 April Head of Queen Victoria, Instruction Box B1, B2 & B3, printed on buff paper. There is considerable variation in the printing colour of the 2c, ranging from mauve to maroon. Size 125mm x 317mm (2c) or 155mm 355mm (5c). 003a 2c mauve, box B1 Ł3 Ł5 003b 2c mauve, box B2 Ł3 Ł5 003c 2c mauve, box B3 Ł3 Ł5 003s “SPECIMEN”, 52x10mm Ł30 ... 004a 5c olive yellow, box B1 Ł10 Ł10 004b 5c olive yellow, box B2 Ł10 Ł50 004c 5c olive yellow, box B3 Ł3 Ł5 004cs1 “SPECIMEN”, type 1 Ł10 ... 004cs2 in black, 50˝ x10mm ... 004s3 in red, 74mm x 15mm ... SPECIMEN wrappers 004cs1 were sent to UPU, a copy ex UPU archive is dated 1895. SPECIMEN wrappers 003s (without illustration), 004s2 (with illustration) and 004s3 (without illustration) are listed by Rodrigo (2010). The purpose of these three wrappers is not known. A proof impression in black of the 5c indicium exists, dated 22 Nov 94, ex De la Rue archive. 1903 Head of King Edward VII. Instruction Box B1, B2 & B4 (2c) or B1 & B2 (5c). Buff coloured paper 0.07mm thick. Size 125mm x 317mm (2c) or 155mm x 340mm (5c).
005, 008, 011 006, 009, 012
005a 2c violet, box B1 Ł3 Ł10 005b 2c violet, box B2 Ł3 Ł10 005c 2c violet, box B4 Ł20 Ł50 006a 5c olive yellow, box B1 Ł3 Ł10 006b 5c olive yellow, box B2 Ł3 Ł10 1907 The earliest known used copy is postmarked 20 May 1908. Head of King Edward VII. Instruction Box B4. Buff coloured paper 0.07mm thick. Size 155mm x 340mm.
007, 010, 013 007s - SPECIMEN type 4 (Samuel type CE4)
007 6c orange red, box B4 Ł15 Ł100 007s “SPECIMEN”, type 4 Ł100 ... SPECIMEN wrappers 007s were sent to UPU, a copy ex UPU archive is dated 1908. 1908 Earliest known used copy is postmarked 13 Feb 1908 (6c red). As previous issues printed on a greyish paper; variable thickness 0.10mm to 0.15mm. Instruction Box B1 & B2 (2c), B5 (5c), B4 & B5 (6c) 008a 2c violet, box B1 Ł10 Ł10 008b 2c violet, box B2 Ł10 Ł10 009 5c olive yellow, box B5 Ł10 Ł10 010a 6c red, box B4 Ł15 Ł15 010b 6c red, box B5 Ł15 Ł15 1909 Head of King Edward VII as previous issue, 2nd line of text ending “print”, Instruction Box C1. Size 125mm x 317mm (2c) or 155mm x 340mm (5c & 6c). Printed on a paper which varies from dark buff to greyish buff to greyish. Instruction Box C1 - gap between frame and heading is 2˝mm; "i" of "injury" (line 5) is below the centre of "n"; "i" of "without" (line 4) is below centre of "s". Instruction Box C2 - gap between frame and heading is 1˝mm; "i" of "injury" is below the left side of "n"; "i" of "without" is below the centre of "s". Instruction Box C3 - gap between frame and heading is 1Ľmm; "i" of "injury" is below the right side of "e"; "i" of "without" is below "t". 011 2c dark violet, box C1 Ł3 Ł5 012 5c olive yellow, box C1 Ł3 Ł5 013 6c orange red, box C1 Ł25 Ł15 1912 Earliest known usage is 12 Dec 1912. Head of King George V, printed on dark buff/greyish paper. There is considerable variation in the colour of the printing. Size 125mm x 317mm (2c) or 155mm x 340mm (5c and 6c). Instruction Box C1 (2c and 5c); C1, C2 or C3 (6c).
017, 030 018 018s
017 2c violet, box C1 Ł10 Ł10 For 2c violet 230mm x 330mm, box C4, see wrapper 030 018 5c olive yellow, box C1 Ł50 Ł50 018s “SPECIMEN”, type 4 Ł100 ... 019cs 019a 6c red, box C1 Ł50 Ł50 019b 6c red, box C2 Ł50 Ł50 019c 6c red, box C3 Ł50 Ł50 019cs “SPECIMEN”, type 4 Ł100 ... For 6c red / orange / purple wrappers with box C4 see 026 For 6c red / lilac wrappers 306mm x 327mm see wrapper 037 1914 Earliest known usage for 2c olive yellow on greyish paper is 14 Nov 1914. Head of King George V, printed on dark buff/greyish paper. Size 125mm x 317mm. Instruction Box C2, C3 & C4. Instruction Box C4 - gap between frame and heading is 1˝mm; gap between heading and first line of text is 2mm; "i" of "injury" is below the left side of "n"; "i" of "without" is below the right side of "s". The last character on the first four lines of text is raised above the base line.
020, 021, 031, 038 020s
020a 2c olive yellow, box C2 Ł30 Ł30 020b 2c olive yellow, box C3 Ł30 Ł30 020c 2c olive yellow, box C4 Ł30 Ł30 020cs “SPECIMEN”, type 4 Ł50 ... For 2c olive yellow wrappers 230mm x 330mm see 031, 032 and 038 1917? Earliest known usage for buff paper of the 2c is 22 Nov 1917 and of the 6c it is 9 Aug 1917. Head of King George V, printed on buff paper. Size 125mm x 317mm (2c) or 155mm x 340mm (6c). Instruction Box C3 or C4. 021a 2c olive yellow, box C3 Ł100 Ł100 021b 2c olive yellow, box C4 Ł100 Ł100
022a 022b
022a 6c orange, box C4 Ł50 Ł50 022b 6c red, box C4 Ł100 Ł100 022c 6c purple, box C4 Ł100 Ł100 For 6c red in size 306mm x 327mm see wrapper 037 1918 November 18 Ceylon postage rates were increased on 18 November 1918. The first step for printed matter rate was increased from 2c to 3c (internal, UK and foreign) 1918 Head of King George V, printed on various shades of buff paper, 125mm x 317mm. Instruction Box C4. 024 024 3c olive yellow, box C4 Ł150 Ł100 1921 Earliest known usage 28 Apr 1921. Head of King George V, various shades of buff paper. Size 127mm x 330mm. Instruction Box C4. 025
025a - thin characters (200%) 025b - thick characters (200%)
025a 3c green, thin 3c, box C4 Ł40 Ł40 025b 3c green thick 3c box C4 Ł100 Ł100 1921 October 21 On 10 October 1921 the first step rate for UK and foreign printed matter was changed from 3c to 4c 1921 Head of King George V, various shades of buff paper. Size 127mm x 330mm (4c) or 155mm x 340mm (5c & 6c). Instruction Box C4.
026, 036, 039 027
026 4c green, box C4 Ł150 Ł150 027 5c brown violet, box C4 Ł150 Ł150 For 4c green in size 306mm x 327mm see wrapper 036 3c green wrapper 230mm x 330mm A 3c green wrapper, 230mm x 330mm, was printed, as can be seen from the next issue. However no copies are known used or unused. It is believed that these wrappers were produced just before the rate change of 01 June 1926 and that all the copies were overprinted 2c. 1926 June 01 On 01 June 1926 the first step internal printed matter rate was reduced from 3c to 2c and the rate to the UK was reduced from 4c to 3c. 1926 A SPECIMEN copy of the 2c on 3c wrapper 028as, ex UPU archives, is dated 1928. Used copies of this wrapper are known from 1926. Unissued 3c wrapper, size 230mm x 330mm, overprinted 2 Cents. Instruction Box C4. Colour varies from green to bluish green to greenish grey. The 3c is thin and thick as on wrappers 025a and 025b.
028 028s - type 5 (Samuel type CE7)
028a 2c on 3c green, thin 3c Ł75 Ł150 028as “SPECIMEN”, type 5 Ł50 ... 028b 2c on 3c green, thick 3c Ł75 Ł150 028bs “SPECIMEN”, type 5 Ł80 ... 1926 Head of King George V, size 230mm x 330mm, printed on buff paper. Instruction Box C4. 030 2c violet, box C4 Ł50 Ł50 030s “SPECIMEN”, type 5 Ł75 ...
031a small 2 (400%) 031b, 038 large 2 (400%)
031a 2c olive yellow, small 2 Ł50 Ł50 031b 2c olive yellow, large 2 Ł50 Ł50 031s 031bs “SPECIMEN”, type 5 Ł50 ... 1926 Wrapper 031b (large 2) overprinted 1 Cent and 1c stamp added. Size 230mm x 330mm. 034s 034 1c on 2c olive yellow + 1c stamp Ł100 Ł200 034s “SPECIMEN”, type 5 Ł50 ... 1927 Printed on buff paper. Size 306mm x 327mm. Instruction Box C4. 036s 036 4c green, box C4 Ł100 Ł100 036s “SPECIMEN”, type 5 Ł40 ... 036v1 - extra tail at end of WRAPPER (200%) (this variety seen only on “SPECIMEN” copies) 036sv1 extra tail after R Ł100 ... SPECIMEN wrappers 036s were sent to the UPU, a copy ex UPU archive is dated 1928.
037a 037b, 040 037c
037a 6c lilac, box C4 Ł100 Ł100 037b 6c carmine, box C4 Ł100 Ł100 037c 6c red, box C4 Ł100 Ł100 For 6c wrappers size 155mm x 340mm see 019 and 026. 1931? The earliest known date of use of wrappers with Instruction Box C5 is 13 March 1931. New printings with Instruction Box C5. Size 230mm x 330mm (2c) or 306mm x 327mm (4c), printed on a dark buff paper. 2c with large 2. Instruction Box C5 - gap between the frame and the heading is 1mm; gap between the heading and the first line of text is 3mm. The five lines of text are the same as on C4 except that the last character on the first four lines of text is on the base line. 038 2c olive yellow, large 2 Ł100 Ł100 039 4c green Ł100 Ł100 1931? New printing on buff paper. Size 302mm x 330mm. Instruction Box C5. 040 6c carmine Ł100 Ł100 1938? Overprint on wrapper 039. 041 041 2c on 4c green .. Ł200 1938 Head of King George VI. Size 155mm x 330mm. Instruction Box C5.
042 043, 046 044 042 2c red Ł100 Ł100 043 3c green Ł100 Ł100 044 6c red .. Ł200 1938 Head of King George VI. Size 155mm x 330mm. Instruction Box D. Instruction Box D - heading modified to a serif typestyle 046 3c green Ł100 Ł100 1938 Change of Colour. Size 155mm x 330mm. Instruction Box C5. 048 048 2c yellow Ł100 Ł100 1938 Overprint on wrapper 042. 049 049 3c on 2c red Ł200 Ł150 STAMPED TO ORDER All Ceylon stamped to order wrappers were produced using the same dies as were used for the post office issue wrappers. The STO wrappers differ from the post office issue by having a wider spacing between the indicium and the instruction box. The company masthead with address was printed at the same time in the same colour as the indicium and instruction box. One copy of a stamped to order wrappers with an indicium only has been recorded. All other known STO wrappers have an instruction box and company masthead with address. Wrappers with overprints in a different colour from the indicium are post office issue newspaper wrappers. WRAPPERS PRINTED WITH COMPANY MASTHEAD
102 104
102a QV 2c violet, box B1 102b QV 2c violet, box B2 102c QV 2c violet, box B3 104a QV 5c olive yellow, box B1 104b QV 5c olive yellow, box B2
105 106 107
105a KEVII 2c violet, box B1 105b KEVII 2c violet, box B2 105d KEVII 2c violet, box B4 106a KEVII 5c olive yellow, box B1 106b KEVII 5c olive yellow, box B2 106d KEVII 5c olive yellow, box B4 107e KEVII 6c red, box B5 The KGV STO wrappers were printed with instruction box S or T, which are only known on STO wrappers. Instruction Box S Instruction Box T (@90%)
114 117, 118
114a KGV 6c red, box S 114b KGV 6c red, box T 117 KGV 3c green, thin 3c, box S WRAPPER PRINTED WITH INDICIUM ONLY 118 KGV 3c green, thick 3c ... A used copy of this wrapper was sold by Abacus Auctions, auction 227, lot 977 on 19 May 2018. Lot 977 was a collection of Ceylon postal stationery, so no valuation is possible. CEYLON BIBLIOGRAPHY Philatelic Record, November 1879 p92 Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Postage Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, Postcards & Telegraph Stamps of British India & Ceylon, 1892 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Newspaper Wrappers of Ceylon, by Carl Stieg, in Postal Stationery No 245, July 1987 Ceylon Printed-to-Private-Order Newspaper Wrappers, by John K Courtis, in The Postal Stationery Society Journal, August 2005 The Postal History of Ceylon, by Edward B Proud, 2006 Rodrigo's Catalogue of Ceylon/Sri Lanka Postal Stationery Part II, by Chandra Rodrigo, 2010 Chairman’s Chat, (re discovery of two previously unknown Ceylon newspaper wrappers), by Jan Kosniowski, in The Postal Stationery Society Journal No 74, May 2015 Abacus Auctions, auction 227 lot 977, 19 May 2018 C&S Perfin on a Times of Ceylon Wrapper, by Alan Tonge, in CSC Bulletin Vol 19 No 6, 2018 Instruction Boxes on Ceylon Newspaper Wrappers, by Jan Kosniowski, in Postal Stationery No 426, May-Jun 2019; also in CSC Bulletin Vol 20 No 1, 2019 Graham Winters collection, private correspondence, 2012-2015 Wayne Menuz collection, private correspondence, 2011-2015 CHILE 1900 July Printed, on buff paper. Wrapper size 120mm x 250mm (2c) or 125mm x 310mm (20c).
001 002 001 2c carmine Ł3 Ł10 002 20c slate Ł5 Ł20 CHILE BIBLIOGRAPHY Die Postwertzeichen der Republik Chile, by Otto Krause & Arthur Philippi, 1920 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Earliest Reported Postmarks for Chilean Postal Stationery, by Ross A Towle, in The Chile Specialist No 13, Nov 1993 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Catálogo Especializado de Chile. Edición 2000. Editado por la Sociedad filatélica de Chile. El Catálogo Especializado de Filatelia Chilena CHILE2006 Chile An outline of the Postal Issues 1766 - 1919, by W B Haworth, 1920 Catalogo Asher de Enteros Postales de Chile, Derek Palmer, in Chile Filatelico No 142-145 CDROM Catalog of Chilean Postal Stationery: 1871-1996, by Ross A. Towle Catalogo de Sellos y Enteros Postales de Chile, 1980 CHINA - CHEFOO 1894 Local Post issue. Size 120mm x 252mm. Printed by Schleicher and Schull of Duren, Germany. 001 setting A setting B Other differences - the bottom line is shorter at the right, the R in NEWSPAPER is a smaller font than the rest 001 ˝c green (A) Ł15 Ł110 001a printed on card Ł500 ... 001b reversed & inverted Ł1,500 001c setting B Ł15 Ł110 A total of 50,700 wrappers were ordered In April 2010 an unused copy of wrapper 001a printed on card was sold at the John Bull Stamp Auction, Hong Kong for HK$ 5,175 (= Ł426). In November 2014 a copy of 001b, printed on the gummed side with the chamfered edge at the bottom, was sold at the Interasia Auctions in Hong Kong for HK$ 17,250 (= Ł1,465). CHINA CHEFOO BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Catalog of the Shanghai Postal System, by Lyons F Livingston, 1971 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Shanghai Postal System, The Stamps and Postal History, by Charles W Dougan, 1981. Catalog of the Shanghai Postal System, by Lyons F Livingston, 2nd edition, Wei-Liang Chow, 1990 Postal Stationery of Shanghai and Treaty Ports, by Stanley Kruger and Donald Alexander (1999) CHINA - FOOCHOW 1896 Local Post issue. Wrapper size 124mm x 297mm The design is the same as the stamps which were printed for Foochow by Waterlow & Sons London. 001 001 ˝c orange-brown Ł40 Ł200 CHINA FOOCHOW BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Catalog of the Shanghai Postal System, by Lyons F Livingston, 1971 Foochow wrapper H&G E1 (used to USA) sold for $7,714 at Interasia Auction in 2014, in Postal Stationery No 299, Nov-Dec 2014 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Shanghai Postal System, The Stamps and Postal History, by Charles W Dougan, 1981. Catalog of the Shanghai Postal System, by Lyons F Livingston, 2nd edition, Wei-Liang Chow, 1990 Postal Stationery of Shanghai and Treaty Ports, by Stanley Kruger and Donald Alexander (1999) CHINA - SHANGHAI 1893 March 1 Local Post issue. 114mm x 255mm. Embossed “SHANGHAI” / Chinese characters / “LOCAL POST OFFICE”. Provisional issue produced locally. 001 (illustration at 80%) “POSTAGE PAID ˝ CENT.” 51mm or 53mm long 001 ˝c black on cream, 51mm Ł20 Ł100 001a 53mm Ł20 Ł100 001b on smooth white Ł20 Ł100 Proofs are known of this wrapper 1893 April Local Post issue, on white horizontally or vertically laid paper; printed by Barclay & Fry, London. 103mm x 281mm.
002 003 004 002a ˝c orange, horz laid Ł5 Ł30 002b vertically laid paper Ł5 Ł30 003a 1c brown, horz laid Ł5 Ł70 003b vertically laid paper Ł5 Ł70 004a 2c vermillion, horz laid Ł5 Ł80 004b vertically laid paper Ł5 Ł80 Scan of wrapper 003a hand stamped “SPECIMEN” (17mm x 4˝mm) which was offered on eBay in May 2017 - status unknown. 1893 December 1 Local Post issue, overprinted “1843-1893 Jubilee” on preceding issue in violet (˝c & 2c) or black (1c)
005 006 007 005 ˝c orange, horz laid Ł8 Ł150 005a vertically laid paper Ł8 Ł150 006 1c brown, horz laid Ł8 Ł150 006a vertically laid paper Ł8 Ł150 007 2c vermillion, horz laid Ł8 Ł150 007a vertically laid paper Ł15 Ł300 CHINA SHANGHAI BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Catalog of the Shanghai Postal System, by Lyons F Livingston and Charles W Dougan, 1971 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Shanghai Postal System, The Stamps and Postal History, by Charles W Dougan, 1981. Catalog of the Shanghai Postal System, by Lyons F Livingston and Charles W Dougan, 2nd reprint edition, 1990 Postal Stationery of Shanghai and Treaty Ports by Stanley Kruger and Donald Alexander (1999) CILICIA 1919 March / May French Military Occupation 9 January 1919 until 20 October 1921. Wrappers of Turkey hand stamped in a sans serif type or a script type as illustrated. The sans serif handstamp was in use from 1 or 4 March 1919; the script handstamp was made available for use from 1 May 1919. Black handstamp
001 002 003 001 2p brown violet (sans serif) Ł20 Ł100 001a handstamp in carmine 002 2p brown violet (script) Ł30 Ł100 003 10p green (sans serif) Ł30 Ł100 003v1 handstamp inverted The same handstamps were used for postage stamps and for postal stationery. FORGERIES Stamps are known with forged handstamps. It is not known if forged wrappers were produced using the bogus handstamp. CILICIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1927 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1949 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Cilicie Occupation Militaire Francaise, by Menachim Max Mayo, 1984 COLOMBIA 1917 Arms design. Printed by Perkins Bacon & Co in London. Size 120mm x 200mm (1c) or 120mm x 298mm (1˝c). Gummed and chamfered at top. The first printing of 25,000 copies of each wrapper was despatched by Perkins Bacon in April 1917. In September 1918 10,000 1c wrappers and 5,000 1˝c wrappers were despatched by the printers.
001 002 001s 001a 1c green, 96mm top Ł20 Ł100 001as hand stamped “OFICIO” Ł20 001b 1c green, 91mm top Ł20 Ł100 002 1˝c lilac brown Ł30 Ł200 002s hand stamped “OFICIO” Ł30 The “OFICIO” handstamp in violet 20˝mm x 3˝mm was applied to produce UPU specimens. There were three printings of the 1c green. In the first printing (and/or the second?) the chamfered top is 96mm and the gumming 12mm. In a later printing (the third?) the chamfered top is 91mm and the gumming 15mm. 1916 DIE PROOFS 1c sunken die proof in black Also known is a 1c sunken die proof in green and a 1˝c sunken die proof in brown. c1930 ESSAYS 1c brown, 124mm x 300mm, depicting Fidel Cano (founder of “El Espectador” newspaper, Medellín 1887), illustration at 50%. 4c grey-green, 124mm x 300mm, depicting Ismael Enricque Arciniegas (founder of “El Nuevo Tiempo” newspaper, Bogota 1902, illustration at 50%. Composite paste up, 125mm x 264mm, depicting Fidel Cano and Ismael Enricque Arciniegas, illustration at 50% Nothing is known about these three essays (circa 1930). The choice of journalists / newspaper proprietors for the indicia designs, strongly suggests that these may have been speculative essays. COLOMBIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Las Fajas Postales de 1916-17, by Walter Blell, in Chile Filatelico Vol 43, March 1970 Colombian Postal Stationery - A New Discovery, by Debby Friedman and Raul Jimanez, in Copacarta (Journal of the Colombia Panama Philatelic Study Group) Vol 7 No 1, September 1989 Perkins Bacon Archive, by Francis Kilddle, in Postal Stationery No 340, Jan-Feb 2005 Perkins Bacon archive at the Royal Philatelic Society of London, [2014] Debby Friedman collection, private correspondence, 2014 Santiago Cruz collection, private correspondence, 2014 Perkins Bacon Issues of Colombia, by Ross A Towle, in Postal Stationery No 409, Jul-Aug 2016 COSTA RICA 1890 July 28 Numeral design, printed by Waterlow & Sons, London. Size 126mm x 380mm. 001 001 2c green Ł2 Ł25 1923 July Design with pineapple. Printed by Imprenta Lines. Size 177mm x 260mm. The wrappers were numbered 00001 to 50000. 002 002 4c green Ł30 Ł50 A total of 50,000 wrappers were issued Proofs of the 4c exists in red and in black proof of the 4c design in black proof of the 4c design in red COSTA RICA BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Costa Rica Postal Stationery, by H D Mitchell, 1955 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Costa Rica Postal Catalogue, by Hector R Mena, 1997 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Catalogo de Enteros Postales, 1984 Costa Rica Postal Catalogue, by Hector R Mena, 4th edition, 2014 CUBA Cuba was under United States administration from 1 January 1899 until 20 May 1902. US ADMINISTRATION ISSUES 1899 August Embossed head of Christopher Columbus, on buff paper watermarked US POD ‘99. Printed by the US Bureau for Engraving and Printing. Size 140mm x 265 mm.
001, 003 002
001 1c green Ł10 Ł50 002 2c red Ł10 Ł50 100,000 copies of each value printed REPUBLIC OF CUBA ISSUES 1903 As previous issue on buff paper without a watermark. Printed by the Hartford Manufacturing Co, Hartford USA. Wrapper size 140mm x 265 mm. 003 1c green Ł50 Ł100 Both Ascher and H&G list a wrapper, (with description only), overprinted “Rep. de Cuba - 1 centavo” in black on a 1c green. It is stated as having been issued in 1904. No copies are known to exist. 1910 Design with the embossed bust of Enrique Villuendas (1874-1905) on 1c, Serafín Sánchez (1846-1896) on 2c. Size 140mm x 265mm. Printed by Waterlow & Sons, London.
005 006 005 1c green Ł50 Ł100 006 2c red Ł100 Ł100 CUBA PRIVATE OVERPRINT (Illustration - drawing of a plough - no illustration available) zza05 005 1c green .. .. CUBA BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Postal Stationery of the United States Possessions and Administrative Area, by Austin P Haller (editor) et al., 1971 Catálogo Especializado de Sellos de Cuba, 1997 The Postal Stationery of the Cuban Republic, by Robert Littrell, 2013 A Census of Extant used Post Office Wrappers of Cuba, by John K. Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector No 87, Aug 2016 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) M Piper & S Portuondo, Enteros Postales de Cuba (Postal Stationery of Cuba), 2nd Edition, 1995. (Spanish) The Postal Stationery of the Possessions and Administrative Areas of the United States - Cuba Section, Editor - George Krieger, Contributors - Ernesto Cuesta, Octavio Cabrera, Robert Littrell and Mark Tyx, Third Edition, 2009 Postal Stationery Republic of Cuba 1903-1953, by David J Leeds Postal Stationery of Cuba and Puerto Rico under United States administration, by Ernesto Cuesta, 2015 CYPRUS 1880 April 1 Indicium as on GB wrapper 012, Queen Victoria head in oval, with “CYPRUS” added. Size 125mm x 300mm. Printed by De la Rue. This was not an overprint as is commonly stated. A new forme was prepared and the wrappers were printed in one operation. GB wrappers of this design are chamfered at the bottom, the Cyprus wrappers are square cut at the bottom. 001 001 1d brown Ł1 Ł200 USED COPIES - Three used copy of wrapper 001 are known to exist. 14,880 wrappers were supplied (31 parcels of 480 wrappers). These wrappers were withdrawn from use on 1 July 1881 due to introduction of new currency, the piastre. The surplus, a total of 13,870 wrappers, were subsequently sold to Stanley Gibbons after they had been withdrawn from use. 1881 June 10 Head of Queen Victoria, wrapper size 125mm x 300mm. Printed by De la Rue. 002 002 1pi brown Ł8 Ł15 A total of 15,210 wrappers were produced in four different printings, with variations of paper. SPECIMEN SPECIMEN handstamp on wrapper 002. SPECIMEN is 14.3mm wide and 2.8mm high. This is similar to De la Rue handstamps of the period, but does not appear to one of them. 1882 February 23 Emergency issue, SG 11 or SG 25 stuck on plain white wrapper, 125mm x 300mm, top two corners cut diagonally
003, 005 003a
003 ˝pi (SG 11) green ... Ł200 A total of 11,000 wrappers were produced, most were produced when only SG11 available, some were produced when SG25 was available so some could have been with SG25. 003a ˝pi (SG 25) green ... 1882 June 10 Size 125mm x 300mm. Printed by De la Rue. 004 004 ˝pi green on buff Ł4 Ł12 004a ˝pi green on cream Ł4 Ł12 A total of 502,468 wrappers were supplied. Two plates were used. There were 11 printings from the first plate (308,824 wrappers) and 5 printings from the second plate (193,644 wrappers). 1892/3 Emergency issues, half piastre green SG 31 postage stamp stuck on white wrapper chamfered at the top. 005 1892 December 19 005 125x290mm, no watermark ... Ł200 1893 January 21 005a 125x382mm, no watermark ... Ł200 1893 March 13 005b 120x328mm, watermarked ... Ł200 Issue dates of 005, 005a and 005b are based on postmark cancellations. The watermark on 005b is T H SAUNDERS 1894 April 1 Wrapper size 96mm x 278mm Printed by De la Rue. 006 006 10pa carmine Ł5 Ł10 006s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł25 ... A total of 601,236 wrappers were supplied, plus 750 specimens. These were produced in 6 printings. 1902 December Head of King Edward VII. Size 95mm x278mm (10pa) or 125mm x 300mm (˝pi). Printed by De la Rue.
008 009 008 10pa carmine Ł6 Ł8 008s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 009 ˝pi green Ł6 Ł8 009s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... A total of 462,078 10 paras wrappers were supplied from 9 printings. A total of 322,698 half piastre wrappers were supplied from 7 printings. In addition to this 722 copies of each value were overprinted SPECIMEN. 1910 July Head of King Edward VII. Size 63mm x 253mm. Printed by De la Rue. 010 010 5pa olive yellow Ł20 Ł40 010s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... A total of 303,810 wrappers and 413 specimens were supplied from 1 printing. 1912 May Head of King George V. Size 63mm x 253mm (5pa) or 95mm x 278mm (˝pi). Printed by De la Rue.
011 012 011 5pa olive yellow Ł8 Ł8 011s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 012 ˝pi green Ł8 Ł8 012s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... There were 10 different printings of the 5 paras wrappers totalling 1,636,948 copies and 7 different printings of the ˝ piastre wrapper totalling 273,420 copies. There are many minor varieties of paper and ink colour. In addition 404 copies of each value were produced with a SPECIMEN overprint. 1920 July 16 Overprint on 1912 issue wrapper 011 by the Government Printer in Cyprus. 013 013 10pa on 5pa olive yellow Ł30 Ł30 Approximately 30,000 wrappers were overprinted. 1920 October Head of King George V. Size 63mm x 253mm. Printed by De la Rue. 014 014 10pa orange Ł15 Ł15 014s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł30 ... A total of 1,203,600 wrappers were supplied from 7 printings. In addition 391 copies were produced with a SPECIMEN overprint. 1922 September 1 Overprint on 1912 issue probably by the Government Printer in Cyprus. 015 015 30pa on ˝pi green Ł30 Ł30 1924 Head of King George V. Size 63mm x 253mm. Printed by De la Rue. 016 016 Ľpi orange Ł12 Ł70 016s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł40 ... A total of 3,483,440 wrappers were supplied from 14 printings. 1938 January Head of King George VI. Size 64mm x 253mm (Ľpi) or 95mm x 278mm (˝pi). Printed by De la Rue.
017 018 017 Ľpi brown Ł20 Ł30 017s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł20 ... 018 ˝pi green Ł20 Ł30 018s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł20 ... A total of 765,400 Ľpi wrappers were supplied from 4 printings. A total of 109,296 ˝pi wrappers were supplied from 10 printings. In addition 398 copies of each value were produced with a SPECIMEN overprint. 1953 July 9 Head of Queen Elizabeth II. Size 95mm x 280mm. Printed by De la Rue.
019 020 021
019 1˝pi green Ł20 Ł30 A total of 51,840 copies of this wrapper were printed. 1955 August 1 Head of Queen Elizabeth II. Size 63mm x 254mm (2m) or 95mm x 278mm (10m). Printed by De la Rue. 020 2mil brown Ł12 Ł25 021 10mil green Ł12 Ł25 A total of 186,000 copies of the 2 mils wrapper and 51,200 copies of the 10 mils were printed. 1960 August 16 1955 issue wrappers overprinted “Republic of Cyprus” in Greek & Turkish by the Government Printing Office in Nicosia.
022 023 022 2mil brown Ł10 Ł25 023 10mil green Ł10 Ł25 1962 Aug 1 Wreath & Coat of Arms design. Size 63mm x 253mm (3m) or 95mm x 278mm (10m).
024 3M brown Ł5 Ł12 025 10M green Ł5 Ł12 72,578 copies of the 3m wrapper and 44,478 copies of the 10m wrapper were printed. 1976 Handstamp on 1962 issue in black, blue or red.
026 027 026 10M on 3M long box Ł3 Ł5 026a short box Ł3 Ł5 027 25M on 10M green Ł3 Ł5 The sale of newspaper wrappers was discontinued by the Cyprus post office in 1977. CYPRUS BIBLIOGRAPHY The Philatelic Record, August 1882. (Report of provisional wrapper issued in February 1882.) Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps, Vol 1, by Robson Lowe, 1947 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Postal Stationery Wrappers by H Dagnall, 1993 Cyprus Postal Stationery 1880-2000 2nd edition, by Alexander C Ioannides and Christopher J Podger, 2000 A Brand New Discovery, by Alexander C Ioannides, in Cyprus Circular Post Vol 15 No 5, May 2005, (Discovery of a used copy of the first Cyprus wrapper.) Newspaper Wrappers 1892 Emergency Issue, by Robin Davis, Cyprus Circular Post Vol 15 No 5 May 2005 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Cyprus Postal Stationery, by Stephan H Frangoudis (editor), 1985 Cyprus Postal Stationery, by J J Castiglione, 1992 DENMARK From 1872 to 1936 newspaper wrappers were printed by H H Thieles. Thereafter they were printed by J Jřrgensen & Co. Denmark had three different rates of postage for newspapers - local, inland and foreign. 1872 Essay A 2 skilling essay was produced in 1872. Size 370mm x 55mm with a 2˝mm thick border top and bottom, and 48˝mm between the borders. Printed in greyish blue. 1872 Essay Only one copy of this essay is known. 1872 May 28 Printed on a rough ivory paper. Printed and supplied 6 wrappers on a sheet. Wrapper size 95mm x 372 - 376mm. 001 001 2sk ultramarine or blue Ł20 Ł100 A total of 33,075 sheets of six wrappers were printed (198,450 wrappers). Following the currency reform in 1875 4,334 sheets were returned to the head post office. The net total wrappers sold was 172,446. Colour proofs were produced in red (3 recorded) and lilac (2 recorded). One sheet (6 wrappers) in each colour was produced. On 1 Jan 1875 a currency reform changed the currency from skilling to řre (1 skilling = 2 řre). Mixed frankings of skilling and řre were allowed until 15 January 1891. 1875 January 01 Printed on a rough ivory paper. Printed and supplied 6 wrappers on a sheet. Colour varies from dark to light blue. Wrapper size 95mm x 372 - 376mm.
002a 002b
002a - die 1 (@400%) 002b - die 2 (@400%) 002a 4ř blue, die 1 Ł10 Ł25 002b die 2 Ł3 Ł1 002ba vertically laid paper Ł25 Ł25 002a & 002b - shells in crown (@400%) 002c - die 3 - stars in crown (@400%) 002c die 3 (stars) Ł25 Ł20 Pairs exist with wrapper die 1 on the left and wrapper die 2 on the right. A total of 5 such pairs have been recorded. Proofs / Prints of wrapper 002 (die 2) were produced in black (2 copies recorded). 1882 June 12 Small 5 in corners. Printed and supplied 6 wrappers on a sheet. Wrapper size 95mm x 372 - 376mm.
003 small 5 (500%)
003 5ř green Ł10 Ł15 1884 October 8 Large 5 in corners. Printed and supplied 6 wrappers on a sheet. Wrapper size 95mm x 372 - 376mm.
004, 005 large 5 (500%)
004 5ř green / blue green Ł3 Ł2 On 30 September 1888 all post office stocks of sheets of 6 wrappers (002, 003 and 004) were withdrawn. They were cut into singles and re-issued in packets of 25. packet band for wrapper 002 (@50%) 1902 Design as wrapper 004. Wrapper size 95 - 97mm x 380 - 390mm. 005 5ř yellow green Ł5 Ł5 1905 November 1 King Christian IX. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 006 006 5ř green Ł3 Ł3 1905 November 9 Value + waves, no watermark. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 007, 012, 016, 039 007 4ř light blue Ł2 Ł2 The rate for posting newspapers locally up to 250 grams was reduced to 2ř as from 1 December 1905. 1905 December 2 Value + waves, no watermark. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 008, 011 008 2ř scarlet Ł3 Ł3 1908 November 16 King Frederik VIII, no watermark. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 009, 010 009 5ř green Ł3 Ł2 WATERMARK - From 1913 until 1930 wrappers, 010 to 042 inclusive, were printed on watermarked paper (excluding wrappers overprinted on earlier issues). They occur with both normal and inverted watermarks. Price is same unless otherwise stated. 1913 January 18 King Frederik VIII, with watermark. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 010 5ř green Ł150 Ł80 010i inverted watermark ... Ł180 1913 April 19 Value + waves design, with watermark. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 011 2ř scarlet Ł3 Ł3 1913 May 10 As 1905 issue value + waves, with watermark. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 012 4ř blue Ł3 Ł3 1913 June 6 King Christian X, (no control marks). Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 013, 017 013 5ř green Ł4 Ł3 for wrapper as 013 with control marks see 017 The rate for posting newspapers locally up to 250 grams was changed to 3ř as from 1 November 1917. 1917 December 22 Value in single oval + waves. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 014, 015 014 3ř grey Ł10 Ł3 Printing control numbers were introduced in 1918. Unless otherwise stated prices are the same for all control numbers. 1918 August 3 As 1905 issue value + waves, with control marks. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 015 3ř grey Ł15 Ł12 Control numbers 22-C and 23-C 016 4ř blue Ł15 Ł8 Control numbers 22-C and 23-C For other control numbers see wrapper 041 For similar design with 2 ovals around value see 043 1918 August 3 Christian X, with control marks. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 017 5ř green Ł4 Ł2 Control numbers 22-C, 24-C, 25-C, 26-C, 28-I, 29-H and 32-H 1918 December 14 King Christian X, with control marks. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 018 018 7ř orange Ł5 Ł5 Control numbers 24-C, 25-C, 26-C, 27-I, 28-I, 29-H, 30-K and 31-K From 1 January 1919 the local rate was changed to 5ř and the rate for inland was changed to 7ř 1919 April 12 Previous issues overprinted and revalued to 5ř, with and without control marks.
019, 020 021, 022 023, 024, 025
019 5ř on 2ř scarlet (008) Ł16 Ł30 020 5ř on 2ř scarlet (011) Ł15 Ł15 021 5ř on 3ř grey (014) Ł10 Ł15 022 5ř on 3ř grey (015) Ł8 Ł5 Control numbers 22-C and 23-C 023 5ř on 4ř blue (007) Ł500 .. Only 2 copies known of wrapper 023 024 5ř on 4ř blue (012) Ł8 Ł5 025 5ř on 4ř blue (016) Ł8 Ł5 Control numbers 22-C and 23-C From 1 July 1919 the local rate was changed to 7ř and the rate for inland rate was changed to 10ř 1920 June 28 King Christian X. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 026 026 10ř red Ł5 Ł5 Control numbers 30-K, 31-K, 32-H and 32-J 1921 March 5 Previous 7ř (018) issue overprinted with 1ř red. 027 027 7ř orange & 1ř red Ł5 Ł5 Control numbers 24-C, 25-C, 26-C, 27-I, 28-I, 29-H, 30-K and 31-K 027 Control 24-C, 25-C or 26-C Ł20 Ł20 1921 April 15 Value in single oval and waves, with control number on watermarked paper. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 028 028 8ř grey Ł3 Ł2 Control numbers 33-Z, 36-B, 38-Z, 39-I, 40-A, 40-O, 41-A, 41-O, 42-A, 42-J, 43-J, 44-O and 45-J 028 Control 45-J Ł20 Ł20 1921 April 16 Wrappers 013 and 017 overprinted with additional 5ř indicium. 029, 030 029 5ř & 5ř green (013) Ł100 Ł100 Only 5 copies known of wrapper 029 030 5ř & 5ř green (017) Ł5 Ł4 Control numbers 22-C, 24-C, 25-C, 26-C, 28-I, 29-H and 32-H 030 22-C, 24-C, 25-C or 26-C Ł10 Ł10 030a albino overprint (017) Ł500 .. 1921 May 28 Wrappers 021, 022, 023, 024 and 025 overprinted with additional 3ř indicium.
031, 032 033, 034, 035
031 5ř on 3ř + 3ř grey (021) Ł35 Ł60 031a added 3ř indicium albino Ł500 .. 031a - only 1 copy known (Řstergaard, Ringström, Andersen) 032 5ř on 3ř + 3ř grey (022) Ł30 Ł35 Control numbers 22-C and 23-C 033 5ř on 4ř + 3ř grey (023) .. .. 033 - only 1 copy known (Řstergaard, Ringström) 034 5ř on 4ř + 3ř grey (024) Ł35 Ł50 034a added 3ř indicium albino Ł500 .. 034a - only 1 copy known (Řstergaard, Ringström, Andersen) 035 5ř on 4ř + 3ř grey (025) Ł25 Ł35 Control numbers 22-C and 23-C 1921 July 9 Value in single oval and waves. With watermark & control number. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 036 036 10ř green Ł2 Ł2 Control numbers 33-Z, 34-M, 35-W, 36-B, 37-Z, 38-Y, 39-H, 40-O, 41-A, 41-O, 42-G, 43-A and 44-M 1922 April 22 Value in single oval and waves. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 037 037 5ř brown Ł2 Ł2 Control numbers 35-W, 36-B, 38-B, 38-Z, 40-A, 40-O, 40-X, 42-A, 42-J, 43-A, 43-O, 44-M, 44-O, 46-A, 46-O, 46-I, 47-I, 48-Z, 49-N, 50-I, 51-H, 52-H and 53-I 1926 March 25 Wrapper 028 overprinted and revalued to 7ř. 038 038 7ř on 8ř grey (028) Ł5 Ł4 Control numbers 33-Z, 36-B, 38-Z, 39-I, 40-A, 40-O 41-A, 41-O, 42-A, 42-J, 43-J, 44-O and 45-J 038 33-Z, 36-B, 38-Z or 39-I Ł10 Ł10 038 40-A, 40-O 41-A, 41-O, 42-A or 42-J Ł20 Ł20 1926 March 29 Wrapper 036 overprinted and revalued to 7ř. 039 039 7ř on 10ř green (036) Ł4 Ł4 Control numbers 35-W, 36-B, 37-Z, 38-Y, 39-H, 40-O, 41-A, 41-O, 42-G, 43-A and 44-M 039 Control 35-W .. .. 039 Control 36-B or 37-Z Ł10 Ł10 039 Control 38-Y .. Ł50 1926 May 11 Value in single oval and waves. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 040 040 7ř yellow green Ł4 Ł4 Control numbers 45-M, 46-I, 47-I, 48-Z, 49-N, 50-I, 51-H, 52-H and 53-I 1930 June 28 As 1905 issue (007) with control numbers 53 to 58. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 041 4ř blue Ł2 Ł2 Control numbers 53-Z, 54-I, 55*/85-Z, 56-H, 57-H and 58-H For earlier control numbers see wrapper 016 Control 55-Z [55 * overprint on 85 - Z] 1930 July 9 Value in single oval and waves. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm. 042 042 5ř yellow green Ł2 Ł2 Control numbers 53a-Z, 54-I, 55-H, 56-H, 57-H and 58-H WATERMARK - All subsequent issues were printed on paper without a watermark. 1933 November 27 Redrawn design, 2 ovals around value, white paper. Wrapper size 95mm x 380 - 390mm.
043, 045, 047 044, 046, 048 043 4ř blue Ł2 Ł2 Control numbers 59-H, 60-H and 61-H 044 5ř green Ł2 Ł2 Control numbers 59-H, 60-H and 61-H All wrappers up to 044 have a vertical border lines printed on both sides of the wrapper. All subsequent issues were printed without the border lines. 1935 June 24 On brown parchment like paper, smooth on both sides. Wrapper size 148 - 151mm x 347 - 350mm. 045 4ř blue or dark blue Ł4 Ł2 Control numbers 1-J and 2-J 046 5ř yellow green, green or blue green Ł5 Ł2 Control numbers 1-J and 2-J 1936 July 23 On brown parchment like paper, smooth on the front and rough on the back. Wrapper size 148 - 151mm x 347 - 350mm. 047 4ř blue or dark blue Ł3 Ł2 Control numbers 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 1936 August 10 On brown parchment like paper, smooth on the front and rough on the back. Colour varies from yellow green to blue green. Wrapper size 148 - 151mm x 347 - 350mm. 048 5ř green Ł3 Ł2 Control numbers 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 048a missing control number .. Ł100 1938 November 12 Value in double oval and waves. Wrapper size 148 - 151mm x 347 - 350mm. 049 049 5ř maroon Ł2 Ł2 Control numbers 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21 1940 June 27 Value in double oval and waves. Wrapper size 148 - 151mm x 347 - 350mm. 050 050 6ř orange Ł2 Ł2 Control numbers 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21 1940 Wrappers 045 and 047 overprinted and revalued to 6ř. 051, 052 051 6ř on 4ř blue (045) Ł100 Ł100 Control numbers 1-J and 2-J 052 6ř on 4ř blue (047) Ł4 Ł2 Control numbers 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 1946 August 13 Wrapper 049 overprinted with an additional 1ř indicium. 053 053 5ř maroon & 1ř grey Ł3 Ł2 Control numbers 18, 19, 20 and 21 053 Control 18 or 20 .. .. 053 Control 19 Ł30 Ł20 The sale of Danish newspaper wrappers was discontinued on 1 October 1946. DENMARK BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Danmarks Helsager, by C Řstergaard, 1944 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Danmarks Dansk Vestindiens Slesvigs Islands Helsager, by S Ringström, 1968 Danske Helsager, by Oluf Pedersen, 1985 Danske korsbĺnd (papiromslag) 2 sk fra 010672-010175, by Henning Nielsen, in Dansk Filatelistisk Tidsskrift, May 1985 Danmarks Slesvigs Dansk Vestindiens Islands Helsager Ganzsachen Postal Stationery, by S Ringström, 1985 4 Řres Korsbĺnd det Blandede Ark, by Henning Nielsen, in Dansk Filatelistisk Tidsskrift, March 1987 Danish Stationery Discontinued!, by Dan Laursen, in Postal Stationery No 255, March-April 1989 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Danmarks Helsager, by Oluf Pedersen & Jan Bendix, 1999 Korsbĺnd by Erik Hvidberg and Lars Engelbrecht, in Dansk Filatelistisk Tidsskrift, February 2003 Newspaper Wrappers of Denmark & Finland, in Posthorn Vol 67 No 1 pp 6-12, by John K Courtis, May 2010 Denmark Postal Stationery - presentation and display given to the RPSL, by Lars Engelbrecht, 10 April 2014 Denmark Wrapper with Albino Impression, Postal Stationery Society Journal No 83, by Edy Pockelé, August 2017 Lars Engelbrecht collection, private correspondence, 2015 Edgard Pockelé collection, private correspondence, 2017 Danish Postal wrappers 1872 - 1946 - Danish newspaper wrappers from the gold medal collection by Knud-Erik Andersen http://sudeten.bizland.com/dkwrap/dkwrap.htm [accessed 2017] Korsbĺnd by Erik Hvidberg & Lars Engelbrecht, www.helsager.dk/artikel11.pdf [accessed 2015] Wrappers by Lars Engelbrecht www.postalstationery.dk/wrappers.htm [accessed 2015] ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Postkarten-Katalog, by Anselm Larisch, 1891 Danmarks, Islands og Dansk Vestindiens helsager, by A Magius, 1922 Tilfřjelser, Rettelser og Rettelsesblade til Katalog over Danmarks, Islands og Dansk Vestindiens Helsager, by A Magius, 1931 DOMINICA 1903 October The wrappers were despatched by De la Rue to Dominica on 29 September 1903. Design depicting the view of Roseau from the sea. Printed by De La Rue. Size 125mm x 300mm. Text setting DLR2.
001 002 001 ˝d green Ł2 Ł30 A total of 70,920 ˝d wrappers were supplied in 6 shipments. 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 002 1d carmine Ł5 Ł50 A total of 3,080 1d wrappers were supplied in 1 shipment. 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 1927 January The wrappers were despatched by De la Rue to Dominica on 17 November 1926. Two medallions design, ship and KGV. Printed by De La Rue. Size 125mm x 300mm. Text setting DLR2. 003 003 ˝d green Ł10 Ł100 A total of 1,920 ˝d wrappers were supplied in 1 shipment. 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D7a Ł30 ... 418 specimen wrappers were produced. DOMINICA BIBLIOGRAPHY Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Dominica Postal History Stamps and Postal Stationery to 1935 vol 1, by E V Toeg, 1994 DOMINICAN REPUBLIC In early philatelic literature the Dominican Republic is referred to as St Domingo. 1881 July Size 186mm x 315mm
001 002 001 2c orange Ł3 Ł50 002 3c black Ł3 Ł50 1890 January 1 Size 158mm x 240mm (2c), 142mm x 307mm (3c).
003 004 003 2c pink Ł3 Ł20 004 3c orange Ł3 Ł30 DOMINICAN REPUBLIC BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Dominican Republic Post Office Postal Stationery Wrappers, by John Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector No 89, February 2017 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Dominican Republic - Guzman Catalog - Stationery, by Luis A Guzman, 1984 EAST AFRICA AND UGANDA (see British East Africa for earlier issues from this area) 1903 Head of King Edward VII. Printed by De la Rue. Text Setting DLR2.
001 002 001 ˝a green Ł3 Ł12 5,160 copies were printed and shipped on 26 Oct 1903 and 5,180 were printed and shipped on 19 Nov 1903. 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł10 ... 727 copies were produced and sent to UPU. 002 1a carmine Ł3 Ł12 5,200 copies were printed and shipped on 19 Nov 1903 and 2,056 were printed and shipped on 8 Apr 1905. 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł10 ... 727 copies were produced and sent to UPU. The East Africa and Uganda (Currency) Order in Council of 1905 resulted in the introduction of decimal currency on 1 April 1907. 1908 Change of currency. Printed by De la Rue. Text Setting DLR2. 003 003 3c green Ł2 Ł20 10,300 copies were printed and shipped on 5 Aug 1908. 20,250 were printed and shipped on 26 Jul 1910. 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł20 ... 452 copies were produced and sent to UPU. 1912 Head of George V. Printed by De la Rue. Text Setting DLR2. 004 004 3c green Ł5 Ł20 20,480 copies were printed and shipped on 18 Aug 1912. 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł20 ... 404 copies were produced and sent to UPU. Both Ascher, H&G and Sehler list a 4c newspaper wrapper printed in carmine as having been issued in 1912. There is no record that these were actually produced. EAST AFRICA AND UGANDA BIBLIOGRAPHY Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 The Postal Stationery of East Africa and Uganda Protectorates, by George T. Krieger with Victoria Archard, Peter Chantry and Wayne Menuz, in Postal Stationery No 388, Jan 2013 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Postal Stationery of East Africa BEA Part 1, by Vicki Archard, in The Bulletin of the East Africa Study Circle No 38, May 1991 Postal Stationery of East Africa BEA Part 1 Addenda/Corrigenda, by Vicki Archard, in The Bulletin of the East Africa Study Circle No 40, January 1992 Postal Stationery of East Africa BEA Part 2, by Vicki Archard, in The Bulletin of the East Africa Study Circle No 42, September 1992 ECUADOR 1892 January 1 Printed by lithograph on blue paper by Hamilton Bank Note Company, New York. Size 148mm x 295mm (1c), 148mm x 352mm (2c).
001 002 001 1c yellow brown Ł2 Ł70 002 2c dark brown Ł2 Ł25 1898 Gibbons, Bright, Ascher and H&G all list two wrappers issued in 1898; a 2c yellow and a 3c ultramarine, size 145mm x 236mm. These are in fact letter sheets. ECUADOR BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Stanley Gibbons Catalogue Part IV, Envelopes Postcards and Wrappers, 1897, 1900 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Ecuador: The Philately of the Seebeck Era January 1892 - Mid-June 1897, by Robert A d'Elia and Douglas B Armitage; B Welch (editor), 2005 EGYPT 1889 January 1 Sphinx & Pyramids. Printed by De la Rue & Co, London. Size 125mm x 300mm.
001 002 001 1m brown on buff Ł2 Ł5 001a on yellowish Ł3 Ł10 002 2m green on buff Ł2 Ł5 002a on yellowish Ł3 Ł10 These wrappers were also overprinted SOUDAN for use in Sudan. (qv) 1914 January 8 Gyassas sailboats on the Nile (1m), Cleopatra (2m). Printed by De la Rue & Co, London. Size 125mm x 300mm.
003 004 003 1m brown Ł15 Ł30 004 2m green Ł20 Ł30
packet band from wrapper 002 and / or 004 1931 Change of colours. Printed by Harrison & Sons, London. Size 125mm x 300mm.
005 006 005 1m orange Ł25 Ł120 006 2m black Ł40 Ł120 1932 Portrait of King Faud. Printed by Survey Department, Cairo. Size 125mm x 300mm.
007 008 009
007 1m orange Ł25 Ł50 008 2m black Ł25 Ł75 Wrappers with a year date machine handstamp, such as in the illustration of 008 above, are copies from the UPU archive. 1937 New value for increase in postal rate. Printed by Survey Department, Cairo. Size 125mm x 300mm. 009 4m green Ł30 Ł60 1939 King Farouk, boy King design. Printed rotogravure by Survey Department, Cairo. Size 125mm x 300mm.
010 011 010 1m orange brown (matt) Ł30 Ł60 010a glazed paper Ł30 Ł60 010 & 010a indicium is 24.9mm high 1941 Printed rotogravure on dark buff paper. Printed by Survey Department, Cairo. Size 125mm x 300mm. 011 4m green Ł30 Ł60 011 indicium is 24.0mm high 1947 King Farouk, Marshal design. Printed on matt and glazed paper. Printed by Survey Department, Cairo. Size 125mm x 300mm. 012 012 2m red orange (matt) Ł25 Ł100 012a glazed paper Ł25 Ł100 EGYPT BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Billig’s Philatelic Handbook Vol 21, Egypt Postal Stationery section, by A S Arnold revised by Warner Bates, 1954 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Egypt Stamps & Postal History, by Peter A S Smith, 1999 The Nile Post Handbook and Catalogue of Egyptian Stamps, by Joseph H Chalhoub, 2003 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 EIRE see IRELAND ESTONIA Overprinting in letterpress by Margarethe Levmann i Rakvere 1919 Local issue in Rakvere. Russian wrappers overprinted “Eesti” / “(Rakwere)” / value.
001 10 on 2k green (006b) Ł1,000 .. 002 15 on 2k green (005b) Ł500 .. 003 20 on 2k green (005b) Ł1,000 .. A used cut-out of wrapper 002, 15 on 2k, was sold at a Cherrystone auction in March 2008 for $600. In April 2014 a used cut-out of wrapper 002 was sold on eBay for 330 Euro, the item was used as a cut-out on cover and the cover was cut down to show only the cut-out and complete postmark. 1919 Russian wrapper overprinted, cut out and used as a stamp 101 101 35 on 1k orange Ł1,000 ... 1k wrappers were overprinted with a value of 35 kopek, cut out and issued as stamps. Only 26 were printed and only 3 unused copies are known. (Corinphila Auction, Nov 1964, lot 1776; Christoph Gärtner Auction, Jun 2010, lot 7414.) ESTONIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Estonia Philately and Postal History, by Vambola Hurt & Elmar Ojaste, 1986 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Catalogue of Estonian Postage Stamps and Postal Stationery, by Eesti Muinsuskaitse Selts, edited by Mart Aru, 2013 FAR EASTERN REPUBLIC 1920 The Far Eastern Republic was proclaimed on 6 April 1920. Vladivostok was incorporated into the republic on 12 December 1920. The DVR overprints are believed to have been done following this date. The republic was annexed by Soviet Russia on 15 November 1922. Russia wrappers overprinted in monogram type lettering, D B P (Cyrillic) for D V R (Roman) - Dalne Vostochnaya Respublika, by the State Bank in Vladivostok. Double Headed Eagle Arms design with three lines of instructions. Size 88mm x 376mm (1k); 178mm x 446mm (2k).
001 002 001 1 kop orange Ł20 Ł400 002 2 kop green Ł10 .. 1k (001) - 600 overprinted, 2k (002) 2,000 overprinted Romanov Commemorative Issue. Size 88mm x 376mm (1k); 178mm x 446mm (2k).
003 004 003 1 kop brown orange Ł100 .. 004 2 kop green Ł30 Ł400 1k (003) 72 overprinted, 2k (004) 300 overprinted. FAR EASTERN REPUBLIC BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 (listed under Republik des Fernen Ostens) Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Postage Stamps of Siberia 1919-1922, in Journal of the Rossica Society of Russian Philately, No 111, pp 9 - 23, 1988, by Ivo Steyn Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa Ost, 1994/5 Ivo Steiyn collection, private correspondence 2012 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Les Emissions de la Russie d'Asie / The Issues of Russia-in-Asia, by S A Pappadopulo, 1923 Grazhdanskaya Voyna v Sibiri i na Dal'nem Vostoke v Zerkale Filatelii (The Civil War in Siberia and in the Far East in the Mirror of Philately), in Filateliya SSSR, 1978, No 2 pp 43-54, by S Blekhman The Postage Stamps of Russia, Vol 3, parts 3-5, by R J Ceresa, 1983 FIJI 1917 Head of King George V. Size 127mm x 300mm, ungummed. Printed by De La Rue, London. Text Setting DLR2. The wrappers arrived in Fiji on 26 November 1917. They were sold at face value. 001 001 Ľc dark brown Ł30 Ł30 100,000 copies were printed 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł30 379 copies were overprinted “SPECIMEN” and supplied to the UPU The postage rate was increased to ˝d on 2 March 1923. A stocktake in 1926 revealed that 240 Ľd wrappers were still in store available for issue to post offices. OFFICIAL The “Official” wrappers listed by H&G and other catalogues are NOT postal stationery; they are Government Free Franks. FIJI BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Postal History of Fiji 1911-1952 by J G Rodger, 1991, The Pacific Islands Study Circle The Postal Stationery of Fiji by Ross Duberal, The Pacific Islands Study Circle, 1998. FINLAND 1891 May 1 Double Eagle design, as Russia, with 3 circles over the indicium.
001 002, 003
001 1 kop orange, 89x383mm Ł4 Ł20 002 2 kop green, 135x375mm Ł4 Ł20 0 03 2 kop green, 178x445mm Ł4 Ł20 The supply of Finland wrappers was discontinued sometime before the end of April 1911. They could not be used for postage from the 1st May 1911. The remainders were sold by auction on 15 May 1911 (001 - 500 copies, 002 - 100 copies and 003 - 500 copies). Russia wrappers used in Finland All the wrappers issued by Russia are known used in Finland (listed in the LAPE and the Norma catalogues). FINLAND BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Die Ganzsachen von Finnland, by Richard Granberg, 1903 Finnland II: Ganzsachen, Helsingfors Frimärkssamlare Förening, 1923 Katalog over Direktor Rich Granbergs Samling av Finlands Helsaker, by Richard Granberg, 1933 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Newspaper Wrappers of Denmark & Finland, in Posthorn Vol 67 No 1, by John K Courtis, May 2010 LAPE Postimerkkiluettelo Stamp Catalogue Frimärkskatalog, 2012 Norma Erikoisluettelo Special Catalogue Special Katalog, 2013 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Suomen Postimerkkilehti, by E J Nystrom, Nov 1954 Helsingfors Filatelist Forenings Festskrift, by A Stenroos, 1943 Postal Issues of Finland, by C E Pelander, 1940 FRANCE DATE CODES - From 1898 a date code was printed to the right of the indicium on most wrappers. The normal setting is for the foot of the number to be facing the indicium, the reverse (R) is for the top of the date code number to be facing the indicium. The first digit of the date code is the last digit of the year of printing and the next two digits is the week number in the year of printing. So date code 234 corresponds to week 34 of year 1902, 1912, 1922 or 1932. REGULATIONS - When France first issued wrappers the following rules regarding the sale and usage of wrappers were introduced - wrappers could only be purchased in a minimum quantity of 15 at a time; a supplement of 1c was payable per three wrappers; the indicium could not be cut out and used for postage. SPÉCIMEN and ANNULÉ overprints - these were not for UPU purposes, they were primarily for use in the French Post Office Training Schools. POSTAGE RATES FOR INLAND NEWSPAPERS - From 6 April 1878 three different rates applied. 1. Newspaper published & posted in Seine and Seine-et Oise to a destination within the department the rate was 1c for the first 25g plus ˝c for each additional 25g or part. 2. Newspapers published & posted in all other departments to a destination within the department or an adjacent department the rate was 1c for the first 50g plus ˝c for each additional 25g or part. 3. Newspapers posted to all other destination the rate was 2c for the first 25g plus 1c for each additional 25g or part. - On 16 April 1895 the rate was changed to 2c for the first 50g plus 1c for each additional 25g or part. Only half this rate applied for newspapers published & posted within the department to a destination within the department or an adjacent department. - On 29 April 1908 the 2c rate was reduced to 1c for newspapers sorted and bundled to office of destination. 1862 Essay - Project Barre “Project Barre” essay (reduced) 1878 Essay - Project Berton et Robineau (No illustration available) 1882 October 1 Peace and Commerce design (also known as Sage type), with horizontal border lines 48mm to 53mm apart, size 320mm x 56mm on light buff or dark buff paper. Design by Jules Auguste Sage. Indicium on right, 30-50mm from right edge - with horizontal border lines; (illustration shows right side of wrapper) (50%)
001, 004, 007 002, 005, 008 003, 006
001 1c black Ł2 Ł1 002 2c red-brown Ł2 Ł1 1883 March 19 Peace and Commerce design, with border lines. Size 320mm x 56mm on light buff or dark buff paper. 003 3c red Ł4 Ł1 003s “Spécimen” Ł15 The issue of the 3c wrapper is mentioned in the March 1883 issue of The Philatelic Record, No 50. This means that this wrapper may have been issued earlier than 19 March 1883, the date stated by Demeny (1979). 1892 Peace and Commerce design, without border lines. Size 320mm x 56mm. Indicium on right side of wrapper 30-50mm from right edge. Gummed on the right side. 004 1c black Ł2 Ł1 004a indicium on left side Ł10 Ł10
“Normal” 2 (300%) “Large” 2 (300%)
005 2c red-brown Ł2 Ł1 005a large “2” Ł30 Ł30 006 3c red Ł4 Ł1 006a gummed on the left edge 1898 January / February Peace and Commerce design, without border lines, with date codes. Size 320mm x 56mm. 007 1c black Ł2 Ł1 date codes 801 to 803, 811 to 823, 831 to 835, 837 to 849, 902, 906 to 909, 912, 913, 925 to 927, 929 to 932, 934 to 937, 939 to 941, 944, 944, 947 to 951, 001 to 009, 011, 021 to 036, 038 to 048, 050 to 052, 101 to 108 Example of a normal date code - on wrapper type 007. (200%) In this instance the date code 041 is week 41 of 1900. 008 2c red-brown Ł2 Ł1 date codes 806 to 810, 825 to 831, 915, 917 to 919, 922 to 924, 018 to 020, 024 to 032 008a large “2” Ł30 Ł30 date code 825 008s “Spécimen” Ł15 date code 923 1901 Liberty design, with date codes. Also known as the Blanc design after the name of the designer Joseph Blanc. Engraving of the die was by Emile Thomas. Size 320mm x 56mm. 1c - From 1901 until 1909 the distance between the indicium and the date code is 18 to 25mm, from 1910 until 1919 it is 30 to 32mm, from 1920 to 1932 it is 24 to 36mm. 2c - From 1901 until 1908 the distance between the indicium and the date code is 18 to 24Ľmm, from 1909 until 1924 it is 30 to 32mm. The winged goddess represents Liberté, the balance Egalité and the kissing cherubs Fraternité. (Liberty, Equality, Fraternity)
013 1A (400%) 1B (400%)
Type 1A - white line below SE is thinner Type 1B - white line below SE is thicker 1901-1909 Date code to indicium 18 to 25mm 013a 1c grey, type 1A Ł3 Ł1 date codes 122 to 126, 134 to 152, 201, 202, 205 to 208, 211 to 225, 232, 233, 235 to 248, 250 to 252, 301, 302, 305 to 310, 312 to 318, 320, 321, 324, 327 to 332, 336, 338, 339, 341 to 347, 349 to 352, 401 to 409, 420 to 435, 437 to 445, 447 to 450, 452, 501 to 504, 508 to 513, 515 to 518, 520 to 531, 533, 536 to 552, 601 to 609, 612 to 619, 631 to 633, 635 to 648, 650 to 652, 702 to 704, 706 to 709, 711 to 713, 720, 720, 722, 723, 728, 733, 805, 813, 817 to 820, 822, 823, 830 to 833, 844, 845, 848 to 852, 901 to 905, 908, 909, 913, 916 to 929 013aa date code reversed Ł10 Ł5 date codes 639, 640, 707, 822, 925 013b 1c grey, type 1B Ł10 Ł5 date codes 113, 115, 122 to 124, 143, 148, 212, 223, 232, 324, 330, 423, 428, 434, 437, 439, 504, 511, 516, 518, 520, 525, 531, 536, 537, 551, 601, 602, 631 to 633, 637, 646, 648, 701, 704, 712, 713, 920 1910-1919 Date code to indicium 30 to 32mm 013c 1c grey, type 1A Ł3 Ł1 date codes 004, 005, 007 to 009, 011, 013, 014, 017, 027 to 030, 032 to 038, 120, 123 to 125, 149 to 152, 201 to 206, 208, 210 to 214, 216 to 218, 221, 222, 309, 310, 312, 314, 316, 317, 320, 321, 323 to 325, 327 to 329, 330, 401, 404 to 407, 409 to 417, 419 to 429, 628, 629, 631, 651, 706 to 708, 710, 711, 718 to 724, 728, 729, 824, 825, 831 to 834, 912 to 914, 616, 917, 919, 920, 926, 929 013ca date code reversed Ł5 Ł2 date codes 414, 628 013cb figure 1 by the date code date code 328 013cp “ANNULÉ” Ł30 ... date code 035 013d 1c grey, type 1B Ł10 Ł5 date codes 002, 210, 212, 219 No Date Code 013e 1c grey 013ep “ANNULÉ”
014 015
1919-1932 Date code to indicium 24 to 36mm 014 1c dark grey, type 1A Ł2 Ł2 1919 date codes 933, 935, 940 to 943, 945, 946, 949 to 952 1920-9 date codes 003, 004, 006, 012, 015 to 021, 104, 110, 151, 201, 204, 210, 211, 251, 252, 303, 308 to 311, 321, 323, 324, 326, 328, 330, 331, 333, 334, 337 to 339, 340, 342 to 345, 406 to 408, 410, 415, 418, 429, 430, 433, 435, 437, 504, 514, 515, 517 to 519, 521, 524 to 527, 529, 531, 532, 535, 536, 548, 550, 551, 602 to 612, 617, 618, 705 to 707, 710 to 714, 716, 717, 719, 720, 723 to 727, 730, 732, 751, 752, 801 to 806, 808, 809, 811, 812, 814 to 817, 821, 825, 832, 902, 904, 906 to 916, 938, 940 to 943, 945 to 947, 951 1930-2 date codes 004, 012, 014 to 025, 027, 028, 030, 032, 035, 037, 043, 046 to 052, 101 to 105, 107, 108, 110, 114 to 123, 125, 129, 131, 134, 141 to 144, 146, 147, 205, 206, 208 to 211, 213, 215, 217 to 222 014a date code reversed Ł4 Ł2 1920-9 date codes 151, 817, 909 1930-1 date codes 114, 115 014p “ANNULÉ” Ł30 ... date codes 331, 334 014s “SPÉCIMEN” Ł30 ... date codes 331, 548, 604 No Date Code 014b 1c dark grey, type 1A 1901-1908 Date code to indicium 18 to 24Ľmm 015a 2c violet brown, type 1A Ł3 Ł1 date codes 126 to 129, 131, 132, 138, 142, 150, 206, 211 to 215, 218, 219, 222 to 224, 226 to 230, 240, 242, 247, 316 to 324, 329, 401, 410, 412 to 419, 446 to 451, 505, 506, 518, 524, 531 to 536, 539 to 544, 621 to 630, 708 to 725, 727, 728, 735 to 752, 801 to 805, 807, 808, 811, 814, 819 to 821 015aa date code reversed Ł4 Ł1 date codes 625, 719 to 722, 725, 737, 739, 805 015ab printed both sides Ł100 ... The two indicia are reversed in relation to each other 015b 2c lilac brown, type 1A Ł3 Ł1 date codes 830, 833, 835 to 839, 841 to 845, 847 to 850, 903 to 909, 911, 912, 914, 915, 917 to 919 1909-1924 Date code to indicium 30 to 32mm 015c 2c violet brown, type 1A Ł3 Ł1 1909 date codes 923 to 938, 941 to 943, 945, 947 to 951 1910-9 date codes 001, 002, 004 to 010, 012 to 024, 026 to 032, 036, 037, 104 to 107, 109 to 112, 124, 125, 127 to 129, 133, 134, 136 to 139, 141, 143 to 149, 152, 201 to 217, 219, 222 to 224, 239, 241 to 251, 302, 304, 307, 310 to 312, 316, 318 to 320, 324, 325, 327 to 334, 336, 338, 340 to 352, 401 to 405, 408 to 417, 419 to 421, 425, 426, 428 to 430, 436, 445, 509, 518, 521, 526, 530, 537, 548, 604, 605, 608 to 617, 619, 621, 628, 645, 650, 701, 703, 705 to 708, 710 to 714, 716, 718 to 725, 728, 748 to 752, 807, 810 to 813, 815, 838, 920, 921, 923 to 925, 927, 930 to 933, 935 to 938, 940, 941 1920-4 date codes 027 to 030, 033, 034, 037, 109, 111, 116, 148, 149, 151, 201, 204, 210 to 214, 216, 218, 223, 231, 313, 318, 320, 323, 334, 336, 341, 344, 408, 409, 420, 435, 443, 445, 452 015ca date code reversed Ł4 Ł1 1910-9 date codes 010, 015, 020, 135, 136, 212, 619, 719, 720
015cs 015cp
015cs “SPÉCIMEN” Ł20 ... date code 548 015cp “ANNULÉ” Ł30 ... date codes 125, 128, 129, 334 No Date Code 015d 2c violet brown, no date code
016 017
With Date Codes 016a 2c cinnamon, type 1A Ł4 Ł1 1924-31 date codes 402, 429, 435, 438, 439, 442, 443, 445, 449 to 452, 502, 503, 506, 509, 512, 5l5, 516, 519 to 522, 524, 526, 529, 530, 535 to 538, 548, 551, 602 to 607, 610, 612 to 614, 619, 620, 622 to 625, 628, 629, 644, 645, 647 to 650, 652,701, 702, 705, 707 to 712, 715, 716, 718 to 745, 747 to 752, 802, 804, 805, 807 to 809, 811 to 818, 823, 826, 827, 836 to 848, 850, 851, 901, 903 to 905, 907, 915 to 918, 920 to 922, 925 to 928, 931, 932, 937, 940, 941, 943, 945, 946, 950, 952, 002 to 004, 006, 008, 022 to 025, 031, 035, 037, 115, 116, 135 016aa date code reversed 1927-31 date codes 709, 712, 719, 721, 722, 727, 731, 736, 737, 740, 741 to 745, 748, 749, 751, 752, 827, 839, 850, 851, 901, 915, 919, 024, 025, 035, 037 No Date Code 016ab 2c cinnamon, type 1A Ł15 Ł10 With Date Codes 016b 2c cinnamon, type 2 Ł4 Ł1 1929-31 date codes 921, 923, 925, 931, 932, 934, 946, 001, 004, 006, 022, 024, 031, 035, 037, 044, 115 to 139 016ba date code reversed 1930 date codes 024, 031, 035 to 037 No Date Code 016bb 2c cinnamon, type 2 Ł15 Ł10 1917 Liberty (Blanc) design, with date codes 017 3c orange Ł10 Ł5 1917-1921 date codes 706 to 708, 710 to 719, 814 to 817, 819, 820, 822, 911 to 913, 916, 917, 919, 933, 934, 936 to 942, 001 to 003, 007, 009, 010, 016, 018, to 020, 022 to 024, 105 to 107, 110, 111 017a date code reversed Ł15 Ł10 date codes 815, 015 1921 Sower design, with date codes 018 018 5c orange Ł15 Ł5 date codes 117, 130, 136 to 145, 221, 241, 226, 228, 229, 231, 233, 235, 239, 240, 243 to 246, 249, 315, 322 to 325, 415 to 417, 445 018a date code reversed Ł30 Ł10 date codes 141, 235 018p “ŔNNULE” Ł20 ... date code 245 1924 Liberty (Blanc) design, with date codes
018 018s
019 5c green Ł10 Ł5 date codes 436 to 444, 501 to 504, 506, 521, 524 to 528, 530, 531 019a date code reversed date code 503 019s “SPÉCIMEN” Ł20 ... date code 530 1926 - 1930 Sower design 020 1926 Date code to indicium 32 to 35mm 020 15c violet brown Ł15 Ł5 1926-28 date codes 650 to 652, 705 to 707, 715, 721 to 726, 729, 731, 752, 805, 835, 837, 839, 841, 842, 1930-38 date codes 003, 004 020a date code reversed Ł25 Ł10 date codes 650 to 652, 705 to 707, 715, 720, 722, 731, 835, 002 1930 Date code to indicium 25mm 020b 15c violet brown Ł15 Ł5 date codes 037 to 041, 350, 351 433, 446, 516 to 518, 607 to 609, 647, 652, 721, 723, 730, 731, 748, 805, 828 020c date code reversed Ł25 Ł10 date codes 037, 038 No Date Code 020d 15c violet brown Ł25 Ł10 1932 Sower design
021 022
With Date Codes 021 1c brown olive Ł2 Ł1 date codes 425 to 427, 435, 438, 439, 441, 444, 446, 448 to 450, 451, 502, 506, 507, 510, 511, 513 to 515, 517, 518, 520 to 523, 525 to 529, 531, 532, 534, 535, 540, 542 to 544, 550 to 552, 605 to 612, 614, 619, 624 to 627, 630, 634 to 638, 640 to 644, 647, 648, 710, 714, 715, 745 No Date Code 021a 1c brown olive Ł2 Ł1 021as “SPECIMEN” With Date Codes 022 2c green olive Ł2 Ł1 date codes 224, 227, 230, 232, 234 to 236, 238 to 243, 245 to 248, 250 to 252, 301 to 304, 306 to 317, 320, 324, 326, 327 to 329, 331, 335, 339, 341, 342, 345, 346, 348 to 350, 401, 402, 404 to 407, 409, 41 1, 415 to 420, 424 to 432, 434, 435 to 438, 440, 441, 443, 445, 447 to 450, 501, 502, 504, 505, 507 to 514, 516, 518, 520, 524, 526, 528 to 543, 545 to 547, 549, 550, 552, 603 to 611, 614, 618, 621 to 628, 632, 633, 635 to 643, 645 to 650, 652, 701 to 719, 721 to 726 022a with date code reversed Ł2 Ł1 date codes 305 to 309, 311 to 315, 316, 341, 362 022p “ANNULE” Ł90 ... 1937 - 1939 Sower design
023 024 025
With Date Codes 023 10c ultramarine Ł3 Ł1 date codes 726, 731 to 734, 736 to 738, 747 to 750, 802, 803, 808, 815, 818, 819, 821, 822, 824, 825, 826, 828 to 830, 838, 841 to 843, 846, 847, 848, 850, 851, 901 to 906, 911, 913, 917, 920, 921, 923 to 926, 929 to 935, 949 023a with date code reversed date code 929 No Date Code 023b 10c ultramarine Ł3 Ł1 023bp “ANNULE” Ł90 ... With Date Codes 024 20c deep lilac Ł30 Ł20 date codes 737, 738, 740, 743, 804, 806 025 30c red Ł50 Ł40 date codes 917, 919 “˝ centime en plus” handstamp From 6 April 1878 new rates of postage were introduced for posting of newspapers which required the use of an additional ˝ centime on some items depending on the weight. (The postage increased by a ˝ centime for each 25 gr or part above the basic weight.) There were no ˝ centime stamps which could be used. Payment was collected at the time of posting in cash. In August 1884 new regulations (Article No 244 de l’Instruction Générale) were introduced which required that the words “˝ centime en plus”, when applicable, be added to a packet by writing or by stamping. Many of the larger post office were issued with a handstamp “˝ centime en plus” enclosed in a circle. The handstamp was applied after an item had been handed in for posting and paid for. The handstamp is believed to have been in use until 1919 when ˝ centime postage stamps were made available.
The following wrappers are known with this handstamp. It is also believed to exist on other wrappers. The high majority of these items are believed to be philatelic. 001 1c black 002 2c red-brown 003 3c red 004 1c black 005 2c red-brown 007 1c black 008 2c red-brown Single line “˝ CENTIME EN PLUS” 015 2c violet brown Single line “UN DEMI CENTIME EN PLUS” 013c 1c grey STAMPED TO ORDER Items with known users are listed in the Private Overprints section below. Peace and Commerce (Sage) design
101 102 103
101 1c black Ł50 Ł50 102 2c red brown Ł50 Ł50 103 3c red Ł50 Ł50 The above three wrappers also exist without any indication of the user on white, yellowish, blue and grey paper. Collin & Calman (1901) state that the above three exist in two sizes 320mm x 55mm and 320mm x 115mm. Liberty (Blanc) design
104 105
104 1c grey 105 2c violet brown FRANCE BIBLIOGRAPHY Histoire du Timbre-Poste Français, by Louis Leroy, 1891 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Le Timbre-Poste Français, by Georges Brunel, 1896 A Catalogue for Advanced Collectors of Postage Stamps, Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers, by Henry Collin and Henry L Calman, 1901 The Newspaper Stamps of France, by Franz Reichenheim, in The London Philatelist, No 168, pp280-287, December 1905 The development of Rates of Postage, by A D Smith, 1917 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, by Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1927 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1949 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Les Dates D’émission des Entiers Postaux Officiels Français, by Paul Demeny, in La Philatélie Française, pp420-423, November 1979; reprinted in L'Entier Postal November 1998 pp1409 - 1415 Les Entiers Postaux de France et de Monaco, by Jean Storch & Robert Francon, 1985 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Catalogue Yvert et Tellier, 1996 Bandes journaux : mise ŕ jour du catalogue de l’ACEP, by Pierre Papier, in l’Entier Postal No 70, 2005 Entiers postaux privé TSC : bandes pour journaux au type Blanc, by Pierre Papier, in l’Entier Postal No 73, February 2006 Bandes pour Journaux et Imprimés, by André Hurtré (in French) www.entierpostal.fr/or-bande.html ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Histoire des Timbres-Poste Français Vol II, by Arthur Maury, 1908 “Les entiers postaux expliqués par les tarifs postaux”. Robert Ginestet*. "Le Monde des Philatélistes". Paris. (Tome 2 - avec le concours du Docteur Robert Joany* - : Cartes-lettres. Enveloppes. Bandes. Entiers pneumatiques) 03/1975. Les bandes timbrées, by Paul Demeny, in L'Entier Postal, no 3, pp 66-67, June 1982 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France et Monaco, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1983 Les Entiers Postaux de France et de Monaco 2005, 7th edition, by Jean Storch, Robert Francon and Bertrand Sinais, 2004 FRENCH COLONIES 1889 January These wrappers were available for sale in all French Colonies until 1892.
001 002 003 004 005
002s2 (45%) 003s2 (45%) Wrappers 002s2 and 003s2 were specimen wrappers which were further overprinted for display in Indo-China post office. This was to inform the public that these wrappers were on sale in batches of 10 with a premium as 5c and 7c, per batch, respectively. Wrapper 001 also exists with this overprint, the premium was 3c. 001 1c black Ł2 Ł20 001s “Spécimen” Ł75 001s2 “Spécimen” + text Ł500 002 2c red brown Ł2 Ł20 002s “Spécimen” Ł75 002s2 “Spécimen” + text Ł500 003 3c red Ł2 Ł20 003s “Spécimen” Ł75 003s2 “Spécimen” + text Ł500 004 4c violet brown Ł3 Ł40 005 5c green Ł3 Ł40 There any many CTO wrappers from this issue, the CTO wrappers are worth about the same as unused wrappers. Prices for used wrappers vary considerably depending on the colony they were used from. The above values for used copies are the minimum prices with the more common postmarks. FRENCH COLONIES BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1927 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1949 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Catalogue Spécialisé des Entiers Postaux des Colonies Françaises, 2000 GERMANY Until the end of 1874 two currencies were in use in Germany, some states used the groschen while concurrently the kreuzer was in use in all of Germany, hence the issue of wrappers in two different currencies. 1871 December 15 Embossed small shield, size 350mm x 64mm
001 002 001 1/3gr green Ł10 Ł25 002 1kr green Ł30 Ł150
small shield large shield 1872 June 1 Embossed large shield. Size 350mm x 64mm
003 004 003 1/3gr green Ł5 Ł5 004 1kr green Ł10 Ł100 1875 January 1 Inscribed “PFENNIGE”, size 350mm x 64mm, 2mm thick 232mm wide horizontal lines at the top and bottom of wrapper.
005 006, 007, 008
005 3pf blue green Ł5 Ł5 005a 3pf yellow green Ł5 Ł5 1880 March Inscribed “PFENNIG”, size 350mm x 66mm, 2mm thick 232mm wide horizontal lines at the top and bottom of wrapper. 006 3pf green Ł2 Ł2 006s - perfin “DRUCKPROBE” 006s “DRUCKPROBE” perfin Ł100 ...
007 - 45ş 008 - 15ş 1883 August 1 With address lines, size 162mm x 230mm, corners cut at an angle of about 45ş 007 3pf blue-green Ł2 Ł1 007 - packet band for 10 wrappers (@50%) The packet band on wrapper 008 was identical to that on 007
1888 August 1 As previous issue, corners cut at an angle of about 15ş to vertical. 008 3pf blue-green Ł1 Ł1 1889 October 1 As previous issue, colour change. 009 009 3pf brown Ł1 Ł1 009 - packet bands for 10 wrappers The sale of newspaper wrappers to the general public, at post offices, was discontinued from 10 December 1890. On 12 February 1894 a notice was issued which stated that wrappers could only be used up to 12 June 1894. STAMPED TO ORDER This list contains all stamped to order newspaper wrappers. Only those items known without any overprint are priced in this section. For items which have additional overprinting see the next section. 1872 Large shield design as wrappers 003 & 004. Size 269mm x 52mm. Plain wrappers, no company imprints.
103 104 large shield
103 1/3gr green Ł40 104 1kr green on white Ł40 Wrappers 103 &104 were ordered by and supplied to J B Moens (a stamp dealer) of Brussels. They were produced on white, azure, rose, green, yellow and lilac coloured paper. 1883 Design as wrapper 007, inscribed “PFENNIG” 107 107 3pf green 1891 Design as wrapper 009 109 109 3pf brown 1899 Eagle design
110 111 110 10pf carmine 111 20pf blue 1901 - 1920 Germania design
112 113 114
112 2pf grey 113 3pf brown Ł10 Ł10 114 5pf green Ł10 Ł10
115 116 117 115 10pf carmine 116 20pf ultramarine Ł25 Ł20 117 25pf orange and black
118 119 120 118 10pf orange Ł5 Ł5 119 40pf carmine Ł60 Ł60 120 60pf olive Ł70 Ł70 1921 Numeral design 121 121 15pf blue green Ł6 Ł6 192? Workers (miners) design 122 122 30m + 30m dark olive Ł70 Plain wrappers 229mm x 48mm, supplied to von Bütow, Berlin Wrappers 122, 123 & 124 were printed all on one sheet with dark olive horizontal lines spaced at 48mm. From the top they were positioned 122 / 122 / 124 / 124 / 123 / 123. Unconfirmed information suggests that 10 complete uncut sheets still exist. 192? Numeral design + workers (miners) design 123 123 100m dark violet+20m lilac Ł70 Plain wrappers 229mm x 48mm, supplied to von Bütow, Berlin 192? Numeral design + workers (reapers) design 124 124 100m + 40m + 40m Ł70 100m dark violet, 40m green Plain wrappers 229mm x 48mm, supplied to von Bütow, Berlin 1929 Eagle design 125 125 5pf green Ł40 Ł40 1930 Ebert design 126 126 10pf lilac Ł10 Ł10 1934 Hindenburg design
127 128 127 3pf brown Ł10 Ł10 128 4pf grey blue Ł15 Ł15 4pf blanks were supplied to Albert, Wiesbaden 1938 June Hindenburg 3pf + Eagle on Globe 10pf 129 129 3pf brown+10pf carmine Ł40 Ł40 GERMANY BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Privatganzsachen-Katalog Bundesrepublik Deutschland - Berlin - Deutsche Demokratische Republik, 1982 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Deutschland, 1995 Katalog der Privatganzsachen Deutschland bis 1945, by Joachim Strahlendorff and Peter Mette, 2005, 1st Edition Die Deutschen Privatganzsachen bis 1945 Nachträge, by Joachim Strahlendorff, Peter Mette and Hanspeter Frech, 2007 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Deutschland, 2014 Postal Stationery Wrappers of Germany: An Analysis of supply and demand, by John K Courtis, in Germania, Nov 2014. Joachim Strahlendorff, private correspondence, 2014 - 2017 www.ganzsachen-online.de - Joachim Strahlendorff ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Handbuch der Deutschen Privat-Postwertzeichen, Band II: Karten Kartenbriefe Umschläge Streifbänder Geldanweisungen Einzieh-Karten Paketadressen, by Carl Schmidt, 1943 Hallensia – Beckhaus Ganzsachen Katalog – 1945 Privatganzsachen Berlin (West), by Karl-Heinz Göpfert and Norbert Sehler, 2011 Privatganzsachen Bundesrepublik Deutschland Faltbriefe Streifbander Postkarten 1950-1986, by Norbert Sehler, 2017 Postal Stationery of Germany Third Reich (1933 - 1945), Germany & Colonies Philatelic Society GPS – Postal Stationery Study Group Bulletin Friedemann-Handbuch 16: Lieferung 16. A specialized catalogue & handbook relating to the postal stationery items issued by German Colonies & German Post Offices in China, Morocco & Turkey. Unbound, 46pp. Katalog der Privatganzsachen Deutschland bis 1945, by Joachim Strahlendorff and Peter Mette, 2019, 2nd Edition GERMANY - PRIVATE POSTS Numerous private posts were established in Germany in the late 1800s. These private posts could only operate within the town or city limits in which they were established. Some of these private posts produced newspaper wrappers. Private posts in the following towns / cities are known to have produced wrappers - Auerbach, Berlin, Bochum, Braunschweig, Danzig, Dresden, Erfurt, Frankfurt, Hamburg, Heidelberg, Mainz, Metz, Munchen, Strassburg and Stuttgart. As these wrappers had no postal validity outside the respective town or city limits they are not included in this catalogue. GERMAN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC STAMPED TO ORDER 1953 Head of Gerhart Hauptmann. Wrapper stamped to order on white and on yellowish paper. Gerhart Hauptmann (15 November 1862 – 6 June 1946) was a German dramatist and novelist who received the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1912. 101 101a 6pf violet, white paper Ł6 Ł20 101b 6pf violet, yellowish paper Ł6 Ł20 GERMAN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Deutschland, 1995 GERMANY - POST OFFICES IN LEVANT 1900 Size 148mm x 300mm overprinted in black 001 001 10para of 5pfg green Ł4 Ł10 1901 Germania design inscribed “REICHPOST” overprinted in black. No bars above “A” of “PARA” 002, 003 002 10para on 5pfg green Ł3 Ł7 002s “Specimen” Ł150 The “Specimen” overprint is 12˝mm x 3˝mm. These were produced for submission to the UPU. 002 - no bars over “A” 003 - bars over “A” 1904 Germania design inscribed “REICHPOST” overprinted in black. With a bars above “A”s of “PARA” 003 10para on 5pfg green Ł25 Ł10 1905 Germania design inscribed “DEUTSCHES REICH” overprinted in black. No watermark 004, 005 004 10para on 5pfg green Ł3 Ł8 DRV7 watermark sideways (relative to the indicium). The watermark is 62mm wide and repeats every 215mm. 1908 Germania design inscribed “DEUTSCHES REICH” overprinted in black. Watermarked lozenges DRV7 sideways 005 10para on 5pfg green Ł4 Ł8 1908 New value in centimes. Germania design inscribed “DEUTSCHES REICH” overprinted in black. Watermarked lozenges DRV6, DRV7 or DRV9; sideways, upright or diagonal 006 006 10c on 5pfg green Ł4 Ł8 DRV7 sideways DRV9 upright DRV9 inverted 006s “Specimen” ... The “Specimen” overprint was 12˝mm x 3˝mm. These were produced for submission to the UPU. All German post offices in the Levant were closed by 30 October 1914 when Turkey abrogated all foreign extraterritorial rights. GERMANY PO IN LEVANT BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Deutschland, 1995 GERMANY - POST OFFICES IN MOROCCO STAMPED TO ORDER 190? Germany wrapper 009, 3pf brown, overprinted Drucksache! / Marocco / 3 Centimos. 319mm x 80mm. Printed 6 up on a sheet. They were stamped to order for Borgeaud, Reutemann & Co of Tangier. type 1 type 2 001 101a Drucksache! type 1 Ł8 Ł40 101b Drucksache! type 2 Ł20 Ł80 Type 2 occurs once on each sheet of 6 wrappers. Minor variations exist on the other wrappers on a sheet GERMANY POST OFFICE IN MOROCCO BIBLIOGRAPHY Katalog der Privatganzsachen Deutschland bis 1945, by Joachim Strahlendorff and Peter Mette, 2005 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Michel Ganzsachen Deutschland 2011/2012 Ganzsachen Deutsch Kolonien, Ernst Einfeldt Borek Ganzsachen Spezial-Katalog Deutschland 1850 bis 1932 Katalog der Privatganzsachen Deutschland bis 1945, Berliner Ganzsachen-Sammler-Verein von 1901 e.V. Catalogue des Entiers Postaux du Maroc, by Khalid Benziane, 2012 GERMANY - NORTH GERMAN POST The North German Confederation was established in 1815 as a loose alliance of the various German states with the aim of creating a federal state. A North German parliament was elected in February 1867. A North German Postal Union was established on 1 January 1868. 1868 November 1 Wrappers printed on white paper 355mm x 63mm The design of the wrapper indicium is the same as that of the normal postage stamps. The design was by C Schwatlo and the engraving by H G Schilling. Northern districts used groschen and thalers, southern districts used kreuzers and gulden.
001 002 001 1/3gr green Ł4 Ł10 002 1kr green Ł5 Ł70 NORTH GERMAN POST BIBLIOGRAPHY H andbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Deutschland, 1995 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 GERMAN EASTERN MILITARY COMMAND The German Eastern Military Command comprised of the eastern parts of Poland (Bialystok and Podlasie), Estonia, Lithuania and Latvia, which had been occupied by Germany in 1915. STAMPED TO ORDER 1915 May Overprinted “Postgebiet Ob. Ost.” on Germany “Germania” wrapper. Printed on a white watermarked paper and on a buff paper. 001 001a 3pf brown, white paper Ł50 Ł60 001b buff paper Ł50 Ł60 These wrappers were produced to the private order of von Behrendsen. Most of the known used items are addressed to Knispel or Behrendsen to the same address in Berlin. The 3pf postage rate applied for printed matter up to 50 grams weight. This rate was increased to 5pf on 1 October 1918. GERMAN EASTERN MILITARY COMMAND BIBLIOGRAPHY Polskie Znaki Pocztowe, Vol IV, 1966, p1333 Katalog der Privatganzsachen Deutschland bis 1945, by Joachim Strahlendorff and Peter Mette, 2005 GIBRALTAR Archival records show that Great Britain newspaper wrappers were sold in Gibraltar during 1884 and 1885. No used copies have been recorded to date. All Gibraltar wrappers were printed by De la Rue. 1886 January 1 Natal wrapper 001 overprinted GIBRALTAR in black. GIBRALTAR is 15.7mm or 16.9mm wide. @400%
001 002, 008 003, 009
001 ˝d red brown, 15.7mm Ł5 Ł75 001a 16.9mm Ł20 Ł75 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Printing quantity - 12,804 plus 106 SPECIMEN copies 1886 Essay An essay, with the indicium design pencilled and green text printed, for the ˝d wrapper, dated DEC 7th 86, from the De la Rue Collection was in Robson Lowe’s Basle Auction on 30 October 1976 1886 December Head of Queen Victoria, printed on ivory paper and buff paper. Text Setting DLR1. 002a ˝d green, ivory paper Ł5 Ł15 002b buff paper Ł5 Ł15 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł15 ... Quantity supplied (002a + 002b) - 21,050 plus 400 SPECIMEN copies 1889 February Head of Queen Victoria, printed on ivory paper and buff paper. Text Setting DLR1. 003a 1d carmine, ivory paper Ł5 Ł15 003b buff paper Ł5 Ł15 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł15 ... Quantity supplied (003a + 003b) - 3,720 plus 400 SPECIMEN copies 1889 August 1 Wrappers 002 & 003 overprinted with Spanish currency.
004 005 004 5c on ˝d green Ł5 Ł15 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł15 ... 005 10c on 1d carmine Ł5 Ł50 005s1 “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł15 ... 005s2 “SPECIMEN”, local Printing quantity - 5c on ˝d 3,800; 10c on 1d 3,050; plus 400 SPECIMEN copies of each value Specimen s2, 14mm x 2mm, was hand stamped in black. It was used to send out to local cities and ports. Wrapper 004 was overprinted on wrappers returned by Gibraltar. As no copies of the 1d wrapper were returned a new printing of the 1d wrapper was produced and overprinted to produce wrapper 005. 1889 November Head of Queen Victoria, printed on a light buff and a buff paper. Text Setting DLR1
006 007 006a 5c green, buff paper Ł5 Ł12 006b light buff paper Ł5 Ł12 006s “SPECIMEN”, type D2a Ł20 ... 0 07 10c carmine, buff paper Ł5 Ł15 007a light buff paper Ł5 Ł15 007s “SPECIMEN”, type D2a Ł20 ... Printing quantity - 5c 96,780; 10c 47,140; plus 400 SPECIMEN copies of each value 1898 October 1 Head of Queen Victoria (same as wrappers 002 & 003), printed on a light buff and a buff paper. Text Setting DLR1. The paper is very similar to that of wrappers 002 and 003, making it very difficult to distinguish between them. Suggested methods are (1) comparing with known copies of 001 and 002 by date of usage; (2) comparing with wrappers 004, 005, 006 and 007; and (3) comparing with specimen wrappers 008s and 009s which were overprinted differently from 002s and 003s. 008a ˝d green, buff paper Ł5 Ł10 008b light buff paper Ł5 Ł10 008s “SPECIMEN”, type D4a Ł20 ... 009a 1d carmine, buff paper Ł5 Ł10 009b light buff paper Ł5 Ł10 009s “SPECIMEN”, type D4a Ł20 ... Printing quantity - ˝d 42,580; 1d 18,336; plus 750 SPECIMEN copies of each value. 1902 Essays Essays, from the De la Rue collection, for the ˝d and 1d wrappers with handpainted value and country name were in Robson Lowe’s Basle Auction sale on 30 October 1976. The Appendix sheet with the two wrappers affixed is dated 6th February 1902. 1903 May 1 Head of King Edward VII, printed on a buff paper. Text Setting DLR2.
010 011 010 ˝d green Ł5 Ł10 010s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... 011 1d carmine Ł5 Ł10 011s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... Printing quantity - ˝d 60,940; 1d 21,424; plus 727 SPECIMEN copies of each value. 1912 July 17 Head of King George V, printed on buff paper. Text Setting DLR2.
012 013 012 ˝d green Ł15 Ł15 012s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł40 ... 013 1d carmine Ł15 Ł15 013s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł40 ... Printing quantity - ˝d 356,680; 1d 99,704 1938 February 22 Head of King George VI. Text Setting DLR2. 014 014 ˝d green Ł25 Ł25 014s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł25 ... Printing quantity - ˝d 72,000 GIBRALTAR BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps, Vol 1, by Robson Lowe, 1947 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Gibraltar Wrapper - New Discovery, in Postal Stationery No 335, Mar Apr 2004 Gibraltar The Postal History and Postage Stamps Vol 4 Gibraltar Postal Stationery, 2nd Edition, by Eric D Holmes and Robert H Neville (update & revision to 1st edition by Wally Jackson), 2006 Forensic Philately: Detecting Philatelically-Inspired Postally Used Newspaper Wrappers, Postal Stationery Collector No 45, by John K Courtis, May 2006 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Gibraltar Postal Stationery, by Walter Jackson, 1977 (?1976) GB POST OFFICES IN CHINA 1917 Hong Kong newspaper wrapper overprinted “CHINA” in black by De la Rue in London. An order for newspaper wrappers was placed in December 1916 and 1,085 wrappers were delivered. A second order was placed in November 1917 and 1,000 copies of the wrapper were delivered. When the post offices in the Treaty Ports were closed in 1922 the remaining stock of 1,630 wrappers was returned to London and destroyed. This leaves a total of 455 as being sold. 001 001 2c green Ł150 .. No used copies have been recorded. GB POST OFFICES IN CHINA BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Hong Kong Postal Stationery, by J J Castiglione, 1992 Yang’s Postage Stamp and Postal History Catalogue of Hong Kong, 2004 The Hong Kong 'China' Overprints, by Ian Gibson-Smith, www.chinaoverprints.com [accessed 2015] GB POST OFFICES IN LEVANT 1905 GB KEVII wrapper 020 (De la Rue printing) overprinted “LEVANT” in black, overprint 3.4mm x 13.9mm. 001 001 ˝d yellow green Ł10 Ł25 1911 GB KEVII wrapper 021 (McCorquodale printing) overprinted “LEVANT.”, overprint 2.5mm x 15.5mm inc full stop.
002 003
002 ˝d yellow green Ł100 Ł100 It is not known who produced this overprint, it is believed to have been printed locally in Constantinople. 1911? GB KEVII wrapper 021 (McCorquodale printing) overprinted “LEVANT” in black, overprint 3.2mm x 13.4mm (same as overprint on wrapper 004). 001 top, 003 bottom (400%) 003 ˝d yellow green Ł100 Ł100 1912 GB KGV wrapper 024 overprinted “LEVANT”, overprint same as on wrapper 003. 004 004 ˝d green die I Ł50 Ł100 004a die II Ł100 Ł100 004c die IV Ł50 Ł100 All British post offices in the Levant (Constantinople, Smyrna, Beyrout, Stamboul and Salonica) were closed by 30 October 1914 when Turkey abrogated all foreign extraterritorial rights. Constantinople and Smyrna were reopened, after the Armistice, in 1919. Then they were finally closed in 1923, Smyrna on 9 September and Constantinople on 27 September 1923. GB POST OFFICES IN LEVANT BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps, Vol 1, by Robson Lowe, 1947 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Postal Stationery Wrappers, by H Dagnall, 1993 Overprinted British Postal Stationery, editor John Gledhill, 2014 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) British Levant Study Paper 5 Postal Stationery, by R C W Malim, GB Overprints Society, 1985 GB POST OFFICES IN MOROCCO Until 1898 the British Post Offices in Morocco used Gibraltar stamps and postal stationery. Due to the depreciation of the Spanish currency it was decided that Gibraltar would revert to British currency. This was not possible in Morocco, hence the issue of stamps and postal stationery for “Morocco Agencies”. Initially the British Post Offices in Morocco were under the control of the Gibraltar Post Office. Control was transferred to the GPO in London on 1 January 1907. 1898 May 31 Gibraltar newspaper wrappers 006 and 007 overprinted “Morocco Agencies”
001 002
Type A (400%) Type B (400%) Type A - the ear of g goes above the bowl; flat serifs at top of n and i; vertical serifs on s. Overprinted by the Gibraltar Chronicle in Gibraltar. Type B - the ear of g is level with top of the bowl; oblique serifs at top of n and i; oblique serifs on s. Overprinted by De la Rue in London. TYPE A - GIBRALTAR CHRONICLE OVERPRINTING 001 5c green on buff Ł5 Ł20 001a on yellow Ł5 Ł20 002 10c carmine on buff Ł8 Ł40 002a on yellow Ł8 Ł40 TYPE B - DE LA RUE OVERPRINTING 001b 5c green on yellow Ł5 Ł20 001bs “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 002b 10c carmine on yellow Ł8 Ł40 002bs “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... Specimens - 750 copies were produced of each value. The De la Rue overprints were produced and despatched in early October 1898. 1903 Gibraltar newspaper wrappers 010 and 011 overprinted with “Morocco Agencies” and Spanish currency by De la Rue.
003 004 003 5c on ˝d green Ł10 Ł25 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 004 10c on 1d carmine Ł15 Ł500 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... Printing quantities 003 - 17,810; 004 - 2,500. Specimens - 727 of each value. 1907 January 1 GB wrappers 020 and 019 (De la Rue) overprinted with “MOROCCO AGENCIES” and Spanish currency.
005 005a 006
005 - height of overprint 23˝mm, width of top text 14˝mm 005a - height of overprint 21mm, width of top text 14˝mm 005 5c on ˝d yellow green Ł20 Ł25 005a 21mm overprint Ł100 Ł100 A total of 71,270 copies of the 5c on ˝d green were printed and supplied. 006 10c on 1d carmine Ł20 Ł25 005 - De la Rue overprint (400%) 007 - McCorquodale overprint (400%) On the McCorquodale printing the “S” of “AGENCIES” finishes just left of the “O”, the serif on the “G” is larger, the numeral “5” is narrower, the “T” is much narrower, the tail on “R” is stubbier, the bottom of the “S” in “AGENCIES” is flatter, etc. 1911 GB wrapper 021 (McCorquodale & Co) overprinted with “MOROCCO AGENCIES” and Spanish currency. 007 007 - height of overprint 20ľmm, width of top text 15˝mm 007 5c on ˝d bright green Ł100 Ł50 1913 GB wrapper 024 overprinted with “MOROCCO AGENCIES” and Spanish currency. 008
die 1 die 2 die 4 short vert line curved
008 5c on ˝d green, die 1 Ł20 Ł25 008a die 2 Ł50 Ł50 008c die 4 Ł20 Ł10 008s “SPECIMEN” Ł25 ... The registration copy of wrapper 008 is dated 27 November 1912. A 10c on 1d carmine wrapper is listed by other catalogues. There is no record that these were printed and no copies are known to exist 1920 GB wrapper 028 overprinted with “MOROCCO AGENCIES” and Spanish currency. The position of the indicium varies. (On GB wrappers it is known in many different positions, 55mm to 78mm from the top edge.) 009 009 5c on ˝d green Ł30 Ł30 The registration copy of wrapper 009 is dated 9 January 1920. A 10c on 1d carmine wrapper is listed by other catalogues. There is no record that these were printed and no copies are known to exist. MOROCCO AGENCIES BIBLIOGRAPHY Bright & Sons Descriptive Priced Catalogue of the Worlds Postage Stamps Part II Postcards, Envelopes, Wrappers etc., 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 British Post Offices & Agencies in Morocco 1857-1907, by R K Clough, 1984 Postal Stationery Wrappers, by H Dagnall, 1993 Phantom British P O in Morocco Wrappers, in Postal Stationery No 389 March-April 2013 p185, by Wayne Menuz New format for Morocco Agencies King Edward VII newspaper wrapper, in The Overprinter 2014/2, by John Gledhill, 2014 Overprinted British Postal Stationery, editor John Gledhill, 2014 Argyll Etkins Auctions, Sale No 43, Lot 1073, 1 March 2019 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Richard Garcia, The British Postal Service in Morocco 1749–1906, The Postal History Society and The British Philatelic Trust, 2009. Catalogue des Entiers Postaux du Maroc, by Khalid Benziane, 2012 GREECE Greece used the Julian calendar until 14 February 1924, when February 15 (Julian) became March 1 (Gregorian). 1901 March 1 Statue of Hermes, 125mm x 300mm, printed on deep buff paper. Printed by Perkins Bacon & Co, London. Text type A. Text type A
001 002 003
001 1 lep brown Ł10 Ł20 002 2 lep grey Ł10 Ł15 0 03 normal 003 5 lep green Ł10 Ł15 003a double accent 003a double accent Wrappers 001 to 003 were sold with a premium of 1 lepton. They were valid for use till 31 December 1902. 1911 Head of Hermes, 125mm x 300mm, printed on deep buff paper. Text type B. Text type B 004 004 1 lep green Ł15 Ł20 OFFICIAL? Wrappers 001 and 002 are known hand stamped EPISHMA (which translated is OFFICIAL or similar); no information is available on these. Text is 64ľmm x 7˝mm, the open box is 72ľmm wide.
GREECE BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Perkins Bacon Engraving Books, in The London Philatelist No 845, by John Easton, May 1963 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Greece Postal Stationery, by George Stratoudakis, 1985 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Hellas Volume V (Postal Stationery), by A Karamitsos, 2013 GRENADA 1885 Essays Essays were produced on printed blanks with text setting type DLR1 in the proposed colours of the wrappers. In place of the indicium was an artist's pencil drawing. The essays are date-stamped 29 Dec 85. 1886 June 8 Diademed profile of Queen Victoria. Designed and printed by De la Rue and Co. 125mm x 300mm. Text Setting DLR1.
001 002
003 004 001 ˝d green Ł2 Ł7 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł10 ... 002 1d carmine Ł2 Ł5 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł10 ... 003 1˝d red brown Ł10 Ł20 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł10 ... 004 2d dark blue Ł10 Ł30 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł10 ... 1902 Essays De la Rue essays for the ˝d and 1d wrappers with handpainted value and country name were offered by Grosvenor Philatelic Auctions, auction 107, lot 820, 24 May 2016 with an estimate of Ł800 - Ł1000. The lot did not sell. 1902 Head of King Edward VII. Designed and printed by De la Rue and Co. 125mm x 300mm. Text Setting DLR1 or DLR2.
005 006 005a ˝d green, setting DLR1 Ł6 Ł7 005as “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... 005b ˝d green, setting DLR2 Ł50 Ł50 006 1d carmine, setting DLR1 Ł5 Ł7 006s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... 1912 Head of King George V, printed on light buff and yellow buff paper. Text Setting DLR2 (all values) or DLR2a (Ľd only). Text Setting DLR2a
007 008 009
007a Ľd dark brown, DLR2 Ł10 Ł20 007as “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... 007b setting DLR2a Ł200 Ł400 008 ˝d green Ł4 Ł20 008s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ... 009 1d carmine Ł15 Ł15 009s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 1938/48 Head of King George VI. Text Setting DLR2
010 011 010 Ľd brown Ł15 Ł50 011 ˝d green Ł10 Ł10 011s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł20 ... Wrapper 011 is known with an oval frank “BERMUDA / ľd / POSTAGE PAID” used in Bermuda - see Bermuda 011c 1949 Change to decimal currency Text Setting DLR3 second l of allowed just before n, u in nature is in bold
012 013 012 ˝c brown Ł20 Ł20 013 1c green Ł15 Ł15 1957/8 Head of Queen Elizabeth II. Text Setting DLR3 & DLR4. Text Setting DLR4 same as DLR3, u in nature is in medium font
014 015 014a ˝c light brown, DLR3 Ł10 Ł10 015a 1c green, DLR3 Ł10 Ł10 015b 1c green, DLR4 Ł10 Ł10 A copy of the 1c green wrapper (015a) with “SPECIMEN” hand stamped partly across the indicium was offered on eBay in November 2012. The handstamp was in black, sans serif type, 17mm wide and 2ľmm high. Status of this item is unknown. GRENADA BIBLIOGRAPHY The Postage Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, Post Cards and Telegraph Stamps of the British Colonies in the West Indies together with British Honduras and the Colonies in South America. The Philatelic Society, London. 1891 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postal History and Postage Stamps of Grenada, by Alfred Charlton, 1955 GUATEMALA 1875 May Embossed Liberty head, light manila paper 0.090-0.095mm thick, first printing. Size 162mm x 205mm. Printed by Columbian Bank Note Co, Washington DC. 001, 002 001 Ľr black Ł100 Ł1,000 Quantity printed - 4,000 001a embossed only / albino ... 001 - without colourless spot (400%) (wrapper 002 may also exist without the colourless spot) 002 - with colourless spot (400%) almost rectangular in shape, to the left of the base of the neck The light manila paper used for wrapper 001 is more transparent that the manila paper used for wrapper 002. The size of the wrapper should only be used to identify wrapper 002. 1876 Embossed Liberty head, manila paper 0.105-0.110mm or 0.130-0.135mm thick, second printing. Size 162mm x 267mm. Printed by Columbian Bank Note Co, Washington DC. 002a Ľr black, 0.105 Ł5 002b Ľr black, 0.130 Quantity printed - 64,000 A crude forgery in greenish blue is known to exist. Remainders of all postal stationery were sold to H L Calman of the Scott Stamp & Coin Company in 1881. No postal stationery was available in Guatemala from 1881 until 1890. (Goodman 1974) 1890 February 19 Large number in rectangle. Wrapper size 127mm x 295mm. Printed by Waterlow & Sons, London. 003 003 2c brown Ł6 Ł30 Quantity printed - 100,000 1897 January 1 Central American Exhibition. Size 128mm x 300mm. Printed by American Bank Note Company. 004 005 004 6c black & green Ł6 Ł30 Quantity printed - 100,000; 4,580 were issued for postal use and 94,420 sold as remainders. 005 10c black & violet Ł6 Ł30 Quantity printed - 100,000; 3,615 were issued for postal use and 95,385 sold as remainders. Wrappers 004 and 005 with a red ”SPECIMEN” overprint are from the American Bank Note Company archive. GUATEMALA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Guatemala a Handbook on the Postal History and Philately of Guatemala Vol II, by Roland A Goodman (editor), 1974 Spink USA Auction Catalogue, The Jose Castillejo Collection of Guatemala, 08 June 2016 www.asianphilatelist.org, by Abraham Luspo, (accessed 2015) GUYANA BRITISH GUIANA 1884 February 1 Designed and printed on a cream paper by De la Rue and Co. Design depicting the Arms of the Colony, a three-masted sailing ship. Size 125mm x 305mm. Text Setting DLR1 or DLR2.
001 002 003 001a 1c green, setting DLR1 Ł5 Ł10 001aa on yellow buff Ł5 Ł12 001b 1c green, setting DLR2 001as 001as “SPECIMEN” perfin Ł25 ... 002a 2c carmine, setting DLR1 Ł5 Ł8 002aa on yellow buff Ł5 Ł10 002b 2c carmine, setting DLR2 002s “SPECIMEN” perfin Ł25 ... When first issued, the 1884 issue wrappers were sold in packets of 10. The 1c wrappers were sold for 12c per packet and the 2c wrappers were sold for 24c per packet. On 1 May 1884 the price was reduced - the 1c wrappers were sold for 11c a packet and the 2c wrappers were sold for 21c per packet. From 1 October 1890 the wrappers were available for sale individually at face value. ESSAYS / COLOUR TRIALS / DIE PROOFS Queen’s Head - 1883 One Cent Green newspaper wrapper essay with Queen’s head drawn by hand, printed text, mounted on a sheet endorsed “Appendix A”. [ref 2] - 1883 Two Cent Red newspaper wrapper essay with Queen’s head drawn by hand, printed text, mounted on a sheet endorsed “Appendix B”. [ref 2] Arms of Colony - An 1883 die proof of the 1c newspaper wrapper in red marked “11 SEP 83”. [ref 1] - An 1883 colour trial of the 1c wrapper in grey and endorsed “Color of existing duty of p stamp”. [ref 2] - An 1883 colour trial of the 1c wrapper in green and endorsed “Color established by Postal Union”. [ref 1] [ref 2] - An 1883 colour trial of the 1c wrapper in brown and endorsed “Color of English Govt. ˝d wrapper”. [ref 1] [ref 2] - 1884 1c. wrapper essay in issued green but with hand-painted value tablet and endorsed B. Lot 316. Price Realised Ł600. [ref 3] - An 1883 colour trial of the 2c wrapper in orange, the value tablet being hand painted. The wrapper was endorsed “Color of existing duty of p stamp”. [ref 1] [ref 2] - An 1883 colour trial of the 2c wrapper in carmine, the value tablet being hand painted. The wrapper was endorsed “Color established by Postal Union”. [ref 2] - 1884 2c. wrapper essay in issued yellow-buff but with hand-painted value tablet and endorsed A. Lot 317. Price Realised Ł600. [ref 3] [ref 1] - The BWI Study Circle Bulletin No 137, June 1988. Report that at a meeting, in December 1987, Derek Nathan had displayed these four item. [ref 2] - Described and illustrated in The London Philatelist, No 1291, December 2001, by Derek Nathan. [ref 3] - Grosvenor Philatelic Auction, No 15, 15 May 2003 1905 As previous issue with change of colour. Text Setting DLR1. 003 2c violet Ł5 Ł10 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 1934 Head of King George V in oval, plus a view printed on buff paper. Text Setting DLR2.
004 005
004 1c green Ł15 Ł30 004s “SPECIMEN”, type W22 Ł15 ... 005 2c brown Ł15 Ł30 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł40 ... SPECIMEN overprint W22 76mm x 7˝mm overprinted diagonally bottom left to top right 1938 Head of King George VI in oval plus a view. Text Setting DLR2.
006 007
GREEN 006 1c green on yellow Ł20 Ł15 006a on buff Ł20 Ł15 006b on greyish brown Ł20 Ł15 006s “SPECIMEN”, type W22 Ł20 ... YELLOW GREEN 006c yellow green on buff Ł20 Ł15 006d on greyish brown Ł20 Ł15 007 2c black on yellow Ł20 Ł15 007a on tan Ł20 Ł15 007b on brownish buff Ł20 Ł15 007s “SPECIMEN”, type W26 Ł20 ... 006c, 006d and 007b are printed on granite or straw type paper 1956 January 25 (2c), June 27 (1c) Head of Queen Elizabeth, printed on deep buff paper. Text Setting DLR3 or DLR4. Text Setting DLR3
l of enclose in line 3 is below e
u in nature in line 4 is in bold Text Setting DLR4 same as DLR3, u in nature is in medium font
008 009 008 1c black, text DLR3 Ł6 Ł10 009a 2c green, text DLR3 Ł6 Ł10 009b 2c green, text DLR4 On 26 May 1966 British Guiana became Guyana GUYANA 1968? Design depicting a Pirai tropical fish. Wrapper size 120mm x 300mm. Text Setting Z1. Text Setting Z1 text in a sans serif typestyle 72Ľmm wide 011 011 2c light green Ł40 Ł30 1971? Design depicting a Yellow Allamanda flower. Wrapper size 120mm x 300mm. Text Setting Z2. Text Setting Z2 text in a sans serif typestyle 78mm wide 012 012 2c light green Ł40 Ł40 GUYANA / BRITISH GUIANA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Postage Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, Post Cards and Telegraph Stamps of the British Colonies in the West Indies together with British Honduras and the Colonies in South America. The Philatelic Society, London. 1891 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 BWI Study Circle Bulletin No 137, June 1988 BWI Study Circle Bulletin No 159, December 1993 The Postal Wrappers of British Guiana, in The London Philatelist No 1291, by Derek M Nathan, December 2001 Grosvenor Philatelic Auction No 15, 15 May 2003 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postage Stamps and Postal History of British Guiana, by W A Townsend and F G Howe, 1970 HAITI Design depicting the Arms of Haiti. Size 321mm x 54mm essay ... 1c carmine ... ... This item is a part of a range of unadopted stamp and postal stationery essays. They are believed to have been produced by Messrs Charles Skipper and East, of 49 Great Tower Street, London, in 1889. HELIGOLAND 1878 February 13 Arms type 351-356 mm x 68-76 mm, outer border line 1mm thick or ˝mm thick
001 002 001 2f / 3pf green Ł7 Ł300 A Total of 15,000 wrappers were printed in 2 printings. 9,735 were sold The 2f / 3pf wrapper was withdrawn from usage on 12 June 1890. REPRINTS Reprints were made in Hamburg in 1879, these are smaller and a darker green than the 1878 issue. ... 2f / 3pf dark green In 1895 more reprints were made in Hamburg ... 2f / 3pf in pairs on yellow paper ... 2f / 3pf black ... 2f / 3pf gold ... 2f / 3pf rose ... 2f / 3pf yellow
002 3f / 5pf brown Ł7 Ł120 002a ˝mm line Ł7 Ł100 There were 5 printings of this wrapper, a total of 25,000 were printed and 24,990 sold. A sixth printing, on rose tinted paper, was ordered prior to the handing over of Heligoland to Germany. The wrappers arrived on 16 August 1890, seven days after the handover and so they were no longer valid for postal use. ... 3f / 5pf brown on rose 1878 April 15 Arms type 356mm x 76mm 003 003 1˝d / 10pf blue Ł7 Ł400 A total of 5,000 were printed and 4,997 of these wrappers were sold. A second printing was ordered and arrived on 16 August 1890, too late to be used. ... 1˝d / 10pf blue on rose Heligoland was ceded by Great Britain to Germany on 9 August 1890 FORGERIES Forgeries of all three of these wrappers were produced by Julius Goldner in 1892. The forgeries were printed by lithography, the genuine ones were printed by letterpress. When letterpress wrappers are viewed from the back the printed design appears as if it has been slightly embossed. There are also minor differences in the design. All Heligoland newspaper wrappers exist with forged postmarks. HELIGOLAND BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Illustrated catalogue of all known reprints of officially issued postage stamps, envelopes, post cards, wrappers: And how to detect them by Franz Kalckhoff translated and enlarged by H Hilckes, 1892 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps, Vol 1, by Robson Lowe, 1st edition 1947, 2nd edition 1952 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Helgoland Philatelie by Helmuth Lemberger, 1970 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Heligoland, a Specialised Listing by Allan Oliver, 2004, see - www.philatelicsannex.org/reference/Heligo.pdf Heligoland Postal Stationery by Rob Lynn-Smith, in The Postal Stationery Journal, pp14-15, Nov 2011 Heligoland Newspaper Wrappers: Availability and Demand, by John Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector No 83, Aug 2015 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Heligoland et ses timbres : étude suivie du catalogue général de toutes les émissions postales (timbres, enveloppes, bandes, cartes), by J B Moens, 1897 Die Ganzachen von Helgoland Band 3 - Streifbander, by R Mensendiek & B Grohs. HONDURAS All newspaper wrappers for Honduras were printed by the Hamilton Bank Note Engraving and Printing Co. In 1889, Nicholas F Seebeck developed a plan for the Hamilton Bank Note Engraving and Printing Co to print stamps for foreign countries. He offered to supply the stamps for free, provided that: the stamps would be dated and invalidated at the end of each year, to be replaced by a new series; unsold (invalid) stamps would be returned to Seebeck for sale to collectors; Seebeck retained the right to reprint any invalid stamps as needed for sale to collectors. Honduras backed out of the contract in 1893. All the listed wrappers for Honduras were produced by Seebeck under this contract. 1890 January 1 Arms in Oval Frame with ornamental sides. Size 193mm x 260mm.
001 002
003 004 001 1c green Ł1 Ł30 002 2c rose Ł1 Ł30 003 5c blue Ł1 Ł30 004 10c yellow-orange Ł1 Ł30 1891 July 1 Oval frame with head of President Luis Bográn (in office 30 Nov 1883 – 30 Nov 1891) embossed in centre, dated 1891, on blue paper. Size 210mm x 270mm.
005 006
007 008 005 1c brown yellow Ł1 Ł30 006 2c blue Ł1 Ł30 007 5c green Ł1 Ł30 008 10c red Ł1 Ł30 1892 July 1 Rectangular design with an embossed picture of an explorer in centre, dated 1892-1893. Size 171mm x 283mm.
009 010
011 012
009 1c slate green Ł1 Ł30
010 2c carmine Ł1 Ł30
011 5c green Ł1 Ł30
012 10c blue Ł1 Ł30
1893
Oval frame with picture of President José Trinidad Cabańas embossed in centre, dated 1893 1894. Size 167mm x 284mm.
013 014
015 016 013 1c dark green Ł1 Ł30 014 2c carmine Ł1 Ł30 015 5c dark blue Ł1 Ł30 016 10c brown Ł1 Ł30 HONDURAS BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 HONG KONG Hong Kong wrappers are also known used from British Post Offices in China. 1900 Sept 1 Head of Queen Victoria. Text Setting DLR1. 001 001 2c green Ł50 Ł150 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł75 ... 1903 The earliest known date of usage of the 4c wrapper is 12 May 1903. Head of King Edward VII. Text Setting DLR2.
002 003 002 2c green Ł50 Ł200 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł75 ... 003 4c carmine Ł50 Ł200 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł75 ... The Hong Kong Post Office reports show that the 4c wrapper (003) was still available for sale in 1913 and that no copies were sold after 1913. 1912 Earliest known date of usage of wrapper 004 is 28 May 1913. Head of George V. Text Setting DLR2. 004 004 2c green Ł50 Ł200 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł75 ... The Hong Kong Post Office reports show that in 1918 a total of 21,600 2c wrappers were sold; in 1919 only 1,515 were sold and that none were sold after 1919. Presumably supplies were exhausted in 1919 and no further wrappers were ordered. For Hong Kong newspaper wrappers overprinted CHINA see the GB POST OFFICES IN CHINA section HONG KONG BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Hong Kong Postal Stationary, by J J Castiglione, 1992 Yang’s Postage Stamp and Postal History Catalogue of Hong Kong, 2004 Hong Kong Postal Stationery, by Lee C Scamp, on line paper on www.hongkongstudycircle.com/papers.html [accessed 2015] Hong Kong Post Office annual reports, available via internet page - http://sunzi1.lib.hku.hk/hkgro/index.jsp from The University of Hong Kong Libraries [accessed 2015] ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Hong Kong Postal Stationery, by Hans Schoenfeld, 1991 Hong Kong Postal Stationery, by James Simon Company, 1997 King George V 2˘ Newspaper Wrapper, by Lee C Scamp and Susan Crewe, in the Hong Kong Study Circle Journal No 355, Oct 2010 Newspaper Wrappers, by Lee C Scamp, in the Hong Kong Study Circle Journal No 361, April 2012 HUNGARY All Hungary newspaper wrappers were supplied in sheets of 5 wrappers. The sheet size being approximately 420mm x 290mm. The wrappers are spaced at a distance of 54mm. The margin between the thick lines is 6mm. There is a wider margin at the top and bottom of the sheet, varying from 6mm to 19mm. All printing was done by the Hungarian State Printing Works using letterpress. portion of the top part of a sheet (@40%) 1872 October 1 420mm x 54mm with 156mm long thick and thin bars above and below the indicium. 001 001a 2kr orange gum on right Ł4 Ł15 001b gum on left end Ł20 Ł50 1879 August 29 420mm x 54mm with 156mm long thick and thin bars above and below the indicium, value tablet with blank background. 002 002 2kr violet Ł2 Ł10 1896 422mm x 54mm with 156mm long thick and thin bars above and below the indicium - value tablet with diagonal lines, resembling the back of an envelope. 003 003 2kr violet Ł30 Ł30 1896 Reprints Page from presentation book (@17%) Presentation books of stamps and postal stationery were produced for the Millennium Exhibition in 1896. This book included reprints using original dies of all three Hungary wrappers. Above example shows four wrapper printed, on one of the pages, in orange on white carton card 335mm x 252mm. These are not proofs as is sometimes claimed. HUNGARY BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Dies and Printing Material of the 1871 Issue of Hungary, by Edwin Mueller, in The London Philatelist, No 787, June 1958, pp101-107 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa Ost, 1994/5 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) A Magyar Bélyegek Monográfiája, part III, by Mabéosz (editor) et al., 1968 A Magyar Dijjegyes Postai Nyomtatvanyok Katalogusa, by Dr Béla Simády, 1983 The 1879 stationery wrapper, by M Benford, in the Quarterly Magazine of the Hungarian Philatelic Society, No 117, June 1994 INDIA 1894 Essay An essay of the ˝ anna Queen Victoria wrapper was offered and sold by Christoph Gärtner in their September 2007 auction (auction 4, lot 965). The essay was printed in black on a sheet 124mm x 283mm chamfered at the top and dated 11 December 1894. The item was sold for €350. India wrappers were sold at face value plus a premium of 1 pi. 1895 May 1 Head of Queen Victoria, there are varying depths and angles of cut to the flaps of the wrappers. Size 125mm x 297/300mm. Printed by De La Rue. Design is based on the Heinrich van Angeli portrait of Queen Victoria.
001 002 001 ˝a green Ł15 Ł7 001a gummed on front 001p perf “CANCELLED” ... 001s “SPECIMEN” ... 002 1a brown violet Ł15 Ł15 002p perf “CANCELLED” ... 002s “SPECIMEN” ... The “SPECIMEN” overprint is 14˝mm x 2mm Wrapper 001 with “SPECIMEN”, 21mm x 3˝mm, hand stamped twice on the wrapper was offered and sold on eBay in May 2013. The status of this item is unknown. A total of 2,472,960 half anna and 1,243,200 one anna wrappers were ordered. No details available of quantities supplied/used. 1922 Head of King George V. Printed by De La Rue. Chamfer cut at an angle of 27°. 003, 004 003 ˝a green Ł200 Ł50 A total of 520,211 copies of this wrapper were supplied in September 1922. In February 1924 a further 979,200 wrappers were printed. When the Indian Government contract with De La Rue was ended in 1925/1926 all the plates, dies and punches for the then current stamps and postal stationery were sent to the Nasik Security Press in India. 1928 Head of King George V. Printed by Nasik Security Press from the same plate as De La Rue. Chamfer cut at an angle of 35° or at 45°. 004a ˝a green 35° Ł250 Ł75 004b ˝a green 45° Ł250 Ł75 Differences between the De La Rue and Nasik printings As the indicium was printed using the same plate (or plate from the same die) it can cause difficulty to tell the two apart. De La Rue Printing colour - generally darker. Size - consistent at about 153mm x 393mm. Paper - smooth outside, vertically ribbed on the inside. Chamfer - cut at an angle of about 27° to the vertical and a flap about 30mm deep. Nasik Printing colour - generally lighter. Size - inconsistent 147mm to 151mm x 393mm to 394mm. Paper - smooth outside, most are horizontally ribbed and some are vertically ribbed on the inside. Chamfer - 004a - cut at an angle of about 35° to the vertical and a flap about 27mm deep. 004b - cut at an angle of about 45° to the vertical and a flap about 23mm deep. MILITARY - CHINA EXPEDITIONARY FORCES 1900 August Wrappers 001 and 002 were overprinted “C.E.F.” but were never issued for postal use.
201 202 201 ˝a green Ł200 ... 202 1a brown violet Ł200 ... INDIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Encyclopćdia of Indian Postal Stationery, by Manik Jain, 1973 A Guide to the Postal Stationery of India 1856 - 1977, by Derek Lang, 1978 Postal History of Indian Military Campaigns. C.E.F. The China Expeditionary Force 1900-1923, by D S Virk, John Hume, Derek Lang & Gerald Sattin, 1992 British India Postal Stationery, by Derek Lang, 1997 Postal Stationery of British India, by Pratisad Neurgaonkar, 2009 Survey of Indian Postal Stationery used in Zanzibar 1877-1885, in Postal Stationery No 391, by George Krieger, Jul-Aug 2013 Indian Postal Stationery Used in Zanzibar 1877-1895, in Postal Stationery No 413, by George T. Krieger, March-April 2017 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) British India - Queen Victoria Postal Stationery, by Sandeep Jaiswal, 2018 INDIA - GWALIOR 1896 Overprint in black on India wrappers 001 and 002 by the Government of India Central Printing Press in Calcutta. Wrappers were valid for use within India only, items for transmissions outside of India required the use of unoverprinted India wrappers. 001 001 ˝a green (India 001) .. .. 002 1a brown violet (India 002) ... ... 002 is listed by H&G, Ascher and Deschl. However no copies of 002 are known. GWALIOR BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Comprehensive India States Postal Stationery Listing by Edward F Deschl, 1994 The Convention States’ Arms Imprints on Indian Postal Stationery, by Frank M Cowen, in The Collectors Club Philatelist Vol 37 No 1 pp23-35 INDIA - JHIND 188? Local design printed on thin buff laid native paper with silk like finish, 520mm x 37mm 001 ˝a blue green Higgins & Gage describe the item as above. Moschkau describes it as 515mm x 42mm, on yellowish paper, design as 1875 stamp with thicker lettering, issued in 1878. 1897 Overprint in black on India wrappers 001 and 002 by the Government of India Central Printing Press in Calcutta.
002 003 002 ˝a green Ł100 003 1a violet brown Ł100 JHIND BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Comprehensive India States Postal Stationery Listing, by Edward F Deschl, 1994 The Convention States’ Arms Imprints on Indian Postal Stationery, by Frank M Cowen, in The Collectors Club Philatelist Vol 37 No 1 pp23-35 INDIA - NABHA 1896 CTO copies are known postmarked 6 October 1896 and later. Overprint on India wrappers 001 and 002 by the Government of India Central Printing Press in Calcutta. Label at top centre with “slanted ends” angled / slanted ends (400%)
001, 003 002, 004 001 ˝a green (India 001) Ł30 002 1a violet brown (India 002) Ł30 Other differences exist between this and the next issue 19?? As previous issue, top label with “square ends” square ends (400%) 003 ˝a green (India 001) Ł60
004 1a violet brown (India 002) Ł100
NABHA BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Comprehensive India States Postal Stationery Listing, by Edward F Deschl, 1994 The Convention States’ Arms Imprints on Indian Postal Stationery, by Frank M Cowen, in The Collectors Club Philatelist Vol 37 No 1 pp23-35 INDIA - TRAVANCORE All the wrappers were printed on paper watermarked BENGAL PAPER MILLS-CO LD. The watermark is not found on every wrapper. All wrappers were printed by the State Stamp Manufactory, Trivandrum. 1896 October Snail coat of arms. Wrapper size 128mm x 305mm. Designed and engraved by Dharmalingam Asari. 001 001 ˝ch yellow green Ł30 Ł50 1900 Wrapper 001 overprinted “SIX CASH” in violet. 002 002 6c on ˝ch yellow green Ł100 ... 1901 New design with snail coat of arms. Four dies were used. In Die 1 and Die 2 the circle is clear of the top, indicium is 21mm x 25mm. In Die 3 and Die 4 the circle touches the top border, indicium is 20mm x 24˝mm.
003,004 005, 006 003 - Die 1 004 - Die 2
005 - die 3, solid background 006 - die 4, lined background
003 6c green, die 1 Ł30 Ł50 004 6c green, die 2 Ł30 Ł50 005 6c green, die 3 Ł30 Ł50 006 6c green, die 4 Ł60 Ł80 TRAVANCORE BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Billig’s Philatelic Handbook, Vol 6, 1946 The Postal Stationery of the Indian Feudal States - Travancore, by Gustav A Pohlig, in Postal Stationery No 65, August 1957 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Comprehensive India States Postal Stationery Listing, by Edward F Deschl, 1994 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Wells, P.; India Study Circle (APRL); Specialized catalogue of postal stationery of Cochin, Travancore and Travancore-Cochin, 32pp, 1965 IRAN see PERSIA IRAQ When British forces occupied Baghdad in 1917 they found that the Turkish forces had destroyed all stocks of stamps and postal stationery at the main post office. Small quantities of stamps and stationery were recovered from sub-offices and these were overprinted. The number of newspaper wrappers is believed to be extremely low. 1919 Turkey wrapper 008 overprinted. 001 001 ˝a on 10 para green Ł100 ... No used copies are known of this wrapper. It is not known why this wrapper was produced as there were no newspapers being published in Iraq at the time, hence there was no requirement for newspaper wrappers. Copies are known to have been sent to the UPU. IRAQ BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Baghdad Postal Stationery, by E Norman Lurch, in Postal Stationery No 230, Jan-Feb 1985 The Postal History of Iraq (pp131-136), by P C Pearson & E B Proud, 1996 Guide to the Postal Stationery of Iraq (pp9-19), by Clayton Rubec and Akthem Al-Manaseer, 2016 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Turkish Stamps & Postal Stationery Catalogue 1863-2012 (Postal Stationery pp817-972) Vol 2, edited by M Z Agaogullan and M B Papuccuaglu, 2012 Baghdad in British Occupation: The story of the 1917 Provisional Stamps, by Freddy Khalastchy, 2017 IRELAND GB wrappers overprinted with text, as above and similar, are known. These overprints are similar to, but not the same as, that used on GB stamps in 1922. There is no evidence to show that any wrappers were produced officially in this way. They are all believed to be bogus. 1924 August 21 Thin, nearly transparent buff paper
001, 003, 005 002, 004, 006
001 ˝d yellow green Ł30 Ł30 002 1d carmine Ł25 Ł25 1940 Thick, opaque buff paper 003 ˝d green Ł20 Ł20 004 1d carmine Ł20 Ł20 1946 Medium thick, nearly transparent, off white (light grey) paper 005 ˝d green Ł20 Ł30 006 1d carmine Ł20 Ł30
1d wrappers were supplied banded in bundles of 22 wrappers for 2 shillings (illustrations at 50% of original) 1950 December 1 New values, design as previous
007 008 007 1˝d maroon Ł10 Ł20 1957 July 29 New value, design as previous 008 2d green Ł8 Ł8 2d wrappers were supplied banded in bundles of 24 wrappers for 5 shillings (illustration at 50% of original) 1967 New value, design as previous
009 010 009 3d dark blue Ł4 Ł4 1969 October 29 New value, design as previous 010 4d dark blue Ł5 Ł8 1971 February 15 Decimal Currency. Size 110mm x 258-269mm. Two different papers used 0.12mm thick and 0.15mm thick.
011 012 011 2˝p brown (0.12mm) Ł3 Ł4 011a 2˝p brown (0.15mm) Ł3 Ł4 2˝p wrappers were supplied banded in bundles of 10 wrappers for 30p (illustration at 50% of original size) 1980 August 21 New value, design as previous 012 8p brown Ł2 Ł4 1984 August 7 New design and value 013 013 15p green Ł1 Ł1 STAMPED TO ORDER The facility to have stamped to order postal stationery was available in Ireland until 1983. The Legal Diary is the only business known to have used this facility and all stamped to order items without an overprint are believed to have been produced for the Legal Diary. 101 1d red (as 002) .. Ł200 102 1˝d lilac (as 007) .. Ł200 103 2d green (as 008) .. Ł200 IRELAND BIBLIOGRAPHY The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps, Vol 1, by Robson Lowe, 1947 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Stamps of Ireland, by David MacDonnell (editor), 1983 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1994/5 Die Ganzsachen Irlands / Postal Stationery of Ireland (including issues Stamped to Order), by Otto Jung, 1994 Die Ganzsachen Irlands / Postal Stationery of Ireland, by Bernard Clancy and Otto Jung, 2002 Die Privatganzsachen Irlands / Irish Postal Stationery Stamped to Order, by Otto Jung, 2003 George King collection, private correspondence, 2011 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Handbook of Irish Philately, by David Feldman, published by David Feldman and The Dolmen Press, 1968 Die Ganzsachen Irlands / Postal Stationery of Ireland, by Otto Jung, 2013 JAMAICA 1888 Essay An essay in green, with text type DLR1 and an indicium using the 1877 design ˝d postcard indicium, was produced by De la Rue. The essay was not accepted for the 1888 wrapper. Only one copy believed to exist and was sold at Grosvenor Philatelic Auctions (lot 2396, auction 115, 29 April 2017) for Ł920 + 24% buyer’s premium. 1888 September 1 Diademed profile of Queen Victoria. Designed and printed by De la Rue and Co on light buff wove paper. Text Setting DLR1. 001 001 ˝d green Ł3 Ł5 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 1903 Essay An essay in green, with text type DLR1 and indicium as the issued wrapper but with handpainted country name and value tablet, was produced by De la Rue. The essay is endorsed Approved and initialled WHM (William Hepworth Mercer, Crown Agent for the Colonies). Only one copy believed to exist and was sold at Grosvenor Philatelic Auctions (lot 2397, auction 115, 29 April 2017) for Ł400 + 24% buyer’s premium. 1903 Head of King Edward VII. Text Setting DLR2. 002 002 ˝d green Ł3 Ł10 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł40 ... 1912 Head of King George V. Text Setting DLR2. 003 003 ˝d green Ł3 Ł5 0 03s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł50 ... 1938 Head of King George VI. Text Setting DLR2.
004 006 007
004 ˝d green Ł10 Ł5 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł50 ... 1951 Change of colour. Text Setting DLR2. 006 ˝d orange Ł30 Ł20 007 1d green Ł20 Ł10 1954 Head of Queen Elizabeth II. Text Setting DLR3. Text Setting DLR3 second l of allowed just before n, u in nature is in bold
008 009 008 ˝d orange Ł5 Ł5 009 1d green Ł6 Ł6 195? Lines in background around head replaced with a tint. Photogravure printing. Text setting DLR6a (a 97.5% photographic copy of DLR6). Text Setting DLR6a l of enclose (line 3) below left side of w 010 010 1d green on buff Ł7 Ł5 010a 1d green on light brown Ł7 Ł5 1964 Coat of Arms. Text Setting A Text Setting A
011 012 011 1d green Ł5 Ł5 012 1˝d red Ł5 Ł5 1969 Boxed Postage Paid / Half Penny hand stamped on wrapper 012. 013 013 ˝d on 1˝d red Ł9 Ł25 1969 September 8 Coat of Arms. Change to decimal currency. Text Setting B or C. Text Setting B width of text is 79˝mm; d of infringed is before a; spacing between infringed and comma is wider. Text Setting C width of text is 81mm; d of infringed points to centre of a; spacing between infringed and comma is closer.
014 015 014a 1c green, text B Ł5 Ł5 014b 1c green, text C Ł5 Ł5 015a 2c red, text B Ł5 Ł5 015b 2c red, text C Ł5 Ł5 1973 Coat of Arms, new values. Text Setting D. Text Setting D width of text is 80mm; d of infringed points to left side of a; spacing between infringed and comma is closer; l of letter (line3) is to the right of t.
016 017 016 5c blue Ł25 Ł50 017 9c green Ł5 Ł5 JAMAICA BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Grosvenor Philatelic Auctions, Sale Number 115, 26 April 2017 (Donald E Napier FRPSL collection) ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Jamaica its Postal History Postage Stamps and Postmarks, by G W Collett, W Buckland Edwards, C S Morton and L C C Nicholson (joint editors), 1928 The Philatelic Handbook of Jamaica, by E F Aguilar, 1949 Jamaica: A Review of the Nation's Postal History and Postage, by A N Johnson, 1964. Encyclopaedia of Jamaican Philately, by D Sutcliffe & S Jarvis, 1997 The Postal History of Jamaica, by E B Proud, 2004 JAPAN Japanese wrappers were only sold to publishers and authorised distributors, and not to the general public. They could only be used on journals published at intervals of one month or more. Initially they were only used within Tokyo. On 1 April 1873 their use was extended to other cities on a local basis only. The 1 sen wrapper issued in 1884 was for inter-town usage. 2rin 5mon = 2˝ rin = Ľ sen 1872 April Design in single oval shape, on Japanese paper. Size 275mm x 46mm. Hand printed by Haibara Naojiro. The five characters in the centre translate to “Registered Newspaper Stamp”, registered meaning the authorised body that could use them. 001 001 (2rin 5mon) red Ł200 Ł250 Official reprints were made of this wrapper and included in the 1894 “Dai Nihon Teikoku Yubin Kitte Enkakushi” Presentation Book. 300 copies of the book were produced, less than a dozen copies of the book are believed to have survived. 1875 April 1 Design in single oval shape, two different dies used, variety of different papers used. Size 275mm x 46mm. Printed by Haibara Naojiro.
002a Die 1 Specimen o/p
002a 2rin 5mon red, die 1 Ł20 Ł30 002as Specimen Ł50 ...
002b Die 2 (other differences exist) 002b 2rin 5mon red, die 2 Ł30 Ł50 Signed Forgeries Most known forgeries of Japanese wrappers are so called “signed forgeries” because they include one of the three following Kanji character pairs. All Japanese wrappers are known forged; both “signed” and “unsigned”.
1 2 3
1 - Sanko meaning reference 2 - Mozo meaning imitation 3 - Mihon meaning sample or specimen “Mozo” (indicated by arrows) incorporated into the design of wrapper 003 (400%) 1880 June Design in double oval, on various papers. Size 275mm x 46mm. Printed by the Government Printing Bureau. 003 003a 2rin 5mon red, white paper Ł25 Ł25 003b yellowish paper 003c Japanese paper 003s Specimen Ł50 ... 1884 April 29 New design printed on Japanese paper. Size 275mm x 46mm. Printed by the Government Printing Bureau.
004 Crude Forgery (1 Sn)
004 1sen blue Ł25 Ł40 004s Specimen Ł60 ... The sale of newspaper wrappers was discontinued by the Japanese Post Office on 30 November 1889. Weather Report Wrappers These wrappers, often described as Official Wrappers, were issued to weather observatories only and used by them to send reports of weather readings. No unused examples are known. They were NOT used for sending newspapers. 1883 January 2 on Japanese Paper 101 101 (no value) red ... Ł45 1890 October 4 102 (no value) red ... Ł125 JAPAN BIBLIOGRAPHY The Stamps of Japan, by E D Bacon, in Philatelic Record No 44, September 1882 Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Philatelic Record, December 1888, p213 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 The Philatelic Record, December 1897, pp327-329 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Japanese Newspaper Wrappers, by David Taylor Smith, in The Postal Stationery Society Journal No 1, February 1993 Newly Discovered Wada Tourist Sheet for Forged Wrappers, by Ron Casey, Postal Stationery No 349 July 2006 Sakura Catalogue of Japanese Stamps, 2011 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Japanese Philately, Vol 13 pp 160-164 1958, 5 page article by Robert M Spaulding Jr Japanese Postal Stationery Catalogue (revised edition) 1965, edited by Tanigaki, Kanyo Kenkyu Kai, Osaka, Japan Ganzsachen Katalog Japan, by L Stehr,1965 LEEWARD ISLANDS 1890 November Diademed profile of Queen Victoria. Designed and printed by De la Rue and Co on light buff wove paper. Size 125mm x 300mm. Text setting DLR1.
001 002 001 ˝d dark green Ł4 Ł10 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 002 1d carmine Ł6 Ł25 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... Quantity issued ˝d 223,320 (18 printings); 1d 35,688 (4 printings) 1902 Essays Essays exist, from the De la Rue collection, for the ˝d and 1d wrappers with handpainted value and country name on printed blank wrappers. 1902 November Head of King Edward VII. Printed by De la Rue, the ˝d on a rough and a smooth paper. Text setting DLR2.
003 004 003a ˝d green, smooth paper Ł5 Ł15 003as “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 003b rough paper Ł8 Ł12 004 1d carmine Ł6 Ł25 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... Quantity issued ˝d 64,040 (3 printings); 1d 13,224 (2 printings) 1913 August Head of King George V, printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2.
005 005 ˝d green Ł30 Ł100 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł30 ... Quantity issued 28,879 (5 printings) Both Asher and H&G list a 1d carmine issued in 1913. There is no evidence to show that such an item was ever printed. 1927 February Head of King George V, printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2.
007 007 Ľd brown Ł30 Ł100 007s “SPECIMEN”, type D7a Ł30 ... Quantity issued 25,440 (1 printing) 1938 November Head of King George VI, printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2. 008 008 ˝d green Ł50 Ł200 There were 3 printings of this wrapper, each on a different paper. Quantity issued 14,400. 008s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł50 ... LEEWARD ISLANDS BIBLIOGRAPHY The Postage Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, Post Cards and Telegraph Stamps of the British Colonies in the West Indies together with British Honduras and the Colonies in South America. The Philatelic Society, London. 1891 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 The Sale of Leeward Islands Remainders, in The London Philatelist No 140, August 1903 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Leeward Islands The Federal Postal Stationery, report based on display and notes supplied by Michael Oliver, in The Postal Stationery Society Journal No 17, June 2000 Leeward Islands King George VI Postal Stationery, by Darryl Fuller, in Postal Stationery Collector, Issue 47, November 2006 The Leeward Islands Notes for Philatelists, by Michael Oliver, 2000 (1st Edition), 2011 (2nd Edition) Leeward Islands Postal Stationery Rarity Guide, by Darryl Fuller, in Postal Stationery Collector No 64 February 2011 & No 65 May 2011 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps: Vol VI Leeward Islands, Robson Lowe, 1991 LIBERIA 1893 January Numeral in star design. Printed on white, cream and buff paper. Size 125mm x 300mm. Printed by Waterlow and Sons. 001 001 1c chocolate Ł3 Ł50 001s 001s “SPECIMEN” perfin Ł10 ... LIBERIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 A Century of Liberian Philately, by Henry H Rogers, 1971 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 Liberian Postal Stationery, by Robert E Shoemaker, 2012 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Postal Stationery of Liberia, by W Norman Lurch LUXEMBOURG 1875 March Essay prepared by Pierre Bruck (printers of the first postal cards for Luxembourg). Essay Essay (illustrated at 40%). The manuscript text reads “Essai de l’Imprimerie Bruck - Mars 1875” ... 4c green ... One double, as illustrated, is known and one single was reported in 1974 (Postal Stationery No 166). LUXEMBOURG BIBLIOGRAPHY Postal Stationery No 166, May-Jun 1974, p109 (mention in article by E Norman Lurch) Allan F Wichelman collection, private correspondence 2013 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Die Postkarten von Luxembourg mit Abarten, by François Kaufmann, 1987 MALAYA FEDERATED MALAY STATES 1928 Copy from the UPU archives is date stamped 1928 Design depicting a leaping tiger. Text Setting DLR2. 001 001 2c green Ł75 Ł150 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D8 Ł50 ... FEDERATED MALAY STATES BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Standard Catalogue of Malaysia - Singapore - Brunei by Steven Tan, 1989 MALAYA STRAITS SETTLEMENTS 1928 Head of King George V. Text Setting DLR2. 001 001 2c green Ł80 Ł100 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D8 Ł70 ... STRAITS SETTLEMENTS BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Standard Catalogue of Malaysia Singapore Brunei, by Steven Tan, 1989 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Singapore Postage Stamp Catalogue, 2015 MALDIVE ISLANDS 1906 March Ceylon 1903 issue wrappers overprinted “MALDIVES”, in dark blue on 2c and in black on 5c.
001 002 001 2c violet Ł200 Ł250 002 5c olive Ł250 Ł300 MALDIVE ISLANDS BIBLIOGRAPHY Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Graham Winters collection, private correspondence 2013 MALTA 1885 August or September Head of Queen Victoria, printed by De La Rue & Co. Text Setting DLR1. 001 001 ˝d dark green Ł4 Ł25 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł75 ... Quantities printed: 15 Jul 1885 50,000 plus 106 specimens, 15 Sep 1893 50,550 1902 or 1903 Head of King Edward VII, printed by De La Rue & Co. Text Setting DLR2. 002 002 ˝d dark green Ł15 Ł15 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł30 ... Quantities printed: 11 Dec 1902 24,960 plus 722 specimens, 29 Sep 1903 18,630, 15 Jul 1904 14,510, 16 Aug 1905 14,520, 13 Aug 1906 24,310, 12 Aug 1907 24,200, 5 Jul 1912 6,090. Total for the seven printings 127,220. 1913 Head of King George V, printed by De La Rue & Co. Text Setting DLR2. 003 003 ˝d yellow green Ł15 Ł15 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł40 ... Quantities printed: 30 Sep 1913 7,840 plus 396 specimens, 17 Sep 1914 6,120, 4 Aug 1916 12,190, 4 Oct 1917 6,120, 5 Jun 1923 12,120, 13 Nov 1926 8,090, 30 Nov 1928 9,120, 13 Jun 1930 12,360, 22 Oct 1931 12,140, 9 Sep 1935 12,240. Total for the ten printings 98,340. MALTA BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps, Vol 1, by Robson Lowe, 1947 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Malta Postal Stationery 1885 1979, by Graham Smeed, Malta Study Circle Study Paper No. 48, 1979 Malta The Postal History and Postage Stamps 1576–1960, by R E Martin [ed], 1980. The J B Catalogue of Malta Stamps and Postal Stationery, 1989 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Malta Postal Stationery, by Graham Smeed, 1975 MAURITIUS 1896 Design depicting the colony Coat of Arms. Size 125mm x 300mm. Printed by De La Rue & Co. Text Setting A. Text Setting A d of admit points to ic 001 001 3c green Ł5 Ł10 Quantity printed - 199,200 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4a Ł20 ... Quantity produced - 750 1898 4 Cents and line overprinted in black on 1896 issue wrapper 001, the 4 is 6˝mm or 5˝mm high.
002 002 (200%) 002a (200%)
002 4c on 3c green, 6˝mm Ł5 Ł10 002a 5˝mm high “4” Ł10 Ł20 1899 Figure 3 & two lines overprinted in red on 1898 wrappers 002 & 002a, red lines are Ľmm, 1mm or 2mm apart. 003 ON WRAPPER 002 - 6˝mm “4” 003a 3c on 4c on 3c green, 1mm Ł10 Ł10 003aa red lines 2mm apart Ł10 Ł15 003ab red lines Ľmm apart Ł50 ON WRAPPER 002a - 5˝mm “4” 003b 3c on 4c on 3c green, 1mm Ł10 Ł15 003ba red lines 2mm apart Ł10 Ł15 1909 Colony Coat of Arms, new design with POSTAGE added on two side. Printed by De La Rue & Co. Text Setting A. 004 004 3c green Ł5 Ł20 Quantity printed - 78,480 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... Quantity produced - 413 copies 1923 As previous design with POSTAGE on the right side changed to REVENUE, new value. Printed by De La Rue & Co. Text Setting A. 005 005 4c green Ł10 Ł50 Quantity printed - 5,100 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 .. Quantity produced - 410 1932 Head of King George V. Printed by De La Rue & Co. Text Setting B. Text Setting B d of admit points to centre of c 006 006 4c green Ł20 Ł50 Quantity printed - 6,290 006s “SPECIMEN”, type D8a Ł20 ... Quantity produced - 414 1938 Head of King George VI. Printed by De La Rue & Co. Text Setting B. 007 007 4c dark green Ł20 Ł50 Quantity printed - 5,160 007s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł30 ... Quantity produced - 393 MAURITIUS BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postal History and Stamps of Mauritius, by Peter Ibbotson, 1991. Mauritius, wrappers with added printing, in Gibbons Stamp Monthly, July 2016 MEXICO 1886 July 1 Bust of Father Miguel Hidalgo y Costilla. With a picture showing eagle coat of arms on a mountain scene showing the volcanoes of Popocatapetl and Ixtaaccihuatl, printed in black, on orange-brown paper. Size 245-250 mm x 78-85 mm. Corners cut at an angle and gummed on the right hand side. 1c with 60 gramos and the 2c with 120 gramos on left. Format of wrappers 001 to 006 (75%)
001,002, 003, 005, 007 004, 006, 008
1. With background lines around head of eagle. 001 - with background lines by eagles head 001 1c green Ł5 Ł15 001a chamfer & gum on left Ł10 2. No background lines by eagles head, Sr under F of Fajilla. 002 - Sr under F of Fajilla 002 1c green Ł5 Ł10 002a chamfer & gum on left Ł10 Ł20 002b as 002a gum on front 3. No background lines by eagles head, Sr to left of Fajilla. 003, 004 - Sr to left of Fajilla 003 1c green Ł3 Ł10 003a chamfer & gum on left Ł5 Ł20 003b error 120 gramos Ł10 004 2c carmine Ł3 Ł10 004a chamfer & gum on left Ł10 004b error 60 gramos Ł10 4. Break in the picture, vertical through I of MEXICANOS then diagonal towards the last s of impresos. The break is very thin on early printings and progresses to wide on later printings. Sr under F of Fajilla.
some stages of the plate break on 005 and 006 (200%) 005, 006 Instructions on left side
005a - 2nd line 33mm 005b - 2nd line 31mm
005a 1c green, instructions 33mm Ł3 Ł5 005aa1 error 120 gramos Ł30 005aa2 chamfer & gum on left 005b 1c green, instructions 31mm Ł5 Ł5 005ba chamfer & gum on left Ł5 Ł10 006 2c carmine Ł3 Ł5 006a chamfer & gum on left Ł5 Ł6 006b error 60 gramos Ł30 5. Horizontal lines of text below the picture and indicium Format of wrappers 007, 008 (75%) 007 1c green Ł2 Ł10 008 2c carmine Ł2 Ł10 008a chamfer & gum on left Ł6 Ł20 1887 Numeral design. Corners cut at an angle and gummed on the right side. 1c with 60 gramos and the 2c with 120 gramos on left.
009, 011, 013, 015, 010, 012, 014, 016, 017, 019, 021 018, 020, 022
1. Indicium within a solid frame. The snake’s head is under the S of POSTAL snake’s head under S of POSTAL, solid frame & format of wrappers 009 to 014 (75%)
009a 009b 009a 1c green Ł2 Ł5 009aa chamfer & gum on left Ł5 Ł15 009as specimen “COLECCION” Ł30 009b no space after Esta Ł2 Ł5 010a 2c carmine 120 gramos Ł2 Ł5 010aa error 60 gramos Ł20 010b - no space between POSTAL and MEXICANO 010b no space after POSTAL Ł2 Ł10 The “COLECCION” overprint The COLECCION overprint (30mm x 4mm) is known on wrappers 009, 017 and 018. The above example is from wrapper 009. The purpose of the overprint is currently unknown. 2. Indicium within a dotted frame. The snake’s head is under the T of POSTAL. SERVICIO INTERIOR is 35mm x 2˝mm. 011, 012 - snake’s head under T, dotted frame (75%) 011 1c green Ł2 Ł3 011a error 120 gramos Ł10 Ł25 012 2c carmine Ł1 Ł3 012a indicium inverted Ł80 3. Indicium within a dotted frame. The snake’s head is under the A of POSTAL. SERVICIO INTERIOR is 38mm x 3mm. snake’s head under A of POSTAL 013ba, 013bb 013ab (75%) 013a 1c green Ł2 Ł5 013aa error 120 gramos Ł10 013ab error two eagles Ł100 ... The reason for this error is not known. 013ac inverted indicium in LLC Ł80 (LLC = Lower Left Corner) 013ba 1c+1c green 60 gramos 013bb 1c+1c green 120 gramos Ł25 014 2c carmine Ł2 Ł5 014a albino indicium Ł20 Ł30 014b error 60 gramos Ł15 1887 Numeral design, new format, orange brown paper. With or without a full stop after MEXIQUE. Indicium in a dotted or solid frame. 1. Indicium within a dotted frame 015b & format of wrappers 015 to 018 (75%) 015a, 016a - full stop after MEXIQUE TYPE I - WITH FULL STOP AFTER MEXIQUE 015a 1c green Ł2 Ł10 015aa chamfer & gum on left Ł2 Ł20 015ab inverted indicium in LLC Ł80 (LLC = Lower Left Corner) 015ac albino indicium Ł30 015ad as 015ac + extra albino Ł30 016a 2c carmine Ł2 Ł10 015b, 016b - no stop after MEXIQUE TYPE II - WITHOUT FULL STOP AFTER MEXIQUE 015b 1c green Ł2 Ł10 015ba chamfer & gum on left Ł2 Ł20 016b 2c carmine Ł3 Ł50 016ba as 016b + extra albino Ł30 2. Indicium within a solid frame indicium within solid frame 017 1c green Ł2 Ł5 017a chamfer & gum on left Ł5 Ł10 017s specimen “COLECCION” Ł50 018 2c carmine Ł2 Ł5 018a chamfer & gum on left Ł5 Ł15 018b albino indicium Ł30 018s specimen “COLECCION” Ł50 COLECCION overprint - see note after wrapper 009 1892 Numeral design, light buff paper, no frame around indicium, coat of arms & text in blue (1c) or carmine (2c). New design for eagle coat of arms. Vertical text on side. 019 & format of wrappers 019 to 020 (75%) 020 (75%) 019 1c green Ł2 Ł5 019a indicium inverted in LLC Ł80 (Lower Left Corner) 020 2c carmine Ł2 Ł2 020a albino indicium Ł30 020b indicium inverted Ł80 020c indicium inverted in LLC Ł80 (LLC = Lower Left Corner) 1892 Numeral design, light buff paper, no frame around indicium, text and coat of arms printed in green. Horizontal text below coat of arms. 021 & format of wrappers 021 & 022 (75%) 021 1c green Ł3 Ł10 022 (75%) 022 2c carmine Ł50 Ł300 022s specimen “MUESTRA” Ł100 ... 1895 New indicium design. FAJILLLA with LLL
023, 026, 027, 029, 024, 025, 028, 031 030, 032, 033, 034, 035
023 (75%) - FAJILLLA with 3 L’s 023 1c green Ł2 Ł20 023a chamfer & gum on left Ł5 Ł30 023b green indicium, carmine text Ł100 023c indicium only, no text Ł50 023c is listed here, but it could be from this or any of the other subsequent printings of the 1c wrapper. 023d text only, no indicium Ł50 023e (50%) 023e indicium inverted in LLC Ł80 (LLC = Lower Left Corner) 023f extra indicium in LLC Ł50 023g extra indicium on reverse Ł50 024 (75%) - FAJILLLA with 3 L’s 024 2c carmine Ł2 Ł10 024a chamfer & gum on left Ł5 Ł20 024b double indicium overlapping Ł50 024c indicium inverted Ł80 024d indicium inverted in LLC Ł80 (LLC = Lower Left Corner) 024e extra indicium in LLC Ł50 024f extra indicium on reverse Ł50 024g indicium only no text Ł50 024d is listed here, but it could be from this or any of the other subsequent printings of the 2c wrapper. 024h albino print Ł100 1895 As previous issue, FAJILLLA with LLL, larger text lettering on left (as on the next issue). 025 (75%) - FAJILLLA with 3 L’s 025 2c carmine Ł300 Ł500 1895 FAJILLA with LL, larger vertical text on left. 026 (75%) - FAJILLA with 2 L’s 026 2c carmine Ł2 Ł3 026a albino indicium Ł50 026s specimen “MUESTRA” Ł8 ... 1895 Double border of wavy lines around indicium. Printed on thin unglazed paper and thick glazed paper. 027 (75%) - FAJILLA with 2 L’s 027a 1c green (thin paper) Ł2 Ł5 027b 1c green (thick paper) Ł3 Ł5 027ba indicium inverted in LLC Ł80 027bs specimen “MUESTRA” ... 1895 New coat of arms. Control number at bottom left MC15 (1c) or MC14 (2c). Arms and text printed in carmine. Vertical text on side. 028 (75%) 029 (75%) 028 1c green Ł1 Ł10 The London Philatelist, No 50, February 1896, mentions that the 1c green was produced using 7 different papers. 028a indicium inverted Ł80 029 2c carmine Ł1 Ł10 029s specimen “MUESTRA” ... 1897 Four lines of vertical text on left side. Control number MC12 at bottom left. Text and arms in black. 030 (75%) 030 1c green Ł2 Ł3 030a indicium inverted Ł80 030b indicium inverted on reverse Ł60 030c albino indicium Ł100 1897 Horizontal text below coat of arms. Text and coat of arms printed in green. Indicium in colour as listed. Control number MC13 at bottom left. 031 (75%) 032 (75%) 031 1c green Ł2 Ł10 032 2c carmine Ł2 Ł60 032s specimen “MUESTRA” Ł8 ... 1898 No vertical text on sides, no text below arms. The coat of arms was printed in carmine, black or olive green. 033 - carmine (for inland mail) (75%) 034 - black (for USA & Canada) (75%) 035 - olive green (for other foreign mail) (75%) 033 1c green and carmine Ł15 Ł15 034 1c green and black Ł15 Ł15 034a inverted indicium in LLC LLC = Lower Left Corner 035 1c green and olive green Ł15 Ł15 035a indicium inverted Ł80 035b albino indicium Ł50 1898 SERVICIO POSTAL MEXICANO less curved and smaller font size. 036 (75%) 036 1c green Ł1 Ł7 036s specimen “MUESTRA” Ł8 ... 1899 November 1 Indicium with embossed eagle coat of arms. The heading text and the indicium were printed separately resulting in a variation of the position of both in relation to each other. Printed by Bradbury Wilkinson & Co, London.
037 038 Die I - small dots, 4 dots at bottom to left of UN (200%) Die II - small dots, 3 dots at bottom to left of UN (200%) Die III (200%) large dots, 3 dots at bottom to right of O, TA wide gap Die IV (200%) large dots, right edge of O is above middle of 4th dot from end 037a 1c green die I Ł5 Ł15 037b die II Ł1 Ł5 037c die III Ł3 Ł15 037d die IV Ł3 Ł15 037.e albino Ł50 Ł100 037s “MUESTRA” in black Ł10 ... Die 1 (200%) 2 dots before D of DOS 3 dots after S of CENTAVOS Die 2 (200%) 2 dots before D of DOS 2 dots after S of CENTAVOS OS of DOS is spaced Die 3 (200%) 3 dots before D of DOS 038a 2c red die 1 Ł1 Ł5 038b die 2 Ł1 Ł5 038c die 3 Ł1 Ł5 038s “MUESTRA” in black Ł10 ... UPU SPECIMENS
037s 038s 039s 042s
Four Mexico wrappers were hand stamped “MUESTRA” for distribution by the UPU - wrappers 037, 038, 039 and 042. 1903 Change of colours. Text in colour of indicium, narrow figure “1”. Printed by Bradbury Wilkinson & Co, London.
039, 040, 041 042
039 1c lilac Ł1 Ł5 039s “MUESTRA” in black Ł10 ...
039, 040 narrow “1” (@600%) 041 wide “1”
Text in brown-lilac, narrow figure “1” 040 1c light lilac Ł1 Ł2 Text in brown-lilac, wide figure “1” 041 1c lilac Ł1 Ł7 042a - albino indicium (75%) Text in same colour green as indicium 042 2c green Ł1 Ł10 042a albino indicium ... Ł100 042s “MUESTRA” in mauve Ł10 ... BRADBURY WILKINSON SPECIMENS The following items originate from the Bradbury Wilkinson archives. (75%) (75%) (50%) diamond perfin (50%) 1905 Embossed head of Miguel Hidalgo. Printed by Bradbury Wilkinson & Co, London.
043 044 043 1c lilac Ł1 Ł1 044 2c green Ł1 Ł1 For Mexico Revolution 1914-1915 issues see the end of this section. 1916 Increase in postage rate. Wrapper 043 overprinted in green 045 045 5c green on 1c lilac Ł2 Ł10 1923 Design with Aztec Stone Calendar embossed in centre. More than ten different dies were used to produce this issue. Some of these differ in the number of dots in the upper outer circle (from 58 to 63) and in the lower outer circle (from 56 to 61). The dots are joined in some dies and separated on others.
046
046a 2c green Ł10 Ł10 1929 “Fuente Colonial” design, size 125mm x 300mm, header is in a solid lettering with a round “O” in “IMPRESOS”, no batonné lines. solid lettering, round “O” in “IMPRESOS” 047, 048, 049 047 2c green Ł5 Ł10 1930 Fuente Colonial design, size 100mm x 350mm, vertical batonné lines about 14mm apart. 048 2c green Ł5 Ł5 1930 Fuente Colonial design, heading is in a hatched lettering with a square “O” in “IMPRESOS”, with and without vertical batonné lines about 14mm apart. Size 105mm x 350mm. hatched lettering, square “O” in “IMPRESOS” 049 2c green, batonné lines Ł2 Ł5 049a no batonné lines Ł2 Ł5 1934 Tehuana Indian girl design. Indicium size 25˝mm x 19˝mm. Batonné lines 13mm, 12˝mm or 12mm apart (6 lines are 78mm, 75mm or 72mm apart) 050 050 2c green, 13mm Ł2 Ł5 050a 12˝mm Ł2 Ł5 050b 12mm Ł40 1937 Yalalteca Indian girl design. Indicium size 16˝mm x 20mm. Wrapper size 100mm x 300mm. 051 051 1c orange Ł2 Ł5 1937 Similar design as wrapper 050. Indicium size 17˝mm x 21mm. Vertical batonné lines about 12˝mm or 14mm apart. Wrapper size 100mm x 300mm. 052, 053, 054 052 2c green, 14mm Ł2 Ł5 052a 2c green, 12˝mm Ł2 Ł5 052a horizontal batonné lines Ł10 Ł25 With wings design on front of wrapper 053 wings design (30%) 053 2c green Ł50 Ł50 With ornamental design on front of wrapper 054 ornamental design (30%) (the brown marking on the left side are glue stains) 054 2c green, 12˝mm Ł50 Ł40 1951 Design showing modern building in Mexico City. On paper with vertical batonné lines. Wrapper size 100mm x 300mm. 055 055 5c dark brown Ł2 Ł2 055a 5c reddish brown Ł2 Ł2 055b horizontal batonné lines Ł50 1951 Design with Convent of the Nativity. On paper with vertical batonné lines. Wrapper size 100mm x 300mm. 056 056 10c green Ł2 Ł10 1956 Design with Convent of the Nativity, additional indicium printed on wrapper 075. Wrapper size 100mm x 300mm. 057 057 10c green +10c green Ł4 Ł25 1958 Design depicting Puebla Cathedral, printed lithograph. Wrapper size 100mm x 300mm. 058, 059 058 20c blue Ł5 Ł10 1966? As previous issue, printed photogravure. 059 20c light blue Ł2 Ł5 197? Carved Head design. Size 98mm x 280mm. 060 060 50c bluish green Ł4 Ł5 1976 Meat Export design. Size 98mm x 280mm. 061 061 40c maroon Ł15 Ł15 061a 40c red Ł15 Ł15 MEXICO REVOLUTION The Revolutionary period in Mexico lasted from 1910 to 1929. Between 1913 and 1916 there were 3 prominent factions. These were led by Francisco “Pancho” Villa, Emiliano Zapata and Venastiano Carranza. Hence the names used for some of the overprints. Some of the overprints were distributed nationally (Villa - Zapata & Carranza) and others only locally. Wrappers are known overprinted and used during 1914 - 1915. 1914 - 1915 1. VILLA - ZAPATA Overprinted with a GCM monogram, type 1, 2 or 3, in black Earliest known overprint usage (on envelope) 15 January 1914.
201 202
203 204
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 < . . . . . . . . . @300% . . . . . . . . . >
201 1c lilac 043, type 1 Ł5 Ł10 202 2c green 044, type 1 Ł5 Ł10 203 1c lilac 043, type 2 Ł10 204 2c green 044, type 3 Ł5 Ł20 2. CARRANZA Overprinted GOBIERNO CONSTITUCIONALISTA, type 4, in red. Earliest known usage on other postal stationery 5 October 1914. Type 4 211 1c lilac 043, type 4 Ł10 212 2c green 044, type 4 Ł30 3. SONORA GCM script monogram, type 5, handstamp in violet. Use of this handstamp was authorised on 27 May 1914.
221 Type 5
221 1c lilac 043, type 5 Ł8 Ł12 222 2c green 044, type 5 Ł8 Ł12 GCM script monogram, type 6, overprint in black. Probably overprinted in Veracruz. Issued in Mexico City after July 1915. Type 6 223 1c lilac 043, type 6 Ł4 Ł10 224 2c green 044, type 6 Ł4 Ł10 ES script monogram, type 7, handstamp in violet. (ES = Estado de Sonora)
225 Type 7
225 1c lilac 043, type 7 Ł12 Ł25 4. CHIHUAHUA Handstamp “Gobierno Constitutionalista” 84mm long, type 8, was issued to several town in Chihuahua state. Wrappers are only known hand stamped in red, the colour which was used in Hidalgo del Parral. Earliest known usage of this handstamp (on envelope) is 22 May 1914 Type 8 231 1c lilac 043, type 8 Ł100 5. CULICAN Three line handstamp “E. C. / Transito- / rio.”, type 9, in purple. Usage of this handstamp dates from mid-August to mid-October 1914.
241 Type 9
241 1c lilac 043, type 9 Ł20 242 2c green 044, type 9 Ł20 6. MONTERREY Handstamp “GOBIERNO / CONSITUCIONALISTA”, type 10, or “GOBIERNO / CONSTITUCIONALISTA”, type 11, in purple, on wrapper 042, 043 and 044. 20mm wide
252 Types 10 & 11
251 1c lilac 043, t10 CONSIT.. Ł8 Ł15 252 1c lilac 043, type 11 Ł2 Ł10 253 2c green 042, type 11 Ł60 Ł120 254 2c green 044, type 11 Ł4 Ł15 7. SAN LUIS POTOSI Handstamp E. C DE M, type 12, in purple (E C De M = Ejercito Constitutionalista de Mexico) The earliest known date of use of this handstamp (on other postal stationery) is 28 July 1914. Type 12 261 1c lilac 043, type 12 Ł10 8. SINALOA Handstamp “GOBIERNO / CONSTITUCIONALISTA”, type 13, in purple. 22mm wide
271 Type 13
271 1c lilac 043, type 13 Ł10 Ł15 272 2c green 044, type 13 Ł15 9. TEQUISQUIAPAN Overprint “Gobierno Constitutionalista”, type 14, 19ľmm wide in black. 282 type 14 on type 2 281 1c lilac 043, type 14 Ł10 Ł30 282 1c lilac 043, t14 on t2 Ł100 MEXICO BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Catalogue of the stamps, envelopes, wrappers and postal cards of Mexico, by Henry Collin & Henry L Calman, 1901 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Mexico Postal Stationery Catalog, by members of the Elmhurst Philatelic Society, 1965 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Catálogo de Enteros Postales de México, by Arturo Ferrer Zavala, Vol I, 1874-1894; Vol II, 1895-1899; Vol III, XX Century, 2010 Postal Stationery of Mexico, by Peter Bamert, Wayne Menuz & Bill Walton, 2017 Peter Bamert collection, private correspondence, 2013 - 2016 “The 1899-1905 Eagle issue dies” and “The 2-centavo Aztec Calendar Stone dies”, by Steven Phillips Whitcombe. Published on www.pennsyltucky.com/spw_cprj.htm in 1997/8 and removed sometime after Mar 2005. Can be accessed via the Way Back Machine on www.archive.org ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Articles in Mexicana R48-49, by Harold Gross, 1978 MONACO DATE CODE - A date code was printed to the right of the indicium on some wrappers. The normal setting is for the foot of the number to be facing the indicium, the reverse is for the top of the date code number to be facing the indicium. The first digit of the date code is the last digit of the year of printing and the next two digits is the week number in the year of printing. So date code 234 corresponds to week 34 of year 1902, 1912, 1922 or 1932. Up until 31 March 1886 French newspaper wrappers were used in Monaco. 1 April 1886 Prince Charles III. Size 318-322mm x 54-58mm. Thin horizontal lines at top and bottom of wrapper 50mm apart.
001 002 001 1c olive Ł1 Ł5 001a green Ł12 Ł12 002 2c dark violet Ł2 Ł5 002a printed both sides 002b 2c light violet Essays exist of the 1c in black and the 2c in brown 1891 July Prince Albert I, thin horizontal lines at top and bottom of wrapper 50mm apart.
003, 005, 007 004, 006, 008 003 1c olive Ł1 Ł5 004 2c violet Ł2 Ł5 1893 Prince Albert I, no lines at top and bottom 005 1c olive Ł1 Ł5 005a green 006 2c violet Ł1 Ł2 1898 Prince Albert I, with printing date codes 007 1c olive Ł1 Ł1 date codes 805, 902, 914, 017, 036, 305, 410, 429, 430 007a date code reversed Ł2 Ł2 date code 902 008 2c violet Ł4 Ł5 date codes 804, 032, 036, 112, 430, 915 1925 Arms design
009, 011 010 012
009 1c black, with date code Ł10 Ł20 date code 243 010 2c brown, no date code Ł20 Ł30 The 2c brown was supplied to the UPU in 1925. 1935 - 1936 Arms, without date codes 011 1c black Ł5 Ł20 012 2c dull red Ł15 Ł20 1938 Arms type without date code 013 013 10c blue Ł50 Ł100 Total printing 51,000 copies 1938 Prince Louis II
014 015 014 15c violet Ł50 Ł200 Total printing 43,400 copies 015 20c carmine Ł60 Ł200 Total printing 31,400 copies MONACO BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes Tome II Telegraphes Enveloppes et Bandes, by J B Moens, 1893 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1927 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1949 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Les Entiers Postaux de France et de Monaco, by Jean Storch & Robert Francon, 1995 Les Entiers Postaux de la Principaute de Monaco, by Jacques Hontebeyrie - http://perso.numericable.fr/epmonaco/BJ.htm ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) L’Entier Postal, No 61, June 2002 (Contains a study of the Monaco newspaper wrapper Charles III, type 1c) Catalogue des entiers postaux de Monaco, by J Guiraud-Darmais, 1995 MONTENEGRO Edward Pemberton wrote in 1874, (Stamp Collector’s Handbook), that 10 soldi wrappers in blue on yellow have been announced as ready for issue; together with stamps of the same design. The design being the bust of Prince Nicolas within a wreath. Stamps of this design, (as the 1893 wrapper issue), were issued in 1874 but not wrappers. 1893 Head of Prince Nicholas, 340mm x 52mm, on light blue laid paper
001 002 001 2n yellow, die 1 Ł5 Ł50 001a die 2 Ł2 Ł35 002 3n yellow green, die 1 Ł5 Ł50 002a die 2 Ł2 Ł35 002b die 3 Ł5 Ł50 THIN LETTERING
Die 1 (200%) Die 2 (200%) THICK LETTERING
Die 3 (200%) Die 4 (200%) Four different dies were used in the production of the newspaper wrappers with the head of Prince Nicolas. The main differences being the shading on the forehead and the thickness of the lettering. 1894 340mm x 52mm, on yellow laid paper
003 004 004a
003 2n red, die 1 Ł5 Ł50 003a die 2 Ł2 Ł25 004 3n black, die 1 Ł5 Ł50 004a die 2 Ł2 Ł20 004b die 3 Ł5 Ł50 1895 340mm x 52mm, on yellow laid paper
005 005c 005 3n yellow green, die 1 Ł2 Ł12 005a die 2 Ł2 Ł12 005b die 3 Ł2 Ł12 005c 3n blue green, die 4 Ł3 Ł15 1897 Jan 13 Monastery near Cetinje, 432mm x 77mm, on buff
006 007 006 2n green and blue Ł3 Ł8
006a 007a
006a inverted centre Ł50 007 3n carmine and blue Ł3 Ł8 007a blue (centre) missing 1902 150mm x 300mm, on buff
008 009 008 5h green Ł3 Ł10 009 10h rose Ł3 Ł10 1907 New Currency 150mm x 300mm on buff
010 011 010 5p green Ł3 Ł9 011 10p rose Ł3 Ł10 1913 150mm x 300mm on buff
012 013 012 5p yellow green Ł3 Ł15 013 10p rose Ł3 Ł15 MONTENEGRO BIBLIOGRAPHY The Stamp Collector’s Handbook, by Edward Pemberton, 1874 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 MONTSERRAT 1903 Device of the Colony, 125mm x 300mm. Printed by De La Rue. Text Setting DLR2.
001 002 001 ˝d green Ł10 Ł20 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 002 1d carmine Ł5 Ł20 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 MONTSERRAT BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Montserrat, by L E Britnor, 1995 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 MOROCCO AGENCIES See GB Post Offices in Morocco NATAL 1885 January 30 Head of Queen Victoria, printed by De La Rue on yellowish paper. 126mm x 300mm. Text Setting DLR1.
001 002 001 ˝d brown Ł4 Ł10 001a buff paper Ł4 Ł10 A total of 1,406,570 ˝d wrappers were printed in 26 separate printings from December 1884 to December 1901. 001s “SPECIMEN” ... 002 1d carmine Ł4 Ł10 A total of 452,068 1d wrappers were printed in 19 separate printings from December 1884 to July 1901. 002s “SPECIMEN” ... The “SPECIMEN” on wrappers 001 and 002, (Marcus Samuel type NA1), was applied locally in violet using a rubber handstamp 16mm x 3mm, the text being in italic. These were produced and sent to the UPU after Natal became a member on 1 July 1892. 1902 Head of King Edward VII. Text Setting DLR2.
003 004 003 ˝d green Ł5 Ł8 003s1 “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... A total of 939,142 ˝d wrappers were printed in 13 separate printings from June 1902 to December 1909. This includes the 722 specimens which were supplied from the 1st printing.
003s2 004s2 003s2 “SPECIMEN”, type NA2 Ł50 ... 004 1d carmine Ł5 Ł8 004s1 “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... A total of 202,078 1d wrappers were printed in 6 separate printings from June 1902 to February 1909. This includes the 722 specimens which were supplied from the 1st printing. 004s2 “SPECIMEN”, type NA2 Ł50 ... The Samuel type NA2 specimens are believed to have been produced for presentations sets in about 1904. The Union of South Africa came into being on 31 May 1910 through the unification of four colonies - Cape of Good Hope, Natal, Transvaal and Orange Free State. Existing postal stationery of all the former colonies became valid for use in any part of the Union. NATAL BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The postal stationery of South Africa Part 1, by W J Quik & G H Jonkers, 1998 The Postal Stationery of Natal, by John Dickson and Keith Hanman, pub by Natal & Zululand Study Circle, 2001. Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 NEW SOUTH WALES All New South Wales newspaper wrappers were printed by the New South Wales Government Printer. The Specimen types given in this section are all as per Butler (1967). 1864 March 14 Profile of Queen Victoria in an oval design. Embossed printing. Indicium positioned in top centre of wrapper. Wove paper, no watermark. Printed and supplied in sheets of 8 (390mm x 570mm), in two rows of 4, the bottom four inverted in respect to the top. The wrappers were cut by the users, hence the variation in the size of wrappers. When cut exactly into eight this would give a wrapper size of 97mm x 285mm.
001 star above T (200%) 001s
001 1d rose Ł30 Ł300 Specimen Butler type 2 (400%) 12.2mm x 1.6mm 001s “SPECIMEN”, type 2 Ł100 ... In 1855 essays were produced with this design for postal stationery envelopes. Colour trials exist, with design as wrapper 001 and a value showing TWO PENCE, in various colours. These were produced in 1880 as colour trials for postal stationery envelopes and not newspaper wrappers as is sometimes claimed. 1864 NSW watermarked paper A watermark 55mm high runs once horizontally across the top of a sheet (480mm). It consists of the letters N S W in an ornate type just once on a sheet, with an ornate geometric scroll either side and a border above and below. Half the wrappers do not have any watermark.
N S W watermark (rough drawing not to scale)
1864 June Design as previous issue, vertically laid paper with NSW watermark. Wrappers were printed and supplied in sheets of eight, in two rows of four, the bottom four inverted in respect to the top four. The sheet size was 480mm x 590mm. If cut exactly into eight this would give a wrapper size of 120mm x 295mm.
002 star above UT (200%)
002 1d dull rose Ł30 Ł300 002a horz laid paper Ł30 .. 002s “SPECIMEN” ... 1865 February 28 Head of Queen Victoria, rectangular design. Laid paper with NSW watermark as in previous issue. Die produced by De la Rue. Printed and supplied in sheets of 8. The sheet size was 480mm x 590mm. If cut exactly into 8 this would give a wrapper size of 120mm x 295mm. 003, 004, (005s) 003 1d red Ł6 Ł20 003s “SPECIMEN”, type 3a Ł20 ... “SPECIMEN” overprint same as on 004s2 Die proofs of the indicium in black, as wrapper 003, are believed to have been printed both by De la Rue and the Government Printer. This design was used for postcards, wrappers & envelopes. A copy on very thin wove paper (44x45mm) was sold by Prestige Philately (Lot 1460, Auction 181, 8 May 2013) for $A345 including premium. Another copy is known which is reduced to stamp size and affixed to a small piece of what is believed to be from the NSW Government Printer's record book. A wrapper proof in black, which appears to have come from a sheet of 8, is also known to exist. Proofs exist with design as on wrapper 003 and value showing HALF PENNY - in red orange. This was a proof produced when the ˝d rate was introduced in 1881/2. 1869 NSW ONE PENNY watermark “ONE PENNY” was added to the 1864 watermark to occur once on every wrapper, the ONE PENNY was positioned at 90° to the NSW ornate design. All wrappers using this paper were printed 8 on a sheet, so from each sheet there were 4 wrappers with a watermark consisting of the NSW ornate design and ONE PENNY and 4 wrappers with a watermark consisting of just ONE PENNY. The most common (normal) position was with the NSW ornate design at the top of the sheet and reading from the printed side. Wrappers can be found with the watermark inverted, reversed and inverted reversed. Wrapper 004 appears to have been printed with the indicia positioned in the centre of the sheet tęte-bęche, so the top of the wrappers was in the centre of the sheet. The finished wrappers have either (1) the NSW ornate design at the bottom with the ONE PENNY reading from bottom to top or (2) just the ONE PENNY reading from top to bottom. These exist normal or reversed giving rise to 4 watermark varieties. The NSW ornate design is always at the bottom of this wrapper. All subsequent wrappers on this paper were printed with the indicia upright. They can all be found printed normal, inverted, reversed and inverted reversed relative to the watermark. The result being 8 different watermark varieties for each wrapper. 1869 Head of Queen Victoria. White vertically laid NSW ONE PENNY watermarked paper, printed in sheets of 8.
004s1 004s2
Type 3a (@400%) 13.8mm x 2.0mm 004 1d red Ł6 Ł30 004s1 “Specimen”, type 16 ... 004s2 “SPECIMEN”, type 3a Ł20 ... 1870 Laid paper, watermark with design of a kangaroo facing an emu and the letters “A P Co” above. The height of the watermark is 93mm and the width 105mm. Paper supplied by the Australian Paper Company. Size 120mm x 290mm. Most of the New South Wales newspaper wrappers were printed on paper supplied by Thomas de la Rue & Co from London. Because of a delay in delivery of paper from London in 1870 the government obtained a supply of paper from the Australian Paper Company (a company based in Liverpool NSW, some 20 miles south of Sydney) and issued it to their printer on 17 March 1870. Only SPECIMEN copies are known printed on this paper. It is not known if any wrappers without the overprint were actually issued to the Post Office. 005s 005s “SPECIMEN”, type 7 Ł20 ... SPECIMEN wrappers as 005s but on paper without a watermark are believed to be from this issue. Newspaper Postage Abolition Act, passed on 16 Oct 1873 From 1 January 1874 newspapers printed in the Colony of New South Wales posted within seven days of printing and all other newspapers from abroad were delivered free of postage within the colony. In 1873 over 1˝ million wrappers were issued, in the subsequent 10 years a total of only 17,500 wrappers were issued. The stock of paper in hand lasted until 1903. When reprints of the 1d wrapper (004) were made in the late 1880s some contemporary chroniclers and cataloguers described the paper as greyish, not realising that the paper used had been in storage for over 12 years. 1888 December Centenary of New South Wales. Sydney view design, no gummed edge, size 120mm x 285 -290mm, printed on paper as the 1869 issue. Wrappers with a gummed edge were introduced sometime in late 1892 - see wrapper 010
006, 010 006s1 006s2
Type 4 (@400%) 13.2mm x 1.7mm Smith & Druce type 21 (@400%) 13.6mm x 1.6mm 006 1d violet Ł2 Ł10 006s1 “SPECIMEN”, type 4 Ł10 ... 006s2 “SPECIMEN”, type 21 Ł20 ... 1892 January 21 Unissued 1d grey wrapper, with head of Queen Victoria, overprinted “Halfpenny” in black. Size 120mm x 290mm, paper as the 1869 issue.
007 007s
007 Halfpenny on 1d grey Ł3 Ł12 007s “N.S.W.” specimen Ł10 ... A letter - GPO to Government Printing Office dated 23 October 1894 - requested a supply of 1,000 copies of wrapper 007 “for specimen purposes, but as the stamps they bear have been demonetized, it is desired that the word ‘specimen’ should not be printed on them.” The purpose was not stated and being obsolete it is unlikely that they were for the UPU. N.S.W. Cancellations From about March 1892 to about 1902 cancelled-to-order stamps were available from the Post Office. In 1901, when the Commonwealth of Australia was formed, stamps and postal stationery were presented to members of the Legislatures of the various States of Australia with this same cancellation. In both instances these were hand stamped using the “N.S.W.” in triple oval cancellation. Some of these were also used for U.P.U. purposes. 1892 March 17 Head of Queen Victoria, no gummed edge. Size 120mm x 285mm, paper as the 1869 issue.
008, 009 008s1
008 ˝d grey Ł3 Ł10 008s1 “SPECIMEN”, type 4 Ł20 ... 730 copies of “SPECIMEN” s1 wrappers were supplied to the UPU. 008s2 “N.S.W.” specimen Ł10 ... A die proof in yellow orange on cream wove paper, 115mm x 143mm, was sold by Prestige Philately (Lot 429, Auction 193, 15 Aug 2014) for $A320 plus 15% premium. A die proof in brown, 114mm x 144mm, was offered on eBay by Status International Auctions on 24 Oct 2017 for $A1,250 (approx Ł740). 1892 Head of Queen Victoria, with gummed edges. Size 120mm x 285mm, watermarked paper as the 1869 issue. 009 ˝d grey Ł2 Ł10 009s “N.S.W.” specimen Ł10 ... 010 1d violet Ł2 Ł10 1897 October Coat of Arms Die I, watermarked paper as the 1869 issue.
011, 013, 015 011s
Type 19 (@400%) 16.4mm x 2.1mm Die I - the leftmost pearl on the crown is broken at bottom (400%) 011 1d rose Ł2 Ł10 011s “Specimen”, type 19 Ł15 ... Later printings of Die I are somewhat blurred which makes it difficult to identify. Another difference is the vertical lines at the bottom left. In Die I the first vertical line is after the start of the S above. (Easier than counting the number of lines.) The serif at the bottom right of the L is almost vertical. Die I - 17 vertical lines on left side (400%) In die II the first vertical line is before the start of the S. The serif at the bottom right of the L is slanted. Die II - 18 vertical lines on left side (400%) The Hobart Postal Conference of March April 1898 At a conference of postal representatives from NSW, Victoria, South Australia, Queensland and Tasmania it was agreed that the word Specimen be placed on all stamps and stationery issued to collectors (gratis or under face value) and that all items sent to the UPU be obliterated by a date stamp. 1899 January 17 Queen Victoria. Change of print colour, watermarked paper as the 1869 issue.
012, 014 012s
012 ˝d blue green Ł2 Ł10 012s “N.S.W.” specimen Ł10 ... Specimen 012s is known to have been sent to the UPU. 1901/2 Coat of Arms Die II, watermarked paper as the 1869 issue. Die II - the leftmost pearl on the crown is complete (400%) 013 1d rose Ł2 Ł10 After the 1869 paper was exhausted sometime about 1903 five different types of paper are known to have been used - (1) smooth glossy light buff paper, 0.09mm thick; (2) buff paper, semi-smooth both sides, 0.09mm thick; (3) thick buff paper, semi-smooth on the outside and horizontally ribbed on the inside, 0.12mm thick (4) thick buff paper, semi-smooth on the outside and vertically ribbed on the inside, 0.12mm thick; and (5) thick buff paper, semi-smooth on the outside and rough on the inside, 0.15mm thick. 1903 May Queen Victoria. Die 1, buff paper, no watermark. 014a ˝d green, light buff 0.09 Ł5 Ł10 014b ˝d green, buff 0.09 Ł5 Ł10 014c ˝d green, horiz rib 0.12 Ł5 Ł10 014d ˝d green, vert rib 0.12 Ł5 Ł10 014e ˝d green, buff 0.15 Ł5 Ł10 1903 May Coat of Arms Die II, buff paper, no watermark. 015a 1d red, light buff 0.09 Ł5 Ł20 015b 1d red, buff 0.09 Ł5 Ł20 015c 1d red, horiz rib 0.12 Ł5 Ł20 015d 1d red, vert rib 0.12 Ł5 Ł20 015e 1d red, buff 0.15 Ł5 Ł20 015v1 - Missing crown top (400%) 015v1 missing crown top Ł3 Ł20
1910 Queen Victoria. As wrapper 014. Die 2.
die 1 (400%) die 2 (400%)
Die 1 - bottom left of neck pointed Die 2 - bottom left of neck rounded 016 ˝d green Ł30 Ł20 STAMPED TO ORDER Stamped to Order wrappers 102 are known with and without a company overprint. All the other stamped to order wrappers are only known with company overprints. Sydney View 1888 design.
101 102
101 1d violet Queen Victoria 1892 design 102 ˝d grey
105 113
105 ˝d + ˝d green (vert) Coat of Arms 1901 design Die II 113 1d rose NEW SOUTH WALES BIBLIOGRAPHY The Philatelical Journal, 15 Nov 1872, p181/182 Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Postage Stamps, Envelopes and Post Cards of Australia and the British Colonies of Oceania by the Philatelic Society London, 1887 The Annual Report of the Postmaster-General (of New South Wales) for the year 1892, 1893 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Stanley Gibbons Catalogue Part IV, Envelopes Postcards and Wrappers, 1897, 1900 A Catalogue for Advanced Collectors of Postage Stamps Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers, by Henry Collins and Henry L Calman, 1901 Bright & Sons Descriptive Priced Catalogue of the Worlds Postage Stamps Part II Postcards, Envelopes, Wrappers etc., 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Welt-Ganzsachen-Katalog, by W Beckhaus, Dr Krause and Prof Dr Maaß, 1938 Billig’s Philatelic Handbook, Volume 43, 1961 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Specimen Stamps of New South Wales, by A R Butler, in The London Philatelist No 890, February 1967; No 891, March 1967; No 893, May 1967; & No 894, June 1967 The Postal History of New South Wales 1788-1901, by John S White (editor), 1988, Philatelic Association of New South Wales Inverted OS Overprint on the One Penny Centennial Wrapper of New South Wales, by Dingle Smith, in Postal Stationery Collector No 3, Nov 1995 Proprietary Newspapers named on Newspaper Wrappers, Postal Stationery Collector, No 43, November 2005, by John K Courtis NSW Postal Stationery: Details of Items Printed and Issued: Newspaper Wrappers, by John Bell, in Sydney Views No 92, August 2006 NSW Postal Stationery Archival Records, by Richard Peck, in Postal Stationery Collector No 46, August 2006; & No 47, November 2006 NSW - A Chronological Listing of the Specimen overprints applied to Postage Stamps & Postal Stationery, by John Bell, in Sydney Views No 97, November 2007 NSW Newspaper Wrappers: Papers, Design, Numbers Printed etc., by John Bell, in Sydney Views No 99, May 2008; & No 100, August 2008 NSW Postal Stationery sent to the UPU, by John Bell, in Sydney Views No 103, May 2009; & No 104, August 2009 The ‘Diadem’ Embossed Envelopes Dies of New South Wales, by M Diserio, & M Blinman, in Postal Stationery Collector No 76, Nov 2013. The Wrappers of New South Wales: Supply and Demand, by John K Courtis, in Sydney Views, 2014 Specimen Postal Stationery of the Australian States: Background & Guide to the Literature, by D I Smith, in Postal Stationery Collector No 86, May 2016 Wrappers New South Wales, by Dingle Smith, Peter Kowald & Michael Blinman, April 2019 Wrappers New South Wales - Catalogue, by Dingle Smith, Peter Kowald & Michael Blinman, April 2019 New South Wales Postal Stationery Issues 1864 - 1911, http://asianphilatelist.org/statio/nsw/New%20South%20Wales.html by Abraham Luspo Sybrand J Bakker collection, private correspondence, 2012 Dave Elsmore collection, private correspondence, 2015 Mark Diserio collection, private correspondence, 2015 Michael Blinman collection, private correspondence, 2015 Tom Herinckx collection, private correspondence, 2016 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postage Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, Post Cards and Telegraph Stamps of New South Wales by A F Basset Hull Vol 1, 1911; & Vol 2, 1913 The Stamps of New South Wales, by G J Hutson, 1960 NSW Wrappers, by Carl Steig, Australian Commonwealth Chit Chat No 8, November 1969; & No 9, December 1969 The Postal Stationery of New South Wales, by Carl Stieg, in Australian Chit Chat, Oct 1972, Nov 1972, Jan 1973 Specimen overprints on NSW Postal Stationery, by D J Smith & E C Druce, in Capital Philately, Feb & May 1988 Australian Commonwealth Postal Rates 1901-66, Pt. 4 Newspapers, Magazines, Books & Parcels, by R Brecon, in The Australian Philatelist, v2(1), 1989 Proof sheet of 16 Electros for Newspaper Wrapper Stamp, in Sydney Views, August 1990 NSW Postal Stationery an Introduction, by D I Smith, in Capital Philately vol 10 no 2, 1992 The Wrappers of New South Wales: Supply and Demand by John K Courtis, in Sydney Views No 124, August 2014 Australian Colonies’ Post Office Newspaper Wrappers, in Australian Journal of Philately, September 2015 1855 embossed 1d envelope and 1864 1d wrapper, in Sydney Views, May 2017 NSW 1855 Embossed Envelopes - Who made the Dies?, by Barbara Hancock, in Sydney Views No 135, May 2017 NEW ZEALAND All New Zealand newspaper wrappers were printed by the Government Printing Office in Wellington SPECIMENS - all items sent to the UPU by New Zealand were sent without any markings. Several of the QV wrappers are known with a SPECIMEN handstamp - the purpose of these is not known. 1878 April 1 Head of Queen Victoria design by John Davies. No watermark, wrapper size 104mm to 108mm x 310mm to 315mm. Instruction box A. Wrappers were produced both square cut and with the corners cut diagonally at the gummed end (top). Wrappers were sold in packs of 18, 270, 540 or 1080. Instruction box A - 001, 002 001, 002, 003, 004 001 ˝d rose Ł20 Ł200 001s “SPECIMEN” ... Allan P Berry (1990) records three different SPECIMEN handstamps on wrapper 001. (no illustrations available) Annual printing figures for ˝d wrappers were as follows: 1878 - 509,238 wrappers; 1879 - 99,990 wrappers; 1880 - 236,502 wrappers; 1881 - 199,386 wrappers. The 1880 and 1881 year totals includes wrapper 002. 1880 September Head of Queen Victoria, instruction box A, watermark type 1. Size 95mm x 275mm. Wrappers were produced both square cut and chamfered at the gummed end (the top). Watermark type 1, actual w/m size is 157mm x 66mm (illustration at about 37%) 002 ˝d rose Ł10 Ł20 002a watermark reversed 002b no stop after “otherwise)” Ł50 Ł50 002s “SPECIMEN” Ł100 ... From 1881 until 1896 the paper was supplied by T H Saunders & Company. From 1900 until 1903 the paper was supplied by Waterlow & Sons, London. There appears to no difference in the watermark, it is most probable that Waterlow obtained the paper from the same source as Saunders. From 1903 (wrapper 006, watermark type 2) the paper was supplied by R & W Watson of New Zealand. 1889 Head of Queen Victoria, instruction box B, watermark type 1. From sometime about November 1890 the wrappers were being sold in packs of 270 for 12s 6d or packs of 18 for 10d. Instruction box B - 003 4 line instructions in box with wavy lines & decorative corners 003 ˝d rose Ł5 Ł15 003s (@200%) 003s “SPECIMEN.” ... “SPECIMEN.” is 11˝mm x 1˝mm 1892 Head of Queen Victoria, instruction box C, watermark type 1. Wrappers were sold in packs of 18 for 10d or 270 for 12s 6d. Instruction box C - 004 5 line instructions in a box with wavy lines 004 ˝d rose Ł10 Ł10 004a reversed watermark Ł20 Ł15 004b - wavy line frame broken at top, left of centre 004b broken top wavy line Ł10 Ł10 004c- damaged “a” at end of third line of text (200%) 004c damaged “a” in line 3 Ł10 Ł10 004s 004s “SPECIMEN” Ł50 ... “SPECIMEN” handstamp applied across the indicium. 14ľmm x 2Ľmm 1903 March 30 Head of King Edward VII in a vertical oval, instruction box D, the ˝ in the instructions is in a san-serif type. Wrapper size 115-124mm x 275-287mm. Watermark type 1. 005, 006, 007, 008, 009, 010, 011, 015 Instruction box D - 005, 006, 007 65mm x 20mm with “˝” in a sans-serif type 005 ˝d green, white paper Ł20 Ł10 005a reversed watermark Ł30 1903 December Earliest known date of use is 18 December 1903 As previous, watermark horizontal type 2 and 3, yellow buff/pale yellow paper 006a ˝d green, w/m type 2 Ł10 Ł10 006aa inverted watermark Ł30 006b ˝d green, no watermark 006c ˝d green, w/m type 3 Watermarks type 2 & 3 are similar to watermark type 1. Watermark type 2 is 164mm wide, watermark type 3 has a smaller crown and is 160mm wide. 1904 Earliest known date of use is 18 November 1904 As previous, sideways watermark type 2 or 3. 007 ˝d green Ł6 Ł3 1907 Earliest known date of use is 4 April 1907 Head of King Edward VII, upright watermark, instruction box E1 or E2, the ˝ in the instructions is in a serif type with a thin fraction bar, yellow buff paper. Wrappers were sold in packs of 18 for 10d or 270 for 12s 6d. Instruction box E - 008, 009 65˝mm x 20˝mm, “˝” in a serif type and thin bar
Box E1 (400%) Box E2
008a ˝d green, box E1 Ł15 Ł15 008b ˝d green, box E2 Ł15 Ł15 1907 As previous, sideways watermark. Instruction box E1 or E2. 009a ˝d green, box E1 Ł10 Ł5 009b ˝d green, box E2 Ł10 Ł5 1908 Earliest known date of use is 23 July 1908 Head of King Edward VII, sideways watermark, instruction box F, the ˝ in the instructions is in a serif type with a thick fraction bar, pale yellow paper. Instruction box F - 010, 011 64ľmm x 19ľmm, “˝” in serif type and thick bar 010 ˝d green Ł25 Ł25 1914 Earliest known date of use is 5 October 1914 As previous issue, on shiny buff paper. Wrappers were sold in packs of 22 for 1/- or 275 for 12s 6d. 011 ˝d green Ł10 Ł10 The inland postage rate for newspapers was increased from ˝d to 1d on 1 August 1920. 1920 August Wrapper 010 with added ˝d indicium of King George V. 012 012 ˝d + ˝d green Ł70 Ł70 A total of 99,935 copies were produced 1920 “Dominion” design, printed on yellowish paper. Instruction box G1 or G2. Wrappers were sold in packs of 22 for 1s 11d or 275 for Ł1 3s 11˝d. This was increased in 1921 to 2s for a pack of 22 and Ł1 5s for a pack of 275. Instruction box G - 013, 018 65˝mm x 20mm, newspapers with lower case n box G1 (400%) box G2 (400%) The main difference between G1 and G2 is a modified frame at the top and the bottom of the box. In G1 the frame above pe is almost straight whereas in G2 it has waves. Other difference exists including very minor difference in the text setting.
013 014 013a 1d red, box G1 Ł25 Ł25 013b 1d red, box G2 Ł25 Ł25 The inland postage rate for newspaper was reduced from 1d to ˝d on 1 February 1923. 1923 February Wrapper 013 overprinted in green, rate reduction to ˝d. Wrappers were sold in packs of 20 for 1s or 250 for 12s 6d. 014a ˝d on 1d red, box G1 Ł20 Ł20 014b ˝d on 1d red, box G2 Ł20 Ł20 220,660 copies were produced 1923 Head of King Edward VII. Sideways watermark. Printed on shiny buff paper. Instruction box H1. Instruction box H - 015, 016, 017 65mm x 20mm, newspapers with lower case n box H1 (400%) box H2 (400%) Differences other than those shown also exist. The top and bottom wavy lines of the frame differ. The distance between the base lines of the first and second line of text is 5.0mm on setting H1 and 4.7mm on setting H2. 015 ˝d green Ł80 Ł80 Wrapper 015 may also exist with setting H2. 1923 March Head of King George V as designed by H L Richardson. Inscribed POSTAGE AND REVENUE. Watermark sideways. Instruction box H2. Sold in packs of 20 for 1s. 016 016 ˝d green Ł60 Ł100 Copy from the UPU archive is dated 1924. Wrapper 016 may also exist with setting H1. 1924 July New design, head of King George V, inscribed POSTAGE. Instruction box H1 or H2. Watermark sideways. There is variation in the colour ranging from yellow green to blue green. 017 017a ˝d green, box H1 Ł15 Ł15 017b ˝d green, box H2 Ł10 Ł10 017c reversed watermark Ł15 Ł15 The New Zealand inland postage rate for newspapers was increased from ˝d to 1d on 1 March 1931. Existing stock in post offices was uprated with a ˝d adhesive stamp. 1931 March New design, head of King George V in admirals’ hat. Design by H L Richardson. Instruction box G1 or G2. Watermark sideways. 018 018a 1d red, box G1 Ł10 Ł10 018b 1d red, box G2 Ł10 Ł10 410,204 copies were printed in several printing from 1931 to 1934. The inland postage rate for newspapers was reduced from 1d to ˝d on 10 September 1931. 1932 June 12 Wrapper 017 with an additional ˝d adhesive stamp, surcharged with “HALFPENNY” across both with a rubber stamp in red or purple; to reduce the rate back to ˝d. 019 ˝d green + ˝d green Two copies known with a red surcharge and one copy known with a purple surcharge. The example illustrated is setting H2. 1935 May 1 Pied Fantail (˝d) designed by J Fitzgerald. Kiwi (1d) designed by C F Collins and R J G Collins. Instruction box J (˝d) or K (1d). Watermark sideways. Semi-transparent paper 0.06/0.07mm thick or buff paper 0.10mm thick The text in the instruction box was modified from “newspapers” to “a newspaper”. Instruction box J - 020, 030 64˝mm x 20mm Instruction box K - 021 64mm x 19˝mm, thick 1 in text box
020 021, 022
020a ˝d yellow green, 0.06mm Ł10 Ł8 020aa watermark horizontal ... only one copy (used) known to exist 020b ˝d yellow green, 0.10mm Ł20 Ł20 021 1d red Ł8 Ł8 021a watermark horizontal Ł40 1939 Kiwi design, instruction box L, thin “1” and wider spacing between text & indicium. No watermark. Instruction box L - 022 62˝mm x 19˝mm, thin 1, wider space between text & indicium 022 1d red .. Ł50 1939 July Head of King George VI in oval. Watermarked paper. Instruction box M. Instruction box M - 023, 024, 025, 026, 028, 029 62˝mm x19mm, wavy line instruction box 023, 024 023 ˝d yellow green Ł10 Ł10 1940 June As wrapper 023, box M. No watermark. 024 ˝d yellow green Ł5 Ł3 1942 Design as wrapper 023, change of colour, watermarked paper. Instruction box M.
025, 026, 028, 029, 030, 031 027, 032, 033, 034, 035
025 ˝d yellow brown ... Ł60 1942 As wrapper 025. Thin unwatermarked buff paper, 0.07/0.08mm thick. Instruction Box M. 026 ˝d yellow brown Ł5 Ł5 1942 Head of King George VI in oval. Thin unwatermarked paper, 0.09mm thick. Instruction Box N. Instruction box N - 027, 033, 034 62˝mm x19mm wavy line box, “ONLY” is below the base line box N - 1 with slanted serif (400%) 027 1d green Ł5 Ł5 1943 As wrapper 026. Thick buff unwatermarked paper. Box M. 028 ˝d yellow brown Ł5 Ł5 1943 As wrapper 026. Smooth light buff shiny unwatermarked paper. Box M. 029 ˝d yellow brown Ł5 Ł5 1949 Wavy line instruction box J (as used for wrapper 020). Printed on a deep buff paper. 030 ˝d yellow brown .. Ł200 1949 May Straight line instruction box P1, P2 or P3 (˝d) or Q (1d). Printed on deep buff paper. Instruction box P - 031 62˝mm x 19mm, straight line instruction box detail illustrations below guide marks on left side of t; left side of p; left side of dot box P1 (400%) box P2 (400%) box P3 (400%) 031a ˝d yellow brown, box P1 Ł5 Ł5 031b ˝d yellow brown, box P2 Ł5 Ł5 031c ˝d yellow brown, box P3 Ł10 Ł10 Instruction box Q - 032 62˝mm x 19mm, straight line instruction box, sans serif text 032 1d green, box Q Ł5 Ł5 On 16 July 1950 the newspaper postage rate was changed from ˝d to 1d. As a consequence the ˝d wrapper became obsolete. Remaining stocks of ˝d wrappers were issued by post offices with a ˝d adhesive stamp affixed. 1951 Printed on a buff paper, 0.11-0.13mm thick. Instruction box N. 033 1d green Ł2 Ł2 195? Printed on light buff paper, 0.12-0.13mm thick. Instruction box N. 034 1d green Ł3 Ł2 1952 Printed on thick buff paper, 0.12mm thick. Instruction box R. Instruction box R - 035 64˝mm x 19mm wavy line box, “1” of “1d” thicker and flat serif box R - 1 with a flat serif (400%) 035 1d green Ł20 Ł10 The basic postage rate for newspapers was increased from 1d to 1˝d on 7 January 1953. 1953 January 7 Wrapper 032 (box Q) overprinted “1˝D” on the indicium and in the instruction box, to create box S. Printed on a thick buff paper. Instruction box S - 036 036, 037, 038 036 1˝d on 1d green Ł5 Ł5 box S - 036a - bar through D (400%) 036a bar through D SETTINGS - see wrapper 032 1953 Wrapper as 032 (box Q) with “1d” removed from the instruction box. Then overprinted “1˝D” on the indicium and in the instruction box, to create box T. Printed on a thick buff wove paper. Instruction box T (1d removed) - 037, 038 037 1˝d on 1d green Ł3 Ł3 1953? PAPER - This issue and some subsequent New Zealand issues are often described as being printed on laid paper, when in fact it is actually ribbed paper. As previous issue, 037, printed on a vertically ribbed paper. Instruction box T. 038 1˝d on 1d green Ł10 Ł10 038a (@85%) 038a 1˝D in text box inverted Ł300 .. Only one unused copy and a used cut-out are known. 1955 April 1 Design with head of Queen Elizabeth II. Printed on a vertically ribbed paper. Instruction box U1, U2 or U3. Instruction box U - 039 detail illustrations as below, other differences also exist
box U1 box U2 box U3
guide lines positioned on left side of i, illustrations at 400%
039 040 039aa 1˝d brown, box U1 Ł2 Ł2 039ab 1˝d brown, box U2 Ł2 Ł2 039ac 1˝d brown, box U3 Ł2 Ł2 039ba 1˝d red-brown, box U1 039bb 1˝d red-brown, box U2 039bc 1˝d red-brown, box U2 The basic postage rate for newspapers was increased from 1˝d to 2d on 1 November 1956. 1956 November 1 Wrapper 039 overprinted 2d. Instruction box U overprinted - 040 040a 2d on 1˝d red-brown, U1 Ł3 Ł3 040b 2d on 1˝d red-brown, U2 Ł3 Ł3 040c 2d on 1˝d red-brown, U3 Ł3 Ł3 A total of 108,000 wrappers were overprinted. 1957 Design with head of Queen Elizabeth II. Printed on a vertically ribbed paper. Instruction box V, text is in a serif type. Instruction box V - 041, 042 Text in a serif type style 041 2d green Ł2 Ł2 1958 Same as wrapper 041. Printed on wove paper 042 2d green Ł5 Ł5 195? Design with head of Queen Elizabeth II. Printed on a wove paper. Instruction box W1 or W2, text is in a sans-serif type. Instruction box W - 043 Text in sans serif type
box W1 box W2
guide lines positioned on left side of vertical in Y
illustration at 400%
043a 2d green, box W1 Ł2 Ł2
043b 2d green, box W2 Ł2 Ł2
1961 September 1
Postage rate increase to 2˝d. Design with head of Queen Elizabeth II. Printed on a white paper. Instruction box XA1 or XA2.
Instruction box XA - 044
box XA1
guide lines are positioned on the left side of h, t and i
box XA2
044
044a 2˝d green, box XA1 Ł2 Ł2
044b 2˝d green, box XA2 Ł2 Ł2
The basic postage rate for newspapers was increased from 2˝d to 3d on 1 October 1964
1964 October 1
Design with head of Queen Elizabeth II. Printed on a white paper. Instruction box XB.
Instruction box XB - 045
045
045 3d orange red Ł2 Ł2
1965 July 1
Design with head of Queen Elizabeth II. Printed on a white paper. Instruction box Y and address panels.
Instruction box Y & address panels (@90%) - 046
046 3d orange red Ł2 Ł2
New Zealand changed to decimal currency on 10 July 1967. Wrapper 046 continued to be used for some time. Some postal clerks altered the value in the instruction box, by hand, to “2˝c”.
1967
Change to decimal currency - wrapper 046 overprinted with “2˝ CENTS” below the indicium.
047
047 2˝c on 3d orange red Ł3 Ł3
1967 July 10
Design with head of Queen Elizabeth II. Printed on a white paper. Decimal currency. Instruction box ZA and address panels.
Instruction Box ZA & address panels (@90%) - 048, 049 & 50
048, 049 050
048 2˝c orange red Ł2 Ł2 1968 Same as wrapper 048, printed on a yellow paper. 049 2˝c orange red Ł2 Ł2 1970 February Same as wrappers 048 & 049 printed in green on yellow paper. 050 2˝c green Ł2 Ł2 1971 February 15 Design with head of Queen Elizabeth II. Printed on a yellow paper. Instruction box ZB and address panels. Instruction Box ZB & address panels (@90%) - 051 & 052
051, 052 053
051 3c green Ł2 Ł2 1975 Same as 051 printed on a white paper. 052 3c green Ł2 Ł6 1976 Design with head of Queen Elizabeth II. Printed on a pale yellow paper. Instruction box ZC and address panels. Instruction Box ZC & address panels (@90%) - 053 053 7c green Ł2 Ł5 Wrapper 053 was the last newspaper wrapper to be issued by New Zealand. It was available for sale at post offices until 30 September 1980 and at the New Zealand Philatelic Bureau until 31 December 1980. STAMPED TO ORDER According to official records 2,000 Stamped to Order ˝d newspaper wrappers were produced on 14 November 1907 for Watson and Eyre. No copies of this wrapper are currently known. NEW ZEALAND BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Postage Stamps, Envelopes and Post Cards of Australia and the British Colonies of Oceania, by the Philatelic Society London, 1887 The Postage Stamps of New Zealand, by John Davies, in The Philatelic Record, No 129, September 1889 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Postal Stationery of New Zealand, by R M Startup, 1966 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 O.P.S.O Newspaper Wrappers, by D Smitham, in Captain Coqk 12(10) p108, Nov 1984 New Zealand a Philatelic Miscellany, by Allan P Berry (Editor), 1990 New Zealand Postal Stationery Catalogue Part 3, by R D Samuel, 1992 The Postage Stamps of New Zealand Volume IX, by Robert Samuel, edited by B G Vincent, 2006 King George VI New Zealand The Half Penny Issues & Postal Rates, by Stephen F Prest & Patrick J Skinner, 2010 (see www.kgvi.ca/nz/HalfPenny.htm) Pre-Printed Postal Stationery of the New Zealand Printing & Stationery Department, by G I Robertson, 2011 [regarding official wrappers which are not listed here.] New Zealand Postal Stationery, by Stephen D Schumann, www.postalstationery.org/html/new_zealand.html [accessed 2014] New Zealand Wrapper Surcharge variety, by Stephen D Schumann, in Postal Stationery No 404, Sep-Oct 2015 Stephen D Schumann, “Large Gold Medal” collection, private correspondence, 2015-2018 Dale Ansell collection, private correspondence, 2015 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Article by J W Brodie, in New Zealand Stamp Collector, September 1976 NZ Postal Stationery Catalogue. The 1932 Provisionals of New Zealand, by Robert Samuel, 1995 Post Office Postal Stationery Wrappers of New Zealand, in The New Zealand Stamp Collector Vol 95 No 1, March 2015 NEWFOUNDLAND 1889 Head of Queen Victoria, on a cream (tan) paper, 125mm x 300mm, printed letterpress by De la Rue.
001, 004 002, 005 003, 006
Specimen Type 1 001 1c green Ł3 Ł15 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 002 2c carmine Ł3 Ł20 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D2 003 3c brown Ł3 Ł20 003s1 “SPECIMEN”, type D2 003s2 “SPECIMEN”, type 1 The Type 1 SPECIMEN overprint also exists on a 1c wrapper- It is not clear if it is 001 or 004. 1900 Earliest known used copies are from September 1900 As previous, printed on yellowish buff paper 004 1c green Ł3 Ł20 005 2c carmine Ł3 Ł20 005s “SPECIMEN”, type 1 006 3c brown Ł3 Ł20 Newfoundland wrappers were made obsolete in 1924 NEWFOUNDLAND BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Newfoundland Postal Stationery, by Roy W Trickey, in BNA Topics, September 1944; reprinted in Maple Leaves, October 1951 The Postal Stationery of Canada, by Nelson Bond, 1953 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps Vol V North America, Robson Lowe, 1973 Newfoundland Earliest Reported Postmarks, by Bill Walton, in Postal Stationery Notes Vol 1 No 3, May 1982 Illegal Cover, in Maple Leaves No 228, June 1990. (regarding a wrapper cut-out used on cover) Webb’s Postal Stationery Catalogue of Canada and Newfoundland, by Earle L Covert & William C Walton, 2001 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Newfoundland Specialized Stamp Catalogue, 11th edition, 2018 NICARAGUA All newspaper wrappers, from 1890 to 1898 inclusive, for Nicaragua were printed by the Hamilton Bank Note Engraving and Printing Co. In 1889, Nicholas F Seebeck developed a plan for the Hamilton Bank Note Engraving and Printing Co to print stamps for foreign countries. He offered to supply the stamps for free, provided that: the stamps would be dated and invalidated at the end of each year, to be replaced by a new series; unsold (invalid) stamps would be returned to Seebeck for sale to collectors; Seebeck retained the right to reprint any invalid stamps as needed for sale to collectors. Seebeck signed the contract on 4 May 1889 with the Director General of the postal and telegraph services in Nicaragua, Alejandro Cantón. All the wrappers from 1890 to 1898 were produced by Seebeck under this contract. 1890 January 1 Coat of arms in oval frame, yellowish paper. Size 195mm x 260mm (1c & 2c), 195mm x 290mm (4c).
001 002
003 001 1c green Ł1 Ł40 Quantity ordered - 5,000 001s “SPECIMEN” Ł20 ... 002 2c green Ł1 Ł40 Quantity ordered - 10,000 002s “SPECIMEN” Ł20 ... 003 4c green Ł1 Ł40 Quantity ordered - 5,000 003s “SPECIMEN” Ł20 ... “SPECIMEN”, on wrappers 001, 002 and 003, was a handstamp applied diagonally bottom left to top right, in violet, 60mm x 4˝mm. These were supplied to the UPU for distribution to UPU members. 1891 January 1 Seated allegorical figure, buff paper. Size 170mm x 280mm.
004 1c green Ł1 Ł40 005 2c green Ł1 Ł40 005s “Muestra” Ł10 ... 006 4c green Ł1 Ł60 1892 January 1 Landing of Columbus, on salmon paper. Size 166mm x 273mm.
007 008 009 007 1c dark blue Ł3 Ł40 008 2c dark blue Ł3 Ł40 008s “Muestra” Ł10 ... 009 4c dark blue Ł3 Ł40 Wrapper 009 hand stamped CANCELLED, 40mm x 7˝mm - purpose unknown. 1893 Landscape scene, on salmon paper. 201mm x 265mm.
010 011 012
010 1c green Ł1 Ł40 011 2c green Ł1 Ł40 012 4c green Ł1 Ł40 1894 January Standing allegorical figure. Unwatermarked paper. 168mm x 254mm. Wrappers, with this design, printed on paper watermarked “Standard /No 1 ERCo” in a shield are Seebeck reprints.
013 014 015
014s 013 1c dark blue Ł2 Ł40 014 2c dark blue Ł1 Ł40 014s “Specimen” ... 015 4c dark blue Ł1 Ł40 015s “Specimen” ... 1895 Small oval with coat of arms embossed, blue paper. Size 150mm x 295mm (1c), 165mm x 265mm (2c), 170mm x 270mm (4c).
016 016a
017 018 016 1c green Ł1 Ł40 016a “1”s at angle Ł30 017 2c green Ł1 Ł40 018 4c green Ł1 Ł40 1896 Large value figure with 1896 in lower right, on buff paper. Size 168mm x 253mm.
019, 022 020, 023 021, 024
019 1c dull red Ł3 Ł40 020 2c dark blue Ł3 Ł40 021 4c lilac Ł3 Ł40 1897 Large value figure with 1897 in lower right, on buff paper. Unwatermarked paper. Size 168mm x 253mm. Wrappers printed on paper watermarked “Standard / No 1 ERCo” in a shield are reprints. 022 1c dull/brick red Ł3 Ł40 023 2c dark blue Ł3 Ł40 024 4c violet Ł3 Ł40 1898 Design with coat of arms in triangle. The two values issued were both for use to foreign destinations. The five volcanoes in the design represent the five member states of the “Republic of Central America”: Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Guatemala and Costa Rica.
025 026 025 2c blue Ł3 ... 026 4c dark blue Ł3 ... No used copies known from this issue On 11 May 1899 a contract, for a term of ten years, was signed with Dr Máximo Asenjo for the supply of stamps and postal stationery on a similar arrangement as that with Seebeck in 1889. Two wrappers, 2c and 4c, were produced and issued in 1900. The 10 June 1899 issue of Diario Oficial contained in full the Postal Decree of 11 May 1899 giving full details of the contract with Dr Máximo Asenjo. No mention is made of the 5c or the 10c wrappers. The additional two values, 5c and 10c, were produced in 1905. These had not been ordered. Their status is unclear - most probably they were produced and sent to Managua for approval - in anticipation of the change in postal rates in 1905. 1900 On yellowish paper. Printed by American Bank Note Co. Design depicting Momotombo (a volcano which last erupted in 1905). Size 143mm x 243mm.
027 028 027 2c orange Ł2 Ł40 028 4c dark brown Ł2 Ł40 2c - 3000 issued; 4c - 3000 issued “SPECIMEN” from the archive of the American Bank Note Co 1905 On yellowish paper. Printed by American Bank Note Co. (status unclear).
029 030 029 5c dark green Ł500 Ł500 030 10c grey Ł500 Ł500 NICARAGUA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Nicaragua: a census of used wrappers of 1890-1898, pp 3 - 15 in Nicarao, April 2011, by Michael Schreiber Nicaraguan Proofs. Hamilton Bank Note Company and the German Master Engraver and Die Maker Rudolf P Laubenheimer, by Ross Towle and Glen Stafford, in Postal Stationery Commission Newsletter No 19, August 2018 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Beyond the Seebeck Contracts, in Nicarao 14:3, pp 15-18, by Erick Rodriguez NORFOLK ISLAND STAMPED TO ORDER 2002 160mm x 480mm printed on paper with a high gloss on the printed side. Printed by PMP Print, Tasmania. 001 001 ($1.45) green & red 001s “SPECIMEN” in red The Autumn 2001 “Norfolk Island Philatelic Bulletin” stated that “the newspaper wrapper will be released on 15 August 2001. The face value is $1.45 and the wrapper will come in two formats: 1 plain & 2 with the Norfolk Islander overprint. The Island newspaper is a heavy user of mail services for the posting of its weekly newspaper. The publisher Greenways Press have kindly permitted the sale of the item (stamped to order for the newspaper) to be sold to collectors.” This was a philatelically inspired issue. There is no evidence that it was ever used as a newspaper wrapper or that there was a need for this item. A limited number of wrappers were overprinted SPECIMEN and were sold at $10 each. Copies are known with a “first day of issue” date stamp of 2 April 2002. The stated postage rate does not corresponded to the Air Mail postage rates at the time which were: to Australia 45˘, Pacific $1, Rest of world $1.50. NORFOLK ISLAND BIBLIOGRAPHY Norfolk Island Philatelic Bulletin, Autumn 2001 The Wrapper Returns, in Postal Stationery Collector No 28, by Bernie Beston, Feb 2002 Norfolk Island New Issues, in Postal Stationery No 330, by Ian McMahon, May 2003 The Green Parrot Post Office Postal Stationery Wrapper of Norfolk Island, in Pacifica Vol. 53 No. 211, by John K Courtis, April 2015 & reproduced in The Pitcairn Log Vol. 42 No. 4, October 2015 NORTH GERMAN POST see Germany - North German Post NYASALAND BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA PROTECTORATE 1899 Design depicting the arms of the protectorate. Size 125mm x 300mm. 001 001 1d carmine Ł10 Ł40 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... NYASALAND PROTECTORATE 1908 Head of King Edward VII. Size 125mm x 300mm.
002 003 002 ˝d green Ł10 Ł25 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 003 1d carmine Ł10 Ł25 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... NYASALAND BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 ORANGE RIVER COLONY 1901 ESSAYS Essays were produced for the ˝d green and the 1d red by De la Rue. The wrapper headings were printed using the standard DLR1 heading on standard size wrappers in green and red respectively. In place of the indicium a rectangular colourwash was added in the respective colours. These were affixed to an appendix sheet which was headed “September 12th 1901 / Orange River Colony / Reqn 73/01” 1902 Head of King Edward VII. Size 125mm x 300mm on yellowish paper. Printed by De La Rue, London. Text setting DLR2. The wrappers were despatched by De La Rue to the Orange River Colony in July 1902.
001 002 001 ˝d green Ł5 Ł15 1,517,590 printed in 9 printings 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 722 copies printed for the UPU 002 1d carmine Ł10 Ł25 230,232 printed in 4 printings 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 722 copies printed for the UPU The Union of South Africa came into being on 31 May 1910 through the unification of four colonies - Cape of Good Hope, Natal, Transvaal and Orange Free State. Existing postal stationery of all the former colonies became valid for use in any part of the Union. ORANGE RIVER COLONY BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Postal Stationery of South Africa, by W J Quik and G H Jonkers, 1998 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The History of the Postcards Envelopes and Wrappers of the Orange Free State and Orange River Colony, by Leon de Raay, 1923 The 'SPECIMEN' Stationery of the Orange River Colony, by A R Allison, in The Orange Free State Bulletin No 143, June 1991 PALESTINE 1931 June Design depicting Rachel’s tomb. Heading on the 2m wrapper is in English, Arabic and Hebrew. The 2m wrapper was for inland use. Heading on the 3m wrapper is in English and French. The 3m wrapper was for foreign use. Size 127mm x 303mm. Printed by Harrison & Sons Ltd, London, using plates of 4 subjects. On smooth and coarse paper. They were supplied in bundles of 10 in a packet band.
001 002 001a 2m blue green, smooth Ł40 Ł40 001b coarse paper There were 4 printings, a total of 117,200 copies were printed 001s “SPECIMEN” Ł40 ... 002a 3m yellow green, smooth Ł40 Ł40 002b coarse paper There were 3 printings, a total of 73,000 copies were printed 002s “SPECIMEN” Ł40 ... “SPECIMEN” overprint as used for wrappers 001 and 002 50mm x 8mm, printed diagonally bottom left to top right PALESTINE BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Postal Stationery of the Palestine Mandate, by Arthur M Hochheiser, 1984 The Stamps & Postal Stationery of Palestine Mandate 1918–1948, Second Edition, by David Dorfman, 2004; (First Edition 2001) ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postal Stationery of Israel, by S Morginstin, 1988 PANAMA 1911 March 01 Design with bust of Vasco Núńez de Balboa (1c) or Coat of Arms (2˝c). Size 140mm x 266mm (1c) or 202mm x 305mm (2˝c). Not gummed. Printed by the Hamilton Bank Note Company. Bright gives the date of issue as 1911, Ascher and H&G gives the date as 1914. Copies of the wrappers from the Madagascar UPU Specimens archive are on a ledger sheet dated 4 April 1911. Copies from the UPU archive are dated 1911.
001 002
001 1c green Ł10 Ł200 002 2˝c red Ł10 Ł200 PANAMA BIBLIOGRAPHY Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Panama Postal Stationery, by David J Leeds, in Copacarta (Journal of the Colombia Panama Philatelic Study Group) Vol 9 No 1, September 1991 Panama and Canal Zone UPU Specimens, by David Zemer, in Postal Stationery No 408, May-Jun 2016 First Day of Issue for Panama 1c, 2˝c, 5c Envelopes, and 1c, 2˝c Wrappers Re-discovered, by David Zemer, in Postal Stationery No 422, Sep-Oct 2018 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Mekeel’s Weekly. “Gerald D. Bliss mails envelopes and wrappers to Mekeel’s”, April 8. 1911. Page 126 Mekeel’s Weekly. “Star & Herald prints Decree, March 3rd”. June 10, 1911. Page 200 PARAGUAY 1887 March 7 Numeral and sentinel lion design. Size 161mm x 237mm
001 001a1
001 2c carmine Ł2 Ł10 001a1 “OFICIAL” handstamp Ł10 001a2 “OFICIAL” double Ł30 This wrapper was hand stamped “OFICIAL” in violet. There is no information available as to whether these were officially produced or otherwise PARAGUAY BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Paraguay Postal Stationery Catalogue, by Brian Moorhouse, 2003 PERSIA 1885 Design with Persian Lion and Sun. Wrapper size 320mm x 56mm. Many Persia wrappers exist with CTO cancels. Prices of used wrappers are for items with genuine usage. 001 001 1ch red Ł10 Ł300 This wrapper was produced sometime at the end of 1885. Fabius Boital, from France, had been entrusted with making the printing arrangements. He had these printed in Paris. It would appear that Boital was dishonest. More wrappers were printed than ordered by the postal authorities in Teheran, the balance being kept by Boital for sale on the philatelic market. As a result, wrapper 001 was never officially issued for postal use. Three used copies are believed to exist. 1888 January 1 Wrapper 001 overprinted in black with the Farsi words for “one chahi”. 002 002 1ch red Ł20 Ł100 FORGERIES Examples of overprints which believed to be forgeries. These are considered as forgeries on the basis that there are no genuine used copies and the lack of provenance.
Other forgeries with similar overprints are also known to exist. 1893 Coat of Arms with the Persian Lion and Sun. Printed by Enschedé en Zonen, Haarlem, Netherlands. Wrapper size 125mm x 300mm. 003 003 1ch lilac Ł10 Ł100 A total of 31,700 wrappers were supplied. 1897 Coat of Arms with the Persian Lion and Sun. Printed by Enschedé en Zonen, Haarlem, Netherlands. Wrapper size 83mm x 300mm.
004 005 006
004 2ch brown Ł10 Ł100 005 3ch violet Ł10 Ł100 006 6ch orange Ł10 Ł100 40,000 copies of each wrapper was delivered on 18 February 1897. Remainders, which were still with the printers in 1908, (2ch 1,769; 3ch 1,729; 6ch 1,814) were, it is believed, delivered to Mirza Hadi in Paris on 27 March 1908. 1899 Wrappers from the 1897 issues, 004 to 006, hand stamped with an arabesque control mark in violet. 1899 control mark handstamp 008 2ch brown Ł80 Ł200 009 3ch violet Ł80 Ł200 010 6ch orange Ł80 Ł200 Wrapper 003, 1ch lilac, may also exist with this handstamp. The control mark is generally found on the left side of the indicium, it is also known positioned above the indicium. 1902 Wrappers 003 to 010 hand stamped with “PROVISORE 1319” as a control mark in black.
012 014
“PROVISOIRE 1319” handstamp On wrappers 003 to 006 011 1ch lilac Ł200 ... 012 2ch brown Ł200 ... 013 3ch violet Ł200 ... 014 6ch orange Ł200 ... No postally used copies are known of wrappers 011 - 014. CTO copies exist of all 4 wrappers. on wrappers 008 to 010 (with the 1899 arabesque control mark) 016 2ch brown Ł200 Ł300 017 3ch violet Ł200 Ł300 018 6ch orange Ł200 ... No postally used copies are known of wrapper 018. Wrappers 016, 017 and 018 exist with CTO cancels. 1904 Wrappers 003, 004, 005, 006, 008 & 009 overprinted with a control mark in Farsi text for “Imperial Post”. 1904 control mark (200%)
019 020 021 022
Overprint on wrappers 003 to 006 019 1ch lilac Ł200 ... 020 2ch brown Ł200 ... 021 3ch violet Ł200 ... 022 6ch orange Ł200 ... Wrappers 019, 020 & 022 are known with CTO cancels. O verprints on wrappers 008 and 009
024 025
024 2ch brown Ł200 ... 025 3ch violet ... ... Wrapper 025 is only known with CTO cancels. Wrapper 010 may also exist with this overprint. PERSIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Philatelic Record, No 84, January 1886, p217 The Philatelic Record, No 85, February 1886, p7 The Philatelic Record, No 110, March 1888, p36 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Die Persische Post und die Postwertzeichen von Persien und Buchara, by Friedrich Schüller, 1893 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 A Catalogue of the Stamps and Postal History of Persia/Iran, in Iran Philatelic Study Circle Bulletin No. 51, December 1981 Handbuch Iran, by Bodo Hartmann, 1987 Persiphila Iran Postal Stationaries Reference 1878-1979, by Mehrdad Sadri, 2012, (in English & Persian/Farsi) FIP Large Gold Medal Exhibit of Persia Postal Stationery, by Bjorn Sohrne, private correspondence, 2014 Post Office Postal Stationery Wrappers of Persia, by John K Courtis, in Iran Philatelic Study Circle Bulletin No 184, 2014 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postal Stationery of Iran, by F N Farahbakhsh, 2002 (in Farsi & English) Philatelic Journal of Great Britain, August 1927, p123 Der Philatelist, Berlin, 1 March 1886; & 15 January 1888 PERU 1896 February The 1c and 2c wrapper depicts Manco Capac, the traditional first father of the ruling Incas of Peru. The 5c and 20c depicts a portrait of Francisco Pizarro (Spanish conquistador, conqueror of the Incan Empire and founder of Lima). Size: 1c - 120mm x 240mm, 2c - 130mm x 260mm, 5c - 140mm x 280mm, 20c - 153mm x 304mm. Printed by the American Bank Note Co, New York.
001 002
003 004 001 1c ultramarine Ł2 Ł20 Quantity printed - 100,000 002 2c blue Ł3 Ł20 Quantity printed - 100,000 003 5c dark blue Ł3 Ł50 Quantity printed - 50,000 004 20c orange Ł7 Ł100 Quantity printed - 30,000 1898 Change of colour. Size 120mm x 243mm. 005 005 1c green Ł2 Ł20
The green printing shown above (excluding the embossing) was common for the next three wrappers. (illustration at 50%) 1898/9 Embossed oval design with face of President Nicolás de Piérola facing left. Printed by Guillermo Stolte, Lima. Jose Nicolás Baltasar Fernández de Piérola y Villena - President of Peru 1879 - 1881 and 8 September 1895 to 8 September 1899. 006 006 1c green ... Only one copy of this wrapper (used) is known to exist. 1901 Earliest known used 9 April 1901. Design with the bust of Eduardo López de Romańa facing right. Size 157mm x 310mm. Printed by Guillermo Stolte, Lima. Eduardo López de Romańa y Alvizuri was President of Peru from 8 September 1899 to 8 September 1903. 007 007 1c blue & green Ł40 Ł80 1901 Embossed with coat of arms of Lima. 157mm x 310mm. Printed by Guillermo Stolte, Lima.
008 008a
008 1c green Ł50 Ł120 008a no space “Correosdel” Ł200 1c was the rate for local delivery, within a town or city. These wrappers are only known used within Lima. PERU BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Peru Unrecorded President Pierola Wrapper, Postal Stationery, No 346, Jan-Feb 2006 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Postal Stationery of Peru, by Herbert H Moll, 2000 La Emisión de Tarjetas Enteros Postales de Perú Habilitadas en 1902 para Nuevos Valores, by Germáin Baschwitz Gómez, 2012 PHILIPPINES 1900 USA wrappers overprinted PHILIPPINES. Watermark US POD ‘99. 001 001 1c green Ł5 Ł150 (Franklin) 140x265 320,000 issued Haller states that the date of issue was 28 September 1901. This date cannot be correct as this wrapper was reported by The London Philatelist in March 1900 as having been recently issued. 1903 USA wrappers overprinted PHILIPPINES. Watermarked US POD 1903.
002 003
002 1c green Ł30 Ł200 (Franklin) 140x265 0 03 2c carmine Ł50 Ł200 (Washington) 204x305 1908 Head of Rizal, size 204mm x 305mm. 004, 005, 006 004 2c green (laid paper) Ł5 Ł150 40,000 printed 004a watermark 17 Ł800 ... only one copy known, (H R Harmer Sale 3014, 2017) 005 2c green (wove paper) Ł40 Ł250 1,000 printed 006 2c green (140x265) Ł200 only 5 copies known, (Garrett, 1977) PHILIPPINES BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The London Philatelist No 99, March 1900 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 The Postal Stationery of the United States Possessions and Administrative Area, by Austin P Haller (editor) et al., 1971 Philippine Postal Stationery, in Postal Stationery No 184 May-June 1977, by Eugene A Garrett H R Harmer Sale 3014, The Richard D. Miggins Collection of The Philippines, 2 June 2017, Lot No 3988 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postal Stationery of the Philippines Under United States Administration 1898 - 1946, by John J Blessington (ed), 1975 The Postal Stationery of the Philippines United States Administration, by John J Blessington (ed), 1983 PUERTO RICO 1899 June USA wrapper overprinted PORTO RICO 001 001 1c green Ł7 Ł140 PUERTO RICO BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Postal Stationery of Cuba and Puerto Rico under United States administration, by Ernesto Cuesta, 2015 QUEENSLAND Late in 1891 a new Post and Telegraph Act became operative in Queensland. This introduced a newspaper rate of ˝d per 10 oz within the colony and ˝d per 2oz intercolonially. Prior to the introduction of the 1891 Act, newspapers had been carried post free within Queensland. 1891 November 25 Lined Background in centre around the Queen’s head. Size 120mm to 140mm wide x 290mm to 305mm deep. They were printed by letterpress and by lithograph. Text setting A1, A2, A3 or A4. The wrappers were issued on 25 November 1891 but were not valid for use until 1 January 1892. Text Settings of wrapper 001 There are four different text settings. The vertical black guide lines are through the centre of the verticals of the letters d, l, d and b on the second line. Text Setting A1 d of document below left side of W; d of allowed almost below d of used; on the letterpress printing the dot over “i” in “This” on line 1 is missing; on the litho printing the missing dot has been touched up on the stone. Text Setting A2 d of document below left side of W; d of allowed before the d of used; the “e” in “charged” on line 6 is damaged on all settings. Text Setting A3 d of document below centre right of W; d of allowed past the d of used Text Setting A4 d of document below centre of W; d of allowed before the d of used Indicia on wrapper 001 Nine different indicia are to be found on wrapper 001 (illustrations at 200%). The differences noted are not the only ones that exist. Indicium 1 Top left corner cut at angle Indicium 2 Top left & right corners cut at angle, circle above E of QUEENSLAND Indicium 3 Top left corner with a “hook” Indicium 4 Circle above first E in QUEENSLAND, not clearly visible on late printings, top border almost straight
Indicium 5 Top left & bottom right corners jut out Indicium 6 Left border widens at bottom half Indicium 7 Wide left border, dip in top border Indicium 8 Dip in centre of bottom border Indicium 9 bottom border is wide at left and right Wrapper 001 is known printed on four different types of papers - (a) horizontally ribbed; (b) vertically ribbed; (c) thin wove 0.07mm thick; (d) wove 0.10mm thick. The ribbed paper has a rough surface on the inside and the wove paper has a smooth surface both sides. (Paper, relating to Queensland wrappers, described as laid paper by other authors is in fact ribbed paper.) Printed Letterpress WOVE PAPER 001A ˝d green Ł20 Ł50 Printed Lithograph HORIZONTALLY RIBBED PAPER 001Ba ˝d green Ł4 Ł1 VERTICALLY RIBBED PAPER 001Bb ˝d green Ł4 Ł2 THIN WOVE PAPER 001Bd ˝d green Ł20 Ł20 WOVE PAPER 001Be ˝d green Ł20 Ł20 1895 February The earliest known usage is 25 February 1895. Colourless background around Queen’s head. New engraving by William Knight of Thomas Ham & Co, Brisbane. Printed by letterpress and by lithograph on vertically ribbed paper. Text setting A2, A4, A5 or A6. Text Settings of wrapper 002 Four different text settings are known to have been used. Two of the setting (A2 & A4) are as on wrapper 001. The vertical black guide lines are through the centre of the verticals of the letters d, l, d and b on the second line. Text Setting A2 d of document below left side of W; d of allowed before the d of used. The “e” in “charged” on line 6 is damaged on some wrappers. Text Setting A4 d of document below centre of W; d of allowed before the d of used. Text Setting A5 d of document before W; d of allowed before the d of used. The “b” at the beginning of line 6 is below the baseline. Text Setting A6 Almost identical to text setting A5, minor differences at the left side of lines 5 and 6. The “b” at the beginning of line 6 is on the baseline. 002, 004 Printed Letterpress 002A ˝d green Printed Lithograph 002B ˝d green Ł14 Ł2 002Ba indicium inverted .. Ł500 1897 Text is above indicium, 5th line ends “packet will”. Printed lithograph on vertically ribbed paper. Text setting A5 or A6 Text Settings of wrapper 003 Two different text settings are known to have been used; both are as used for wrapper 002. Text Setting A5 The “b” at the beginning of line 6 is below the baseline. Text Setting A6 Almost identical to text setting 5, minor differences at the left side of lines 5 and 6. The “b” at the beginning of line 6 is on the baseline. 003, 006, 008 & 012 003 1d dull rose Ł10 Ł10 Essays of wrapper 003 are known in black, blue and brown. 1897 Modified text positioned to the left of the indicium, 5th line of text ends in “statutory”. Indicium is as on wrapper 002. Printed lithograph on vertically ribbed paper. Text setting B1, B2, B3, B4 or B6. TEXT SETTINGS ON WRAPPERS 004, 005 and 006 To differentiate the different settings three position differences have been used. The “t” of “postage” on line 3; the “I” of “If” on line 5; and the “l” of “letter” on line 4. Other difference also exist. Text Setting B1 The t is below the left side of e; the I is below of; and the l is below no. Text Setting B2 The t is below the left side of e; the I is below the centre of f; and the l is below no. Text Setting B3 The t is below the left side of e; the I is below the right side of f; and the l is below no. Text Setting B4 The t is below the right side of e; the I is below the left side of f; and the l is below the right side of n. Text Setting B5 The t is below the right side of e; the I is below of; and the l is below no. Text Setting B6 The t is below en; the I is below the right side of f; and the l is below the right side of n. 004 ˝d green Ł15 Ł15 1897 Text on left of indicium, 5th line of text ends in “statutory”, modified indicium with ˝d in 4 corners. Printed lithograph on vertically ribbed paper. Text setting B2, B3, B4 or B5 on ˝d wrappers and B1, B2, B4, B5 and B6 on 1d wrappers. 005, 007 005 ˝d green Ł15 Ł15 006 1d vermillion Ł10 Ł5 1898 Text on left of indicium, 5th line of text ends in “rule be”. Printed lithograph on vertically ribbed paper. Text setting C1, C5 or C6 on the ˝d wrapper and C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 or C6 on the 1d wrapper. TEXT SETTINGS ON WRAPPERS 007, 008 and 009 To differentiate the different settings four position differences have been used. The letter “h” of “such” on line 2; the “d” of “allowed” on line 2; the “t” of “communication” on line 4; and the “l” of “penalty” on line 6. Other difference also exist. Text Setting C1 The h is before the w; the d is below o; the t is below t; and the l is below rw. Text Setting C2 The h is before the w; the d is below o; the t is below ta; and the l is below w. Text Setting C3 The h is before the w; the d is below o; the t is below ta; and the l is below rw. Text Setting C4 The h is before the w; the d is below f; the t is below t; and the l is below rw. Text Setting C5 The h is below the left side of w; the d is below o; the t is below ta; and the l is below rw. Text Setting C6 The h is below the right side of w; the d is below o; the t is below t; and the l is below rw. 007 ˝d green Ł20 Ł20 008 1d vermillion Ł2 Ł5 1899 September New design, Dowager portrait of Queen Victoria. Produced from same dies as were used to print the ˝d adhesive stamps in 1899. Designed by Alex McKellar. Text 77mm wide. Printed lithograph on vertically ribbed paper. Text setting C1, C3, C4, C5 or C6 on wrapper 009 and C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 or C6 on wrapper 010. 009, 010, 011
Die IIIb (300%) Die IV (300%)
Die IIIb - shading on face spaced wide Die IV - shading on face spaced narrow 009 ˝d green, Die IIIb Ł10 Ł10 010 ˝d green, Die IV Ł8 Ł8 1901 CTO Wrappers In 1901 Presentation Sets of Stamps and Postal Stationery were prepared and presented to Federal Parliamentarians on the eve of the amalgamation of the states’ postal department into the federal department. The set included two wrappers, 008 and 009 (or 010), which were cancelled BRISBANE TC / FE 21 01. 1910? As previous issues, with text 81mm wide. Printed lithograph on vertically ribbed paper. Text setting D1 on wrapper 011 and text setting D2 on wrapper 012 TEXT SETTINGS ON WRAPPERS 011 & 012 Text Setting D1 The b of be in line 5 is below the e above. Text Setting D2 The b of be in line 5 starts before the e above. 011 ˝d green, die IV Ł50 Ł50 012 1d vermillion Ł50 Ł50 QUEENSLAND BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Bright & Sons Descriptive Priced Catalogue of the Worlds Postage Stamps Part II Postcards, Envelopes, Wrappers etc., 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Encyclopćdia of British Empire Postage Stamps Vol 4, by Robson Lowe, 1962 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Queensland Postal Stationery, by P Collas, 1979 Queensland: A Postal Stationery Wrapper, by James W Turnbull, in The London Philatelist, No 1143-44, Mar-Apr 1988. (re Hall Coy private overprint) Queensland Postal Rates and Charges 1832-1913, by H M Campbell, 1995, The Royal Philatelic Society of Victoria Identifying Queensland Post Office Newspaper Wrappers, by Professor John K. Courtis, in Philately from Australia, Vol LVI No 3 pp 49-57, September 2004 Queensland Postal Stationery, by Alan J Griffiths, in Gibbons Stamp Monthly, October 2006 & December 2006 A Contribution to the Classification of the Queensland Post Office Newspaper Wrappers issued in the Period 1891 - 1912, by Sybrand J Bakker, in Postal Stationery Collector, August 2006 pp 35-42; November 2006 pp 71-78; February 2007 pp 100-104 Juxtapositional and Textual Varieties of 1899 1d carmine/vermilion Queensland Wrappers, by Professor John K Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector, Vol 13 No 2 Issue 50 pp 46-51, August 2007 Varieties of Queensland 1899 ˝d green Queen Victoria Newspaper Wrappers, by Professor John K. Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector, Vol 14 No 3 Issue 55 pp 69-72, November 2008 Queensland Wrapper with Inverted Cliche, by Mark Diserio, in Postal Stationery Collector No 56, February 2009 The 1891 Queensland ˝d Green Newspaper Wrapper, by Jan Kosniowski, in Postal Stationery No 388, Jan 2013; also in Postal Stationery Collector No 73, February 2013 The 1891 Queensland ˝d Green Newspaper Wrapper Part 2, by Jan Kosniowski, in Postal Stationery No 405, Sep 2015; also in Postal Stationery Collector, November 2015 Guide Marks on Queensland Newspaper Wrappers, by Jan Kosniowski, in Postal Stationery Collector No 84, Sep 2015 & No 85, Feb 2016 Spink Auction Catalogue, sale 16044, Lot 531, 20 Sep 2016. (1901 Federal Presentation Stamps and postal Stationery) Queensland Specimen and CTO Postal Stationery, by Ian McMahon, in Postal Stationery Collector No 88, Nov 1916 Queensland 1901 Presentation Stationery, by Ian McMahon, in Postal Stationery Collector No 89, Feb 2017 Sybrand Bakker collection, private correspondence, 2012 - 2015 Alan J Griffiths collection, private correspondence, 2011 - 2015 Dave Elsmore collection, private correspondence, 2015 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postage Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, Post Cards & Telegraph Forms of Queensland, by Bassett Hull, published by RPSL London, 1930 Philately from Australia, December 1977 Queensland the ˝d of 1899 and the Dies leading to its use, by K Scudder, in Philately from Australia, December 2001 Australian Colonies’ Post Office Newspaper Wrappers, in Australian Journal of Philately September 2015 ROMANIA Romania used the Julian calendar until 31 March 1919, when 1 April (Julian) became 14 April (Gregorian). 1865 ESSAYS
Wrappers with a design, as shown above, are noted by J B Moens, in 1893, as “speculative essays”. Essays for stamps and envelopes with this same design are known in various colours on some ten or more different colour papers. All essays have the figure 2 in the upper triangle and PAR (for parale) in the bottom triangle. Some essays are also known overprinted PROBE in black. A lot, with two items described as “ROMANIA 1862 wrapper essays United Principalities - showing the Star of David and the Coat of Arms of the Romanian Principalities - ONLY 5 PIECES KNOWN”, was sold on eBay for US$3,900 in September 2004. (This description is inaccurate, the items were produced in 1865 and there are more than 5 pieces known.) 1870 October 3 October 3 (Julian), October 15 (Gregorian) Head of Carol 1 facing left. 420mm wide, 39mm between separation lines, 98mm wide separation lines. Printed lithograph by Socecu Sander & Tecu in Bucharest. Carol 1 (Karl Eitel Friedrich Zephyrinus Ludwig of Hohenzollern-Sigmaringen) was elected Prince of Romania on 20 April 1866. He was crowned King of Romania on 23 May 1881. 001 001a 1˝b black on blue green Ł40 Ł200 001a - no damage (400%) 001a - P beginning to show signs of wear (400%) 001aa - break in top of P (400%) 001aa break in top of P 001b on yellow-green Ł40 Ł200 All Romania wrappers were printed on sheets with separation lines to aid cutting. There was no separation line above the indicium at the top of the sheet or below the indicium at the bottom of the sheet. The distance between the separation lines on a sheet does vary slightly. 1871 February Design similar to previous, head of Carol 1. 480mm wide, 35mm between separation lines, with separation lines 40mm wide. Printed lithograph in sheets of 18, by Socecu Sander & Tecu in Bucharest. 002 002 1˝b blue on yellow Ł30 Ł200 002a on pale yellow Both Ascher and Higgins & Gage incorrectly state the year of issue as 1877 for this wrapper. Proofs exist in blue on cream paper. 1893 Bust of King Carol 1, design based on the 1890 definitive postage stamps. 003 - 470mm wide, 30mm between separation lines, separation line 414mm wide. 004 - 470mm wide, 41mm between separation lines, separation line 180mm wide. 003, 004 003 1˝b black, 470x30 Ł3 Ł10 004 1˝b black, 470x41 Ł15 Ł20 1894 Bust of King Carol 1. 470mm wide, 42mm between separation lines, 180mm wide separation lines. Printed letterpress on a cream granite paper. 005 005 1˝b black Ł3 Ł5 1896 New value created by removing the ˝ from existing dies. This resulted in the “1” being off centre and the grammatically incorrect word BANI remaining. 470mm wide, 42mm between separation lines, 180mm wide separation lines. 006 006 1b brown Ł3 Ł5 1899 Wrapper 005 overprinted in red, with 1 BAN, to use up remainder stocks of this wrapper. 007 007 1b on 1˝b black Ł5 Ł10 1901 Similar to wrapper 006, “1” is now centred, “BAN” instead of “BANI”. Two sizes - 470mm wide, 31mm or 42mm between separation lines, 180mm wide separation lines.
008,009 die 1 die 2
Die 1 - indicium is 19˝mm x 25mm Die 2 - indicium is 19Ľmm x 24˝mm 008 1b brown, 470x42, die 1 Ł10 Ł2 008a die 2 Ł20 Ł20 008b greyish paper, die 1 Ł20 Ł20 009 1b brown, 470x31, die 2 Ł10 Ł3 The earliest known date of use of wrapper 009 (die 2) is in 1904. 1905 Same design as previous with a new die, change of colour, printed on white paper, indicium size 19mm x 24˝mm. 470mm wide, 31mm between separation lines, 180mm wide separation lines. 010 010 1b black Ł5 Ł10 1909 New design as 1908 definitive stamps, printed on white paper. 470mm wide, 30mm between separation lines, 180mm wide separation lines. Printed on sheets of 15 wrappers. Designed by Jean Pompilian. 011 011 1b black Ł5 Ł5 ROMANIA BIBLIOGRAPHY The Stamp Collector’s Magazine, page 41, March 1871; & page 87, June 1872 The Illustrated Catalogue of Postage Stamps, by John Edward Gray, 1875 Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Stanley Gibbons Priced Catalogue of the Envelopes, Post Cards and Wrappers of the World, 1900 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Contributions a l'étude des Essais de Timbres-Poste de Roumamie, by Eduardo Cohen, 1945 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Romania Newspaper Wrappers, in Postal Stationery No 166, by Don Heller, May Jun 1974. Catalogul Marcilor Postale Romanesti, by Kiriac Dragomir, 1974 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa Ost, 1994/5 Romanian Newspaper Wrappers 1870-1909, in Postal Stationery Collector No 20, by Judy Kennett, February 2000. Romanian 1901 & 1905 Newspaper Wrappers, In Postal Stationery No 390, by Jan Kosniowski, May Jun 2013 Banderole cu marci tiparite pentru ziare si periodice (1870-1909) / Wrappers for newspapers and periodicals (1870-1909), in pilatelica.ro journal, nos 6 - 11 (in 6 parts), by Dumitru F Dumitru, 2010, on website www.philatelica.ro (original website no longer on line, but available on www.archive.org [2017]) ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Dr Magnus (J A Legrand), "Des Envellopes Timbres," Le Timbre Poste, vol. II, 1873, pp. 63-4, 69-70. Streifband grun auf gelb, by F Bachmann, in Der Philatelist 2 (1881) no 1 G.B. Duerst, " Die Essais von Rumanien," . Festschrift zur Feier des 25 Jahrigen Bestehens des Berliner Philatelisten-Klub, Berlin, 1913, p. 52. Val. Tebeica, Les Premiers Timbres-Paste Roumains, 1858-1865, Bucarest, 1962, p. 188. Wrappers of the Romanian classical period (period 1870 - 1872), in Romanian Philatelic Studies, vol 2 no 1, 1978, by Dumitru Passalega Wrappers of the Romanian classical period (period 1893 - 1899), in Romanian Philatelic Studies, vol 2 no 2, 1978, by Dumitru Passalega The Romanian Overprinted Wrapper No 6, in Romanian Philatelic Studies, vol 4 no 1 p16, 1980, by Silviu Dragomir Printing irregularities of the second Romanian wrapper (1871), in Romanian Philatelic Studies, vol 2 no 1 pp11-14, 1979, by David Gijiriguiann Romanian Postal Stationery Specialized Catalogue 1870-1927, by Emonoil Alexandru Savoi, 2015 RUSSIA Russia used the Julian calendar until 31 January 1918, when 1 February (Julian) became 14 February (Gregorian). 1883 Essays Essays were printed and circulated, mainly to philatelic publishers. The wrappers measure 375mm x 70mm. 1k orange (illustrated at 50%) 2k green (illustrated at 50%) In July 2007, copies of each of the above items were offered at a Cherrystone auction and realised $1,300 each. The 2k essay also exists without any text - was offered by Raritan Stamps in Auction No 55, 14 December 2012. 1890 January Design with a double headed eagle coat of arms, no instructions
001, 004 002, 003, 005, 006
001 1k orange 88x376mm Ł5 Ł9 002 2k green134x376mm Ł7 Ł14 003 2k green 178x446mm Ł30 Ł30 1890 October As previous with three lines of instructions Setting A Setting B There are two settings of the text on each of the 2 kop wrappers. Setting A is found on wrappers from 1890 and Setting B is found on wrappers from about 1900 onwards. 004 1k orange 88x376mm Ł7 Ł7 005a 2k green 134x376mm (A) Ł10 Ł6 005b Setting B 006a 2k green 178x446mm (A) Ł12 Ł4 006b Setting B 1913 Jan 2 January 2 (Julian), January 15 (Gregorian) Commemorative issue for the 300th anniversary of the Romanov Dynasty. The 1 kop depicts Peter I (Pyotr Alexeyevich Romanov) (1672 - 1725). The 2 kop depicts Alexander II (Aleksandr Nikolaevich) (1818 - 1881).
007 008, 009
007 1k brown orange 88x376mm Ł12 Ł6 008 2k green 134x376mm Ł12 Ł15 009 2k green 177x444mm Ł12 Ł12 PROOFS - A proof of the 2k wrapper in green with names of the artist (Zarins) and the engraver (Ksidias) printed just below the indicium on paper without watermark 140mm x 90mm, was offered by Raritan Stamps, (Auction No 55, 14 December 2012), for US$1,725. For Russian newspaper wrappers overprinted with the letters D B P - see Far Eastern Republic. Russia wrappers were also overprinted for use by Estonia and Ukraine (qv). RUSSIA BIBLIOGRAPHY The Philatelic Record, No 50, March 1883 & No 51, April 1883 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes. by J B Moens, 1893 Les Timbres de Russie by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Wrappers of the Imperial Russia, in Journal of the Rossica Society of Russian Philately, No 57, 1959, pp 6-8, by R Skalarevski Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Franco Russian Friendship Stationery, in The Post Rider, No 31, Dec 1992, pp69-76, by Marcel Lamoureux, Asdrubal Prado & Andrew Cronin Franco Russian Friendship Stationery, in The Post Rider, No 32, July 1993, pp46-59, by Jean Walton Notes on the Postal Stationery of Russia, in The Post Rider, No 32, July 1993, pp 61-63, by A S Ilyushin & Ya Ilyushin Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa Ost, 1994/5 Russian Empire Postal Stationery by Vladimir I Venets - www.jip.ru/2006/last.pdf ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Imperial Romanovs, by Leonard Tann, 1978 Catalogue of Postal Stationery of the Russian Empire 1845-1917, by A S Ilyushin and O V Phoratontov, 2003, 2004, 2007 RUSSIA - BOGORODSK On 5 September 1870, a decree by the Russian government authorised the establishment of local posts by the various provinces within Russia. Postal stationery wrappers were produced for use in Bogorodsk. Their precise purpose and usage is not known. Current consensus is that they were not specifically intended for newspapers. It is believed that they were used primarily for wrapping bundles of letters received from (red wrappers) or being sent to (blue wrappers) the Imperial PO. Their usage appears to have been discontinued within a few years and the indicia of the remainders was cut out and used as postage stamps. 1869 Design depicting St George and the dragon in top half of oval and a spinning wheel in the bottom half. Size 315mm - 485mm x 28mm
001 002 001 5k blue Ł150 ... 002 5k red Ł150 ... 1871 Similar design to previous, St George facing left, text in oval is white on solid colour, size 222mm x 28mm. (003) design similar to above with figure 1 in corners 003 1k red ... ... This item was listed by Koprowski (1875), Moens (1893), Gibbons (1900) and Schmidt & Fabergé (1928). One copy was recorded in the Petschek brothers’ collection (c1934). RUSSIA BOGORODSK BIBLIOGRAPHY Russian Locals Bogorosk, in The Philatelic Journal, 15 June 1872; & 15 July 1872 The Stamp Collector’s Magazine, p 104, July 1872; & p 185, December 1872 The Stamp Collector’s Handbook, by Edward L Pemberton, 1874 The Illustrated Catalogue of Postage Stamps, by John Edward Gray, 1875 Les Timbres-postes Ruraux de Russie, by Samuel Koprowski, 1875 Les Timbres de Russie, by J B Moens, 1893 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Stanley Gibbons Catalogue Part IV, Envelopes Postcards and Wrappers, 1897, 1900 Die Postwertzeichen der Russischen Landschaftsaemter, by C Schmidt & A Fabergé, 1928 An Enigmatic Zemstvo item, by P J Campbell, in The Post Rider No 44, June 1999 Terry Page collection, private correspondence, 2015 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Description of Zemstvo Stamps Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers, by D Chudovsky, 1888 Catalogue of the Russian Rural Stamps, by William Herrick, 1896 Die Ganzsachensammlung der Brüder Petschek Band 1 A bis L, by Carl Lindenberg, pub by Noske, 1934 Russia Zemstvos, by F G Chuchin, Revised edition, 1988 RUSSIA - Phrygian Cap Issues During the Russian Revolutionary period, following the abdication of Tsar Nicolas II, stamps and postal stationary were overprinted with a so-called “Phrygian Cap”. These were done in Petrograd (March 1917), Odessa (December 1917) and Ekaterinodar (February 1918). Some experts believe them to be private overprints and other experts consider them as bogus issues. The standard work on these overprints is by R J Ceresa - he does not list any wrappers as having been overprinted. Item, as above, was offered & sold on eBay in October 2011. The overprint, in Cyrillic characters, is <hfncndj Hfdtycndj Cdj,jlf - translated, this is the motto of the French Revolution, “Liberté, égalité, fraternité”, in reverse order. RUSSIA - PHRYGIAN CAP BIBLIOGRAPHY The Postage Stamps of Russia Vol 5 parts 1-5, by R J Ceresa, 1996 Pseudo Stationery, in Postal Stationery No 356 September 2007, by Wayne Menuz RUSSIA - Pribaikal From 6 April 1920 to October 1920 Verkhneudinsk (now Ulan-Ude), the main town in the Pribaikal Region, was the capital of the Far Eastern Republic. On 22 November 1920 the Far Eastern Republic detached the Pribaikal Region from itself. The local authority in the Pribaikal Region took over as the government. Existing banknotes in use in the area were overprinted and these are considered legitimate. Russian stamps and postal stationery are known overprinted with a very similar design to that used on the banknotes. There is, however, no evidence to show that these were issued officially or that they were actually used in the post. They are considered to have been produced unofficially. The Russian 1k orange wrapper 004 is known with this overprint, as illustrated below. The text in the overprint translates to "Temporary power of the Baikal region" RUSSIA - PRIBAIKAL BIBLIOGRAPHY Russian Wikipedia page relating to stamps during the civil war period Russian Postal History discussion board http://home.nestor.minsk.by/ph/discus/2111401.html ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Welt-Ganzsachen Katalog, Walter Beckhaus (editor), 1938 RUSSIA PO IN CHINA Russian post offices were first opened in Peking, Urga, Kalgan and Tien-Tsin sometime in the 1890s. In 1899 further offices were opened in Shanghai, Chefoo and Hankow. By 1912 there were a total of 30 Russian post offices in China. All the offices were closed during 1920. Shanghai was the last office to be closed on 27 November 1920. 1905 Russia 1891 wrappers overprinted RBNFQ diagonally (KITAJ in Cyrillic characters); in black on 1k, in red on 2k.
001 002, 003
001 1k orange 87x412 Ł25 Ł100 002 2k green 134x410 Ł40 Ł100 003 2k green 177x444 Ł25 Ł100 Wrapper 002 is 134mm x 410mm which is different to the unoverprinted Russian wrapper which is 134mm x 376mm. RUSSIA PO IN CHINA BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 The Russian Post in the Empire, Turkey, China and the Post in the Kingdom of Poland, by S V Prigara (1941), translated by David M Skipton, 1981 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa Ost, 1994/5 ST KITTS-NEVIS 1903 Copies ex De la Rue archive are dated 18 Feb 1903. Design depicting Christopher Columbus (˝d) or Medicinal Spring (1d). Size 125mm x 300mm. Text setting DLR2.
001 002 001 ˝d green Ł5 Ł10 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 002 1d carmine Ł5 Ł10 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 ST KITTS-NEVIS BIBLIOGRAPHY Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Grosvenor Philatelic Auctions, copies ex De la Rue archive, Auction 107, Lot 1558, 24 May 2016. ST LUCIA 1887 December 19 Design with diademed profile of Queen Victoria, designed and printed by De la Rue and Co, size 125mm x 300mm. Text setting DLR1.
001 002 001 ˝d green on cream Ł2 Ł10 001a on buff Ł1 Ł10 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D2a Ł15 ... 002 1d carmine on cream Ł2 Ł20 002a on buff Ł1 Ł20 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D2a Ł15 ... 1901 Essays De la Rue essays are known of the King Edward VII ˝d and 1d wrappers with handpainted value and country name on printed blanks affixed to "Appendix B" sheet marked "31st Dec 1901 / St. Lucia / Req. 104/1901". The blanks are with text setting DLR1. 1904 Head of King Edward VII. Printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR2.
003 004 003 ˝d green Ł10 Ł15 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 004 1d carmine Ł15 Ł15 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 1912 Head of King George V. Printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR2.
005 006 007
005 ˝d green Ł6 Ł10 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 006 1d carmine Ł10 .. 006s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 1913 Change of colour. Printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR2. 007 1d brown Ł20 Ł300 007s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł25 ... ST LUCIA BIBLIOGRAPHY The Postage Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, Post Cards and Telegraph Stamps of the British Colonies in the West Indies together with British Honduras and the Colonies in South America, by The Philatelic Society London, 1891 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 St. Lucia 1d Wrappers, in Postal Stationery No 426, May-Jun 2019 ST VINCENT 1893 Queen Victoria. Printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR1.
001 001s2 002 002s2
001 ˝d green Ł6 Ł12 001s1 “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł15 ... 001s2 “Specimen”, PML type XI ... 002 1d carmine Ł6 Ł12 002s1 “SPECIMEN”, type D2 Ł15 ... 002s2 “Specimen”, PML type XI ... Specimen on 001s2 and 002s2 is 19˝mm x 3mm, it was hand stamped locally. This Specimen is listed by Pierce, Messenger & Lowe (PML) as type XI. 1902 King Edward VII. Printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR2. 003 003 ˝d green Ł8 Ł20 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 1913 King George V. Printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR2. 004 004 ˝d green Ł6 Ł20 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 1915 King George V. Printed by De la Rue and Co. Text setting DLR2. 005 005 ˝d green Ł10 Ł20 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... ST VINCENT BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 St Vincent, by Arthur D Pierce, J L Messenger & Robson Lowe, 1971 SALVADOR All the newspaper wrappers, from 1890 to 1897 inclusive, for Salvador were printed by the Hamilton Bank Note Engraving and Printing Co. In 1889, Nicholas F Seebeck developed a plan for the Hamilton Bank Note Engraving and Printing Co to print stamps for foreign countries. He offered to supply the stamps for free, provided that: the stamps would be dated and invalidated at the end of each year, to be replaced by a new series; unsold (invalid) stamps would be returned to Seebeck for sale to collectors; Seebeck retained the right to reprint any invalid stamps as needed for sale to collectors. 1889 December 3 Allegory of El Salvador embossed in oval frame. Inscribed 1890. Size 192-198mm x 260-290mm
001, 005 002, 006
003, 007 004, 008 Printed on white paper 001 3c light brown Ł1 Ł40 002 6c light brown Ł1 Ł40 003 12˝c light brown Ł1 Ł40 004 25c light brown Ł1 Ł40 004a albino impression Printed on blue paper 005 3c light brown Ł2 Ł50 006 6c light brown Ł2 Ł50 007 12˝c light brown Ł2 Ł50 008 25c light brown Ł2 Ł50 2,500 copies of each of the 4 values were ordered by Salvador in the contract signed by them on 27 March 1889 1891 January 1 Volcano design, printed on a salmon coloured paper. Inscribed 1891. Size 145mm x 295mm.
009 010
011 012 009 2c red Ł1 Ł20 010 3c dark blue Ł1 Ł20 011 6c green Ł1 Ł20 012 12˝c brown Ł1 Ł20 1892 January 1 Christopher Columbus issue - embossing depicting the landing of Columbus. Inscribed 1892. Printed on blue coloured paper.
013 014
015 016 013 2c brown, 145x295mm Ł5 Ł20 014 3c brown, 165x255mm Ł5 Ł20 015 6c brown, 170x255mm Ł5 Ł20 016 12˝c brown, 144x295mm Ł5 Ł20 1893 General Carlos Basilio Ezeta, printed on blue coloured paper. Size 203-205mm x 263-267mm (Carlos Basilio Ezeta - born 1852 died 1903. President of El Salvador 22 June 1890 - 9 June 1894.)
017 018 019
020 017 2c carmine Ł1 Ł20 018 3c violet Ł1 Ł20 019 10c brown Ł1 Ł20 020 11c red Ł1 Ł20 1894 Embossed design depicting the goddess of Liberty. Printed on horizontally and vertically laid paper. Inscribed 1894. Size 165-169mm x 252-255mm.
021 022
023 024 021 2c dark blue Ł3 Ł20 021s “Specimen” 022 3c red Ł3 Ł20 022s “Specimen” 023 10c violet Ł3 Ł20 023s “Specimen” 024 11c red Ł3 Ł20 024s “Specimen” The purpose of the “Specimen” handstamp (24mm x 4˝mm) on this issue is not known. 1895 Coat of Arms of El Salvador. Printed on blue paper. Size 165-170mm x 254-256mm
025 026 027
028 025 2c green Ł20 Ł30 026 3c brown Ł5 Ł30 027 4c blue Ł2 Ł30 028 6c rose Ł20 Ł30 1897 General Rafael Antonio Gutiérrez. Printed on buff paper. Size 169mm x 253mm (General Rafael Antonio Gutiérrez - born 24 October 1845, died 9 January 1921. He served as President of El Salvador from 10 June 1894 to 13 November 1898.)
029 030 031 032
029 2c green Ł2 Ł20 030 3c brown Ł2 Ł20 031 4c blue Ł2 Ł20 032 6c carmine Ł2 Ł75 SALVADOR BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 www.asianphilatelist.org (accessed 2014) SAMOS 1900 Samian coat of arms in an oval frame with Greek text (= Principality of Samos). Value not specified on wrappers. 363mm x 93mm. Wrappers were in use until sometime in 1912.
001 002
001 (10 para) prussian blue Ł40 Ł200 001a (10 para) light blue (1907) Ł40 Ł200 002 (1 piaster) rose Ł150 Ł300 SAMOS BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Greece Postal Stationery, by George Stratoudakis, 1985 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Hellas 2003 Stamp Catalogue and Postal History, by A Karamitsos, 2003 Hellas 2016 Stamp Catalogue and Postal History Vol 3, by A Karamitsos, 2016 Heinrich Köhler Auction 366, lots 5443 & 5446, 19-24 Mar 2018 (The Johann Ulrich Schmitt Collection) SIERRA LEONE 1898 September 30 Queen Victoria. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR1. 001 001 ˝d green Ł10 Ł50 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4a Quantity printed 26,270 copies. 750 Specimen Essay for Queen Victoria wrapper. (part only shown here, the original is complete) The country name and value are painted in white. Essay for the King Edward VII wrapper. (40%) Produced using a blank with text setting DLR1 The country name and value painted in white.
Mounted on a sheet, from the De la Rue archive.
1902 December 31 King Edward VII. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2. 002 002 ˝d green Ł10 Ł50 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Quantity printed 34,460 copies. 727 Specimen 1912 December 9 King George V. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2. 003 003 ˝d green Ł5 Ł25 003s1 “SPECIMEN”, type D4 003s2 - “SPECIMEN”, hand stamped, 18mm x 2Ľmm 003s2 “SPECIMEN” Quantity printed 163,500 - 405 Specimen type D4 The s2 SPECIMEN was applied locally in Freetown 1938 DIE PROOF Die proof for King George VI wrapper (three proofs are known) 1938 King George VI. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2. 004 004 ˝d green Ł10 Ł50 0 04s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł15 Total quantity printed 11,720 - 397 Specimen SIERRA LEONE BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 Keith Hanman Gold Medal collection of The Postal Stationery of Sierra Leone, 2012 private correspondence ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postal Service of Sierra Leone – Its History, Stamps and Stationery until 1961, by Philip O Beale, 1988 SOUTH AFRICA 1913 Head of King George V. Four lines of text in English. Printed by De la Rue, London 001 (in green), 002 (in red) - 4 lines of text.
001 002, 003
001 ˝d green Ł10 Ł5 002 1d red Ł15 Ł10 ˝d 2,520,000 printed; 1d 270,000 printed “SPECIMEN” hand stamped twice on wrappers 001 and 002 once on the stamp and once on the plain area alongside the stamp are listed by Quik. Bendon states that they “are clearly from the Bechuanaland archive”, “SPECIMEN” having been applied in Bechuanaland. 1914 February 10 Head of King George V. Three lines of text in English. Printed by De la Rue, London 003 - 3 lines of text. 003 1d red Ł13 Ł20 15 Nov 1927 Van Riebeeck’s ship. “SUIDAFRIKA” not hyphenated. Line 1 ends with “to”. Printed by the Government Printer, Pretoria. 004, 005 (in green) - Line 1 ends with “to”. SUIDAFRIKA (no hyphen) 004, 007, 009 004 1d red & black Ł11 Ł8 004v1 black (ship) omitted Ł150 004v2 black printed twice Ł150 004v3 black omitted, red (frame) printed twice Ł150 18 Aug 1928 Springbok. “SUIDAFRIKA” not hyphenated. Line 1 ends with “to”. Printed by the Government Printer, Pretoria. SUIDAFRIKA (no hyphen) 005, 006, 008 005 ˝d green & black Ł8 Ł5 1929 ˝d Springbok & 1d Van Riebeeck’s ship. “SUIDAFRIKA” not hyphenated. Line 2 of Afrikaans text ends in “oortree”. Printed by the Government Printer, Pretoria. 006v1 006, 007 - Line 2 of Afrikaans text ends in “oortree”. 006 ˝d green & black Ł10 Ł5 006v1 “H” of Hierdie is broken Ł20 Ł20 007 1d red & black Ł11 Ł8 1931 ˝d Springbok & 1d Van Riebeeck’s ship. “SUIDAFRIKA” not hyphenated. Line 2 of Afrikaan text ends in “verstuur”. Text in serif typestyle. Printed by the Government Printer, Pretoria. The earliest known date of use of the ˝d wrapper is 28 Mar 1931 008 (in green), 009 Line 2 of Afrikaans text ends in “verstuur”. Serif typestyle. 008 ˝d green & black Ł8 Ł5 009 1d red & black Ł10 Ł8 1933 ˝d Springbok & 1d Van Riebeeck’s ship. SUID-AFRICA is hyphenated. Text in sans serif typestyle. Printed by the Government Printer, Pretoria. The earliest known date of use for the 1d wrapper is 16 Nov 1933 010, 011 (in green), 012, 013 (in red) Line 2 of Afrikaan text ends in “verstuur”. San serif typestyle.
SUID-AFRIKA (with hyphen)
010, 012 011, 013
TOP CORNERS CHAMFERED 010 ˝d green & black Ł10 Ł5 011 1d red & black Ł20 Ł10 SQUARE CORNERS 012 ˝d green & black Ł15 Ł10 013 1d red & black Ł20 Ł15 SOUTH AFRICA BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Early South African Postal Stationery - the change from imperial to local considerations, by Tony Chilton, in The Postal Stationery Society Journal No 1, Feb 1993 The Postal Stationery of South Africa, by W J Quik, 1998 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 The Kings Head Stamps and Stationery of South Africa, by Brian Trotter, 2012 (Notes on a display to the R.P.S.L.) ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Handbook/Catalogue Union of South Africa Stamps, 1952 Stamps of South Africa: Handbook Catalogue, 1960 Stamps of South Africa: Handbook Catalogue, 1979 The Stamps of the Union of South Africa 1910-1961: Handbook Catalogue, 1986 SOUTH AUSTRALIA On 1 January 1882 the “Post Office Amendment Act” came into force, imposing a ˝d postage on newspapers. 1882 January 11 Head of Queen Victoria, HALFPENNY is 14mm, coat of arms is 14mm x 11mm in an oval shield, with or without stop after “ONLY”. Printed on a white paper by the Government Printers (George Hussey) in Adelaide from blocks prepared by De la Rue & Co in London. No gummed edge. The printing colour varies from light lilac to indigo.
001, 002 “HALFPENNY” is 14mm wide oval shield, lion full face (200%) 001s - SPECIMEN in 6mm high letters, 75mm wide (@75%) Wrapper size 110-115mm x 285-290mm 001 ˝d violet, with stop Ł10 Ł15 001s “SPECIMEN” Ł50 ... 001a ˝d violet, without stop Ł30 Ł30
Wrapper size 140-145mm x 445-450mm
002 ˝d violet, with stop Ł10 Ł15 002a ˝d violet, without stop Ł30 Ł30 002b printed on grey paper According to Moschkau (1885) the smaller wrappers (001) were issued in April 1882. 1883 PROOFS The original handpainted artwork in black, dated 13 April 1883, was sold by Prestige Philately on 7 July 2007 for AU$4,000 (=Ł1,710) (Auction 129, lot 538). A die proof of the indicium in black on glazed card was sold by Prestige Philately on 7 July 2007 for AU$525 (=Ł225) (Auction 129, lot 539). A die proof of the indicium in black, dated “19 JUN 83” and hand stamped “AFTER HARDENING” was sold by Charles Leski Auctions on 25 June 2003 (Auction 215, lot 250). A printers proof of the indicium & heading in black on thick semi-surfaced paper was sold by Prestige Philately on 7 July 2007 for AU$900 (=Ł385) (Auction 129, lot 540). A proof of wrapper 003/004 was reported in Postal Stationery No 334 January 2004 by Tom Herinckx. The item has two impressions of the text and indicium spaced 25mm vertically in the issued colour, on a paper about 50% thicker than the paper used for this issue. The vertical spacing is the same as in the proof sheet of 32 electrotype blocks (described below); it is probable that this proof came from the bottom of such a sheet. “Tom Herinckx” proof (@75%) A total of 32 electrotype blocks were produced and sent to the Government Printers in Adelaide. A proof sheet from the 32 electrotype blocks (2 x 16) of the wrapper indicium and heading, in the issued colour, spaced 120mm horizontally and 25mm vertically on thin wove paper, was sold at a Prestige Philately auction for AU$800 on 7 July 2007 (Auction 129, lot 541). A similar proof sheet of 32, described as printed on cardboard was offered by Charles Leski Auction on 8 February 2003 (Auction 208, Lot 326); it was unsold and offered again on 7 August 2003 (Auction 216, Lot 509); it is understood that it was subsequently sold by private treaty. From a letter, from De la Rue to the Agent General of South Australia in London, dated 16 July 1883, it is known that at least seven such proof sheets were produced. 1884 July Head of Queen Victoria, HALFPENNY is 15mm, coat of arms is 14mm x 9mm in a round shield. Printed on white paper. “HALFPENNY” is 15mm wide 003, 004, 005, 006, 008, 009, 012, 013, 014, 015 round shield, lion full face (@200%) 003, 004 - white paper 005, 006 - buff to grey paper Wrapper size 110-115mm x 285-290mm 003 ˝d violet Ł10 Ł10 003s “SPECIMEN”, red (as 001s) Wrapper size 140-145mm x 440-450mm 004 ˝d violet Ł10 Ł10 004s 004s “SPECIMEN” Ł50 ... 1885 (Earliest known usage is 8 June 1885.) As previous issue, buff to grey wove paper.
005s1, 006s1 005s2, 006s2 005as3, 006s3
Wrapper size 110-115mm x 285-290mm 005 ˝d violet Ł3 Ł1 005s1 “SPECIMEN”, in black Ł10 ... 005s2 “SPECIMEN”, in red Ł10 ... 005a manila glazed paper Ł10 Ł10 005as3 “SPECIMEN”, black ... 005v1 - vertical white line through Y to oval centre (@200%) 005v1 vertical line variety 005v2 - frame damage SE corner (@200%) 005v2 frame damage SE corner Wrapper size 140-145mm x 445-450mm 006 ˝d violet Ł3 Ł1 006s1 “SPECIMEN”, black Ł10 ... 006s2 “SPECIMEN”, red Ł10 ... 006s3 “SPECIMEN”, black ... 006a manila glazed paper Ł10 Ł10 Black “SPECIMEN” s1 is 12mm x 2mm. Red “SPECIMEN” s2 is 22mm x 4˝mm, Black “SPECIMEN” s3 is 18˝mm x 2˝mm. 1888 PROOFS 8 nickel electrotype blocks were produced by De la Rue in London for the 1d green. A die proof, dated 11 April 1888, of the 8 blocks printed in black on card was sold by Charles Leski Auctions on 25 June 2003 (Auction 215, lot 256). A further 16 blocks were produced by De la Rue in 1899. A single die proof of one of these blocks dated 18 October 1899 was sold by Charles Leski Auctions on 25 June 2003 (Auction 215, lot 256). 1888 Head of Queen Victoria, no heading. Printed on a coarse greyish buff or a fine buff paper. Size 145-150mm x 285-290mm
007 007s1 The normal position of the indicium varies between about 15mm to about 35mm from the right hand edge. In the case of 107ba, “indicium on left side”, the indicium is about 100mm from the right hand edge. 007a 1d green, greyish buff Ł4 Ł6 007b fine buff manila Ł4 Ł6 007ba indicium on left side Ł50 Ł50 007c buff manila glazed Ł10 Ł10 007d ribbed paper 007s1 “SPECIMEN”, black Ł10 ... 007s2 “SPECIMEN”, red Ł10 ... Black “SPECIMEN” s1 is 12mm x 2mm. Red “SPECIMEN” s2 is 22mm x 4˝mm. As on wrappers 005 and 006. 007s1 is also know with a double overprint, one is as illustrated and the other is 6mm above the indicium at an angle of about 30°. 1896 Design Competition In 1896 South Australia held a Design Competition which included designs for a newspaper wrapper. None of the designs received were adopted for use on a wrapper. Essays from this competition appear in auctions from time to time. The Hobart Postal Conference of March April 1898 At a conference of postal representatives from NSW, Victoria, South Australia, Queensland and Tasmania it was agreed that the word Specimen be placed on all stamps and stationery issued to collectors (gratis or under face value) and that all items sent to the UPU be obliterated by a date stamp. 189? Head of Queen Victoria as 1884 issue, coat of arms is 16mm x 10mm, tufts of tails horizontal. 008, 009 - Tufts of tails horizontal, lion full face (200%) Wrapper size 110-115mm x 285-290mm 008 ˝d violet Ł15 Ł15 Wrapper size 140-145mm x 445-450mm 009 ˝d violet Ł25 Ł25 H&G E6 and E6a The ˝d violet newspaper wrapper (c1896), with the head of Queen Victoria and SOUTH / AUSTRALIA above / below the indicium, is considered to be a stamped to order wrapper not a post office issue wrapper. (Listed in H&G as E6 and E6a). See stamped to order section below. 1901 Federal Presentation Set In 1901 Presentation Sets of Stamps and Postal Stationery were prepared and presented to Federal Parliamentarians on the eve of the amalgamation of the states’ postal department into the federal department. The set included three wrappers, 005s2, 006s2 and 007 with handwitten “Specimen” on the indicium. 1901? The earliest known date of use is 20 July 1901 Head of Queen Victoria as 1884 issue, coat of arms with an oval shield 20mm x 11˝mm. The lines above and below “NEWSPAPER ONLY” are 8˝mm or 6˝mm apart. 012, 013, 014, 015 - oval shield, lion facing right (200%) 012, 013 - lines 8˝mm apart; N below TH 013a - lines 6˝mm apart; N below left side of T Wrapper size 110-115mm x 285-290mm 012 ˝d violet Ł15 Ł15 Wrapper size 140-145mm x 360-380mm 013 ˝d violet Ł15 Ł15 013a horz lines 6˝mm apart Ł50 Ł50 1907 Earliest known used on 5 Aug 1907 Head of Queen Victoria as 1884 issue, COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA above heading & coat of arms. Printed on buff coloured horizontally ribbed paper. 014, 015, 016 Wrapper size 110-115mm x 285-290mm 014 ˝d violet Ł20 Ł20 014a smooth buff paper Wrapper size 140-145mm x 445-450mm 015 ˝d violet Ł20 Ł20 015a smooth buff paper Wrapper size 160mm x 365mm 016 ˝d violet Ł20 Ł20 A uniform width of 5Ľ inches (133 mm) for newspaper wrappers was approved by the Postmaster General of the Commonwealth of Australia on 22 February 1910 for South Australia, Victoria and Western Australia. The letter with this approval is endorsed by J B Cooke as having been seen by him on 4 April 1910. The 1910 1d wrappers were probably produced prior to 4 April 1910 and the 1910 ˝d wrappers after this date. 1910 Change of colour. The 1d wrapper does not have any heading. heading on 017, A’s with pointed tops
017, 019 018
Wrapper size 130-135mm x 285-290mm 017 ˝d green Ł100 Ł100 Wrapper size 140-145mm x 285-290mm 018 1d deep orange Ł30 Ł30 1911 A’s in SOUTH AUSTRALIA with flat tops. heading on 019 modified font, A’s with flat tops Wrapper size 130-135mm x 285-290mm 019 ˝d green Ł30 Ł30 STAMPED TO ORDER Stamp dies to produce stamped to order stationery were received in Adelaide in 1895. The cost of impressing the stamps was charged at 2/- per 1000 or part thereof in addition to postage at cost. The minimum order quantity was 500. Records for 1895 show that no stamped to order wrappers were produced in 1895. No records exist for 1896 onwards to show how many or for whom they were produced. 1899 December Head of Queen Victoria, SOUTH / AUSTRALIA above / below indicium. Size 110mm x 283mm. 101 101 ˝d violet Ł200 .. OFFICIAL WRAPPERS SIZE - The majority of the wrappers with the O.S. overprint are 105-115mm x 340-350mm. There are copies with various different heights of as little as 240mm. None appear to be the same size as the normal issue wrappers. 1882 O.S. overprinted on wrapper as design 001 and 001a (oval shield)
Type 1 Type 2
Type 1 overprint 201 ˝d violet with stop Ł50 Ł50 201s (@75%) 201s “SPECIMEN” 201a ˝d violet without stop Ł50 Ł50 201b (@75%) 201b O.S. inverted Type 2 overprint 202 ˝d violet with stop .. .. 202a ˝d violet without stop .. .. Type 2 overprints are listed by Moens, Gibbons, Bright, Ascher and H&G. No copies have been reported. 1884 Type 1 overprinted on wrapper as design 003 and 004, white paper. 203, 204, 205, 207, 208, 209 203 ˝d violet Ł50 Ł50 203s (@75%) 203s ˝d violet Ł50 ... Wrapper size 140-145mm x 445-450mm 204 ˝d violet Ł50 Ł50 1885 Type 1 overprinted on wrapper as design 005, buff / grey paper. 205 ˝d violet Ł20 Ł10 205a (@75%) 205a no stop after O of O.S. Ł50 205s “SPECIMEN” ...
205d manila glazed paper Ł50
Four different settings of the O.S. type 1 overprint have been identified by John K Courtis - see Printing Differences on Selected South Australia Newspaper Wrappers, Philately from Australia, Vol. LVII No. 3, Sept. 2005, pp. 42-3; Vol. LVII No. 4 Dec. 2005, pp. 63-64. Wrapper 205 with added overprint “THE HEAD TEACHER” etc. “THE HEAD TEACHER,” 61mm wide; SCHOOL in medium font 205b (illustration at 75%) 205b ˝d violet ... Ł100 “THE HEAD TEACHER,” 60mm wide; SCHOOL in bold font 205c (illustration at 75%) 205c ˝d violet ... Ł100 1889 Type 1 overprinted on wrapper as design 007. Size 146mm x 285mm. 206 206 1d green .. Ł150 Only 4 copies known (Prestige Auction No 110, lot 787, 15 May 2004). 1899 Type 1 overprinted on wrappers as design 008 and 009 207 ˝d violet Ł50 Ł20 190? Type 1 overprinted on wrapper as design 012 209 ˝d violet Ł50 Ł50 Wrapper 209 with added overprint “THE HEAD TEACHER” etc. 209a (illustration at 75%) 209a ˝d violet 190? O.H.M.S. overprinted on wrapper 012 above the coat of arms 210 ˝d violet Ł50 Ł50 1908 O.H.M.S. overprinted on wrapper 014 or 015 (or similar) above the coat of arms. 211 Black overprint, O.H.M.S. 18mm, underline 19mm, wrapper size 145x350mm 211 ˝d violet 212 Violet overprint, O.H.M.S. 25˝mm, underline 30mm 212 ˝d violet 213 Violet overprint, O.H.M.S. 30mm, no underline 213 ˝d violet 214 (@75%) Black overprint, O.H.M.S. 27mm, underline 32ľmm 214 ˝d violet
1910 O.H.M.S. overprinted on wrapper 016 (or similar), above first line. 220 Green overprint, O.H.M.S. 21mm, underline 28mm 220 ˝d green Ł300 221 Black overprint, O.H.M.S. 29mm, underline 32mm, wrapper size 130x440mm 221 ˝d green 222 Green overprint, O.H.M.S. 28mm, underline 32mm, wrapper size 130x310mm 222 ˝d green 223 Black overprint, O.H.M.S. 27mm, underline 30mm 223 ˝d green 224 Green overprint, O.H.M.S. 25mm, underline 29mm 224 ˝d green 225 (@75%) Green overprint, O.H.M.S. 19mm, underline 25mm Vertically ribbed paper 134mmx 288mm 225 ˝d green Indicium as on wrapper 017 230 (illustration at 75%) 230 1d orange SOUTH AUSTRALIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Postage Stamps, Envelopes and Post Cards of Australia and the British Colonies of Oceania, by the Philatelic Society London, 1887 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Does this Postal Stationery Exist?, by Carl Stieg, in Postal Stationery No 268, May-Jun 1991 Does this Postal Stationery Exist, by Carl Stieg, in Postal Stationery No 272, Jan-Feb 1992 South Australian Wrappers, by Peter Guerin, in Postal Stationery Collector No 14, August 1998 Charles Leski Auctions, Auction No 215, 25 June 2003 Charles Leski Auctions, Auction No 227, 31 December 2003 South Australia Wrapper, by Tom Herinckx, Postal Stationery No 334, January 2004 Differentiating Coat of Arms Types on South Australia Newspaper Wrappers, by John Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector No 38, August 2004 Charles Leski Auctions, Auction 251, 06 Dec 2004 Printing Differences on Selected South Australia Newspaper Wrappers, in Philately from Australia, Vol. LVII No. 3, Sept. 2005, pp. 42-3; Vol. LVII No. 4 Dec. 2005, pp. 63-64. Proprietary Newspapers named on Newspaper Wrappers, by John K Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector No 43, November 2005 South Australia Official Newspaper Wrappers, in Postal Stationery No 367, July 2009 South Australia OHMS Wrapper, by Tom Herinckx, in Postal Stationery No 382, January 2012 South Australia Wrapper Trial?, by Tom Herinckx, in Postal Stationery No 409, Jul-Aug 2016 Specimen Postal Stationery of the Australian States: Background & Guide to the Literature, by D I Smith, in Postal Stationery Collector No 87, Aug 2016 South Austalia Wrapper Proof, by Edgard Pockelé, in Postal Stationery No 410, Sep-Oct 2016 Tasmanian Stamp Auctions, 6 October 2018, (1901 Federal Presentation Stamps and Postal Stationery) Australian Postal History & Social Philately - F H Faulding (1816-1868) & Faulding’s Medical Journal Wrapper - - www.auspostalhistory.com/articles/246.shtml Dave Elsmore collection, private correspondence, 2015 - 2016 Tom Herinckx collection, private correspondence, 2016 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Australian Colonies’ Post Office Newspaper Wrappers, in Australian Journal of Philately September 2015 SOUTH WEST AFRICA South Africa wrappers were available for use in South West Africa from 1914. 1923 January South Africa wrappers overprinted “SOUTH WEST AFRICA.”, “SOUTHWEST AFRICA.” or “ZUID-WEST AFRIKA.”
001 002 SOUTH WEST AFRICA. 001 ˝d green Ł10 Ł30 001s “SPECIMEN” Ł30 001a no stop after AFRICA Ł10 Ł30 001as “SPECIMEN” Ł30 002 1d red Ł10 Ł30 002s “SPECIMEN” Ł30 002a no stop after AFRICA Ł10 Ł30 002as “SPECIMEN” Ł30 SPECIMEN OVERPRINTS The “SPECIMEN” overprint on wrappers 001, 002, 005 and 006 is diagonal, bottom left to top right, 47˝mm x 6mm, in red.
003 004 SOUTHWEST AFRICA 003 ˝d green Ł10 Ł300 004 1d red Ł10 Ł30
005 006 ZUID-WEST AFRIKA. 005 ˝d green Ł10 Ł30 005a no stop after AFRIKA Ł10 Ł30 005s “SPECIMEN” Ł30 006 1d red Ł10 Ł30 006a no stop after AFRIKA Ł10 Ł30 006s “SPECIMEN” Ł30 1923 May Overprinted “South West Africa.” or “Zuid-West Afrika.”
007 008 South West Africa 0 07 ˝d green Ł10 Ł30 008 1d red Ł10 Ł30
009 010 Zuid-West Afrika 009 ˝d green Ł10 Ł30 010 1d red Ł10 Ł30 1923 September Overprinted “Zuidwest Afrika” 011 011 ˝d green Ł10 Ł30 SOUTH WEST AFRICA BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 The Postal Stationery of South West Africa, by W J Quik and J Stolk, 1993 SOUTHERN RHODESIA 1924 King George V
001 002 001 ˝d green Ł10 Ł50 002 1d red Ł10 Ł50 Copies ex UPU archive are dated 1924 1931 King George V 003 003 ˝d green Ł10 Ł50 Copy ex UPU archive is dated 1931 1938 King George VI 004 004 ˝d green Ł70 Ł200 SOUTHERN RHODESIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postal Stationery of Southern Rhodesia, by E B Proud, 1997 SPAIN All newspaper wrappers from Spain are stamped to order. STAMPED TO ORDER 1910 King Alfonso XIII, Medallón design
101 102 101 2c brown 102 10c pink 103 10c vermilion 1922 King Alfonso XIII, Vaquer design 105 5c brown 1935 Matrona design 108 108 1c green SPAIN BIBLIOGRAPHY Manual de los Enteros Postales de Iniciativa Privada de Espańa, by Dieter Nentwich, 1993 Catálogo Especializado de Enteros Postales de Espańa, Colonias y Dependencias, Ángel Laiz, 1994 1st ed ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Catálogo de Enteros Postales de Espańa de 1873 - 1973, by Antonio Cotter Mauriz, 1973, 79pp Catálogo Especializado de Enteros Postales de Espańa, Colonias y Dependencias, Ángel Laiz, 2000 2nd ed Catálogo Especializado de Enteros Postales de Espańa, Colonias y Dependencias, 3 Vol, Ángel Laiz, 2006 ed Las Emisiones de Enteros Postales de Espańa (1873-1973), Una guía para su estudio, by Francisco Javier Padín Vaamonde, 1998, and 2003 SUDAN 1898 Egyptian wrappers overprinted
001 break in character 002 above S
001 1m brown Ł3 Ł30 001v1 Broken Arabic character Ł50 002 2m green Ł10 Ł30 1908 Desert Postman on Camel design
003 004 003 1m brown Ł8 Ł40 004 2m green Ł8 Ł40 004s 004s “SPECIMEN” Ł30 ...
packet bands for wrappers (presumed to be for 003 & 004) 1921 New colour, smaller indicium 005 005 2m orange brown Ł30 Ł50 005p proof “CANCELLED” perfin ... SUDAN BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Stamps and Posts of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, by Harold G D Gisburn and G Seymour Thomson, 1947 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Nile Post Handbook and Catalogue of Egyptian Stamps, by Joseph H Chalhoub, 2003 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Sudan the Stamps and Postal Stationery of 1867 to 1970, by E C W Stagg, 1977 SWITZERLAND Newspaper wrappers were first made available at the 11 district headquarter post offices only. From 1 January 1873 they became available from all post office. 1871 May 13 Numeral design, inscribed with date 20 3 71. Printed lithograph by Stämpfli & Co in Bern. Issued in sheets of 11 wrappers (2c) or 7 wrappers (5c). Wrappers with the 144mm band are 220mm wide, all others are 340mm wide. The height of the wrapper is about 2mm more than the distance D.
001, 002 003, 004, 005 004aa (200%)
W 144mm, D 28mm, B 1˝mm 001 2c brick red Ł7 Ł200 001a 2c carmine red Ł7 Ł200 W 224mm, D 33mm, B 2˝mm 002 2c brick red Ł7 Ł200 002a 2c carmine red Ł7 Ł200 W 223mm, D 34mm, B 1˝mm 003 5c brick red Ł9 Ł250 W 222-229mm, D 34mm, B 2mm 003a 5c rose Ł9 Ł250 W 224mm, D 41mm, B 1˝mm 004 5c brick red Ł15 Ł250 W 223mm, B 42mm, B 2mm 004a 5c brick red Ł15 Ł250 004aa missing 20 Ł50 .. W 227mm, B 40mm, B 2mm 004b 5c rose Ł15 Ł250 1873 February 1 Oval numeral design embossed. Size 357mm x 44mm (2c) or 357mm x 70mm (5c). Printed by Stämpfli & Co in Bern. Issued in sheets of 11 wrappers (2c) or 7 wrappers (5c).
005 006 005 2c rose Ł4 Ł60 006 5c rose Ł5 Ł80 1874 January 1 Change of colours. Wove paper. Size 357mm x 44mm (2c) or 357mm x 70mm (5c). Printed by Stämpfli & Co in Bern. Issued in sheets of 11 wrappers (2c) or 7 wrappers (5c).
007, 009, 011 008, 010, 012 011
007 2c olive brown Ł2 Ł40 008 5c brown Ł4 Ł400 1875 August 15 As previous issue, on a quadrillé watermarked paper. The quadrille rulings are spaced 8.9mm x 4.5mm. Size 357mm x 44mm (2c) or 357mm x 70mm (5c). Printed by Stämpfli & Co in Bern. Issued in sheets of 11 wrappers (2c) or 7 wrappers (5c). 009 2c olive brown Ł2 Ł10 010 5c brown Ł2 Ł10 1879 Earliest known use, 2c - 2 May 1879; 5c - 24 December 1879. As previous, printed on a white rough thin paper. Size 357mm x 44mm (2c) or 357mm x 70mm (5c). Printed by Stämpfli & Co in Bern. Issued in sheets of 11 wrappers (2c) or 7 wrappers (5c). 011 2c yellow brown Ł1 Ł3 012 5c brown Ł2 Ł4 1883 As previous on a thin, yellowish, strong, glossy paper. Change of colour. Size 361mm x 48mm (2c) or 361mm x 81mm (5c). Printed by Stämpfli & Co in Bern. Issued in sheets of 10 wrappers (2c) or 6 wrappers (5c).
013, 015 014
013 2c black Ł1 Ł1 013a albino print Ł100 Ł400 014 5c carmine Ł1 Ł1 014a albino print Ł50 Ł400 1896 As previous, size 361mm x 81mm. Printed by Stämpfli & Co in Bern. Issued in sheets of 10 wrappers. 015 2c black Ł1 Ł1
1873 design (400%) 1897 design (400%)
1897 New design of numeral in oval, the coat of arms above the figure has a double lined border. Size 361mm x 81mm. Printed by Stämpfli & Co in Bern. Issued in sheets of 10 wrappers (2c) or 6 wrappers (5c).
016, 019 017
016 2c black Ł1 Ł1 017 5c red Ł1 Ł1 1899 As previous issue, change of colour. Size 361mm x 81mm. Printed by Stämpfli & Co in Bern. Issued in sheets of 6 wrappers. 018, 020 018 5c green Ł1 Ł1 1902 As previous issue, printed on a cream parchment like paper. Size 125mm x 330mm. Indicium in upper left of wrapper, on the 5c wrapper it is 79-81mm or 36-37mm from top. Printed by Stämpfli & Co in Bern. 019 2c black Ł1 Ł1 020 5c green, 78-81mm Ł1 Ł1 020a 36-37mm Ł2 Ł2 1907 Design depicting William Tell’s son. Printed on yellow wove paper. Indicium in upper left of wrapper. Size 125mm x 330mm. Square Corners.
021, 023 022, 024, 025
021 2c olive yellow Ł1 Ł1 022 5c green Ł1 Ł1 1908 As previous issue, printed on cream paper, indicium printed in upper left of wrapper. Rounded corners at top. 023 2c olive yellow Ł1 Ł1 023a albino print 024 5c green Ł1 Ł1 1908 As previous issue, indicium printed in upper right of wrapper ... 2c olive yellow ... ... 025 5c green Ł1 Ł3 It is believed that a 2c olive yellow, with the indicium printed in the upper right of the wrapper, may also exist - although no copy has ever been recorded. This should not be confused with a stamped to order wrapper which was produced with the indicium on the right. (Ganzsachensammler No 88, June 2008) 1908 Design depicting William Tell’s son. Embossed printing. Bowstring in front of shaft. Size 125mm x 330mm. bowstring in front of shaft (400%) wide gap at top above lettering, E with short top bar
026, 028 027, 029, 032, 050
026 2c olive brown Ł5 Ł1 026a albino print 027 5c green Ł5 Ł1 027a albino print 1909 Similar to previous design. Bowstring at the back of the shaft. Wrapper Size 125mm x 330mm. Indicium size 18.7mm x 22.4mm. bowstring at the back of shaft (400%) narrow gap at top, top bar of E same width as bottom bar 028 2c olive brown Ł1 Ł1 028a albino print 029 5c green, round corners Ł1 Ł1 029a albino print 029b square corners 1915 February 1 Wrapper 028 overprinted. 030 030 3c on 2c olive brown Ł1 Ł1
1915 Indicium size 18.4mm x 22.0mm. Wrapper Size 110mm x 330mm.
031 033
031 3c violet Ł5 Ł1 031a albino print 1915 As wrapper 029. Indicium size 19.3mm x 22.7mm. Wrapper size 110mm x 330mm. PAPER 0.85mm THICK 032A 5c green Ł1 Ł1 TRANSLUCENT PAPER 0.70mm THICK 032B 5c green Ł1 Ł1 1916 March Change of colour, indicium size 19mm x 22.5mm. Wrapper size 110mm x 330mm. 033 3c lilac Ł1 Ł1 1917 January As previous issue with change of colour. 034 034 3c orange brown Ł1 Ł1 1921 February 1 Overprint on wrappers 031, 033 and 034.
035 036
037 035 5c on 3c violet (031) Ł500 ... 036 5c on 3c lilac (033) Ł250 Ł700 037 5c on 3c orange brown (034) Ł1 Ł1 1921 William Tell’s son design. Change of colour. 038 038 5c red orange Ł1 Ł1 1921 New design with bust of William Tell. 039 039 10c green Ł1 Ł1 1924 Wrappers 038 and 039 with price of wrapper printed below the indicium.
040 041 040 5c red orange Ł1 Ł1 041 10c green Ł1 Ł1 1925 William Tell’s son design. Change of colour. With price of wrapper below indicium. 042 042 5c grey violet Ł1 Ł1 1927 William Tell’s son design. Change of colour. With price of wrapper below indicium. 043 043 5c red violet Ł1 Ł1 1928 Wrappers 039 and 041 overprinted with new value in black.
044 045 044 7˝c on 10c green (039) Ł50 Ł200 045 7˝c on 10c green (041) Ł2 Ł15 1928 William Tell’s son design. New value. With price of wrapper below indicium. 046 046 7˝c green Ł2 Ł10 1930 Overprint on wrapper 046. 047 047 5c on 7˝c green Ł2 Ł2 1930 July William Tell’s son design. Change of colour. With price of wrapper below indicium. 110mm x 330mm. Square corners. 048 048 5c greyish green Ł2 Ł1 048a 5c light green 1934 January Wrapper 048a with price of wrapper overprinted with two bars. Square corners. 049 049 5c light green Ł2 Ł4 1934 September William Tell’s son design as wrapper 032. Wrapper size 90mm x 330mm. Indicium size 19.3mm x 22.8mm. Square corners. 050 5c green Ł1 Ł1 050a albino print 1938 December 4 Design depicting the Edelweiss flower - the national flower of Switzerland. Size 90mm x 330mm. 051 051 5c green Ł1 Ł1 051a albino print 1948 December 1 Edelweiss flower design change of colour. 052, 053, 054 052 5c brown Ł1 Ł1 052a albino print 1955 As previous, text added headed “Achtung - Attention - Attenzione” etc. 053 text heading 053 5c brown Ł1 Ł1 packet band for wrapper 053 @75% 1959 As previous no dash between Attention and Attenzione. 054 text heading 054 5c brown Ł1 Ł1 Switzerland discontinued the sale of newspaper wrappers in July 1960. STAMPED TO ORDER Numeral and cross design. 101 101 5c green Ł7 Ł100 William Tell’s son with border. The stamped to order design differs from the Post Office issue - it is not embossed and the crossbow has more printed detail.
102 103
102 2c olive Ł7 Ł40
103 5c green Ł7 Ł25
Helvetia design.
104 105 106
104 10c red Ł3 105 12c ocre Ł3 106 15c violet Ł3 William Tell’s son without border. The stamped to order design differs from the Post Office issue - it is not embossed and the crossbow has more printed detail. 107 2c olive type 1 108 2c olive type 2 109 2c olive type 3 110 5c green type 1 Ł7 111 5c green type 2 Ł8 112 5c green type 3 Ł8 113 5c red-orange Ł10 114 5c grey violet Ł10 115 5c red violet Ł10 116 7˝c green Ł40 Type 1 - bowstring in front of shaft Type 2 - bowstring at back of shaft, HELVETIA in thick lettering Type 3 - bowstring at back of shaft, HELVETIA in thin lettering Helvetica design. 117 12c brown Ł100 William Tell bust. 118 10c green 119 12c brown Ł250 120 13c olive 121 15c violet 122 20c red violet Ł15 123 20c orange red 124 25c orange red Ł15 125 25c carmine Ł15 COMPOUND STAMPINGS 131 5c 101 + 5c 103 Ł7 132 5c 101 + 10c 104 Ł7 133 5c 101 + 15c 106 Ł15 134 12c 105 + 10c 104 Ł3 STAMPING ADDED TO POST OFFICE ISSUES 141 5c 012 + 5c 103 142 5c 012 + 10c 104 143 5c 012 + 15c 106 144 2c 013 + 5c 103 145 2c 013 + 10c 104 146 2c 013 + 15c 106 147 5c 014 + 5c 103 148 5c 014 + 10c 104 149 5c 014 + 15c 106 150 2c 015 + 10c 104 151 2c 016 + 10c 104 152 5c 017 + 5c 103 153 5c 017 + 10c 104 154 5c 017 + 15c 106 155 5c 018 + 5c 103 156 5c 018 + 10c 104 157 5c 018 + 15c 106 158 5c 019 + 10c 104 159 5c 020 + 5c 103 160 5c 020 + 10c 104 161 5c 020 + 15c 106 162 5c 029 + 10c 104 163 5c 029 + 10c red (Tell) 164 5c 032 + 10c red (Tell) 165 3c 033 + 10c red (Tell) 166 3c 034 + 10c red (Tell) 167 5c 038 + 10c red (Tell) 168 5c 038 + 20c 122 169 10c 039 + 10c 118 170 5c 040 + 20c 122 171 5c 042 + 20c 122 SWITZERLAND BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Handbook of the Postage Stamps of Switzerland, by Ernst Zumstein, in The Philatelic Record, August 1910 [published in parts, section on wrappers is in August 1910 edition] Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Zumstein Die Ganzsachen der Schweiz, 1992 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Alma Lee Collection of Switzerland, photocopy of the original collection (in the RSPL Library), c2001 Switzerland’s Postal Wrapper Bands 1871-1902, Postal Stationery, No 353, Mar-Apr 2007, by Harlan F Stone David Feldman Auction No 182, 14 December 2013 (lots 30993 to 31095) Articles in Der Ganzachensammler Etwas über die Streifbänder, by Georges Schild, no 57 pp 1044-1050 Apr 1997 Privativ - Streifbänder und Privat Zudruckstreifbänder, by Armando Lualdi, No 63 pp 1175-1188 Apr 1999 Streifband ZU-Nr 39 als Albino : eine Neuentdeckung, by Armando Lualdi, No 65 pp 1222-1223 Dec 1999 Die Privatganzsachen der Gebr Roth in Oftringen, by Armando Lualdi, No 68 pp 1297-1300 Dec 2000 Die orangeroten Wertstempel Tellbrustbild Rp 25 und Pr 20 auf Privatganzsachen, by Armando Lualdi, No 70 pp 1354-1357 Dec 2001 Die Privatganzsachen der Samenhandlung G R Vatter in Bern, by Armando Lualdi, No 74 pp 1439-1443 May 2003 Die Streifbänder der Gärtnerei Ernst Meier in Rüti-Zürich, by Armando Lualdi, No 76 pp 1481-1488 Dec 2003 Die Frühdaten bei Postkarten und Streifbändern, by Ingo Debrunner, No 77 pp 1516-1520 Apr 2004 Die Streifbänder der Gärtnerei Ernst Meier in Rüti-Zürich, by Armando Lualdi, No 77 pp 1506-1509 Apr 2004 Die Streifbänder aus der franz Schweiz für den Versand von Finanzblättern (Feuilles financičres), by Armando Lualdi, No 81 pp 1634-1639 Sep 2005 Ganzsachen-Allerlei: Die Streifbänder der Gärtnerei Ernst Meier in Rüti-Zürich, by Ingo Debrunner, No 85 p 1733 Apr 2007 Ganzsachen-Allerlei: Neue Frühdaten, by Ingo Debrunner, No 85 p 1736 Apr 2007 Als die OPD das Streifband Zu 24 durch das Streifband Zu 25 ablöste, by Armando Lualdi, No 88 pp 1801-1805 Jun 2008 Die Einführung des Herstellungszuschlags von 1 Rp. auf Streifbänder per 1. Juni 1919, by Armando Lualdi, No 88 pp 1805-1809 Jun 2008 Die Privatganzsachen von Hans Emmenegger (1866-1940), Emmenbrücke, Max Buri (1868-1915), Brienz, und der Firma Fr. Wagner aus Lungern (Kt. Obwalden), by Armando Lualdi, No 93 pp 1924-1927 Dec 2009 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Le Wrapper (Bande pour journaux), Cursores No 9, July 1982, by Luigi Pertile SYRIA 1920 Turkey wrappers overprinted with symbol and value in Arabic.
001 002 (with forged postmark)
001 1m on 2p violet brown Ł100 ... 002 4m on 10p green Ł100 ... No genuinely used copies of these wrappers have been recorded. SYRIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1949 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The London Philatelist, No 1262, Jan-Feb 1999, pp 4 - 10; Forgeries of the Stamps of the Arab Kingdom of Syria Part III, by Alexander Kaczmarczyk and Rodney T Unwin ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Philatelic History of the Arab Kingdom of Syria, by Alexander Kaczmarczyk & Rodney Unwin, 1st ed 2002; 2nd ed 2014 The Postal Issues of Syria, Lebanon and the Alaoutes 1919-1945, by Alexander Kaczmarczyk, 2004 TAHITI 1884 Wrappers locally produced by handstamping a 5c or 10c indicia. All the wrappers examined by the editor appear to have been used by one of two newspapers “La Cloche” and “Le Messager de Tahiti” which strongly suggests that they are in effect stamped to order and not regular post office issues. No unused copies are known.
001 002 001 5c black ... Ł50 002 10c black ... Ł50 The Philatelic Record (1886), Gibbons (1900) and Bright (1914) also record a 5c + 10c wrapper and a 25 c wrapper. There is no evidence that these exist. TAHITI PRIVATE OVERPRINTS LA CLOCHE The masthead was printed together with the addressee name and address, resulting in much minor variation. clo10 - the two horizontal lines, above and below LA CLOCHE, are 90mm wide in this example. 001 5c black 002 10c black LE MESSAGER DE TAHITI The masthead was printed together with the addressee name and address, resulting in much minor variation. mes10 001 5c black 002 10c black TAHITI BIBLIOGRAPHY The Philatelic Record, No 89, June 1886 Stanley Gibbons Catalogue Part IV, Envelopes Postcards and Wrappers, 1897, 1900 A Catalogue for Advanced Collectors of Postage Stamps, Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers, by Henry Collin and Henry L Calman, 1901 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II, Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Catalogue des Entiers Postaux de France d'Algérie des Colonies Française, Association del Collectionneurs d’Entiers Postaux (ACEP), 1949 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Catalogue des entiers postaux des ex-colonies françaises en 3 tomes, A.C.E.P., 2000. TASMANIA There is no evidence to show that any Queen Victoria newspaper wrappers were general post office issues. There are no known official record of these. All contemporary philatelic literature only mention stamped to order issues. The pre-eminent Tasmanian philatelist, A F Basset-Hull, used STO wrappers from January 1891 for his publication and wrote about Tasmania STO Queen Victoria wrappers. However, at no time did he mention any post office issue Tasmania QV wrappers. All the QV wrappers are therefore considered to be stamped to order. The Hobart Postal Conference of March April 1898 At a conference of postal representatives from NSW, Victoria, South Australia, Queensland and Tasmania it was agreed that the word Specimen be placed on all stamps and stationery issued to collectors (gratis or under face value) and that all items sent to the UPU be obliterated by a date stamp. 1905 Head of King Edward VII, on smooth white paper, 110mm x 290mm These wrappers were printed in October 1904, the earliest known used ˝d wrapper is postmarked 28 April 1905. CTO copies of the ˝d supplied to the UPU were postmarked 23 and 29 Jan 1906, the 1d was postmarked 31 Jan 1906. Copies from the Madagascar archive are dated 29 Jan 1906 (˝d) and 31 Jan 1906 (1d).
012, 014 013 013s
012 ˝d bluish green Ł30 Ł30 012s CTO specimen Ł30 012a grey yellow paper Ł60 Ł150 013 1d rose to vermilion Ł20 Ł20 013s CTO specimen Ł30 1910 As previous 133mm wide 014 ˝d green STAMPED TO ORDER For stamped to order with private overprints see section below. 1891
100 101
102 104 105 100 ˝d yellow orange Ł10 Ł20 101 ˝d red Ł10 Ł20 102 1d red Ł20 Ł40 1d green * 104 2d green Ł60 Ł100 105 2d violet .. Ł500
- reported but not seen
1892 106 ˝d + ˝d orange 107 ˝d + ˝d red 108 ˝d orange + 1d red 109 1d red + ˝d orange 110 110 1d + 1d red Ł10 111 2d green + 1d red 112 1d + 1d + 1d red 113 2d+2d green+1d red+˝d orange 115 1d+1d+1d+1d+1d+1d red 1892 Embossed platypus STAMP DUTY design 122 (illustration at 75%)
121 123
121 2d red Ł800 Ł800 122 3d red Ł800 Ł800 123 6d red Ł800 Ł800 Only a small number of each of the above items are believed to have been produced for William Frederick Petterd. The London Philatelist, No 7, p 201, July 1892 reported the above 3 items. It also mentioned a third party report of a wrapper with the 2d platypus design and the QV ˝d oval design alongside. TASMANIA BIBLIOGRAPHY The American Philatelist Vol 5 No 4 p 57, (Report of 1d red stamped to order wrappers), 10 April 1891 The London Philatelist, No 7, p 201, July 1892 Vindin's Philatelic Monthly Vol VI No. 4 p 47, November 22, 1892. (Report from A F Basset Hull that in a letter from the Secretary of the Tasmanian Postal Department, the Secretary stated that “Newspaper wrappers stamped with the Platypus dies are not allowed to pass as postal matter”.) Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 The American Philatelist Vol 7 No 5 p 69, (Report of a 1d green stamped to order wrapper), May 1893 Stanley Gibbons Catalogue Part IV Envelopes Postcards and Wrappers, 1897, 1900 A Catalogue for Advanced Collectors of Postage Stamps Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers, by Henry Collins and Henry L Calman, 1901 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Tasmania First Issue Wrappers, in Postal Stationery No 214, by Walton Eugene Tinsley, May-Jun 1982 Stamps and Postal History of Tasmania, by Walton Eugene Tinsley, 1986. (The chapter on postal stationery was written by O G Ingles.) Does this Postal Stationery Exist?, by Carl Stieg, in Postal Stationery No 268, May-Jun 1991 Revenues and Postal Stationery, in Postal Stationery No 280, by Wayne Menuz, May-Jun 1993 Proprietary Newspapers named on Newspaper Wrappers, in Postal Stationery Collector No 43, by John K Courtis, Nov 2005 Tasmania’s Embossed Platypus used as Postage: Stamp Duty? or Curiosity? or Postal Stationery?, in The Informer (Journal of the Society of Australian Specialists/Oceania) No 667, by David McNamee, Jan 2010 An Analysis of the Postal Stationery Wrappers of Tasmania: Availability and Buyer Demand, in The Courier, by Dr John K Courtis, 2013 Tasmania’s Embossed Platypus used as Postage: Stamp Duty? or Curiosity or Postal Stationery, in Postal Stationery No 395, by David McNamee, May-Jun 2014 Mark Diserio collection, private correspondence, 2013 Tom Herinckx collection, private correspondence, 2017 Larry Parks collection, private correspondence, 2017 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Stamps of Tasmania, by A F Basset-Hull, 1890 Tasmanian Postal Stationery, by O G Ingles, in Philately from Australia, Sep 1960, Dec 1960, Sep 1961, Dec 1961 Tasmanian Postal Stationery, by L C Viney, in Philately from Australia, Mar 1962, Jun 1962 Encyclopaedia of British Empire Postage Stamps Vol IV, by Robson Lowe, 1962 The Status of Tasmania’s Postal Fiscals, in Philately from Australia, Vol. 50 No. 1, March 1998, by Bill Lloyd-Smith Australian Colonies’ Post Office Newspaper Wrappers, in Australian Journal of Philately September 2015 TRANSVAAL 1899 May 1 Coat of Arms. Heading & address panel setting A (˝d and 1d) or B (2d and 3d). Setting A (50%) Setting B (50%)
001 002 003
004 001 ˝d green Ł8 Ł30 002 1d carmine & green Ł8 Ł30 003 2d brown & green Ł10 Ł30 004 3d violet & green Ł10 Ł30 Quantities supplied - ˝d 1,983,500; 1d 1,500,000; 2d 1,013,000 3d 605,500 1900 June Hand stamped V.R. in black-violet V.R. Handstamp (400%)
005 006 007
In June 1900 Rustenberg was occupied by British Forces. Transvaal wrappers were hand stamped locally. 005 ˝d green Ł200 006 1d carmine & green Ł200 007 2d brown & green Ł200 008 3d violet & green Ł200 1900 September overprinted V.R.I. 009 On 7 September 1900 Lydenburg was occupied by British Forces and part of its stock of Transvaal wrappers was overprinted. 009 ˝d green Ł200 010 1d carmine & green Ł200 011 2d brown & green Ł200 012 3d violet & green Ł200 Quantities overprinted ˝d 109; 1d 106; 2d 66; 3d 62 1902 Head of King Edward VII. Text setting DLR2
013 014 013 ˝d green Ł5 Ł10 013s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł50 014 1d carmine Ł5 Ł20 014s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł50 Quantities printed ˝d 5,524,970 1d 635,472 The Union of South Africa came into being on 31 May 1910 through the unification of four colonies - Cape of Good Hope, Natal, Transvaal and Orange Free State. Existing postal stationery of all the former colonies became valid for use in any part of the Union. TRANSVAAL BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The postal stationery of South Africa Part 1 by W J Quik & G H Jonkers, 1998 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Riddle of Rustenburg, Philatelic Federation of South Africa, 2007. Harry Birkhead & John Groenewald, ISBN 0620370092 The Legacy of Lydenburg, Philatelic Federation of South Africa, 2009. Harry Birkhead & John Groenewald, ISBN 0620416882 TRINIDAD 1884 February 18 Diademed profile of Queen Victoria, designed and printed by De la Rue and Co, size 125mm x 300mm. Text setting DLR1.
001 002
001 ˝d green Ł4 Ł5 002 1d carmine Ł4 Ł5 The ˝d rate was for Inland use, for Grenada, Barbados, St Vincent and Tobago. 1885 February 11 Wrapper 002 overprinted with “HALFPENNY” and 3, 4 or 5 bars
003a 003b 003a ˝d on 1d carmine, 4 bars Ł25 Ł200 003b 5 bars Ł25 Ł200 003c 3 bars Ł25 Ł200
z1 z2
The normal overprint on wrapper 003a is 11.9mm high, 20.0mm wide on the top bar and “HALFPENNY.” is 15.6mm wide. Other overprints are known to exist as the two example above, the status of which is unknown. Overprint on z1 is 11.8mm high, 17.4mm wide on the top bar and “HALFPENNY.” is 17.8mm wide. Overprint on z2 is 10.8mm high, 19.8mm wide on the top bar and “HALFPENNY.” is 18.3mm wide. (copy from eBay, sold 27 May 2018)) The existence of an overprint with “HALFPENNY.” 17˝mm wide was reported by J B Marriott in the BWI Study Circle Bulletin No 27, Sept 1960, p58. It was suggested that these may possibly be forgeries. 1891 The Duke of York (later King George V) visited Trinidad on 23 February 1891. To commemorate the visit the then current postage stamps and postal stationery were surcharged “9d.”. This included the two 1884 issue wrappers, the ˝d green and 1d carmine. It is believed that a total of four sets were produced as souvenirs and presented to the Duke of York on his visit. Reference - BWI Study Circle Bulletin No 29, pp 37-38, April 1961. “1891 Queen’s head design: 1d. to 5/-, and the current postal stationery surcharged ‘9d.’ in black”, by J B Marriott. 1902 Head of King Edward VII. Text setting DLR2.
004 005 004 ˝d green Ł5 Ł5 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 1904 005 1d carmine Ł5 Ł100 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł15 ... 727 wrappers were overprinted “SPECIMEN” TRINIDAD BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Postage Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, Post Cards and Telegraph Stamps of the British Colonies in the West Indies together with British Honduras and the Colonies in South America. The Philatelic Society, London. 1891 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 BWI Study Circle Bulletin No 27, p58, Sept 1960 BWI Study Circle Bulletin No 29, pp 37-38, April 1961 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO 1913 Essays A sepia photographic essay of the 1d indicium (which was also used for postcards) with the country name hand-lettered in white was produced by De la Rue. The indicium was cut to stamp size and mounted on thick card, 88mm x 114mm, and dated "March 5th 13". The item was sold by Heritage Auctions on 1 Dec 2007 for $690.00 includes Buyer's Premium. A printed black essay on glazed card of the 1d indicium (which was also used for postcards) with the country name hand-lettered in white was produced by De la Rue. The indicium was cut to stamp size and double matted between heavy cards, 88x94mm, and dated "March 5th 13". The item was sold by Heritage Auctions on 1 Dec 2007 for $690.00 includes Buyer's Premium. 1915 King George V. Text setting DLR2.
001 002 001 ˝d green Ł2 Ł3 001s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł30 002 1d red Ł2 Ł3 002s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł30 1924 King George V. Change of postal rate. Text setting DLR2. 003 003 1d brown Ł4 Ł5 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł10 1937 King George VI. Text setting DLR2.
004 005 004 1c green Ł5 Ł10 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł15 005 2c brown Ł5 Ł20 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D9a Ł15 1953 Queen Elizabeth II. Text setting DLR3a Text Setting DLR3a
005 006 006 1c green Ł4 Ł5 007 2c brown Ł4 Ł5 TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Heritage Auctions 998319, 1 December 2007 Postal Stationery of Trinidad & Tobago, by Peter Ford, in Postal Stationery No 419, Mar-Apr 2018 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Postal History of Trindad and Tobago, by Joe Chin Aleong and E B Proud, 1997 TURKEY CALENDAR - The Rumi calendar, based on the Julian calendar, was used in Turkey until the end of 1916. After this the Rumi calendar, based on the Gregorian calendar, was used until 18 December 1926. From 1 January 1927 the Gregorian calendar was used. 1901 March 1 1 March Julian, 14 March Gregorian Small Tughra design. 96mm x 372mm, thin oily yellow grey paper. Printed by the Public Debt Department of the Ministry of Finance. Designed by M Demirciyan and engraved by Nazmi Efendi.
001 002 FOR INLAND MAIL 001 5 para violet Ł7 Ł75 002 10 para green Ł7 Ł75
003 004 FOR FOREIGN MAIL 003 5 para yellow brown Ł7 Ł100 004 10 para yellow green Ł10 Ł100 The “Tughra” (in the centre) is in a circle for inland mail and in an oval for foreign mail. 1902 Small Tughra design. 96mm x 372mm. Thin oily yellow grey paper. Printed by the Public Debt Department of the Ministry of Finance. It is not known why these were issued, there is no record of any increase in postal charges. It has been suggested that these were done in error.
005 006 005 20 para carmine Ł10 Ł75 006 1 piastre blue Ł12 Ł75 1914 January 1
1 January Julian, 14 January Gregorian
127mm x 300mm, printed on brownish paper with a watermark (often barely visible). Printed by Bradbury, Wilkinson & Co, London.
007 008 007 2 para brown Ł12 Ł50 007s “SPÉCIMEN” 008 10 para green Ł12 Ł50 008s “SPÉCIMEN” “SPÉCIMEN” overprint on wrappers 007 and 008, “SPÉCIMEN” is 31mm x 4mm A small number of wrappers 007 and 008 with a red handstamp, as above, are known to exist. They are believed to have been produced as presentation samples by the Ottoman PTT. TURKEY BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Handbook of Turkish Philately Part 1 - Ottoman Empire Postal Stationery, by Andreas Birken, 1995 Postal Stationery of the Ottoman Empire, in Postal Stationery No 388 Jan 2013, by M Yavuz Corapcioglu ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Turk Pullari ve Antiyeleri Katalogu 1863-2008 : Turkish Stamps & Postal Stationeries Catalogue 1863–2005, by Ziya Agaogullan and Bülent Papuçcuoglu, 2005 The Stamps of Turkey, by A Passer, 1938 Turkish Stamps & Postal Stationery Catalogue 1863-2012 (Postal Stationery pp817-972) Vol 2, edited by M Z Agaogullan and M B Papuccuaglu, 2012 ISFILA Turkish Stamps Catalogue 2016 UKRAINE KIEV
Type A Type B
004 1918 Russian wrappers overprinted in purple with Trident type A or type B TYPE A 001 2k green wrapper 006 Ł Ł TYPE B 002 1k orange wrapper 001 Ł Ł 003 1k orange wrapper 004 Ł Ł 004 1k brown wrapper 007 Ł Ł 005 2k green wrapper 008 Ł Ł KHARKOV
Type C Type D Type E
1918 Russian wrappers overprinted in black with Trident type C, type D or Type E. TYPE C 011 2k green wrapper 006 Ł Ł TYPE D 012 2k green wrapper 006 Ł Ł 013 1k brown wrapper 007 Ł Ł TYPE E 014 1k orange wrapper 004 Ł Ł 015 2k green wrapper 005 Ł Ł 016 2k green wrapper 006 Ł Ł 017 1k brown wrapper 007 Ł Ł YEKATERINOSLAV Type F 1918 Russian wrappers overprinted in black with Trident type F. TYPE F 021 1k orange wrapper 004 Ł Ł POLTAVA Type G 1918 Russian wrappers overprinted in black with Trident type G. TYPE G 031 2k green wrapper 005 Ł Ł 032 2k green wrapper 008 Ł Ł UKRAINE BIBLIOGRAPHY Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa Ost, 1994 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Trident Issues of the Ukraine part IV, by C W Roberts, 1955 UNITED STATES of AMERICA The United States section in this catalogue has been kept to a simplified basic list. For a more specialised comprehensive listing of USA wrappers see “Catalog of the 19th Century Stamped Envelopes, Lettersheets and Wrappers of the United States” and “Catalog of the 20th and 21st Century Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers of the United States”, both published by The United Postal Stationery Society Inc. The die numbers given in this section are as per the UPSS catalogue. Prices for mint copies are for folded copies. Wrappers 001 to 010 are not known unfolded. Unfolded wrappers after this generally sell for at least 50% more than the folded. 1861 Oval design with an embossed bust of Benjamin Franklin, the first Postmaster General of the United States. Various sizes. Printed on vertically laid or horizontally laid or wove paper, of various colours, with or without watermark. Printed by George F Nesbitt. 001, 002, 003, 004 Stop after “POSTAGE”, Die 12 001 1c blue on buff Ł60 Ł40 UPSS 34, 34a, 34A, 34Aa, 35, 36; Scott W20 002 1c blue on manila Ł60 Ł40 UPSS 37, 37A, 37Aa, 38; Scott W21 003 1c blue on orange Ł4,000 ... UPSS 39, 40, 40a, 41; Scott W22 004 1c blue on white ... ... UPSS 41A, 41Aa; Scott W18B Wrapper 004 only known cut square 005 - no stop after POSTAGE No stop after “POSTAGE”, Die 13 005 1c blue Ł7,000 Ł1,500 UPSS 45, 46, 47; Scott W25 1863 July 1 Embossed bust of Andrew Jackson (US President 1829 - 1837). Wording at top “U. S. POSTAGE”. Printed on a dark manila watermarked paper. Size 148mm x 227mm. 006 006 2c black, die 22 Ł50 Ł50 UPSS 105; Scott W47 The Bernard Faust Collection (2018) illustrates 6 different types of indicium with die 22 1864 Similar to previous, wording at top changed to “U.S.POST”. Horizontally or vertically laid paper, with and without watermark.
007, 008 009, 010
Die 24 - indicium 24mm wide, thicker lettering 007 2c black on buff Ł200 Ł100 UPSS 111, 111a; Scott W51 008 2c black on dark manila Ł45 Ł30 UPSS 112, 112a; Scott W53 The Bernard Faust Collection (2018) illustrates 20 different types of indicium with die 24 Die 25 - indicium 26mm wide, thinner lettering 009 2c black on buff Ł100 Ł50 UPSS 117, 117a, 117b, 118, 118a; Scott W55 010 2c black on light manila Ł15 Ł15 UPSS 119, 119a, 120, 121, 121a, 121b, 121A; Scott W57 The Bernard Faust Collection (2018) illustrates 19 different types of indicium with die 25 1870 September Oval design with an embossed bust of Benjamin Franklin (1c) or Andrew Jackson (2c). Produced by George H Reay of Brooklyn, N.Y. Printed on manila paper.
011 012 011 1c blue, die 35 Ł20 Ł20 UPSS 153, 153a; Scott W77 012 2c brown, die 36 Ł15 Ł15 UPSS 164; Scott W81 Dies 35, 46 and 47 are all same/similar design Dies 36, 48, 49, 51, 52, 54 and 55 are all same design 1874/86. Plimpton Issue, printed on manila paper. Same designs as previous issue using new dies.
013 022 013 1c dark blue, die 46 Ł30 Ł25 UPSS 261, 261a, 261b; Scott W112 014 1c light blue, die 47 Ł1 Ł1 UPSS 292, 293a, 293b; Scott W120 014s “SPECIMEN” Ł20 ... 015 1c dark blue, die 47 Ł4 Ł4 UPSS 293c, 294, 294a; Scott W120a 016 2c brown, die 48 Ł100 Ł40 UPSS 301, 301a; Scott 126 017 2c vermilion, die 48 Ł1,500 Ł1,500 UPSS 302; Scott W127 018 2c brown, die 49 Ł7 Ł5 UPSS 306; Scott W131 019 2c brown, die 51 Ł35 Ł25 UPSS 313, 313a; Scott W137 020 2c vermilion, die 51 UPSS 317; Scott W138 021 2c brown, die 52 Ł10 Ł10 UPSS 323, 323a; Scott W141 022 2c red, die 52 Ł2 Ł2 UPSS 341, 341a, 342; Scott W148 023 2c red, die 54 Ł15 Ł5 UPSS 354, 355; Scott W155 024 2c red, die 55 Ł60 Ł60 UPSS 358; Scott W158 1883 / 1884 Printed on manila paper
026 029 025 2c red, die 74 Ł8 Ł4 UPSS 683; Scott W235 026 2c brown, die 74 Ł8 Ł5 UPSS 702; Scott W264 027 2c brown, die 75 Ł10 Ł6 UPSS 739; Scott W269 028 2c brown, die 81 Ł3 Ł2 UPSS 843, 844; Scott W283 029 2c red, die 81 Ł70 UPSS 789; Scott W287 030 2c brown, die 82 Ł9 Ł5 UPSS 859; Scott W292 Dies 74, 75, 81 and 82 are all same design 1887/94 Printed on manila paper
031 033
031 1c blue, die 83 Ł1 Ł1 UPSS 903, 904, 904a; Scott W301 032 1c dark blue, die 83 Ł6 Ł3 UPSS 904b; Scott W303 033 2c green, die 88 Ł3 Ł2 UPSS 1023, 1024, 1024a, 1024b; Scott W316 1899 Printed on manila paper 034
035 036
034 1c green, die 98 Ł2 Ł1 UPSS 1218, 1218a; Scott W357 035 2c carmine, die 100 Ł2 Ł1 UPSS 1308, 1308a, 1309; Scott W366 036 4c brown, die 104 Ł9 Ł6 UPSS 1362; Scott W376 1903 Printed on manila paper
037 038, 040
03 9 037 1c green, die 106 Ł1 Ł1 UPSS 1390, 1390a, 1390b; Scott W384 038 2c carmine, die 107 Ł8 Ł4 UPSS 1425, 1425a, 1426, 1426a, 1426b; Scott W389 039 4c chocolate, die 108 Ł10 Ł8 UPSS 1433; Scott W392 1904 Printed on manila paper 040 2c carmine, die 110 Ł20 Ł6 UPSS 1472, 1472a; Scott W399 1907/16 Printed on manila paper
041, 042, 043, 044 045 046, 047, 048, 049
041 1c green, die 111A Ł1 Ł1 UPSS 1576, 1577, 1578; Scott W405 041a albino print 042 1c green, die 111B Ł18 Ł9 UPSS 1579, 1579a; Scott W405a 043 1c green, die 111C Ł9 Ł6 UPSS 1580, 1580a, 1580b; Scott W405b 044 1c green, die 111D UPSS 1581; Scott W405c 045 2c brown red, die 115A Ł30 Ł10 UPSS 1630; Scott W410 046 2c carmine, die 115A Ł2 Ł1 UPSS 1954, 1955; Scott W415 047 2c carmine, die 116A2 Ł2 Ł1 UPSS 1956; Scott W415a 048 2c carmine, die 119D Ł2 Ł1 UPSS 1957, 1957a, 1957b; Scott W415b 049 2c carmine, die 121F Ł40 Ł30 UPSS 1958; Scott W415c 1916/32 Printed on manila or brown paper; glazed or unglazed.
050, 051, 053, 055 052, 054, 056
MANILA PAPER 050 1c green, die 127A Ł1 Ł1 UPSS 2135; Scott W425 051 1c green, die 129C Ł70 Ł35 UPSS 2136; Scott W425a 052 2c carmine, die 134A Ł1 Ł1 UPSS 2474; Scott W433 BROWN GLAZED PAPER 053 1c green, die 127A Ł20 Ł10 UPSS 2139; Scott W427 053a printed on unglazed side Ł200 Ł200 UPSS 2139a; Scott W427a 054 2c carmine, die 134A Ł30 Ł15 UPSS 2475; Scott W434 054a printed on unglazed side Ł200 UPSS 2475a; Scott W427a BROWN UNGLAZED PAPER 055 1c green, die 127A Ł1,000 UPSS 2141; Scott W428a 056 2c carmine, die 134A Ł30 Ł15 UPSS 2476; Scott W435 1925 057 057 1˝c brown, die 132A Ł1 Ł1 UPSS 2204; Scott W485 058 1˝c brown + 2c carmine Ł60 Scott W485a The production of newspaper wrappers was discontinued by the US Post Office Department on 9 October 1934; remainders continued to be sold to the public until supplies were exhausted sometime in 1937. OFFICIAL - WAR DEPARTMENT 1873 Oval design with an embossed bust of Benjamin Franklin (1c) or Andrew Jackson (2c). Produced by George H Reay of Brooklyn, N.Y. Printed on manila paper. Design as wrapper 011 and 012 with numerals replaced by U S 101 1c dark red, die WD1 ... Ł1,000 UPSS WD1a; Scott WO18A 102 1c vermilion, die WD1 Ł25 Ł20 UPSS WD24; Scott WO31 103 2c vermilion, die WD2 Ł500 .. UPSS WD26; Scott WO33 Only one used copy known (Schmidt, 2018) 1874 Oval design with an embossed bust of Benjamin Franklin (1c) or Andrew Jackson (2c). Plimpton Issue, printed on manila paper. Design as wrapper 011 and 012 with numerals replaced by U S 104 104 1c red, die WD10 Ł4 Ł8 UPSS WD53, WD54-2, WD54-5, WD54-6; Scott WO46 105 2c red, die WD11 Ł100 UPSS WD65, WD-5, WD-0; Scott WO50 Wrapper 104 overprinted Signal Service Weather Report. 104a (@50%) 104a 1c red, die WD10 Ł4 Ł8 UNITED STATES BIBLIOGRAPHY A One Cent U S White Newspaper Wrapper, by Willard K Freeman, in The Stamp Collector’s Magazine, Feb 1869, p 32 The Stamped Envelopes of the United States - Present Issue, by W.K.F., in The Philatelical Journal, 15 Dec 1872, pp 211/213 The Illustrated Catalogue of Postage Stamps by John Edward Gray, 1875 Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Stamped Envelopes, Wrappers and Sheets of the United States by John K Tiffany, R R Bogert and Joseph Rechert, 1892 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Guide to the Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers of the United States by Thomas Doane Perry, 1940 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The ‘Universal Postal Congress’ overprints on the Contemporary Postal Card Issues of 1897, by Charles A Fricke, in Postal Stationery No 229, Nov-Dec 1984 Differentiating Buff and Manila Papers on the 2c 1863-64 Wrappers by Dan Undersander, in Postal Stationery No 309, Nov-Dec 1999 The Many Faces of the Die 12 Forgeries [1861 1c blue] by Bill Lehr, in Postal Stationery No 337, Jul-Aug 2004 Scott Specialised Catalogue of US Stamps & Covers, 2007 Scott Standard Postage Stamp Catalogue Vol 1, 2009 A Rare Used War Department Wrapper Rediscovery [1873 War Department 2c vermillion], by Dennis W Schmidt, in Postal Stationery No 418, Jan-Feb 2018 The Bernard Faust Collection of U.S. 1863-68 Black Jack Issues, Robert A Siegel Auction Galleries Inc, Sale 1181, 23 April 2018, siegelauctions.com/2018/1181/pdf/1115.pdf - the most comprehensive collection of Black Jacks ever formed! Fred Ekenstam collection, private correspondence, 2013-2015 Dan Undersander collection, private correspondence, 2015 Larry Parks collection, private correspondence, 2016 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) The Philatelic Catalogue of Postal Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers and Cards by E B Evans, 1887 The Nesbitt Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers of the United States of America by Gilbert Harrison, edited and completed by E D Bacon, 1895 United States Envelopes Letter Sheets and Wrappers by N W Chandler, 1895 First complete Catalogue and Reference List of the Stamped Envelopes, Wrappers and Letter Sheets regularly issued by The United States 1852 - 1897, J M Bartel & Co, 1897 Bartels' Catalogue and Reference List of the United States Envelopes, Wrapper, Letter Sheets and Postal Cards, also those of the Philippines, Porto Rico and Cuba, 3rd edition, edited by V M Berthold, 1904 Bartels' Catalogue and Reference List of the United States Envelopes, Wrapper, Letter Sheets and Postal Cards, also those of the Philippines, Porto Rico and Cuba, 3rd edition, edited by Victor M Berthold, 1911 Catalogue of the postage stamps and stamped envelopes of the United States and Possessions issued prior to January 1 1919 by J B Leavey, 1919 Bartels Catalogue of the Stamped Envelopes and Wrappers of the United States and Possessions. Revised and edited by Prescott Holden Thorp. 2 vols, 1943 U.P.S.S. Catalogue of the 20th Century Stamped Envelopes & Wrappers of the United States, by A R Haller, 1990 Catalogue of the 19th Century Stamped Envelopes, Wrappers, Cut Squares and Full Corners of the United States - Second Edition, by Allen Mintz (editor), 2011 Penalty Overprinted Stamped Envelopes, Wrappers and Postal Cards of the U. S. and Possessions, by Thomas A. Galloway and Robert Derrick (editors), 2016 Unlisted USA Envelope Die Type?, in Postal Stationery No 426, May-Jun 2019 URUGUAY 1879 January 1 Oval design. Size 347mm x 44mm. Vertically laid white paper. Produced and supplied in sheets of 10 wrappers. 001 001 1c brick red Ł3 Ł60 1897 Size 123mm x 298mm. Yellowish paper. 002 002 1c blue Ł3 Ł10 1901 Design depicting the Artigas monument. Size 123mm x 298mm. Printed on buff paper. 003 003 5m violet brown Ł3 Ł10 URUGUAY BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 VICTORIA Until December 1885 all printing was undertaken by the Stamp Printing Branch of the Post Office in Melbourne. All subsequent issue were printed by the Victorian Government Printing Office in Melbourne, which in 1909 became the Commonwealth Government Printing Office. All issues prior to the 1894 issue were issued ungummed. Specimen types are as per Carl L Steig, 2001 1869 September 8 Head of Queen Victoria, indicium centred about 50mm from top, wrapper size 105mm x 278mm. Printed and supplied in uncut sheets of eight. Sheet size 422mm x 556mm. White wove paper watermarked - crown / ONE PENNY / VICTORIA
001, 002, 004 001s
001 1d green Ł25 Ł500 001s “SPECIMEN”, type 4b ... Quantity issued of wrapper 001 - 330,000 WATERMARK The watermark can occurs normal, inverted, reversed or inverted reversed on all the watermarked papers used in Victoria. 1871 May 17 Indicium and watermarked paper as wrapper 001. Indicium positioned on right. Double border lines (thick & thin) on two sides and top, size 107mm to 113mm x 278mm. Vertical border lines 105˝mm or 110˝mm apart. Printed and supplied in line rouletted sheets of eight. ROULETTING Wrappers which were printed in sheets of eight with four wrappers at the top and four at the bottom the sheet was line rouletted horizontally through the centre and then three times vertically, to divide the sheet into eight. This resulted in rouletting at the top and one or two sides of a wrapper, the remaining edges being left guillotined. Wrappers in sheets of four or six were rouletted in a similar fashion, leaving the outside edges guillotined. 002 1d green Ł15 Ł50 002s 002s “SPECIMEN”, type 3a Ł25 ... SPECIMEN is 12.7mm x 1.5mm Quantity issued of wrapper 002- 1,040,000 1873 June 25 Wrapper 002 overprinted in red “˝ ˝” / “HALF”. 003 003 ˝d on 1d green Ł30 Ł120 003a surcharge in black Quantity issued of wrapper 003 - 29,810 An essay for wrapper 003 with the overprint struck twice in red and once in black was sold at a Macray Watson Auction, Australia, for AU$240 on 11 August 1998, lot number 550. A similar item realised AU$380 at a Prestige Philately auction on 24 June 2006 (auction 122, lot 904). Hill (1890) reported that he had purchased, from a post office in 1873, “some” wrappers with this triple overprint. 1880 February 17 Indicium and paper as wrapper 001. Border lines at top removed, leaving only side borders. Wrappers printed in sheets of eight and supplied in line rouletted strips of four. 004 1d green Ł25 Ł50 Quantity issued - 75,000 1880 February New indicium design. Paper as wrapper 001. No border lines. Printed and supplied in uncut sheets of four. Wrappers were cut by the user resulting in many sizes. If cut exactly into four the size is 111mm x 278mm.
005 005s3 006
005 ˝d rose Ł2 Ł40 The colour varies from pale rose to deep rose 005s1 “SPECIMEN”, type 2a ... 005s2 “SPECIMEN”, type 3c ... 005s3 “Specimen”, type 6c ... Quantity issued of wrapper 005 - 350,000 1882 August 21 New indicium design. Paper as wrapper 001. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Printed and supplied in line rouletted sheets of four. 006 1d green Ł2 Ł40 006s1 “SPECIMEN”, type 3b ... 006s2 “Specimen”, type 6c ... Quantity issued of wrapper 006 - 80,000 estimated 1885 January 1 New indicium designs. White wove watermarked paper as wrapper 001. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Size 111mm x 274mm. Printed and supplied in line rouletted sheets of four.
007, 009, 010 008, 013
007 ˝d pink Ł10 Ł30 Quantity issued - 550,000 007s “SPECIMEN”, type 3b Ł150 ... 008 1d yellow green Ł10 Ł30 Quantity issued - 30,000 008s “SPECIMEN”, type 3b Ł150 ... Wrappers 007s & 008s were offered and sold by Phoenix Auctions Pty Ltd, Auction 61, Lots 899 & 900, 23 March 2018. ˝d pink and 1d green wrappers as design in 007 and 008 on paper watermarked Spicer Bros or on unwatermarked buff paper are stamped to order issues (q.v.). 1885 September 2 Indicium as wrapper 007, watermark “NEW SOUTH WALES / STAMP DUTY / NSW”, printed on pale blue paper. With or without vertical double border lines on two sides. Printed and supplied in line rouletted sheets of four and also printed as singles without border or rouletting. The paper had been obtained some twenty years earlier from Sydney when Melbourne had run short of paper for printing stamps. The size of the paper was found unsuitable for printing the Victoria stamps and so the paper was kept in storage. In 1885 it was decided to use it for newspaper wrappers. The sheets was cut to produce the normal size wrappers, the remainder was cut into single sheets and printed singly, without borders. 009 ˝d pink, with border Ł50 Ł60 Quantity issued - 40,000 009a ˝d pink, without border Ł90 Ł100 Quantity issued - 10,000 1885 October Indicium as wrapper 007. Printed and supplied in line rouletted sheets of four on wove paper with no watermark. With vertical double border lines on each side. a - white wove paper, size 110mm x 280-289mm, 0.11mm thick b - cream wove, size 110mm x 263mm, 0.07mm thick 010a ˝d rose, white paper Ł5 Ł20 Quantity issued - 600,000 010as 010as “SPECIMEN”, type 1b Ł25 ... “SPECIMEN” is 15˝mm x 2ľmm in black 010b ˝d rose, cream paper Ł25 Ł100 The Post Office Act of 1883 authorised the use of stamps for both postage and revenue purposes. 1885 November 19 - ˝d 1885 November 23 - 1d Wrappers 005 and 006 overprinted “STAMP DUTY” in blue.
011 012
011 ˝d rose Ł25 Ł50 Quantity issued - 15,000 012 1d green Ł10 Ł50 Quantity issued - 15,840 012b error “STAM”, “P” missing 012s “SPECIMEN”, type 1b ... 1886 March Indicium as wrapper 008. On white wove unwatermarked paper. Printed and supplied in line rouletted sheets of four. With vertical double border lines on each side. 013 1d green Ł5 Ł15 Quantity issued - 20,000 013s 013s “SPECIMEN”, type 1b Ł25 ... 1886 July 5 New designs. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Unwatermarked white paper. Wrappers printed in sheets of eight and supplied in line rouletted strips of four.
014 015
014 ˝d grey-violet Ł5 Ł15 Quantity issued - 600,000 Six different settings of the border lines are known to have been used, giving rise to thirteen different identities. (see Stieg 2001) 015 1d yellow green Ł4 Ł8 015s “Specimen”, type 6b Quantity issued - 300,000 Four different settings of the border lines are known. (see Stieg 2001) Wrappers with same design as 014, 015 and 016 without vertical border lines and without rouletting are stamped to order issues (qv). 1887 February 8 Change of colour. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Printed in sheets of eight and supplied in line rouletted strips of four. Paper 0.08mm and 0.10mm thick.
016 016s1 016s2
016 ˝d pink, 0.08mm paper Ł2 Ł1 016a 0.10mm paper Ł5 Ł2 016s1 “SPECIMEN”, type 1b ... 016s2 “Specimen”, type 6b ... Quantity issued of wrapper 016 - 20,000,000 Four different settings of the border lines are known. (see Stieg 2001) 1890 February 28 New design of Queen Victoria. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Printed in sheets of eight and supplied in line rouletted strips of four.
017 017as
017 1d red brown Ł2 Ł10 017s “Specimen”, type 5a ... 017a 1d orange brown Ł2 Ł10 017as “Specimen”, type 6b Ł25 ... Quantity issued (017 + 017a) - 400,000 Six different settings of the border lines are known. (see Stieg 2001) The Philatelic Record, February 1896, reported a 1d brown newspaper wrapper with an error - DUTW in place of DUTY, on a used copy dated 18 October 1895. All issues prior to 1894 issue were issued ungummed. The 1894 and 1895 issues were initially supplied ungummed and pregummed from 10 September 1895. All later issues were issued pregummed. 1894 September 19 Change of colours. Size 112mm x 278mm. Issued gummed and ungummed. Issued in strips of 4 with perforation between. Printed on cream wove unwatermarked paper 0.10mm and 0.13mm thick. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Printed in sheets of eight and supplied in line rouletted strips of four. 018 018 ˝d yellow orange, 0.10mm Ł5 Ł5 018a 0.13mm thick paper Ł50 Ł50 018s “Specimen”, type 6b ... Quantity issued - 12,000,000 Six different settings of the border lines are known. (see Stieg 2001) 1895 April 30 Change of colour, issued gummed and ungummed. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Printed in sheets of eight and supplied in line rouletted strips of four. 019 019 1d blue Ł10 Ł15 019s1 “SPECIMEN” ... 019s2 2 x “Specimen”, type 6b ... Quantity issued - 225,090 Two different settings of the border lines are known. (see Stieg 2001) The Hobart Postal Conference of March April 1898 At a conference of postal representatives from NSW, Victoria, South Australia, Queensland and Tasmania it was agreed that the word Specimen be placed on all stamps and stationery issued to collectors (gratis or under face value) and that all items sent to the UPU be obliterated by a date stamp. The occurrence of numerous different dates of CTO items suggest that these were also supplied to collectors. (see note re specimen stamps below 021) 1899 August 1 Change of colours. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Printed in sheets of eight and supplied in line rouletted strips of four.
020 021 021s
020 ˝d emerald Ł10 Ł5 Quantity issued - 4,250,000 Two different settings of the border lines are known. (see Stieg 2001) 020s “Specimen”, type 6b ... 021 1d vermilion Ł10 Ł10 Quantity issued - 65,000 Two different settings of the border lines are known. (see Stieg 2001) 021s “Specimen”, type 6b ... SPECIMEN STAMPS The Philatelic Record in December 1900 reported as follows “SPECIMEN STAMPS. A set of Victorian Postage and Postage-due Stamps of all denominations, from ˝d to 20s, including Post Cards, Stamped Envelopes and Newspaper wrappers, may be purchased for Ł1. The full set, from ˝d to Ł100, may be obtained for Ł5. Applications to be made to the Comptroller of Stamps. The stamps will be cancelled either by light postmark, or by being marked ‘Specimen’, as the purchaser may desire.” 1901 January 17 Wrapper 005 in new colour. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Printed in sheets of eight and supplied in line rouletted strips of four.
022 022 (400%)
022 ˝d emerald Ł50 Ł50 Quantity issued - 1,300,000 Two different settings of the border lines are known. (see Stieg 2001) A 1d rose with the same design as wrapper 006 is listed by both Ascher and Robson Lowe as having been issued in 1901. There is no evidence that this item actually exists. 1901 January 23 The word POSTAGE has been added to the design of previous wrapper. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Printed on white paper (Jan 1901), yellowish manila paper (July 1902) and brownish manila paper (July 1902). Printed in sheets of eight and supplied in line rouletted strips of four.
023, 026, 028, 023s 030, 034, 036 UPU specimen
die 1 (400%) die 2 (400%) 5 short lines 3 short lines between P of POSTAGE and the Queen’s neck (other differences exist) 023 1d rose, die 1 Ł10 Ł10 023a yellowish paper, die ? 023b brownish manila, die 2 Ł100 Ł25 Quantity issued (023 + 023a + 023b) - 125,000 023s UPU specimen Ł20 ... Wrappers with a Melbourne CTO dated 26 Apr 1901 were supplied as specimens to the UPU. Two different settings of the border lines are known. (see Stieg 2001) The yellowish manila paper, used for 023a and 024a, is thinner in comparison to the brownish manila paper. 1901 Federal Presentation Set In 1901 Presentation Sets of Stamps and Postal Stationery were prepared and presented to Federal Parliamentarians on the eve of the amalgamation of the states’ postal department into the federal department. Two wrappers were included, presumably 022 and 023. All the stamps are with a CTO dated FE 5 1901, details for wrappers unknown. 1901 June 29 The word POSTAGE has been added, below HALF-PENNY, to the design of wrapper 022. Vertical double border lines on two sides. Printed on white paper (June 1901), yellowish manila paper (late 1901) and brownish manila paper (early 1902). Printed in sheets of eight and supplied in line rouletted strips of four.
024, 025, 027, 029, 033, 035 024 ˝d emerald Ł8 Ł8 024a yellowish paper Ł6 Ł8 024b brownish manila Ł10 Ł10 Quantity issued (024 + 024a + 024b) - 5,000,000 1903 May Design as wrappers 023 and 024 with thick single border lines 1mm wide. Border lines 98mm or 105mm apart. With line roulette or zigzag roulette on one or two sides of the wrapper. Size 289 - 293mm x 111mm. Printed in sheets of twelve and supplied in strips of six. BORDER LINES 98mm APART, LINE ROULETTED 025 ˝d emerald Ł25 Ł25 026 1d orange red Ł50 Ł50 BORDER LINES 98mm APART, ZIGZAG ROULETTED 027 ˝d emerald Ł10 Ł10 028 1d orange red Ł25 Ł25 028s CTO specimen Ł40 ... 028s Copies of wrapper 028 were sent to the UPU as specimens with a Melbourne CTO dated JE 13 04.
line rouletted (200%) zigzag rouletted
BORDER LINES 105mm APART, LINE ROULETTED 029 ˝d emerald Ł25 Ł25 030 1d orange red Ł25 Ł25 Quantity issued ˝d (all varieties) - 6,250,000 Quantity issued 1d (all varieties) - 325,000 In 1909 J B Cooke was appointed as the Commonwealth Stamp Printer. Cooke relocated to Melbourne, from Adelaide where he had been the printer for South Australia stamps. Cooke was entrusted with the task of printing stamps for all the Australian States (except for New South Wales and Queensland) and later the Commonwealth. All subsequent issues for Victoria were printed by J B Cooke. 1909 As previous with no border lines, size 110mm x 293mm. Printed in sheets of twelve, guillotined and issued as single wrappers. 033 ˝d emerald Ł40 Ł25 Quantity issued ˝d (033 + 035a + 035b) - 5,500,000 034 1d vermilion Quantity issued 1d (034 + 036) - 230,000 A uniform width of 5Ľ inches (133 mm) for newspaper wrappers was approved by the Postmaster General of the Commonwealth of Australia on 22 February 1910 for South Australia, Victoria and Western Australia. The letter with this approval is endorsed by J B Cooke as having been seen by him on 4 April 1910. 1910 As previous with no border lines, size 133mm x 289mm. Printed in sheets of twelve, guillotined and issued as single wrappers. Wove or ribbed paper. 035a ˝d emerald, wove Ł40 Ł25 035b ribbed paper Ł40 Ł25 036 1d vermilion Ł125 Ł75 STAMPED TO ORDER The production of Stamped to Order wrappers was authorised at the same time as the production of newspaper wrappers. EMBOSSED SINGLY Wrappers stamped to order using envelope dies were embossed singly.
1875 Envelope Die
101 102
101 2d pink Ł20 Ł50 1878 Envelope Die 102 1d green Ł250 Ł250 1881 Envelope Die
103 104
103 1d green Ł20 Ł50 1886 Envelope Die - similar to previous with STAMP DUTY added to design 104 1d green Ł20 Embossing, using envelope dies, for stamping wrappers was discontinued at the end of 1886. PRINTED IN STRIPS OF FOUR From January 1885 wrappers could be printed on paper supplied by the customer in strips of four. Amongst others, the conditions were - “The wrappers must be forwarded in sheets of four wrappers each. The size of sheet to be demy folio (11Ľ inches by 17˝ inches); thus each wrapper, when cut, will be 11Ľ inches long by 4⅜ inches wide. The stamped wrappers will be delivered to sender in sheets of four, as received. The position of stamp impressed upon the wrappers will be as follows:- Top of stamp 2 inches from upper edge of wrapper; right hand side of stamp, ⅜ inch from right edge of wrapper. Not fewer than 480 demy folio sheets will be received at one time. No fee will be charged for stamping.” 1885 as wrapper 007, with side border and line rouletted
105 106
105 ˝d pink Ł20 Ł50 Wrappers 105 & 107 are the same as wrappers 007 & 008 in all respects except the paper. Wrapper 007 & 008 were printed on white wove paper watermarked crown / ONE PENNY / VICTORIA. Wrapper 105 & 107 are known printed on unwatermarked paper and on paper watermarked SPICER BROS. 1885 October, with side border and line rouletted 106 ˝d + ˝d pink Ł70 Ł500 5,000 copies were printed with the ˝d indicium. This was an error so a second ˝d was added. 1885 as wrapper 008, with side border and line rouletted 106 107 1d green Ł20 1886 as wrapper 014, no border lines, not rouletted 108 108 ˝d grey violet Ł20 1886 as wrapper 015, no border lines, not rouletted 109 109 1d green Ł10 1887 as wrapper 016, no border lines, not rouletted 110 110 ˝d pink Ł20 Ł50 1887 as wrapper 017, no border lines, not rouletted
111 112
111 1d yellow brown Ł20 Known with “SPECIMEN” handstamp (as above) on several different tinted papers, 17mm x 4Ľmm; status not known. 1895 as wrapper 019, no border lines, not rouletted 112 1d blue VICTORIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 The Postage Stamps, Envelopes and Post Cards of Australia and the British Colonies of Oceania by the Philatelic Society London, 1887 Wrappers of Victoria, by David H Hill, in Federated Australian Philatelist, October 1890 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 The Stamps of Victoria, by Geoff Kellow, 1990; Chapter 19 by Richard Breckon Unlisted Victorian Wrapper Printed-to-Private-Order, by Carl L Stieg, in Postal Stationery No 265, November 1990 Does this Postal Stationery Exist?, by Carl Stieg, in Postal Stationery No 268, May-Jun 1991 Victoria Postal Stationery, by Carl L Stieg, 2001 Proprietary Newspapers named on Newspaper Wrappers, by John K Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector No 43, November 2005 The “Big Three” of Newspaper Wrappers of Victoria, by John K Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector No 47 pp79-82, November 2006, Victoria 1885 ˝d + ˝d Doubleton Wrapper, in Postal Stationery Collector No 50, August 2007, by Peter Guerin Specimen Postal Stationery of the Australian States: Background & Guide to the Literature, by D I Smith, in Postal Stationery Collector No 87, Aug 2016 Spink Auction Catalogue, sale 16044, Lot 534, 20 Sep 2016. (1901 Federal Presentation Stamps and postal Stationery) Postal Stationery Wrappers of Victoria: An Analysis of The Evidence, by John Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector No 90, May 2017 Phoenix Auctions Pty Ltd, auction 61 lots 899 & 900, 23 March 2018 Allan Gory collection, private correspondence, 2014 Mark Diserio collection, private correspondence, 2015 Tom Herinckx collection, private correspondence, 2016 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Encyclopaedia of British Empire Postage Stamps Vol IV, by Robson Lowe, 1962 The Postal Stationery of Victoria - Wrappers, by Carl L Steig, Oceania Philatelic Society, June 1977 Australian Stamp Archives, by Richard Peck, 1986 The Informer (Journal of the Society of Australasian Specialists Oceania) in the Spring 1998 issue includes an article on Selected Items from Carl Stieg 's Victoria Newspaper Wrappers. Australian Colonies’ Post Office Newspaper Wrappers, in Australian Journal of Philately September 2015 WESTERN AUSTRALIA Prior to 1 November 1902 most newspapers could be sent free of charge within Western Australia, so there was no requirement for newspaper wrappers. The Post and Telegraph Rates Act of 1902 became effective on 1 November 1902 and postage became payable for newspapers posted within Western Australia. 1902 Nov 1 Swan design, double border lines, outer lines ˝mm thick. Printed in sheets of 6.
001, 003, 005, 007, 008, 010 002, 004, 006, 009, 011
001 ˝d green Ł100 Ł200 0 02 1d carmine Ł100 Ł200 002s four ring cancel specimen Ł50 ... Wrappers with four ring cancels were specimens supplied to the UPU. 004s - double border lines (@75%) specimen four ring 19˝mm cancel 1903 Swan design, double border lines, outer lines 1mm thick 003 ˝d green Ł50 Ł200 004 1d carmine Ł50 Ł200 004s four ring cancel specimen Ł50 ... 005 - single border lines (@75%) 1905 Swan design, single border lines, 1mm thick, spaced 97-99mm apart 005 ˝d green Ł100 Ł200 005s four ring cancel specimen Ł50 ... 006 1d carmine Ł50 Ł200 1905 Swan design, single border lines, 1mm thick, spaced 106mm apart 007 ˝d green Ł50 Ł200 1909 Swan design, no border lines, 109mm x 290-296mm 008 ˝d green Ł200 Ł1000 009 1d vermillion Ł200 Ł1000 A uniform width of 5Ľ inches (133 mm) for newspaper wrappers was approved by the Postmaster General of the Commonwealth of Australia on 22 February 1910 for South Australia, Victoria and Western Australia. The letter with this approval is endorsed by J B Cooke as having been seen by him on 4 April 1910 1910 Swan design, no border lines, 130-134mm x 285-295mm 010 ˝d green Ł200 Ł1000 011 1d vermillion Ł200 Ł1000 WESTERN AUSTRALIA BIBLIOGRAPHY Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Western Australia: The Postal Stationery to 1914, by Brian Pope and Phil Thomas, 1982 Thoughts on the Existence of some items of Western Australian Postal Stationery, by Margaret P Hamilton, in Postal Stationery No 275, July 1982 Postal Stationery from Western Australia, by Mogens Juhl, 1984 Does this Postal Stationery Exist?, by Carl Stieg, in Postal Stationery No 268, May-Jun 1991 Philately from Western Australia, by Mogens Juhl, 1992 A Priced Catalogue of Postal Stationery of the Australian Colonies / States. Part 1. Western Australia, by Brian Pope, 2002 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Encyclopaedia of British Empire Postage Stamps Vol IV, by Robson Lowe, 1962 Australian Stamp Archives 1901-1928, by Richard Peck, 1986 Australian Colonies’ Post Office Newspaper Wrappers, in Australian Journal of Philately September 2015 WÜRTTEMBERG 1872 January 1 These were produced in sheets of 10, and sold at 11 kreuzers per sheet, 374mm x 46mm, thick green border. 001 001 1 kr green Ł4 Ł100 Top part of sheet (@ 35%) showing text at the top of the sheet and the text between each wrapper. The horizontal lines are 223mm to 225mm wide, starting 124mm to 126mm from left edge. Complete sheets are known to have been recycled (presumably after July 1875). They were overprinted on the reverse side and made into envelopes for use by the post office. Envelope from sheets of wrapper 001 opened up (25%) The folded size of the envelope was 196mm x 133mm 1875 July 1 Produced in sheets of 10 and sold at 33pf per sheet, thick border and instructions in black, 374mm x 46mm or 48mm, gap between lines 38˝mm or 41mm. The relative position to the lines varies. 002, 003, 004, 005, 006 002 3 pf green 38˝mm Ł4 Ł35 002a 3 pf green 41mm Ł5 Ł35 Part of sheet (@35%) showing text between wrappers. The horizontal lines are 223mm to 225mm wide, starting 126mm to 128mm from left edge. 1877 Green separation lines at 90mm apart, 59mm long. Wrappers are 330mm wide 003 003 3 pf green Ł6 Ł35 1879 June Produced in sheets of 5 wrappers 475mm x 332mm. Horizontal green separation lines 12mm above the indicia, starting ˝mm before the left side of the indicia, extending for 54mm and spaced at 66˝mm apart vertically. No separation line at top or bottom of sheet. 004 3 pf green Ł3 Ł6 1884 March 15 With 2 address lines and border lines, 160mm x 230mm, white paper. 005 3 pf green Ł3 Ł6 1886 May With 2 address lines and border lines, 160mm x 230mm, buff paper.
006 006a 006 3 pf green, “in” joined Ł2 Ł8 006a 3 pf green, “in” not joined Ł2 Ł8 1890 With border lines, 59mm or 62-63mm between. 007 007 3 pf brown 59mm Ł3 Ł6 007a 3 pf brown 62-63mm Ł4 Ł10 STAMPED TO ORDER
101 102 103
101 2 pf grey green Ł15 Ł15 102 3 pf brown Ł8 Ł8 103 5 pf green Ł60 Ł40 WÜRTTEMBERG BIBLIOGRAPHY Handbuch für Postmarken-Sammler, by Alfred Moschkau, 1885/1896 Catalogue Prix-Courant de Timbres-Postes, by J B Moens, 1893 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Michel Ganzsachen-Katalog Europa West, 1992 Arbeitsgemeinschaft Württemberg im Bund Deutscher Philatelisten e.V. Rundbrief Nr 126, by H Winkler et al., 1999 Katalog der Privatganzsachen Deutschland bis 1945, by Joachim Strahlendorff and Peter Mette, 2005 Die Deutschen Privatganzsachen bis 1945 Nachträge, by Joachim Strahlendorff, Peter Mette and Hanspeter Frech, 2007 Joachim Strahlendorff, private correspondence, 2012 - 2015 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Philatelie und Postgeschichte von Esslingen am Neckar Band 2 Privatstreifbänder Württemberg Die Briefmarke, by Gerhard Kümmel Post Office Wrappers of the Kingdom of Württemberg, by John Courtis, in Postal Stationery Collector No 85, February 2016 ZANZIBAR India operated a post office in Zanzibar from November 1868 until 1 April 1869; and then again from 1 October 1875. India wrappers (issued in India 1 May 1895) are known used in Zanzibar from 5 July 1895. Zanzibar took over the administration of its post office from 10 November 1895. 1895 November 20 India wrapper overprinted “Zanzibar.”
001 002 001 ˝a green (blue opt) Ł10 Ł100 001a - Zauzibar (200%) 001a error “Zauzibar.” (blue opt) 001b ˝a green (black opt) Ł20 Ł50 002 1a brown (black opt) Ł10 Ł50 A total of 8,883 ˝a and 7,205 1a wrappers were transferred to the Zanzibar post office. For more detail on the different settings of overprint used for this issue see “Zanzibar - Overprinted Postal Stationery of India 1895-6” in Postal Stationery No 332 pp116-120, by George T Krieger, September 2003. 1896 December Sultan Seyyid Hamed-bin-Thwain. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR1.
003 004 003 ˝a yellow green Ł10 Ł50 003s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 7,736 ˝a wrappers were produced, including 736 specimen 004 1a carmine Ł10 Ł30 004a 1a brick red Ł10 Ł30 004s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 35,450 1a wrappers were produced including 736 specimen 1899 June Sultan Seyyid Hamoud-bin-Mohammed bin Said. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR1.
005 006 005 ˝a yellow green Ł10 Ł30 005s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 006 1a carmine Ł10 Ł30 006s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 1904 Monogram of Sultan Seyyid Ali bin Hamoud bin Naherud. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2.
007 008 007 ˝a light green Ł20 Ł30 007s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 008 1a carmine Ł20 Ł30 008s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 1908 Sultan Ali bin Hamoud. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2.
009 010 009 3c green Ł10 Ł30 009s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 010 6c red Ł10 Ł30 010s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 1913 Sultan Kalif bin Harub. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2.
011 012 011 3c green Ł10 Ł75 011s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 012 6c red Ł10 Ł75 012s “SPECIMEN”, type D4 Ł20 ... 1926 Sultan Kalif bin Harub new portrait. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2.
013 014 015
013 3c yellow orange Ł10 Ł75 013s “SPECIMEN”, type D7a Ł20 ... 014 6c violet Ł10 Ł75 014s “SPECIMEN”, type D7a Ł20 ... 1936 New value. Printed by De la Rue. Text setting DLR2. 015 5c green Ł10 Ł75 015s “SPECIMEN”, type D8a Ł20 ... ZANZIBAR BIBLIOGRAPHY Stanley Gibbons Catalogue Part IV Envelopes Postcards and Wrappers, 1897, 1900 Bright & Son’s Catalogue Part II Postcards Envelopes Wrappers, 1914 Grosser Ganzsachen-Katalog, by Dr Siegfried Ascher, 1928 Billig’s Philatelic Handbook Vol 1, 1963 Higgins & Gage World Postal Stationery Catalogue, 1966/1990 Zanzibar - Overprinted Postal Stationery of India 1895-6, by George T Krieger, in Postal Stationery No 332, Sep-Oct 2003 Zauzibar an Overprint Error, by George T Krieger, in Postal Stationery No 356, Sep-Oct 2007 Neuer Ganzsachen-Katalog Afrika, by Norbert Sehler, 2007 Sultan Seyyid Hamid-bin-Thwain Stationery of Zanzibar 1896-1898, by George T Krieger, in Postal Stationery No 381, Nov-Dec 2011 Survey of Indian Postal Stationery used in Zanzibar 1877-1885, by George Krieger, in Postal Stationery No 391, Jul-Aug 2013 Indian Postal Stationery Used in Zanzibar 1877-1895, in Postal Stationery No 413, by George T. Krieger, March-April 2017 George Krieger collection, private correspondence, 2012 - 2013 ... (NOT YET SEEN BY EDITOR) Zanzibar, by Thos Wm Hall, 2002 Zanzibar Stamp Issue of 1898, by George T Krieger, in the Bulletin of the East Africa Study Circle No 75, 2003
GREAT BRITAIN - Overprints on Newspaper Wrappers This list contains all the GB standard post office issue wrappers and stamped to order wrappers, which were overprinted for private companies (or individuals). The wrappers, on which these company overprints occur, are listed using the H&B catalogue numbers (Collect British Postal Stationery by Alan Huggins and Colin Baker) (with the kind permission of the authors). The numbers for the post office issues are shown here with the WS prefix, the WS numbers are the same as given above in this catalogue (e.g. 001 = WS1). Items are listed in strict alphabetical order of the company name. So a company with the name “A Smith” would be listed under “A” alphabetically not under “Smith”; “A Smith” appearing before “Albert Smith”. Wrappers that just have an address only are listed at the beginning of this section and items which have no company name or address, such as “Book Post”, “Statement” etc., are listed at the end of this section. An alphanumeric reference is given for each different overprint that is known. Below the reference are listed the wrapper/s which has/have received this overprint. The suggested complete reference for such an item would have the format aaa00-xxxx, where the first five characters are the alphanumeric reference for the overprint and xxxx is the H&B catalogue reference number for the wrapper or indicium (in the case of STO wrappers). So the reference agt01-WS5 is for an A G Thomson wrapper, with printing as illustration agt01 and with an STO WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 indicium. All illustrations are shown at full 100% original size, unless otherwise stated. 8 SEDLEY TAYLOR ROAD aad10 ES83w QEII 9d olive-green ESC906w QEII 9d + 1d These items were printed for Andrew A Whitworth (a postal stationery collector & dealer) and are considered to be philatelic. 15 & 16 GEORGE ST This is the same address and style as overprints for London Transfer Office (qv). aah10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 Handstamp on a wrapper posted April 1902. Another example seen with an added stamp perfinned GOM aah20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 84 ALLERFORD ROAD These items, with the address 84 Allerford Road, are considered to be philatelic. Each one of these items was printed on three different papers - white, yellowish and buff. They were produced by Colin Langston. aam05 WS48 QEII ˝d orange aam10 WS53 QEII 3d violet aam15 WS50 QEII 1˝d green aam20 WS49 QEII 1d blue aam25 WS51 QEII 2d brown WS72 QEII 2d + 1d a am30 WS52 QEII 2˝d carmine WS80 QEII 2˝d + ˝d aam35 WS50 QEII 1˝d green aam40 WS51 QEII 2d brown WS71 QEII 2d + ˝d aam45 WS50 QEII 1˝d green WS69 QEII 1˝d + 1d aam50 WS50 QEII 1˝d green aam55 WS52 QEII 2˝d carmine aam60 WS51 QEII 2d brown WS71 QEII 2d + ˝d aam65 WS50 QEII 1˝d green WS69 QEII 1˝d + 1d aam70 WS52 QEII 2˝d carmine aam75 WS53 QEII 3d violet WS90 QEII 3d + 1d 94 BETHUNE ROAD aaq10 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green 112 HARLEY STREET aat10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green A & N C S see Army & Navy Co-Operative Society A & W NESBITT abc10 ES40w KEVII ˝d yellow green A G BAYLIS & SONS abf10 AR64 QV 1˝d yellow A G THOMSON & CO
54mm gap between lines
abi10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green The company name was changed to Gilmour Thomson & Co Ltd (qv) A H DOWNES SALISBURY HOUSE abl10 - H of HOUSE before D WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green abl20 - H of HOUSE before D WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green abl30 - H of HOUSE after D WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green abl40 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green 241 SALISBURY HOUSE abl60 - H above A of SALISBURY; comma after LONDON below R WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green abl70 - H above L of SALISBURY; comma after LONDON below Y WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green abl80 - H above AL of SALISBURY; comma after LONDON below RY WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green 286 SALISBURY HOUSE abm10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WP25 KGV ˝d green
abm20 - “E.C.” (stop) WP25 KGV ˝d green abm30 - “E.C:” (colon) WP25 KGV ˝d green 601 SALISBURY HOUSE abm50 - 601 Salisbury House WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green A J BROWN BROUGH & CO abq10 WP25d KGV ˝d green A KING & CO abt10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions A MOIR London E.C. abw10 - text 89mm wide WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green abw20 - text 91mm wide WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green London E.C.2 abw30 - text 98mm wide WS13 KGV ˝d green WS21 KGV ˝d green abw40 - no stop after 2 WS13 KGV ˝d green 4 London Wall Buildings abw50 - text 95mm WS21 KGV ˝d green WS23 KGV 1d red abw60 - text 96mm; different font from previous, most noticeable on the letter C which is much more open WS23 KGV 1d red abw70 - text 98mm WS30 KGVI 1d carmine A SANDERSON & SONS - see ARTHUR SANDERSON & SONS ABERDEEN PRESS AND JOURNAL AND EVENING EXPRESS ach10 WP29 KGV ˝d green AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN aer10 WP15 QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions ALFRED DOBELL & CO alc10 - text line 105mm WS9b KEVII 1d carmine alc20 - text line 112mm, height 10mm WS9b KEVII 1d carmine alc30 - text line 112mm, height 12˝mm WS14 KGV 1d red ALLIANCE CO-OPERATIVE COAL COMPANY
ali10 WP6 QV ˝d green die 1 THE ALLIANCE INVESTMENT COMPANY all10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 THE ALLIANCE NEWS alp10 - J of JOHN below AL WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 alp20 - J of JOHN below L WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 alp30 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 alp40 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 alp50 - no comma after CHAMBERS & no comma after 18 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green ... alp60 - G of GROSVENOR below right side of H WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green alp70 - G of GROSVENOR below right side of H WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green alp80 - G of GROSVENOR below centre of H WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE ALLIANCE NEWS AND TEMPERANCE REFORMER alq10 - first line of text ends after D of AND WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green alq20 - first line of text ends before T of TEMPERANCE WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green THE AMERICAN INVESTMENT TRUST COMPANY ame10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green ANCHOR LINE anc10 - frame break top centre WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green anc20 - frame extended upwards top right WP25b KGV ˝d green (ex sheet) ANGLO-AMERICAN TELEGRAPH COMPANY anf10 - text 85mm wide WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 anf20 - text 92mm wide WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 anf30 - text 92mm wide, comma at end of line WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 anf40 - text 89mm, comma at end of line, L below AN WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... anf50 - text 89mm, comma at end of line, L below N WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ANGLO-FRENCH EXPLORATION COMPANY ... ani10 - TO smaller than 170; O of OLD below right side of W ES19w QV 1˝d yellow ani20 - TO same size as 170; O of OLD below I WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ANGLO-SWISS CONDENSED MILK CO ... ano10 WS3 QV 1d brown ANSELL MANKIEWICZ & TALLERMAN Masthead printed with addressee name and address - minor variations exist anr10 WP12 QV 1d brown WP16a QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions (ex sheet) anr20 - as anr10 with handstamp in red WP16a QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions (ex sheet) ANSONIA CLOCK COMPANY anu10 - 2 below S WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 anu20 - 2 below O WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green APOLLINARIS AND JOHANNIS apo10 - J of JOHANNIS 1mm above the horizontal line WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green apo20 - L of London below right side of N; the bottom of the superscript d is below the top of m in Lim: no comma after 4; top line of text 111mm WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green apo25 - L of London below right side of N; the bottom of the superscript d is below the top of m in Lim: comma after 4; top line of text 109mm; address text centred between horizontal lines WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green apo30 - L of London below right side of N; top line of text 110mm wide WP22 KEVII ˝d green apo40 - L of London below left side of N; O of OXFORD below I; top line of text 106mm wide WP25b KGV ˝d green apo50 - L of London below left side of N; O of OXFORD below IS; top line of text 108mm wide WP25b KGV ˝d green ARCHIBALD KENRICK & SONS arc10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ARMY & NAVY CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETY arm05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 arm10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
arm20 - S.W.; o of to above & WP26 KGV 1d red arm30 - S.W.; to above & WP26 KGV 1d red arm40 - S.W.1.; t of returned below no ES43w KGV 1d scarlet ES46w KGV 2˝d blue ESC749w KGV 1d + 2˝d arm50 - S.W.1.; t of returned before n WS23 KGV 1d red ESC749w KGV 1d + 2˝d arm60 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown arm70 - F in OF above right side of R WS23 KGV 1d red WS27 1d WS23 reduced to ˝d arm80 - F in OF above left side of R WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS23 KGV 1d red ART-UNION OF LONDON arr10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 art20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ARTHUR E CRAIG aru10 WP30 KGV 1d carmine ARTHUR SANDERSON & SONS arx10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 arx20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ASHMOLEAN SOCIETY ... ash10 WP10 QV ˝d green 5-line instruction ASSOCIATED GOLD MINES OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA ... aso10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green aso20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green aso30 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green aso40 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green aso40 WS13 KGV ˝d green ASSOCIATED NORTHERN BLOCKS (W.A.) ... asu10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... asu20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE ATHENĆUM ath10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ath20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ath30 - illustrated at 75% of actual size WS9b KEVII 1d carmine ath40 - illustrated at 75% of actual size WS14 KGV 1d red AUSTRALIAN IRRIGATION COLONIES aui10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 AUTOMOBILE CLUB JOURNAL
aut10 - no comma after “JOURNAL” WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green aut20 - with comma after “JOURNAL” WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green aut30 - address change to 18 Down Street WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green aut40 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green The name was changed to Royal Automobile Club Journal (qv) B COHEN & SONS bac10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions bac20 - LTD added WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THE BAGLEY & WRIGHT MFG CO bag10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green BANFFSHIRE JOURNAL bal10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction THE BANK OF AUSTRALASIA bao10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 BARCLAY & SONS
bar10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE BARTHOLOMAY BREWING COMPANY bau10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green BASS RATCLIFF & GRETTON bax10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 BATHO TAYLOR & OGDEN ... bbc10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green BAXENDALE & CO
bbf10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 bbf20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... bbf3 0 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... bbf40 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... bbf50 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE BEACON bec10 - illustration at 75% ES43w KGV 1d scarlet BELL COWAN & CO ... bel10 - B of BELL below f WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 bel20 ES42w KGV ˝d green ES43w KGV 1d scarlet bel30 - B of BELL below of WP25c KGV ˝d green bel40 - B of BELL below f ESC817w KGV 1d blue + ˝d orange (v)
BIBLE AND PRAYER UNION
St Benet’s bic10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 bic20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 bic30 - (red reference lines left side of B and left side of O) WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 bic40 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 bic50 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 bic60 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green bic70 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green St Mary’s Clergy House ... bid10 - Y of PRAYER below tu WS13 KGV ˝d green ... bid20 - Y of PRAYER below et WS21 KGV ˝d green bid30 - Y of PRAYER below re WS21 KGV ˝d green BIG GOLDEN QUARRY MINING COMPANY bih10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions ... bih20 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions BIRMINGHAM BATTERY & METAL CO bil10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE BIRMINGHAM CANAL COMPANY bio10 WP25 KGV ˝d green BIRMINGHAM MUSICAL FESTIVAL bir10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions ... bir20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green ... bir30 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green BLACKPOOL WINTER GARDENS ... bla10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green BOOK POST ... boc10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... boc20 ES9w QV 1˝d brown boc30 ES11w QV 1d pink BOROUGH OF PORTSMOUTH WATERWORKS CO boo10 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green BORRIES CRAIG & CO Double Underline bor10 - double underline WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions Thin Single Underline; stop at end of text bor15 - text 82mm, line 80mm; 2Ľmm between text and line WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions bor20 - text 83mm, line 82Ľmm; 2˝mm between text and line WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions bor25 - text 81ľmm, line 92Ľmm (or more?); 3mm between text and line WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions bor30 - text 84˝mm, line 85mm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions Thin Single Underline; no stop at end of text bor40 - text 81mm, line 84Ľmm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions bor50 - text 81mm, line 93mm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions Thin Single Underline; no stop at end of text; no stop after Co bor60 - text 79Ľmm, line 77˝mm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions Thick Single Underline bor80 - text 82˝mm, line 83ľmm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions bor90 - text 81ľmm, line 84Ľmm WP18 QV ˝d blue green die 2 BÖRSENBERICHT ... bou10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 BRADFORD MEDICO-CHIRURGICAL SOCIETY bqf10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions BRADBURY GREATOREX & CO bqc10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE BRADFORD OBSERVER bql10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 bql20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 bql30 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions BREWERIES & DISTILLERIES bqr10 - illustrated at 75% of original WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 bqr20 - illustrated at 75% of original WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 BRIEF bqx10 WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 BRIGHTON BOROUGH EXTENSION brc10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instructions (wrapper size is 125mm x 243mm) BRISTOL MERCURY brf10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 brf20 WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions BRITISH RAINFALL brl10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions BRITISH TAILORING & REPAIRING CO brr10 WP25b KGV ˝d green BRITISH WORKMAN brx10 - illustration at 50% of original AR20 QV 1d pink brx20 - illustration at 50% of original AR21 QV 4d vermilion BROOMBRAE QUARRY bsl10 WS21 KGV ˝d green THE BUENOS AYRES & ROSARIO RAILWAY CO buc10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THE BUILDER ... buf10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 buf20 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions BULLARD KING & CO
bui10 WP15 QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions RL bui20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
bui30 - N over AR WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 bui40 - N over R WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green BURNLEY UNION buo10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO
buu10 - the vertical lines extend the full height of the wrapper WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions buu20 - the vertical lines extend the full height of the wrapper WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions buu30 - the vertical lines extend the full height of the wrapper WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green BY AIR MAIL PAR AVION byc10 WS111 QEII 3d violet WS116 QEII 1/- pale violet BY AUTHORITY byf10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 BY SUPPLEMENTARY MAIL These were printed together with the addressee, resulting in minor variations byl10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 byl20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 C & J G POTTER see The Wall Paper Manufacturers C & J WELDON cac10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cac20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green C R HARKER STAGG & MORGAN ... caf10 WS4 QV ˝d brown SIR C W DILKE
cai10 WP11 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instructions CAMBRIDGE HOUSE BULLETINS GK cal10 WP29 KGV ˝d green CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY LOCAL EXAMINATIONS cao10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE CAPE COPPER COMPANY cau10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ca u20 - 1ľmm space between From and THE WS3 QV 1d brown WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cau30 - 1mm space between From and THE WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE CAPE COPPER MINING COMPANY ... cav10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 CARDIFF NATURALISTS’ SOCIETY
59mm between horizontal lines
cbc10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
WP25 KGV ˝d green CARL GOTTFRIED MÜLLER’S SOHNE cbf10 WP12 QV 1d brown CARRON LINE
cbl10
WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
CASSELL PETTER & GALPIN
135mm gap between top and bottom text
cbr10 - d of Yard below G WS2 QV ˝d green die 1
140mm gap between text
cbr20 - d of Yard below Ga, printing in grey-blue WP11 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instructions CATHOLIC UNION GAZETTE cbx10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WP15 QV ˝d brown 5 line instructions WP25 KGV ˝d green
47mm gap between red line & black text
cbx20 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green CENTRAL ARGENTINE RAILWAY cef10 - text in orange, full stop after “E.C.”, comma only after “LD,” WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 cef20 - text in red, no full stop after “E.C”, full stop and comma after “LD.,” WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 CENTRAL LONDON RAILWAY cen10 - text 68mm, underline 72˝mm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green cen20 - text 68mm, underline 67mm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green cen30 - text 69mm, underline 71mm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green cen40 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green CHAMBRE DE COMMERCE FRANÇAISE DE LIVERPOOL cgc10 - hyphen in top line after DE WP25 KGV ˝d green cgc20 - no hyphen, lower DE before upper DE WP25 KGV ˝d green cgc30 - no hyphen, lower DE after upper DE WP25 KGV ˝d green CHAMPION REEF GOLD MINING COMPANY cgf10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions CHANNEL TUNNEL COMPANY cgi10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions ... cgi20 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green WP29 KGV ˝d green CHARTERHOUSE LISTS cgl10 WP29 KGV ˝d green WP31 KGV ˝d green CHAS & THOS HARRIS & CO ... cgo10 - unicorns’ tail pointing upwards WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cgo20 - distance between the curved HARRIS and WILTSHIRE is 11mm WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 cgo30 - distance between the curved HARRIS and WILTSHIRE is 13˝mm, royal crest is closer to the text below than on cgo20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... cgo40 - no ribbon at bottom left, added text below crest C S & A ROBINSON LTD BRISTOL WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
cgo50 - ribbon at bottom left; dots on first line point to top of unicorns’ head; 103 on right side below crest WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 cgo60 - ‘AS SUPPLIED TO HM THE KING’ WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green ... cgo70 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green cgo80 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green CHAS GOODALL & SON cgr10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions CHATTO & WINDUS ... cgu10 WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 ... cgu20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cgu30 WP12 QV 1d brown cgu40 WP15 QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions cgu50 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions cgu60 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green cgu70 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WP25 KGV ˝d green THE CHEMICAL TRADE JOURNAL AND CHEMICAL ENGINEER
chc10 - illustrated at 75% of original size ES42w KGV ˝d green chc20 - illustrated at 75% of original size ES53w KGV 1˝d brown THE CHEMIST AND DRUGGIST ... chf10 - (incomplete, has been reduced on left side); illustrated at 75% of original size WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 chf20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 chf30 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 chf40 - illustrated at 75% of original size WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green chf50 - illustrated at 75% of original size WS14 KGV 1d scarlet WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS18 KGV 1d + 1d WS25 KGV 2d orange CHILDREN’S COUNTRY HOLIDAYS FUND chi10 WS3 QV 1d brown CHORLTON & KNOWLES chl10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE CHRISTIAN ADVOCATE cho10 WS 21 KGV ˝d green CHURCH OF SCOTLAND chr10 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green chr20 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green CHURCHILL & SIMS chu10 WS21 KGV ˝d green CITIES SERVICE COMPANY cil10 WP25 KGV ˝d green THE CIVIL SERVICE CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETY cir10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cir20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 cir30 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 cir40 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green CLEVEDON MERCURY AND COURIER clc10 WP30 KGV 1d red CLEWS HABICHT & CO clf10 WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 THE CLYDESDALE BANK LIMITED cly10 ES42w KGV ˝d green THE COLOGNE POST cnc10 - distance from T of THE to N of NEWSPAPER is 65˝mm WP27 KGV ˝d green cnc20 - distance from T of THE to N of NEWSPAPER is 67mm WP27 KGV ˝d green COLT’S PATENT FIREARMS M’F’G CO ... cnf10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 WP18 QV ˝d blue green die 2 COMMERCIAL BANK OF SPANISH AMERICA cnl10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green COMPOIR D’ESCOMPTE DE PARIS cnr10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction CONFERENCE HALL cnu10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction THE COOPERS HILL MAGAZINE cnx10 WP12 QV 1d brown CORPS OF COMMISSIONAIRES coc10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 CORRESPONDENZ STUDNITZ cof10 WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 COUNTRY LIFE col10 - dotted line is width of wrapper ES71w KGVI 3d violet col20 - dotted line is width of wrapper, text line “Published for” is in italic ES64w KGVI 2˝d blue ES71w KGVI 3d violet ESC812Aw KGVI 2˝d + 1d ESC818w KGVI 1d + 2˝d COURIER, LEAMINGTON cor10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 COVERLEY & WESTRAY cox10 WP26 KGV 1d red CRAMPMORE COLLEGE cqn10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions CRAVEN HERALD & PIONEER cqr10 - height of overprint 44mm WS30 KGVI 1d carmine cqr20 - height of overprint 45mm, larger gap between last two lines of text WS38 KGVI 1˝d green cqr30 WS38 KGVI 1˝d green CROCDON & CO cqx10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 CROGGON & CO crc10 WP6 QV ˝d green die 1 no instruction CROSBY LOCKWOOD & CO crf10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction CROSSE & BLACKWELL cri10 - text 101mm, line 102mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cri20 - text 101mm, line 101mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cri30 - text 93˝mm, line 100mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cri40 - W of WARRANT below & - (incomplete - probably similar to cri50 and cri60 with name and address on flap) WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cri50 - WA of WARRANT below & (illustration at 75%) WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cri60 - A of WARRANT below & WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 cri80 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
cri90 - (frame 236mm x 108mm) illustrated at 75% of actual size WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 crj10 - (frame 240mm x 112mm) illustrated at 75% of original size WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 crj20 - (frame 237mm x 109mm) illustrated at 75% of original size WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 crj30 - horizontal lines are 252+mm wide (full width not shown) WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 crj40 - horizontal lines are 254mm wide (full width not shown) WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 crj50 & crj60 - horizontal lines are 254mm wide (full width not shown) crj50 - space between Purveyors & bottom line is 5mm WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green crj60 - space between Purveyors & bottom line is 8mm WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green crj70 - horizontal lines 254mm wide (full width not shown) WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green crj80 - horizontal lines 254mm wide (full width not shown) WS13 KGV ˝d green crj90 - horizontal lines 254mm wide (full width not shown) WS23 KGV 1d red CROWDEN & GARROD cro10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 CROWN REEF GOLD MINING COMPANY crr10 - illustrated at 75% of original size ES21bw QV 2˝d grey blue CROWTHER & CO cru10 WS3 QV 1d brown CROYDON OVERSEERS crx10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 CURATES’ AUGMENTATION FUND cul10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction CUTBILL KING & CO LTD cul10 ES42w KGV ˝d green CUTTING OF MIDDLETON’S LODE AT EAST WHEAL ROSE cur10 WP15 QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions D & W GIBBS czl10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE DAILY CHRONICLE dac10 WS14 KGV 1d red WS23 KGV 1d red dac20 - change to E.C.4 WS23 KGV 1d red DAILY EXPRESS
daf10
WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS14 KGV 1d red daf20 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown daf30 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown daf40 WS23 KGV 1d red ... daf50 - width 101mm WS15 KGV 1˝d brown daf60 - width 102˝mm WS23 KGV 1d red daf70 WS25 KGV 2d orange dag10 - width 103mm WS15 KGV 1˝d brown ES45w KQV 2d orange dag20 - width 105mm WS23 KGV 1d red WS25 KQV 2d orange dag30 WS30 KGVI 1d red dag40 WS30 KGVI 1d red ... dag50 WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown dag60 - this is wrapper dae60 overprinted AIRMAIL; the position of AIRMAIL varies relative to the other text ES49w KGV 6d purple WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown ... dag80 WS30 KGVI 1d red ... dah10 - distance from address block to P of PRINTED is 9˝mm WS37 KGVI 1d blue dah30 - distance from address block to P of PRINTED is 11ľmm WS37 KGVI 1d blue dah50 The gap between logo and text varies from 7ľmm to 16mm - see below for details. It is unclear if this is the result of different settings or if the overprint was done in two operations. WS37 KGVI 1d blue WS50 QEII 1˝d green WS52 QEII 2˝d carmine WS56 QEII 5d brown WS62 QEII ˝d+3d WS63 QEII ˝d + 6d * WS65 QEII 1d + 2˝d WS68 QEII 1˝d + ˝d WS70 QEII 1˝d +2d WS70b QEII 1˝d + 3d + ˝d WS71 QEII 2d + ˝d * WS84 QEII 2˝d + 2˝d WS89 QEII 3d +˝d
- gap distance not known
dae90 - 7ľmm gap between logo and text WS37 KGVI 1d blue dae90 - 9mm gap between logo and text WS50 QEII 1˝d green WS52 QEII 2˝d carmine WS70b QEII 1˝d + 3d + ˝d dae90 - 9˝mm gap between logo and text WS50 QEII 1˝d green dae90 - 11˝mm gap between logo and text WS68 QEII 1˝d + ˝d dae90 - 12ľmm gap between logo and text WS65 QEII 1d + 2˝d WS84 QEII 2˝d + 2˝d dae90 - 13˝mm gap between logo and text WS65 QEII 1d + 2˝d dae90 - 14Ľmm gap between logo and text WS70 QEII 1˝d +2d dae90 - 15mm gap between logo and text WS56 5d brown dae90 - 15˝mm gap between logo and text WS62 QEII ˝d+3d WS70 QEII 1˝d +2d dae90 - 16mm gap between logo and text WS62 QEII ˝d+3d dae90 - 16ľmm gap between logo and text WS62 QEII ˝d+3d dah60 WS53 QEII 3d violet dah80 WS57 QEII 6d purple THE DAILY FILM RENTER dak10 WS21 KGV ˝d green dak20 WS21 KGV ˝d green dak30 WS21 KGV ˝d green
dak40
WS21 KGV ˝d green dak50 WS21 KGV ˝d green WS23 KGV 1d red dak60 WS21 KGV ˝d green dak70 WS23 KGV 1d red THE DAILY GRAPHIC dam10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 dam20 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine DAILY JOURNAL ... dap10 WP? QV ˝d brown die 2 DAILY MAIL (See also Overseas Mail) das10 - horizontal line is 104mm WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green das20 - horizontal line is 93mm WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 das30 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green das40 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green das50 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green das60 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
das70 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dat10 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS14 KGV 1d red WS23 KGV 1d red dat20 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine dat30 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS14 KGV 1d red ... dat40 WS25 KGV 2d orange dat50 ESC642w KEVII 2d + 2˝d dat60 ES36w KEVII 4d vermillion dat80 ES48w KGV 4d grey-green ESC745w KGV ˝d + 6d dat90 WS13 KGV ˝d green WS14 KGV 1d red dau10 - with colon after to WS23 KGV 1d red dau20 - no colon after to WS15 KGV 1˝d brown dau30 WS14 KGV 1d red dau40 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown dau50 ES48w KGV 4d grey-green dau60 ES45w KGV 2d orange OVER-SEAS EDITION dav10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dav20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dav30 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dav40 - no comma after “EDITION”, second L of TALLIS below AS WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dav50 - no comma after “EDITION”, second L of TALLIS below S WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dav60 - with comma after “EDITION” WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dav70 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
dav80 - “O” above “E” of “CARMELITE”; t above the right arm of Y in DAILY WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green daw10 - “O” above “E” of “CARMELITE”; t before the right arm of Y in DAILY WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
daw20 - “O” above “M” of “CARMELITE” WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green daw30 - address line in u/l case WS13 KGV ˝d green daw40 - colon after to WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green daw50 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green WS14 KGV 1d red WS15 KGV 1˝d brown ... daw60 - vertical stroke of D in DAILY below un WS15 KGV 1˝d brown daw70 - vertical stroke of D in DAILY below u WS14 KGV 1d red WS15 KGV 1˝d brown daw80 - long dash and no colon after to; no comma after EDITION WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS21 KGV ˝d green WS23 KGV 1d red dax10 - “Carmelite” not level with “Daily Mail”; colon above centre of M in MAIL WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS21 KGV ˝d green dax20 - “Carmelite” level with “Daily Mail”; colon level with end of M in MAIL WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS21 KGV ˝d green WS23 KGV 1d red dax30 WS14 KGV 1d red dax40 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown dax50 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS23 KGV 1d red dax60 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown
...
dax70 WS23 KGV 1d red dax80 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS23 KGV 1d red dax90 WS30 KGVI 1d carmine OVERSEAS EDITION WITH SUPPLEMENT NOTE - items printed in 2 colours, as the following group, can be found with different alignments of the two colours. day10 WS14 KGV 1d red ... day20 - 3rd text line 110mm wide; 5th text line 90mm wide WS13 KGV ˝d green ... day30 - 3rd text line 103mm wide; 5th text line 67mm wide WS13 KGV ˝d green day40 - red text in a sans serif font WS14 KGV 1d red day50 WS13 KGV ˝d green day60 ES43w KGV 1d red DAILY MAIL, MANCHESTER daz10 WS13 KGV ˝d green daz20 WS13 KGV ˝d green ... daz30 WS20 KGV ˝d + ˝d THE DAILY MIRROR dbc 10 WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS10 KEVII ˝d + 1d THE DAILY NEWS dbf10 WS13 KGV ˝d green WS14 KGV 1d red WS23 KGV 1d red THE DAILY NEWS & LEADER ... dbf50 WS14 KGV 1d red THE DAILY TELEGRAPH dbi10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dbi20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green dbi40 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green dbi50 WS52 QEII 2˝d red WS72 QEII 2d + 2d dbi60 - distance between horizontal lines is 20mm (red reference line through thin line in T of The) WS38 KGVI 1˝d green dbi80 - distance between horizontal lines is 21mm WS52 QEII 2˝d red WS65 QEII 1d + 2˝d WS75 QEII 2d + 2˝d WS81A QEII 2˝d + 1d WS81A QEII 2˝d + 1d (vert) WS82 QEII 2˝d + 2d DAILY WESTERN TIMES dbl10 W P18 QV ˝d green die 2 DAIRY OUTFIT CO dbo10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 DALGETY & COMPANY LIMITED dbr10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green dbr20 ES43w KGV 1d red dbr30 - to in line1 above A ES43w KGV 1d red dbr40 - to in line1 above N ES43w KGV 1d red ... dbr50 ES43w KGV 1d red DALTON & YOUNG dbu10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 dbu20 - full stop after Compliments WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dbu30 - no serif at bottom of “p”, a full stop after Compliments WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green DAVID POWIS & SONS dbx10 WS21 KGV ˝d green DAVID SMITH & CO dcc10 - 97mm underline ES18w QV ˝d vermilion dcc20 - 93mm underline WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 DAVIES & COE dcf10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 DAWSON BROS dcl10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions dcl20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green DAY & MARTIN dcr10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green DEBENHAM & COMPANY dec10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dec20 WS21 KGV ˝d green WS26 KGV ˝d + ˝d DEBENHAM & FREEBODY def10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions def20 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions def30 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 def40 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 def50 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 def60 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 def70 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 THE DECORATORS’ GAZETTE PLUMBER AND GASFITTER REVIEW dei10 ES10w QV 2˝d lake ESC20w QV 2˝d + 1d DEMPSTERS ... del10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE DENTAL SURGEON deo10 WS23 KGV 1d red DERRY & TOMS der05 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine der10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green DEVAS ROUTLEDGE & CO dev10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 DEVON & EXETER GAZETTE dfc10 - T of EXETER above GH WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dfc50 - T of EXETER above H; overall height 20mm; lines wider than text dfc40 - IF above O of DEVON WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green .. dfc50 - T of EXETER above H; overall height 18mm; lines same width as text WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE DEVON & EXETER DAILY GAZETTE ... dff10 WS13 KGV ˝d green dff20 WS23 KGV 1d red DEVON & EXETER HORSE & CARRIAGE BAZAAR dfl10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 DEVON AND SOMERSET WEEKLY NEWS dfr10 WP15 QV ˝d brown 5 line instructions DICKSEE & CO dic05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 DIPLOMATIC FLY SHEET ... dip05 WS3 QV 1d brown DISCONTO GESELLSCHAFT dis05 WP15 QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions DOCK OFFICE GLOUCESTER dob05 WP27 KGV ˝d green DOCKER BROS LIMITED dof10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green dof20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green DONALDSON ROSE & CO don05 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction DORSET COUNTY COUNCIL dor05 WP27 KGV ˝d green DREWEATT & WATSON .. dre05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 . dre10 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green DURANT & CO dul10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions DURHAM MINERS’ ASSOCIATION ... dur05 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction dur10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction dur15 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction dur20 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction DYSTER NALDER & CO dyr10 - C before D of DYSTER WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions dyr20 - C below DY of DYSTER WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions dyr30 - C below Y of DYSTER WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions dyr40 - C below YS of DYSTER WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions dyr50 - C below TE of DYSTER WP15 QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions 6 Crosby Square ... dys10 - 6 below ER of DYSTER WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... dys20 - 6 below AL of NALDER WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 dys30 - 6 below LD of NALDER WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green dys40 - 6 below ER of NALDER, lines 116 mm wide WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WP25 KGV ˝d green dys50 - 6 below E of NALDER, lines 113mm wide WP25 KGV ˝d green dys60 - 6 below & WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green Postcode changed to E.C. 3. dys70 WP29 KGV ˝d green E LAZENBY & SON dzl10 - no dot between E and LAZENBY in embossing ES18w QV ˝d vermilion WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 dzl20 - dot between E and LAZENBY in embossing WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 dzl30 - R of TRININTY below Z in embossing WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 dzl40 - R of TRININTY below AZ in embossing WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 dzl45 - as dzl20 with no embossing on flap WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 dzl50 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 dzl60 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green dzl70 - L of LONDON in embossing below TR WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green dzl80 - L of LONDON in embossing below T WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 dzl90 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green E MARLBOROUGH & CO Square slab serifs (Egyptian) font eab10 - large ampesand, below baseline ES7w QV 1d pink eab20 - small ampersand ES11w QV 1d pink eab25 - underline 82mm, deformed U ES11w QV 1d pink eab30 - underline 82˝mm, l of Bailey below right side of O ES7w QV 1d pink eab35 - underline 77mm; ampersand damaged at top; otherwise text is identical to eab30 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 eab40 - underline 84mm, l of Bailey below centre of O ES11w QV 1d pink WS3 QV 1d brown WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 Note: eab50 to eac10 are all very similar, a red guide line at right side of M and right side of B is used; items are listed in order of position of the guide line at right side of M in relation to the top line of text eab50 WS3 QV 1d brown eab55 WS3 QV 1d brown eab60 WS3 QV 1d brown eab70 WS3 QV 1d brown WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 eab75 - dropped “If”, damaged E WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 eab80 - distance between text on top line and text on second line is 7mm WS3 QV 1d brown eab90 - distance between text on top line and text on second line is 7ľmm; 2nd R of MARLBOROUGH damaged at base WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 eac10 WS3 QV 1d brown eac20 - (illustration at 75%) ES35w KEVII 3d brown Bracketed serifs font, angular bar eac25 - pointed serifs font, H with angular bar; dropped C in E.C. WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ES32w KEVII 1˝d yellow eac30 - pointed serifs font, H with an angular bar WS9a KEVII 1d orange Straight bracketed serifs font, straight bar eac40 - pointed serifs; H with a straight horizontal bar WS3 QV 1d brown WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green eac45 WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green Oblique bracketed serifs font ... eac50 ES44w KGV 1˝d brown eac60 ES44w KGV 1˝d brown ... eac65 WS14w KGV 1d red eac70 ES32w KEVII 1˝d yellow Saarbach News Exchange eac80 ES32w KEVII 1˝d yellow eac85 - (illustration at 75%) ES35w KEVII 3d brown eac90 - (illustration at 75%) ES35w KEVII 3d brown E P HENDERSON eaf10 WS13 KGV ˝d green E W ROYLANCE & SON eai10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 EASON & SON ea o10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 eao20 eao20 and eao30 are identical apart from the shorter horizontal top rule on eao20. eao20 is from a wrapper dated 26.04.1897 and eao30 is from a wrapper dated 15.10.1898. WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions
eao30 - comma after bracket “SON),” ; & (in 3rd line of text) is above R WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions eao40 - stop after DUBLIN, top rule same as 2nd rule, & (in 3rd line of text) above TR WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions e ao50 - no stop after DUBLIN, top rule same as 2nd rule WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions eao60 - comma before bracket “SON,)” WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
eao70 - IN over AS WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
eao80 - IN over S WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... eao90 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS23 KGV 1d red EAST AND WEST INDIA DOCK CO ear10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction EAST LONDON CHURCH FUND REPORT eau10 - illustrated at 75% of full size ES29w QV 1˝d yellow ES32w KEVII 1˝d yellow EAST LONDON WATER WORKS COMPANY eax10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions eax20 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green EASTERN DAILY PRESS
ebc10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green ebc20 - o of to (end of second line of text) above left vertical of N WS23 KGV 1d red ebc30 - o of to (end of second line of text) to the left of N WS23 KGV 1d red
54mm between line and text
ebc40 WS23 KGV 1d red EASTERN EVENING NEWS
54mm between line and text
ebf10 WS23 KGV 1d red THE EASTERN EXTENSION AUSTRALIA & CHINA TELEGRAPH COMPANY ebl10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions EASTERN FOOTBALL NEWS
51mm between line and text ...
ebo10 WS21 KGV ˝d green ebo20 - thick underline below masthead WS21 KGV ˝d green ebo30 - thin underline below masthead WS21 KGV ˝d green EASTERN TELEGRAPH COMPANY ebr10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ebr20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ebr30 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 THE ECHO ech10 WS1 QV ˝d green 1870 ech20 - 1mm gap between left frame and FROM WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ech30 - 2mm gap between frame and FROM WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ech40 - 3mm gap between left frame and FROM WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE EDISON & SWAN UNITED ELECTRIC LIGHT COMPANY edi05 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions edi10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THE EDUCATIONAL TIMES edu05 ES43w KGV 1d red EDWARD MILES & CO edw05 - no ., after CO WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green edw10 - B of BROADWAY below W WS21 KGV ˝d green edw20 - B of BROADWAY below ED WS23 KGV 1d red edw25 - B of BROADWAY below E WS21 KGV ˝d green THE EFFECTIVE ADVERTISER eff05 ES11w QV 1d pink ... eff10 - two peaks in wavy line on right after vertical ES11w QV 1d pink eff15 - one peak in wavy line on right after vertical ES11w QV 1d pink
eff25 - illustrated at 75% of full size ES11w QV 1d pink eff30 - illustrated at 75% of full size ES11w QV 1d pink EILLS & CO ... eil05 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ELLERMAN LINES LTD ell05 - 22 below LE WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ell10 - 22 below ER WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ENCORE BRAND ... enc05 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE ENGINEER enf05 - underlines 182mm wide ES2w QV 2d blue enf10 ES2w QV 2d blue ES10w QV 2˝d lake WS4 QV ˝d brown enf15 - N below the left side of T in The ES16w QV 2˝d grey blue WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 enf20 - N below the right side of T in The; illustrated at 75% of full size ES22w QV 3d carmine
enf30 - as enf20 without any additional text or address line etc. WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ES22w QV 3d carmine enf35 - illustrated at 75% of full size ES22w QV 3d carmine ... enf45 - r of Engineer above ON ES35w KEVII 3d brown
enf80 - illustration at 50%; r of Engineer above ND; (bottom part missing - there may be another address line at the bottom) ES35w KEVII 3d brown ENGINEERING enj10 ES2w QV 2d blue ES10w QV 2˝d lake enj20 - (printed on a label then affixed to the wrapper) ES10w QV 2˝d lake ENTRE RIOS RAILWAYS CO ent05 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions ent10 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ESSEX COUNTY CHRONICLE ese05 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE ESSEX HERALD esh05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE ESTATES REGISTER est05 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 EVENING DISPATCH evd10 WS23 KGV 1d red THE EVENING NEWS evh10 WS13 KGV ˝d green evh20 WS23 KGV 1d red evh30 WS37 KGVI 1d blue THE EVENING STANDARD AND ST JAMES’S GAZETTE evk10 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine evk20 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine evk30 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine evk40 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine evk50 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d WS14 KGV 1d red WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d WS23 KGV 1d red evk60 - as evk50 with a boxed text Wassermann & Co. The boxed text was printed separate from the masthead and appears in different positions. WS9b KEVII 1d carmine evk70 - no suitable illustration available text on 3 lines - “The Evening Standard / In case of non-delivery return to / 104, Shoe Lane, E.C.” WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d evk80 - illustrated at 75% Wassermann, Plant & Co. The boxed text was printed separate from the masthead and appears in different positions. WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d WS14 KGV 1d red WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d EVERED & COMPY evr10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... evr20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 evr30 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 evr40 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green evr50 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green evr60 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green EXPORT MAIL exp10 WS13b KGV ˝d green exp20 - the bottom of L in MAIL missing WS13b KGV ˝d green EYRE & SPOTTISWOODE eyr05 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 WP20 KEVII 1d carmine F BRAHAM fac10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green fac20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green F GORRINGE faf10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 for later issue see Frederick Gorringe Ltd F SANDERS fai10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green F W BAUMANN & CO fal10 ES7w QV 1d pink ... fal20 ES7w QV 1d pink F W GEDYE & SONS fao10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions F W REYNOLDS & CO
... far10 WP11 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction FAITHFULL BEGG & CO ... fau10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions FAUDEL PHILLIPS & SON fax10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 fax20 - design in frame WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 fax30 - design with lines top and bottom WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 fax40 - modified drawing with people in foreground WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green FAUDELS LTD fax70 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green fax80 WS13 KGV ˝d green WS21 KGV ˝d green FETTES COLLEGE, EDINBURGH fet05 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE FINANCIAL OUTLOOK fin05 - Finsbury Pavement WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green fin10 - Finsbury Pavement WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green fin15 - Coleman Street WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green fin25 - Ropemaker Street WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green fin30 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green FISCHEL fis05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 FLAGEOLLET & CO fla05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... fla10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 fla15 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... fla20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... fla25 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 MASTER FLORIZEL VON REUTER flo10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THE FORE STREET WAREHOUSE COMPANY fof10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE FOREIGN & COLONIAL INVESTMENT TRUST COMPANY for05 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE FOREIGN AMERICAN & GENERAL INVESTMENT TRUST COMPANY fov10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 SIR FRANK NEWNES frc10 WP25 KGV ˝d green FREDERICK GORRINGE LTD see also F Gorringe
frf10 - 5 lines of text, S.W. WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green
frf20 - 5 lines of text, S.W.1., t of Return below f WS13 KGV ˝d green
frf30 - 5 lines of text, S.W.1., t of Return after f WS13 KGV ˝d green
frf40 - vertical in d of Ltd below centre of O; with an address window as shown WS21 KGV ˝d green frf50 - vertical in d of Ltd below left side of O; with an address window as in frf40 WS21 KGV ˝d green FREDERICK LEWIS fri10 WP22 KEVII ˝d green FREE MASONS fro10 ES11w QV 1d pink ... fro20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 FREEMAN'S JOURNAL frr10 - the top two lines were printed in a separate operation from the bottom part including the addressee WS9a KEVII 1d orange frr20 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine THE FRENCH GALLERY fru10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions THE FRIEND frx10 ES7w QV 1d pink G & W BEECH gac10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 G B KENT & SONS gaf10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 G FARMILOE & SONS gai10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 G H FLETCHER & CO gao10 WP25 KGV ˝d green G HARDING & SONS
gar10 - quote mark after LONDON WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 gar20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... gar30 - flap as illustrated, front is as gar50 without date ES2w QV 2d blue gar40 - flap as illustrated, front is as gar50 without a date ES13w QV 1˝d brown gar45 - flap as gar40, front is as gar60 without a date ES2w QV 2d blue ES13w QV 1˝d brown WS3 QV 1d brown
gar50 - TIN WORKS in quote marks; L of LONDON below OS of POSTAL; with date 21/12/91 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
gar60 - L of LONDON below S of POSTAL; with date 18/2/92 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 gar80 - as gar60 with date 25/4/92 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 gas10 - as gar60 with date 14/6/92 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 gas20 - as gar60 with date 25/8/92 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... gas30 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 gas40 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green GEORGE HARDING & SONS gas50 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gas70 - there is also a solid thin horizontal line, 142mm wide, 93mm below the bottom dotted address line (not shown) WS13 KGV ˝d green
gas80 - the gap between the solid horizontal line and the bottom dotted address line is 93mm WS13 KGV ˝d green WS21 KGV ˝d green G M C & Co gax10 ES31w KEVII 1d carmine G TUTILL gbc10 - illustration at 50% of original ES13w QV 1˝d brown G W GOODWIN & SON gbf10 - (illustration inverted) WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... gbf20 - design same as gak05 apart from colour of printing ES42w KGV ˝d green GAMAGES ... gbi10 - illustration at 50%. Lower part of frame is missing WS24 KGV 1˝d + 1˝d GARDENING gbl10 - the horizontal line at the bottom extends the full width of the wrapper 296mm ES60w KGVI ˝d green GARDINER & COMPY OUTFITTERS gbo10 ES11w QV 1d pink THE GAS LIGHT & COKE COMPANY
50mm between lines of text
gbr10 - “WITH COMPLIMENTS” is 38mm wide, “From” is above base line of other text WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
50mm between lines of text
gbr20 - “WITH COMPLIMENTS” is 36mm wide, “From” is on base line of other text WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
49mm between lines of text
gbr30 - “WITH COMPLIMENTS” is 40mm wide, “From” is above base line of text WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
58mm between lines of text
gbr40 - no stop after W in address line; WITH COMPLIMENTS 35˝mm wide WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
56mm between lines of text
gbr50 - stop after W in address line; WITH COMPLIMENTS 35˝mm wide WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
55˝mm between lines of text
gbr60 - smaller “From”; WITH COMPLIMENTS 40mm wide WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
Type 1 (200%) Type 2 (200%)
Type 1 - thin lettering; dots in floret all the same size; bottom dot of floret above left side of R Type 2 - thick lettering; floret dots merged; bottom dot of floret above right side of R
Type 3 (200%) Type 4 (200%)
Type 3 - medium lettering; dot in centre of floret larger than rest; central design (arrows / floret) same width as COMPANY Type 4 - thin lettering; floret dots merged; floret has one dot at the top and two at the bottom gbr70 - Embossing type 1; text width 54˝mm; vertical of L in Light past f WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green gbr80 - Embossing type 2; overprint same as gbr70 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green gbr90 - Embossing type 2; text width 54˝mm; vertical of L in Light past f; same as gbr70 but with added address lines WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green gbs10 - Embossing type 2; text as on gbs20; text width 53˝mm; L of Light below of WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green gbs20 - Embossing type 3; text width 53˝mm; L of Light below of; I of In is above the base line WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gbs30 - Embossing type 4; text width 54˝mm; vertical of L in Light below f (very similar to gas70) WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gbs50 - date 8/10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gbs60 - date 1/11, with 4 address lines as in gbs70 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gb s70 - date 4/11 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gbs80 - date 10/12, plus 4 address lines as in gbs70 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gbs90 WP27 KGV ˝d green GAZETTES ... gbx10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions GENERAL POST OFFICE SUPPLY ASSOCIATION gdm05 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction GEO ROWNEY & CO gdr05 ES30w KEVII ˝d blue green WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green GEO T COX & SONS gdu05 WP15 QV ˝d brown 5 line instructions GEORGE BELL & SONS gec05 - illustration @ 75% WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 GEORGE DAVIDSON & CO gei10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green gei20 - T below right side of R in GEORGE WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gei30 - T below left side of R in GEORGE WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
gei40 - T below O in GEORGE WP25 KGV ˝d green GEORGE HOUGHTON & SON geo05 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction GEORGE SCOTT & SON ges05 - (printed on the inside of the wrapper) WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 GERMANY ... gex10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... gex20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gex30 - width 31˝mm WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE GIBRALTAR CONSOLIDATED GOLD MINES gib05 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions gib10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green GILMOUR THOMSON & CO
space between lines 48˝mm
gil05 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
space between lines 48mm
gil15 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
space between lines 44mm or 48mm
gil20 - space between lines is 48mm WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green gil25 - space between lines is 44mm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green GINNER MORTON & GODDARD gin05 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 GLASGOW SHARE LIST gkg05 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE GLOBE glb10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... glb20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 glb30 - b of Globe below R WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
glb40 - b of Globe below left side of E WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
glb50 - b of Globe below right side of E WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 glb60 - b of Globe below TU WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 glb70 - l of Globe below V WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green glb80 - l of Globe below E WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green glb90 - l of Globe below IV WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THE GLOBE TELEGRAPH & TRUST COMPANY gle05 - normally without the red rubber handstamp, which appears on some late use wrappers WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 GLOUCESTER JOURNAL
glj05 WP15a QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions cut square glj10 WP15a QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions cut square WP16a QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions cut square THE GOLD ESTATES TRANSVAAL COMPANY gol05 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE GOLDEN HORSE-SHOE ESTATES CO ... gos05 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE GRAND HOTEL, BIRMINGHAM ... gqh05 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions GRAND JURY DOWNPATRICK gqo10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction GRAND JURY MEATH gqr10 - text 63˝mm, underline 66mm WP12 QV 1d brown gqr20 - text 66˝mm, underline 66˝mm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE GREAT BOULDER NO 1 LIMITED ... gqu10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THE GREAT BOULDER PROPRIETARY GOLD MINES gqx10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green gqx20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green gqx30 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gqx40 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gqx50 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green gqx60 WP22 KEVII ˝d yellow green WP25 KGV ˝d green GREAT CENTRAL RAILWAY COMPANY grc10 - double underline is 54mm wide WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 grc20 - double underline is 54mm wide WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 grc30 - double underline is 54mm wide WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 grc40 - double underline is 63mm wide WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THE GREAT EASTERN RAILWAY COMPANY grf10 ES11w QV 1d pink grf20 - ref 96454 ES15w QV 2d lake ES22aw QV 3d carmine ... grf30 - ref 39929 ES22bw QV 3d carmine ... grf40 - ref 83389 ES15w QV 2d lake grf50 - ref 15116 ES20bw QV 2d lake grf60 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction
grf70 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions ... grg10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 grg20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green grg30 - as gre60 with rubber stamped return address WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... grg40 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green grg50 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... grg60 - ref 30653 ES22bw QV 3d carmine ES35w KEVII 3d brown grg70 - ref 51078 ES35w KEVII 3d brown GRIMBLE’S DISTILLERY gro10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE GROCER AND OIL TRADE REVIEW 7 letters with vertical strokes grr10 - “O” of “OFFICES” below “T” - illustrated at 75% of original size WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 grr20 - “O” of “OFFICES” below “h”, T in 2nd EASTCHEAP is in a smaller font size - illustrated at 75% of original size WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 grr30 - illustrated at 75% of original size WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 6 letters with vertical strokes (no stroke in e of Trade) grr40 - “O” of “OFFICES” below “he” - illustrated at 75% of original size WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green grr45 - “O” of “OFFICES” below “T” - illustrated at 75% of original size WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
grr50 - illustrated at 75% of original size WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green grr60 - illustrated at 75% of original size WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green grr70 WS14 KGV 1d red WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS18 KGV 1d red + 1d red modified font, no vertical strokes grs10 - N of NOT over FI WS14 KGV 1d red grs20 - N of NOT over IC WS13 KGV ˝d green grs30 - N of NOT over CE WS13 KGV ˝d green modified font grs50 WS14 KGV 1d red GROSS SHERWOOD & HEALD
grx10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 grx20 - Telephone No 31 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... grx30 - Telephone No 1231; ornate D in SHERWOOD WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
grx40 - normal D in SHERWOOD WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 GUEST KEEN & NETTLEFOLDS gue05 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green H A C / HONORABLE ARTILLERY COMPANY haf10 - 20mm between end of bottom line and start of top line WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 haf20 - 12mm between end of bottom line and start of top line WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green H B BARNETT & SON hai10 - M of FROM above ST WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 hai20 - M of FROM above TO WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 H B SALE hal10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 H CLARKSON & CO hao10 - smaller / raised “s” in Freights, no full stop after Freights WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 hao20 - full stop after “Freights”; F of Freights below left side of K WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 hao30 - full stop after “Freights”; F of Freights below centre of K WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 hao40 - full stop after “Freights”; F of Freights below right side of K WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... hao50 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 hao60 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
hao65 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 hao70 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 hao80 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 hao90 - i of List below right foot of R; If over CL of CLARKSON WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 hao95 - i of List below right foot of R; If over CL of CLARKSON; no top left serif on R of CLARKSON WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 hap10 - i of List below right foot of R, If over C of CLARKSON WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 hac20 - i of List below RK WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 hap30 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green hap40 - broken foot of H WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
hap50 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green hap60 WS21 KGV ˝d green hap70 WS21 KGV ˝d green ... hap80 ES42w KGV ˝d green ... hap90 WS29 KGVI ˝d green H GILMOUR & SHAW
67mm gap between texts
hau10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ha u20 - as hau10 but with a 65mm gap between texts WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green H H & S BUDGETT & CO ... hbc10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 H NEWTON (See also R K Holms - wrapper WP1 with a similar printed name and address, probably by the same printer)
hbf10 WP1 QV ˝d green 1870 H SHINDLER & CO hbo10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 H T WELLS hbr10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 H W EATON & SONS hbu10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE HADDINGTONSHIRE COURIER hbx10 ES42w KGV ˝d green THE HAIRDRESSERS’ CHRONICLE AND TRADE JOURNAL ... hcc10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 hcc20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 HAMPSHIRE CHRONICLE AND SOUTHAMPTON COURIER hcf10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 HARRIS CALNE see Chas & Thos Harris & Co HARRISON & COOK hci10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green HARRISON BROTHERS The heading was set together with the addressee resulting in many minor variations of setting as in the two examples shown hco10 WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions HARRISONS & CROSFIELD hcr10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... hcu10 - illustrated at 75% ES9w QV 1˝d brown HEAPEY BLEACH WORKS ... hea10 - printed on the inside of the wrapper WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 no instructions HENRY CULLINGWORTH & SONS hec05 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green HENRY NASH & CO heg10 ES4w QV 1d pink HENRY S KING & CO hen10 AR13 QV 4d + 1s advertising ring HEPPER & SONS ... hep05 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green HERALD OF PEACE ... her05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 her10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 her15 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
her20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green her25 - smaller N in “ARBITRATION” WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green HEREFORD TIMES het10 WP16a QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions cut square het20 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 HERNU, PÉRON & CO hev10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE HIGHLAND NEWS INVERNESS hig10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions HITCHCOCK WILLIAMS & CO ... hit10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green HODGKINSONS, CLARKE & WARD hoc10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 HODGKINSONS, TREACHER & CLARKE ... hof10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 HOLMS & HEDDERWICK hoi10 WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 no instructions THE HOME NEWS, GRINDLAY & CO hom10 - the advertising ring was printed in one operation with the indicium in the same colour as the indicium AR43 QV 1d pink advertising ring AR44 QV 1d pink advertising ring AR45 QV 1d pink advertising ring AR46 QV 1˝d red brown advertising ring AR47 QV 2d blue advertising ring AR48 QV 3d carmine advertising ring HONGKONG & SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION hor10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions hor20 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions hor30 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions hor40 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions hor50 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green hor60 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WP25 KGV ˝d green HORACE MARSHALL & SON hou10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 hou20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green hou30 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green hou40 WS13 KGV ˝d green HORNCASTLE'S LTD hox10 - r of delivered above t WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 hox20 - r of delivered above a WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 hox30 - r of delivered above st WP19 KEII ˝d blue green HORTON & SON hpc10 - a of AND points to left side of R WP19 KEII ˝d blue green ... hpc20 - a of AND points to right side of R WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green HOSPITAL SUNDAY FUND hpf10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 HOWARD & BULLOUGH ... hpr10 - PER in u/case WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 hpr20 - Per in u/l case; ACCRINGTON is 28mm wide WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 hpr30 - Per in u/l case; ACCRINGTON is closer spaced & 26mm wide WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green HOWARD & SONS hpu10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 HUXLEY BARTON & SONS hux10 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green I JACOBSON & CO
36mm between text and embossing
iaj10 ES7w QV 1d pink ILLUSTRATED CATHOLIC MISSIONS
47˝mm between lines
ilc10 - C of Covent below J WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ilc15 - C of Covent below JA WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ilc20 - single line underline; masthead in upper/lower case; p of per below right side s WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
46mm between lines
ilc30 - single line underline; masthead in upper/lower case; p of per below ss WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
46˝mm between lines
ilc40 - single line underline, I over s of Post, T of CATHOLIC above P of POSTAL WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
53-54mm between lines
ilc50 - single line underline, I over s of Post, T of CATHOLIC before P of POSTAL WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
47mm between lines
ilc60 - single line underline, I over t of Post, dropped “to” in first line WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
47mm between lines
ilc70 - double line underline; lower case r in return WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS ill10 ES2w QV 2d blue ES4w QV 4d vermilion ill20 ES11w QV 1d pink ill30 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ILLUSTRATED MAIL ilr10 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine THE IMPERIAL TOBACCO COMPANY imp10 WS30 KGVI 1d red THE IMPROVED INDUSTRIAL DWELLINGS COMPANY ims10 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green THE INDEPENDENT inc10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE INDIAN COLONIAL & FOREIGN ENGINEER & BUILDER inf10 - underline is 220mm wide, not shown in full ES11w QV 1d pink ES9w QV 1˝d brown inf20 - underline, 223mm, not shown in full ES11w QV 1d pink INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS ino10 WS3 QV 1d brown INVOICE inr10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green INVOICE + (logo) (possibly Civil Service Co-operative Society Limited) inu10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE IRISH INCANDESCENT GAS LIGHT COMPANY iri10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE IRONMONGER iro10 - illustrated at 75% of original; U of Universal below right side of R WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 iro20 - illustrated at 75% of original; U of Universal past the right side of R WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 iro30 - illustrated at 75% of original WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green iro40 - illustrated at 75% of original WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS18 KGV 1d + 1d iro50 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS17 KGV 1d + ˝d (v) ISDALE & McCALLUM ... isd10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions J & C HARRISON jac10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions J & N PHILIPS & CO jaf10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 jaf20 WS13 KGV ˝d green J & T WEBB jaj10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 J ALFRED EGGAR
54mm gap between lines
jao10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
53mm gap between lines
jao20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 J DUTHIE SONS & CO jar10 WP11 QV ˝d green die 1 - 5-line instruction J F PAWSON jau10 AR15 QV 1d pink advertising ring J GOLDING & SON jbc10 WP1 QV ˝d green 1870 jbc20 WP2 QV ˝d green 125x350 J H BUCKINGHAM & CO ... jbf10 WS21 KGV ˝d green jbf20 WS30 KGVI 1d red J SCHWEPPE & CO
36mm gap between lines
jbj10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions J W WALTER jbo10 WP14 QV ˝d brown die 1 5-line instructions JABEZ JOHNSON & CO jbr10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 jbr20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 JACOMB HOARE & CO jbu10 WP31 KGV ˝d green JACOMB SON & CO Wrappers were overprinted together with the name and address of addressee. Each addressee was set up separately resulting in many minor variations.
57mm gap between lines
jcc10 - BOOK POST in a medium font, London without postcode WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions
54/55mm gap between lines
jcc20 - BOOK POST in a bold font, London with postcode EC WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green JAMES & SHAKSPEARE jcf10 - R below AK WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 jcf20 - R below KS WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 jcf30 - R below KS WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 jcf40 - R below KS, comma at end of first line WP14 QV ˝d brown die 1 5-line instructions JAMES BALDWIN & SONS jcj10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 JAMES BUDGETT & SON jcr10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... jcr20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 JAMES DEAKIN & SONS jcu10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions jcu20 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions jcu30 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green jcu40 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green JAMES EVANS & CO
55mm gap between INVOICE and text
jdc10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions
54mm gap between INVOICE and text
jdc20 - 3rd line of text is set differently from jbc01 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions
56mm gap between INVOICE and text
jdc30 - two lines of text above JAMES EVANS WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions JAMES HARRIS jdf10 WP14 QV ˝d brown die 1 5-line instructions JAMES I FELLOWS jdj05 ES3w QV 3d carmine ES9w QV 1˝d brown ES11w QV 1d pink ES13w QV 1˝d brown ES14w QV 1˝d yellow ES19w QV 1˝d yellow ESC36w QV 1˝d + 3d jdj15 - distance between top and bottom text is 76˝mm ES13w QV 1˝d brown jdj20 - distance between top and bottom text is 70mm; L of London below o ES14w QV 1˝d yellow jdj25 - distance between top and bottom text is 70mm; L of London below or ES13w QV 1˝d brown
jdj35 - distance between top and bottom text is 76mm ES14w QV 1˝d yellow ES19w QV 1˝d yellow jdj40 - distance between top and bottom text is 76mm ES19w QV 1˝d yellow jdj50 - distance between top and bottom text is 76˝mm ES19w QV 1˝d yellow jdj60 ES19w QV 1˝d yellow JAMES WOOLLEY SONS & CO jdr10 - second s of senders above M WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... jdr20 - second s of senders above A WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE JAPAN SOCIETY ... jdu10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions JEFFREY & CO jef05 - 3mm between address text and horizontal line WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 jef10 - 5mm between address text and horizontal line WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green JELLEY SON & JONES . .. jel10 - text on outer side of the wrapper
139mm gap between “Per” and “CAU...”
... jel10 - this text is on the inner side of the wrapper WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions JEVONS & MELLOR ... jev10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 jev20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... jev30 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 JEWS’ HOSPITAL & ORPHAN ASYLUM
jex10 - 80mm between horizontal line and bottom line of text ES11w QV 1d pink JOHN & EDWIN WRIGHT
43˝mm gap between lines and text
jmc10 - J of JOHN below er WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
40˝mm gap between lines and text
jmc20 - J of JOHN below “to be” WS7 QV ˝d green
45mm gap between lines and text
jmc30 - J of JOHN below r WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green JOHN BARKER & CO jmf10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 JOHN DAY & SON jmi10 WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions JOHN E WILLIAMS & CO jmo10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions JOHN FRAZER NURSERIES ... jmr10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 JOHN HEYWOOD jmu10 - embossed only WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 jmu20 - gap from F of IF to N 2.7mm, from T of NOT to D 2.0mm; base of L in DELIVERED 1.9mm WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 jmu30 - gap from F of IF to N 2.4mm, from T of NOT to D 2.5mm; base of L in DELIVERED 1.5mm WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green jmu40 - logo only WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green jmu50 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green jmu60 WS13 KGV ˝d green JOHN I PARKES jmx10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... jmx20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 jmx30 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 jmx40 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... jmx50 - full stop and comma after Ltd; I of SMETHWICK level with end of d of Ltd WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 jmx60 - only comma after Ltd; I of SMETHWICK after d of Ltd WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 jmx70 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green jmx80 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green jmx90 WS1 3 KGV ˝d green JOHN MENZIES & CO jnc10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green JOHN PATERSON & CO jnf10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 jnf20 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions JOHN POSTLETHWAITE jni10 WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 JOHN SHAW & SON jno10 WP12 QV 1d brown JOHN SHUTE & CO jnr10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 JOHN T RENNIE SON & CO jnu10 WP25 KGV ˝d green JOHN VAREY joc10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions JOHN WARNER & SONS jof10 WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions JOHN WHEELER joi10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 joi20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 JOHN WRIGHT & EAGLE RANGE joo10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green JONN KING
jor10 WP5 QV ˝d green die1 JORDAN & SONS jou10 ES22bw QV 3d carmine JOSEPH RANK LIMITED jox10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE JOURNAL OF COMMERCE TWO LINES MASTHEAD jpm03 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green TOP LINE IN ITALIC; MASTHEAD FONT WITH STROKES EXTENDING BELOW BASE LINE jpm05 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green TOP LINE ROMAN; MASTHEAD FONT WITH STROKES EXTENDING BELOW BASE LINE jpm10 - n of In above e; o of to above er WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green jpm15 - n of In above e; o of to above rc WS23 KGV 1d red jpm20 - In above h; t of to above r WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
jpm25 - In above h; to above r WS13 KGV ˝d green jpm30 - n of In above h, top line of text at an angle WS13 KGV ˝d green WS14 KGV 1d red
jpm40 - n of In above h, p of please above f
WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
WS13 KGV ˝d green
WS23 KGV 1d red
MASTHEAD FONT WITH STROKES EXTENDING BELOW BASE LINE, NO COMMA AFTER COMMERCE
jpm50 - In above T WS14 KGV 1d red MASTHEAD FONT WITHOUT STROKES EXTENDING BELOW BASE LINE jpm60 - top line 65mm; In over e; 10mm from baseline of top line to baseline of Masthead WS23 KGV 1d red jpm65 - top line 65mm; I of In over e; 10ľmm from baseline of top line to baseline of Masthead WS23 KGV 1d red jpm70 - top line 61mm WS23 KGV 1d red jpm80 - top line 55mm WS23 KGV 1d red jpm90 - top line 56mm WS23 KGV 1d red 17 JAMES STREET, COMMA AFTER COMMERCE jpn05 - In above centre of J WS23 KGV 1d red WS30 KGVI 1d red NO COMMA AFTER COMMERCE J OF JOURNAL WITHOUT DESCENDER jpn10 - In above right side of J WS23 KGV 1d red J OF JOURNAL WITH DESCENDER jpn20 - In above right side of J WS30 KGVI 1d red jpn30 - l of Journal below e WS30 KGVI 1d red jpn40 - l of Journal below l WS30 KGVI 1d red jpn45 - l of Journal below i WS30 KGVI 1d red
jpn50 WS30 KGVI 1d red WS37 KGVI 1d blue WS38 KGVI 1˝d green jpn60 - J of James below right side of e; J of Journal below a WS38 KGVI 1˝d green WS50 QEII 1˝d green WS51 QEII 2d brown WS52 QEII 2˝d red WS53 QEII 3d violet WS81A QEII 2˝d +1d jpn65 - J of James below right side of e; J of Journal below left side of c WS52 QEII 2˝d red jpn70 - J of James below J WS52 QEII 2˝d red WS53 QEII 3d violet jpn80 WS53 QEII 3d violet WS56 QEII 5d deep brown WS62 QEII ˝d + 3d WS89 QEII 3d + ˝d (vertical) jpn90 WS53 QEII 3d violet THE JUMPERS GOLD MINING COMPANY ... jum05 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 JUSTICE OF THE PEACE jus10 - J with short serif, 34mm underline starts below IC WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 jus20 - J with short serif, 34 mm underline starts below TI WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 jus30 - J with long serif, 33 mm underline WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 jus40 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green KALTENBACH & SCHMITZ kal05 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions KAPANGA GOLD MINING CO ... kap10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions KEELING & HUNT kec05 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions KEEN ROBINSON & CO kef10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 kef20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 kef30 - similar to kef10, bottom two lies read “KEEN’S MUSTARDYNE,” / “A Delicious Condiment” no illustration available WS? QV ˝d brown KENDAL CLERICAL CHARITY ... kei10 WP31 KGV ˝d green THE KENSINGTON CO-OPERATIVE STORES ken10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions KENT WATER WORKS ... keq05 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions KENTISH EXPRESS kex10 WP29 KGV ˝d green L NOEL & SONS ... lac10 - (horizontal lines extend 223mm) WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green LA ANDALUZA ... laf10 WP7 QV ˝d green die 1 laf20 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction laf30 - 1879 has been amended to 1880 by hand on this example WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction THE LAMBETH BOROUGH COUNCIL lai10 WS13 KGV ˝d green LAMSON PARAGON SUPPLY CO lao10 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green LASHBROOKE & HUNT ... lar10 WP 14 QV ˝d brown die 1 5-line instructions THE LEADENHALL PRESS ... lea10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions LEGAL CIRCULAR leg10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green LEON VAN TIENHOVEN & CO ... leo10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 LEWIS & ALLENBY
lew05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 LEWIS & JOHN MACLELLAN lex10 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green LIBERTY AND PROPERTY DEFENCE LEAGUE lib05 WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions LIFE AND WORK lif05 WS3 QV 1d brown
lif10 WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS14 KGV 1d red LIMITED LIABILITY REVIEW lii10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lii20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 lii30 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 LINCOLN AND LINCOLNSHIRE LICENSED VICTUALLERS ... lio10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions LIPSCOMBE (actual business name was Frederick Lipscombe & Co) ... lir10 WP6 QV ˝d green die 1 LIVERPOOL DAILY POST & MERCURY, WEEKLY POST & ECHO liv10 ES32w KEVII 1˝d yellow LIVERPOOL POST, MERCURY AND ECHO liv20 - d of delivery above M of Mercury WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d liv30 ES32w KEVII 1˝d yellow liv40 - similar to liv20 HS added bottom left WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d THE LIVERPOOL DAILY POST & ECHO liv50 - i of Daily below R WS23 KGV 1d red WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown liv60 - i of Daily before R WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown liv70 - l of Daily below R; the text of this setting is identical to liv80 WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown liv80 - illustration at 75%; the text of this setting is identical to liv70 WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown liw10 - top line of text 58mm; T of TO above i WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown liw20 - top line of text 67˝mm WS51 QEII 2d brown liw30 - Y of DELIVERY before l; l of Daily after T; left vertical of N goes through centre of i WS38 KGVI 1˝d green WS45 KGVI 1˝d + QEII 1d liw40 - Y of DELIVERY before l; l of Daily after T; left vertical of N goes through right side of i W S44 KGVI 1˝d + ˝d liw50 - top line of text 58mm; ; Y of DELIVERY past l WS52 QEII 2˝d carmine WS53 QEII 3d violet WS60 QEII ˝d + 2d WS71 QEII 2d + ˝d liw60 - top line of text 60mm, underline 152mm; Y of DELIVERY before l; l of Daily before T WS54 QEII 4d blue liw70 - top line of text 59˝mm, underline 151mm; Y of DELIVERY above l WS53 QEII 3d violet WS54 QEII 4d blue WS56 QEII 5d brown WS91 QEII 3d + 2d liw80 - top line of text 60mm, underline 152mm; Y of DELIVERY above l WS54 QEII 4d blue LLOYD & LLOYD ... llk10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... llk20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 LLOYD’S WEEKLY NEWS ... llo05 - illustrated at 75% of original size WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green llo10 WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d WS14 KGV 1d red WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d LOCKWOOD, WHITLARK & CO loc10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... loc20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 LONDON & JOHANNESBURG TRUST CO lof10 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine LONDON & WESTMINSTER BANK LIMITED loo10 - 1st address line indented, distance between 1st and 3rd line 25mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 loo20 - 1st address line not indented, distance between 1st and 3rd line 23mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 loo30 - illustration at 75%; an embossed oval logo is missing from the flap at the top ES3w QV 3d carmine dated LONDON AND SOUTH WESTERN RAILWAY lor10 - underline 94mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lor20 - underline 96mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lor30 - underline 93mm WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green lor40 - underline 95mm WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green lor50 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green lor60 WS13b KGV ˝d green lor70 - gap between top line and bottom text is 61˝mm WS21 KGV ˝d green ... lor80 - gap between top line and bottom text is 61mm, spacing between W. and Rly wider, spacing between W. and 8 wider WS23 KGV 1d red LONDON BRIGHTON & SOUTH COAST RAILWAY ... lou10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green ... lou20 WS13 KGV ˝d green lou30 WS13 KGV ˝d green lou40 - S of STATION below e e WS13 KGV ˝d green lou50 - S of STATION below 2nd e of event WS23 KGV 1d red lou60 - S of STATION below v of event WS23 KGV 1d red LONDON CHATHAM AND DOVER RAILWAY
62˝mm gap between line and text
lox10 ES9w QV 1˝d brown LONDON CITY MISSION lpc10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lpc20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lpc25 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 lpc30 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green lpc40 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS14 KGV 1d red ... lpc50 WS21 KGV ˝d green THE LONDON COMMERCIAL RECORD lpf10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lpf20 - underline dots not joined WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green lpf30 - underline dots joined, comma after GOWLAND WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green lpf40 - underline dots joined, no comma after GOWLAND WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
lpf50 WS13 KGV ˝d green lpf60 WS14 KGV 1d red WS23 KGV 1d red lpf70 WS23 KGV 1d red THE LONDON CORN CIRCULAR lpi10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lpi20 - I of In below 5th dot WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green lpi30 - I of In below 5th/6th dot WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
lpi40 WS13 KGV ˝d green ... lpi50 - “E.1 .” with space after 1 WS23 KGV 1d red lpi60 - “E.1.” without space WS23 KGV 1d red lpi70 WS13 KGV ˝d green LONDON COUNTY & WESTMINSTER BANK lpo10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13b KGV ˝d green LONDON COUNTY WESTMINSTER & PARR’S BANK lpo50 WS14 KGV 1d red LONDON DAILY STOCK & SHARE LIST lpr10 - P of PUBLISHERS below N WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lpr20 - P of PUBLISHERS below ON WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lpr30 - full stop after OFFICIAL above H WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lpr40 - full stop after OFFICIAL above N WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lpr50 - change to J G WETENHALL WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 lpr60 - last L of WETENHALL below AR WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 lpr70 - last L of WETENHALL below RE WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE LONDON GLOVE COMPANY lpu10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE LONDON HORSE MART lpx10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 LONDON JOINT STOCK REVIEW lqc10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 LONDON NORTH EASTERN RAILWAY lqf10 - date 11/30 WS21 KGV ˝d green lqf30 - date 2/35 WS21 KGV ˝d green lqf40 - date 4/35 WS21 KGV ˝d green lqf50 - date 9/36 WS21 KGV ˝d green LONDON OFFICE OF PARIS MISSION HOME lqi10 WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions LONDON PHILATELIC EXHIBITION lqo10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions lqo20 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions LONDON TRANSFER OFFICE lqr10 - top line of text 33˝mm, underline start below 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 lqr20 - top line of text 33˝mm, underline start below 16 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 lqr30 - top line of text 35mm (wider spacing between words), underline start below 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 lqr40 - top line of text 35mm (wider spacing between words), underline start below 6, WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 lqr50 - top line of text 35mm (wider spacing between words), underline start below 16 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 lqr60 - text 69mm wide, wider spacing between words on 2nd line of text WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE LONDON WOOLLEN COMPANY ... lqu10 WS13 KGV ˝d green LONGMANS lqx10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 MACMILLAN & CO 29 & 30 BEDFORD STREET
mab10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mab20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mab30 WS3 QV 1d brown WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mab40 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mab50 - similar to mab20, no text in address panel, 2nd horizontal rule is shorter WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... mab60 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mab70 - T of COVENT below DF WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mac80 - T of COVENT below F WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mab90 - T of COVENT below FO; 2mm space between Co., and 29 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mab95 - T of COVENT below FO; ˝mm space between Co., and 29 WS3 QV 1d brown mac10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... mac20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 Change of company style to Ltd mac30 - full stop & comma after CO, 94˝mm wide WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 mac40 - full stop only after CO, 92˝mm wide WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 The following 4, (mac50, mac60, mac70 & mac80), are overprints / handstamp on existing. No examples without the overprints / handstamps have been seen by the editor. mac50 - LTD overprint on existing WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mac60 - LTD overprint on existing (the position of the LTD overprint varies and can also be found slanting) WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mac70 - LTD overprint on existing, no comma after STREET WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mac80 - handstamp on existing WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mac90 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mad10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mad15 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mad20 - no stop after LTD on first line WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mad30 - no stop after CO and no stop after LTD on first line WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mad35 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 Change of address to St Martin’s Street Bookseller mad40 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 mad50 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... mad60 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 mad70 - ca of case below base line WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 No stops mad80 - no stop after CO on first line WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green mad90 - same as mad80, no stop after CO on first line and no stop after Ltd on first line WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green London WC mae10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green mae20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green mae30 - the & in the second line is in small capital size WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green mae40 WS13 KGV ˝d green mae45 - the first n in non-delivery is in a larger font size and positioned below the base line WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green mae50 - no stop after Ltd on first line; comma after W.C, WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mae60 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green mae70 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green mae80 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green ... mae90 - From below base line WS13 KGV ˝d green maf10 - From below base line; very similar to maf20; main difference is shown by the 4th reference line WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green maf20 - From below base line; very similar to maf10; main difference is shown by the 4th reference line WS13 KGV ˝d green maf30 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green ... maf40 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 maf50 - no comma after LTD. in second line WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green maf60 - similar to maf50: comma after Ltd in first line, no comma after LTD. in second line WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
maf70 - “In” on first line does not line up with “From” on second line; line dented below second M of MACMILLAN (on 2nd line) WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green Postcode change to WC2 maf80 WS21 KGV ˝d green maf90 WS21 KGV ˝d green maf95 WS21 KGV ˝d green MAIL, MARKET RASEN mai10 WP18 QV ˝d blue green die 2 MALLINSON & CO mao10 ES40w KEVII ˝d yellow green MANCHESTER CITY NEWS mar10 WP12 QV 1d brown mar20 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine MANCHESTER GUARDIAN mau10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 MANCHESTER SHEFFIELD & LINCOLNSHIRE RAILWAY COMPANY (Vertical red guide lines added at the beginning of the address lines) max10 - same as max50 but without (GO/179) WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 max20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
max30 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 max40 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 max50 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 max60 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 max70 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 MARIANS AND PRIEST mb c10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 Marians and Priest changed their name to Priest Marians & Company, qv. MATHESON McLAREN & CO mnf10 ES40w KEVII ˝d yellow green THE MAYOR’S RELIEF FUND mbi10 WP11 QV ˝d green die 1 McARTHUR NASH & CO mcc10 ES42w KGV ˝d green McCULLOCH & CO mcf10 WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 McINTYRE HOGG MARSH & CO mci10 WS13 KGV ˝d green MEDICAL ASSURANCE SOCIETY mdm10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT mds10 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green
mds20
WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE MEDICAL PRESS AND CIRCULAR mec10 WS23 KGV 1d red mec20 WS23 KGV 1d red mec30 - 7 below ed; C of COVENT below H WS23 KGV 1d red orange mec40 - 7 below ed; C of COVENT below EN WS23 KGV 1d red orange mec50 - 7 below di WS30 KGVI 1d carmine THE MEDICAL PRESS mec70 WS31 1˝d brown mec80 WS52 QEII 2˝d carmine MERCURY & TIMES mef10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 for Mercury Office, Stamford - see Stamford Mercury METROPOLITAN ASYLUM DISTRICT BOARD mej10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction METROPOLITAN DRINKING WATER SUPPLY mem10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 METROPOLITAN PAWNBROKERS’ PROTECTION SOCIETY mep10 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green METROPOLITAN RAILWAY mes10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mes20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mes30 - T of TERRACE under AN WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mes40 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mes50 - T of TERRACE under A WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS14 KGV 1d red mes60 - T of TERRACE under TA WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green mes70 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green mes80 code 11-24 WS21 KGV ˝d green
met10 code 11-25 WS23 KGV 1d red met20 code 12-25 WS21 KGV ˝d green met50 code 12-26 WS21 KGV ˝d green met60 code 11/30 WS23 KGV 1d red met70 code 11/32 WS23 KGV 1d red met80 WS14 KGV 1d red met85 code 1371a WS14 KGV 1d red MEWBURN & BARKER ... mew10 - the vertical blue and red lines extend over the full vertical length of the wrapper WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 MICHAELIS JAMES & CO mia05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 MIDLAND COUNTIES HERALD mic05 - B of BIRMINGHAM starts past N; distance between 2nd and 3rd line 3.2mm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green mic10 - B of BIRMINGHAM starts before N; distance between 2nd and 3rd line 2.8mm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green MIDLAND RAILWAY ... mif10 WS2 QV ˝d green
65ľmm gap between line and text
mif20 - horizontal line 21ľmm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
62mm gap between line and lower text
mif30 - horizontal line 17mm WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 mif40 - as mif30 horizontal line 16mm (starts below left side of D) WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
55mm gap between text
mif50 - horizontal line 15ľmm WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
55mm gap between text
mif60 - horizontal line 12mm WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 MIDLAND RAILWAY HOTELS AND REFRESHMENT DEPARTMENT mii10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions MILLER & RICHARD mil10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE MILWAUKEE & CHICAGO BREWERIES mio10 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green mio20 WP29 KGV ˝d green MINCHIN & GIBBS see THE THREE CHOIRS MUSICAL FESTIVAL THE MINING JOURNAL mir10 (at 50% of actual size) ES33w KEVII 2d lake THE MISSIONARY HERALD ... miu10 (incomplete) WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 miu20 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green MITCHELL’S MARITIME REGISTER The heading was printed together with the addressee, minor differences may exist. ... mix10 - first text line 79mm wide, 3˝mm high capital letters ES11w QV 1d pink The heading was printed together with the addressee, minor differences may exist. mix20 - first text line 71mm wide, 3mm high capital letters, slightly different font - note the “a” and “R” with long upward serif ES7w QV 1d pink ES9w QV 1˝d brown MONARCH INVESTMENT BUILDING SOCIETY mof10 WP14 QV ˝d brown die 1 5-line instructions MONTHLY MARKET REPORT see Cutbill King & Co or H Gilmour & Shaw MONTHLY MUSICAL RECORD mok10 ES40w KEVII ˝d green THE MORNING ADVERTISER mon10 WS38 KGVI 1˝d green mon20 WS40 KGVI 2˝d carmine THE MORNING POST mor05 - I of WELLINGTON above right side of N WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... mor10 - I of WELLINGTON above centre of N WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 mor15 - address line shorter than masthead line WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 mor20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
mor25 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green mor30 - diamond on centre line below middle of n WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS21 KGV ˝d green mor35 - diamond on centre line below left side of n WS14 KGV 1d red
mor40 - diamond on centre line below right side of n WS13 KGV ˝d green MORNING STAR, ZION HOUSE ... moz10 WP25 KGV ˝d green moz20 - three dots after above; postcode EC WP27 KGV ˝d green moz30 - one dot after above; postcode EC4 WP29 KGV ˝d green MR MURRAY mrm10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THE MYSORE REEFS COMPANY mys10 WS3 QV 1d brown NATAL LINE OF STEAMERS see Bullard King & Co THE NATIONAL BANK OF NEW ZEALAND nah05 WP14 QV ˝d brown die 1 - 5 line instructions NATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE SOCIETY nal05 WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 NATIONAL SUNDAY LEAGUE nat05 ES18w QV ˝d vermilion nat10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 nat15 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green nat20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... nat25 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green NATURE nav10 ES7w QV 1d pink NAVAL AND MILITARY GAZETTE nay10 - d of London below T WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 nay20 - d of London below TE WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 NESTLE ANDREAE & CO nek05 ES1w QV 1d pink ... nek07 ES1w QV 1d pink nek10 ES1w QV 1d pink ... nek15 ES1w QV 1d pink ... nek20 - V of Via below N ES1w QV 1d pink nek25 - V of Via below e ES1w QV 1d pink ... nek35 - vertical of P in Price below vertical of t ES7w QV 1d pink nek40 - vertical of P in Price before vertical of t ES7w QV 1d pink ... nek45 ES11w QV 1d pink ... nek55 - sans serif font, comma after Co ES7w QV 1d pink ... nek60 - sans serif font, full stop after Co ES7w QV 1d pink ES11w QV 1d pink ... nek70 - text 74mm, underline 90mm ES7w QV 1d pink nek80 - text 79mm, underline 93mm ES7w QV 1d pink NETTLEFOLD & SONS nem10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 nem20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green nem30 WS13 KGV ˝d green nem40 WS21 KGV ˝d green NETTLEFOLDS LIMITED neo10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 New Zealand Meat P Co - see F W Gedye & Sons THE NEW ZEALAND NEWS neq10 WS21 KGV ˝d green NEWBURY DISTRICT FIELD CLUB net10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction NEWMAN SMITH & NEWMAN new05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... new10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 new15 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 NEWS CHRONICLE ney05 WS23 KGV 1d red The vertical reference line in the next five items is through the thin line on the left edge of e in News ... ney10 WS29 KGVI ˝d green ... ney20 WS29 KGVI ˝d green ney30 WS29 KGVI ˝d green ney40 WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown ... ney50 WS29 KGVI ˝d green ney55 WS29 KGVI ˝d green ney60 WS29 KGVI ˝d green ... ney70 - code 21 WS37 KGVI 1d blue ney80 - code 21B, P of PRINTED below U WS37 KGVI 1d blue ney90 - code 21B, P of PRINTED below UV WS37 KGVI 1d blue NORTH BITCHBURN COAL COMPANY non05 WP6 QV ˝d green die 1 NORTH BRITISH & MERCANTILE INSURANCE COMPANY Overprints for the North British & Mercantile Insurance Company were produced by setting up the company masthead together with the addressee name and address. This resulted in a multitude of settings. Two representative example are shown below. Some do not have the first line of text “BOOK POST PAID”. nor00 ES1w QV 1d pink dated ES2w QV 2d blue ES9w QV 1˝d brown ES11w QV 1d pink undated ES15w QV 2d lake ES19w QV 1˝d yellow NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE RAILWAY nou1 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions WP25 KGV ˝d green THE NORTHERN TIMES nox10 WS23 KGV 1d red NORWICH AND EASTERN COUNTIES INDUSTRIAL & FINE ARTS (SECOND) EXHIBITION 1871 npc05 WP6 QV ˝d green die 1 NOTES AND QUERIES npk05 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green NURSING TIMES ... nur10 WS30 KGVI 1d red nur20 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown OBS ERVER, LANCASTER obs10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions O’HARA & HOAR oha10 WS13 KGV ˝d green THE OIL & COLOURMAN'S JOURNAL oil10 - 75% of original size ES9w QV 1˝d brown ... oil20 - 75% of original size ES3w 3d carmine oil30 - 75% of original size ES10w QV 2˝d lake oil40 - as oil30 but with 7/6 at the top of text on the two sides ESC41w QV 2d + 1˝d ... oil50 - text on the two sides at the top is closer to the block; 75% of original size (incomplete scan) ES10w QV 2˝d lake OLD CALABAR ... olc05 - (incomplete scan) WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 olc10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green OLD CARTHUSIANS olf10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions olf20 WP20 KEVII 1d carmine olf30 WP25 KGV ˝d green OLD CARTUSIAN WAR LIST ... olg10 WP26 KGV 1d red OLD CARTUSIAN CLUB olh10 WP30 KGV 1d red THE OOREGUM GOLD MINING COMPANY OF INDIA oo r05 WP12 QV 1d brown ... oor10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THE OPTIMIST opt10 WS21 KGV ˝d green OR OCCUPIER user unknown, copies known used in London EC orc10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE ORIENTAL TELEPHONE COMPANY ori10 - underline 75mm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions ori20 - underline 85mm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE OTTOMAN RAILWAY COMPANY ... ott10 ES30w KEVII ˝d blue green OVERSEAS CLUB & PATRIOTIC LEAGUE ovc10 - 75% of original size WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS18 KGV 1d + 1d scarlet OVER-SEAS LEAGUE ove10 - 75% of original size wide spacing between stops and letters S and W in S.W. WS15 KGV 1˝d brown ES53w KGV 1˝d brown ove20 - 75% of original size narrow spacing between stops and letters S and W in S.W. WS15 KGV 1˝d brown
70mm gap
ove30 - 75% of original size WS15 KGV 1˝d brown OVERSEAS MAIL ovi10 WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown OVERSEERS’ OFFICE OLDHAM ovo10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE OXFORD DIOCESAN CALENDAR oxf10 WP14 QV ˝d brown die 1 5-line instruction P & O
paa10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green paa20 WS13 KGV ˝d green P B BURGOYNE & CO pae10 - text 84mm wide, top line 92mm wide, From in a medium font WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pae20 - text 84˝mm wide, top line 91mm wide, From in a light font WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 P B COW & CO pai 10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green pai20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
pai30 - comma after 46 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green pai40 - no comma after 46 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green pai50 WS13 KGV ˝d green pai60 WS13 KGV ˝d green
pai70 WS13 KGV ˝d green pai80 WS21 KGV ˝d green pai90 WS21 KGV ˝d green THE PACIFIC STEAM NAVIGATION CO pam10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions PADDINGTON FLOWER MISSION ... paq10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction PALMERS pau05 - Stratford WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 ... pau10 - Holborn Viaduct WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 pau20 - Lloyd’s Avenue WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE PAPAYANNI LINE pbc10 - text 32˝mm wide WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 pbc20 - text 36˝mm wide WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green pbc30 - top text 40mm wide; gap between line and bottom text 49˝mm WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green PAPAYANNI STEAMSHIP CO pbf10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 PAQUIN LIMITED ... pbk10 - 3mm space before “LIMITED” WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... pbk20 - 2mm space before “LIMITED” WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green PARISH OF FULHAM pbm10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions MESSRS PARKER AND CO pbr10 - underline 94mm, A of AND above RD WP14 QV ˝d brown die 1 5-line instructions pbr20 - underline 90mm, A of AND above D WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions PARKER WINDER & ACHURCH
44mm gap between line and text
pbu10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green PARLIAMENTARY PROCEEDINGS pbx10 WP6 QV ˝d green no instructions PATENT OFFICE ... pcc10 ES 7w QV 1d pink ... pcc20 WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions pcc30 WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions pcc40 WP15 QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions PAUL VICHARD & RIGGENBACH pcf10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction PAWSONS & LEAFS pck10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 PENARTH HARBOUR DOCK & RAILWAY ped10 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green PENINSULAR & ORIENTAL STEAM NAVIGATION COMPANY
peh10 - text 80mm, line 21mm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions peh20 - text 80mm, line 25mm WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 peh30 - text 80mm, line 29mm WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 peh40 - text 82mm, line 33mm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions peh50 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
peh60 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2
peh70 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2
peh80 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 peh85 - horizontal line starts below O WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green peh90 - horizontal line starts below r WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green pej10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green pej20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green pej30 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green pej40 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green pej50 - last L in LEADENHALL below rn, space between horizontal line and 2nd line of text is 2mm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green pej60 - last L in LEADENHALL below n, space between horizontal line and 2nd line of text is 3mm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green pej70 WS13 KGV ˝d green
pej80 WS13 KGV ˝d green pej90 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green PENNY ILLUSTRATED PAPER pem10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pem20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE PEOPLE pep05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
pep10
WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE PEOPLE’S FINANCIAL peu10 WP22 KEVII ˝d green PER BOOK POST pex10 mostly found unused, one used copy has a handwritten note on reverse “Brown Jenkinson & Co, 147 Leadenhall St, EC” ES9w QV 1˝d brown (22.3.83) pex20 ES9w QV 1˝d brown (22.3.83) ... pex30 ESC210w QV 1d + 1˝d ... pex40 WP10 QV ˝d brown 5-line instruction PER FRENCH PACKET ... pfc10 WS3 QV 1d brown PERCIVAL VICKERS & CO pff05 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 pff10 - r of Works above se WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 pff20 - r of Works above s WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 pff30 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green PERRY'S GAZETTE ... pfk10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pfk20 - last e of Gazette above left side of O WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green pfk20 - last e of Gazette above Of WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green pfk40 WS23 KGV 1d red PERUVIAN BONDHOLDERS’ COMMITTEE pfn10 WP14 QV ˝d brown die 1 5-line instruction pfn20 - L of London below R WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions pfn30 - L of London below ER WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions pfn40 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions PETTY WOOD & CO LTD pfr10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green pfr20 WS13 KGV ˝d green pfr3 0 WS21 KGV ˝d green pfr40 WS30 KGVI 1d carmine PFEFFERMANN & CO GK pgc10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions PHARMACEUTICAL JOURNAL phc10 ES18w QV ˝d vermilion PHILATELIC EXHIBITION 1890 phf10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE PHILATELIC JOURNAL OF GREAT BRITAIN phj10 - illustrated at 75% WS3 QV 1d brown THE PHILATELIC SOCIETY, LONDON phm10 WP9 QV ˝d green 3 line instruction PHILLIPS’ MONTHLY REGISTER ... php10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction PHILLIPS SON & NEALE ... phs10 WS13 KGV ˝d green PITMAN CORRESPONDENCE COLLEGE pit10 WS38 KGVI 1˝d green WS51 QEII 2d brown PLUMBRIDGE SON & CO plu10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 POST MAGAZINE & INSURANCE MONITOR pok10 - distance between two thin lines is 47mm; footer is 105mm WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 pok20 - distance between two thin lines is 52mm; footer is 106mm WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 pok30 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
pok40 WS13 KGV ˝d green pok50 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green pok60 WS13 KGV ˝d green pok70 WS13 KGV ˝d green THE POTTERY GAZETTE pop10 - (75% of original size), Y of Year above v ES10w QV 2˝d lake pop20 - (75% of original size), Y of Year above a ES3w QV 3d carmine pop30 - (75% of original size), curved base in 2; I of Including below bs ES3w QV 3d carmine pop40 - (75% of original size), curved base in 2; I of Including below ub ES3w QV 3d carmine pop50 - (75% of original size), flat base in 2 ESC34w QV 1˝d + 2d ESC41w QV 2d + 1˝d POULTON & SON . pos10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 POWELL & SING ampersand with horizontal serif pow10 - no serif on left side of W in POWELL WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pow15 - with serif on left side of W in POWELL; LIVERPOOL 0.3mm below King Street WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pow20 - with serif on left side of W in POWELL; deformed 2nd L in POWELL; address line tilting down (left > right) 0.9° WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pow30 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pow40 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... pow50 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... pow55 - full stop after SING WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ampersand with curved serif pow60 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pow65 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pow70 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pow75 - full stop after Street WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pow80 - full stop after LIVERPOOL is below the base line WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 pow90 - lines of text wider spaced WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 PRACTICAL ENGINEERING prc10 - the horizontal black line extends to the full width of the wrapper ES62w KGVI 1˝d brown PRATT & CO prf10 - the horizontal lines extend the full width of the wrapper, 190mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH OFFICES prj10 WS14 KGV 1d red WS23 KGV 1d red prj20 WS23 KGV 1d red PRICE’S GOLD MEDAL PALMITINE CANDLES prm10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green prm20 - thicker and longer light beams WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green PRICE’S PATENT CANDLE COMPANY prp10 ES40w KEVII ˝d yellow green prp20 WS13 KGV ˝d green PRIEST MARIANS & COMPY formerly Marians and Priest, qv prs10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 PRIEST MARIANS BETHELL MOSS & COMPY ... prs50 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 PROGRESS
prv10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 PROPERTY OWNERS’ JOURNAL psc10 WS38 KGVI 1˝d green PROTHEROE & MORRIS red guide line through vertical of t in Estate psf10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 psf20 WS3 QV 1d brown WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS9a KEVII 1d orange psf30 - c of Auction above left side of 8; 6 of 67 has a pointed end at top WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green psf40 - c of Auction above left side of 8; 6 of 67 has a pointed end at top, no comma after 67 WS21 KGV ˝d green psf50 - c of Auction above right side of 8; 6 of 67 has a ball end at top WS21 KGV ˝d green PULL puf10 - front puf10 - reverse; an adhesive strip with “Strip-easy” repeated extends the full width of the wrapper WS50 QEII 1˝d green WS55 QEII 4˝d red-brown WS56 QEII 5d brown WS57 QEII 6d purple WS77 QEII 2d + 5d WS106 QEII 5d + 5d THE PULSOMETER ENGINEERING CO pul10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 PURE WATER – THE LAST IMPROVEMENT - see Lipscombe Quod Petis Hic Est! - see Thomas Wreford R FALCONER rac10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 R K HOLMS (See also H Newton - wrapper WP1 with a similar printed name and address, probably printed by the same printer) raf10 WP1 QV ˝d green 1870 RADLEIAN SOCIETY ... rai10 ES31w KEVII 1d carmine THE RAILWAY EXECUTIVE ... ral10 WS30 KGVI 1d carmine ral50 WS30 KGVI 1d carmine ral60 WS38 KGVI 1˝d green THE RAILWAY TIMES rao10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 rao20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 RALLI BROTHERS LIVERPOOL rar10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions WP18 QV ˝d blue green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green RAND MINES LIMITED rau10 - 75% of original size ESC191w QV ˝d + 3d rau20 - 75% of original size ESC191w QV ˝d + 3d RAPHAEL TUCK & SONS LTD rax10 - small “&”; 45mm between design and text; print in black WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green rax20 - large “&”; 45mm between design and “SONS”; print in brown WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... rax30 - with logo on flap as on rap05 & rap10 WP19 KEVII ˝d green RD WARWICK & SONS rdw10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 RECEIPT rec10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE RECORD ref10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
ref20 WS23 KGV 1d red REGISTRATION OF PARLIAMENTARY ELECTORS rej10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green RESEARCH DEFENCE SOCIETY rem10 WP27 KGV ˝d green THE REV THE PASTOR rep10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions REVIEW OF THE FOREIGN PRESS ... res10 WP27 KGV ˝d green REVISTA DEL MERCADO DE AILLON rev10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 REVISTA MERCANTIL - see Commercial Bank of Spanish America RHYMNEY RAILWAY CO rhy10 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green WP25b KGV ˝d green RICHARD BULMAN & CO ric10 ES40w KEVII ˝d yellow green ric20 ES40w KEVII ˝d yellow green ES42w KGV ˝d green RICHARDSON TEE RYCROFT & CO rih05 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 rih10 ES42w KGV ˝d green RIVINGTONS riv10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 riv20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 riv30 - as above without the Longmans’ overprint WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ROBINSON & FOSTER roc10 WS30 KGVI 1d red WS43B KGVI 1d + ˝d roc20 WS38 KGVI 1˝d green ROYAL AQUARIUM & SUMMER & WINTER GARDEN SOCIETY ... rof10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 ROYAL AUTOMOBILE CLUB JOURNAL
roi05 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
roi10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
roi15 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green roi20 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green WS14 KGV 1d red WS21 KGV ˝d green THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF VETERINARY SURGEONS rol10 - lower case t in the WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 rol20 - upper case T in The WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green T HE ROYAL COLONIAL INSTITUTE rot10 ES11w QV 1d pink rot20 - smaller “From” ES11w QV 1d pink rot30 - N below o of From WS3 QV 1d brown rot40 - text 127mm, underline 142mm WS3 QV 1d brown rot50 - text 133mm, underline 142mm WS9b KEVII 1d carmine rot60 - text 129mm, underline 142mm WS3 QV 1d brown WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine ... rot70 - text 129¦mm, underline 142mm WS3 QV 1d brown rot80 WS3 QV 1d brown rot90 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine
rou10 - text 125mm, underline 141mm
WS3 QV 1d brown rou15 - address line 82mm wide, T of The starts before the start of M above WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d rou20 - address line 82mm wide, T of The starts before the end of M above, l of Royal above centre of R WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d rou30 - address line 84mm wide, T of The starts before the end of M above, l of Royal above right side R WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d rou40 - address line 84mm wide, T of The starts the end of M above, l of Royal above RL WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d rou50 - address line 82mm wide, T of The starts after end of M above, i of Colonial above centre of V WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d rou60 - address line 82mm wide, T of The starts after end of M above, i of Colonial above right side of V WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d rou70 - address line 93mm wide WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d ES44w KGV 1˝d brown rou80 - address line 72mm wide ES45w KGV 2d orange ES53w KGV 1˝d brown W.C.2. added to address line rov10 - W.C.2. without space after C; T of The after the T below; T of The partly below the M of FROM ES43w KGV 1d scarlet rov15 - W.C.2. without space after C; T of The before the T below; T partly below M of FROM ES53w KGV 1˝d brown rov20 - W.C.2. without space after C; T of The above the T below; T partly before M of FROM ES43w KGV 1d scarlet rov30 - W C.2. without full stop after W and without space after C; T of The above TH; T of The before the M of FROM above ES43w KGV 1d scarlet rov40 - W.C. 2. with space after C, T of The above H ES53w KGV 1˝d brown rov50 - W.C. 2. with space after C, T of The above TH ES45w KGV 2d orange ES53w KGV 1˝d brown rov60 ES53w KGV 1˝d brown THE ROYAL EMPIRE SOCIETY Formerly The Royal Colonial Institute row10 ES53w KGV 1˝d brown row20 - p of Empire above l ES53w KGV 1˝d brown row30 - p of Empire above o ES53w KGV 1˝d brown row40 ES53w KGV 1˝d brown ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON ... rpb10 ES1w QV 1d pink THE ROYAL INSURANCE COMPANY rpf10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 rpf20 WP15a QV ˝d brown die 2 5-line instructions cut square ROYAL STANDARD BUILDING SOCIETY rpj10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction ROYAL SURREY COUNTY HOSPITAL rpn10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions ROYAL THAMES YACHT CLUB ... rps10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions ROYAL WILTS BACON ... rpw10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 ... rpw20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE RURAL WORLD rur05 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 RYLANDS & SONS (COLONIAL) ... ryj10 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 RYLANDS & SONS LIMITED ryl10 - no stop after MANCHESTER; 6˝mm space between RYLANDS and INVOICE WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ryl15 - N of INVOICE below R; stop after MANCHESTER; 5mm space between RYLANDS and INVOICE WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ryl20 - I of INVOICE below R; stop after MANCHESTER; 5mm space between RYLANDS and INVOICE WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ryl30 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ryl40 WS13 KGV ˝d green ... ryl50 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ryl60 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green S & J WATTS & CO sac10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions sac20 ES42w KGV ˝d green ES43w KGV 1d red S BEWLEY & CO saf10 WP1 QV ˝d green 1870 S R SCOTT STRATTEN & CO saj10 - Drapers’ WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... saj20 - Draper’s; E of E.C. below er WS7 QV ˝d green die 2
saj30 - Draper’s; E of E.C. below pe WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green S S M Quarterly Paper - see Society of the Sacred Mission Saarbach's Newsagency, Saarbach's News Exchange - see E MARLBOROUGH THE SALISBURY AND WINCHESTER JOURNAL ... sam10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 sam20 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... sam30 WS23 KGV 1d red SALISBURY DIOCESAN SYNOD ... sap10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions SALT sas10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions sas20 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions ... sas30 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions sas40 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 SAML HANSON SON & BARTER ... sav10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 sav20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green SAN FRANCISCO CABLEGRAM sbc10 - no horizontal serif in G; text 100ľmm; space between ..CISCO and CABLE is 4ľmm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions sbc20 - no horizontal serif in G; text 102Ľmm; space between ..CISCO and CABLE is 5Ľmm WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions sbc30 - with horizontal serif in G WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green SANITARY RECORD sbf10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green sbf20 - stop after Engineering WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green
sbf30 - no stop after Engineering WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE SAO BENTO GOLD ESTATES sbj10 - P of PLACE below TE WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green sbj20 - P of PLACE below AT WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green SATTERTHWAITE & CO sbm10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions MESSRS SAULS sbs10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions SCHÄFFER & BUDENBERG scb10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE SCHOOLMASTER sch05 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 sch10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE SCHOOLMASTER & WOMAN TEACHER’S CHRONICLE sck10 WS30 KGVI 1d carmine SCOTTISH FOOTBALL ASSOCIATION sco10 WP29 KGV ˝d green THE SCOTTISH PROVIDENT INSTITUTION ... scr10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions SEAMAN’S HOSPITAL sea05 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions SEASON TICKET APPLICATION
sed10 sed20 sed30 sed50 thick / thin letters C with round top C with flat top C with tall bottom curve
sed10 - text 67˝mm, underline 67ľmm; font with thin/thick letters WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green sed20 - text 69mm, underline 70ľmm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green sed30 - text 69˝mm, underline 71Ľmm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
sed40 (@400%) sed45 (@400%)
sed40 and sed45 are very similar. In sed40 the E in TICKET has oblique serifs at the top and bottom. The space between C and K in TICKET is smaller in sed40; this is best measured by the distance from the left side of the vertical in I to the left side of the vertical of K, the distances are 4˝mm and 4ľmm respectively. sed40 - text 70˝mm, underline 72Ľmm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green sed45 - text 70ľmm, underline 72Ľmm WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green sed50 - text 70ľmm, underline 70ľmm, tall bottom curve in C of APPLICATION WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green sed60 - text 70ľmm, underline 71Ľmm WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green sed70 - text 71˝mm, underline 73Ľmm WP5 QV ˝d brown die 2 sed80 - text 74ľmm, underline 76Ľmm WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green sed90 - text 75˝mm, underline 75˝mm WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green SHARP PERRIN & CO sgj10 - comma after Change below r WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 sgj20 - comma after Change below rn WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 SHAW & SONS sgm10 WP14 QV ˝d brown die 1 5-line instructions sgm20 - same as sgm10 without RECEIPT WP14 QV ˝d brown die 1 5-line instructions SHEFFIELD DAILY AND WEEKLY TELEGRAPH sgp10 - D of SHEFFIELD above E WS3 QV 1d brown sgp20 - D of SHEFFIELD above L WS3 QV 1d brown sgp30 WS3 QV 1d brown SHEFFIELD DAILY TELEGRAPH sgs10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 SHEFFIELD WEEKLY NEWS The addressee name and address appears to have been printed at the same time as the masthead. sgv10 WS3 QV 1d brown THE SHELTON IRON, STEEL & COAL CO shc10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions S HIPPING GAZETTE & LLOYD’S LIST shf10 ES9w QV 1˝d brown shf20 - “&” below base line WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 shf30 WS3 QV 1d brown SHIPPING GAZETTE OFFICE 54 GRACECHURCH STREET
shi10 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine
shi15 WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine shi20 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine shi25 WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine 5 NEW-STREET SQUARE shi30 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine ... shi35 WS14 KGV 1d red shi40 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS14 KGV 1d red shi45 WS9b KEVII 1d carmine 75 SHOE LANE shi60 WS14 KGV 1d red SHIPPING GAZETTE WEEKLY SUMMARY ... shm10 ES9w QV 1˝d brown SHIPPING WORLD YEAR BOOK shp10 WP15 QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions THE SKETCH ske10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 SMITH BROTHERS smb10 - (printed sideways on wrappers) WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instruction SMITH EDWARDS & CO sme10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 SMITH ELDER & CO smi10 - with advertising ring only, in colour of indicium AR4 QV 1d pink AR5 QV 1d pink AR6 QV 2d blue AR7 QV 3d rose smi20 - horizontal rule is 193mm, text in serif typestyle, (illustration at 75% of original size) AR10 QV 4d + 1s in the 4d the text at the bottom of the advertising ring is “EAST INDIA AGENTS, LONDON” smi30 - horizontal rule is 174mm, text in sans-serif typestyle, (illustration at 75% of original size) AR11 QV 4d + 1s in the 4d the text at the bottom of the advertising ring is “65, CORNHILL, LONDON” see also HENRY S KING & CO SOCIAL SCIENCE CONGRESS snf10 WP9 QV ˝d green 3-line instruction SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE snj10 - (on flap, inverted relative to indicium) WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
snj20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2
snj25 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 snj30 - text 74Ľmm wide; horizontal line 64mm wide 0.5mm thick; 2˝mm between text and horizontal line WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 snj40 - text 73˝mm wide; horizontal line 63Ľmm wide 0.7mm thick; 2Ľmm between text and horizontal line WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 snj50 - text 72ľmm wide; horizontal line 64˝mm wide 0.4mm thick; 2mm between text and horizontal line WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 snj60 - text 75Ľmm wide; horizontal line 63ľmm wide 0.2mm thick; 2˝mm between text and horizontal line WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 snj70 - text 75ľmm wide; horizontal line 63mm wide 0.4mm thick; 2˝mm between text and horizontal line WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 snj80 - text 74Ľmm wide; horizontal line 61˝mm wide 0.5mm thick; 2˝mm between text and horizontal line WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 snk10 - text 76Ľmm wide; horizontal line 62˝mm wide 0.2mm thick; 2mm between text and horizontal line WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 snk20 - text 78˝mm wide; horizontal line 61ľmm wide 0.4mm thick; 2mm between text and horizontal line; Comma at the end of the text. WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 snk30 - text 75ľmm wide; horizontal line 59mm wide 0.4mm thick; 3mm between text and horizontal line The S P C and K are below the base line. WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... snk40 - text 76mm wide; horizontal line 62mm wide 0.3mm thick; 2Ľmm between text and horizontal line The S P C and K are above the base line. WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... snk50 - text 76mm wide; horizontal line 58ľmm wide 0.5mm thick; 2˝mm between text and horizontal line WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... snk60 - text 76mm wide; horizontal line 59ľmm wide 0.5mm thick; 2˝mm between text and horizontal line WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... snk70 - text 76ľmm wide; horizontal line 57ľmm wide 0.5mm thick; 2˝mm between text and horizontal line No dot at the end of the text. WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... snk80 - text 76mm wide; horizontal line 57˝mm wide 0.4mm thick; 2Ľmm between text and horizontal line The S P C and K are above the base line. WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green SOCIETY FOR THE HOME TEACHING OF THE BLIND ... snp10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green SOCIETY FOR THE PRESERVATION OF THE MONUMENTS OF ANCIENT EGYPT sns10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions SOCIETY OF ANTIQUARIES OF NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE snv10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions SOCIETY OF THE SACRED MISSION The change of address overprint position varies soc10 WS13 KGV ˝d green WS14 KGV 1d red SOMERSET COUNTY GAZETTE sof10 WP30 KGV 1d red SOUTH AMERICAN MISSIONARY SOCIETY soi10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green SOUTH EASTERN AND CHATHAM RAILWAY sol10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ... sol20 - l of Railway below centre of n WS9 KEVII 1d red WS14 KGV 1d red sol30 - l of Railway after right side of n WS9 KEVII 1d red THE SOUTH EASTERN RAILWAY COMPANY ... soo10 - South-Eastern with hyphen, text 67˝mm ES7w QV 1d pink WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green soo20 - text 64˝mm - 6ľ waves per cm WP14 QV ˝d brown 5-line instruction soo30 - South Eastern no hyphen WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions soo40 - South-Eastern with hyphen, text 62˝mm, 4˝ waves per cm WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green soo50 WS21 KGV ˝d green SOUTHERN RAILWAY sor10 WS21 KGV ˝d green sor20 WS21 KGV ˝d green
45mm gap between “Messrs” and “If not”
sor30 WS21 KGV ˝d green WS30 KGVI 1d red SOUTHPORT METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATORY ... sou10 WS3 QV 1d brown SOUTHWARK MERCURY ... sox10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 SPEAR BROS & CLARK spc10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green SPENCE & IRWIN spf10 WP10 QV ˝d green die 1 5-line instructions THE SPHERE spj10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green SPORTSMAN’S & TOURIST’S GUIDE spm05 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 no instructions spm10 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green SPOTTISWOODE & CO spp10 - LTD in upper case ES20bw QV 2d lake spp20 - 14˝mm between lines ES33w KEVII 2d lake spp30 - 12˝/13mm between lines ES33w KEVII 2d lake spp40 - full stop only after LTD, LTD in upper case ES33w KEVII 2d lake spp50 - full stop and comma after Ltd, Ltd in u/l case ES33w KEVII 2d lake spp60 - comma at end of second line above E ES33w KEVII 2d lake SPOTTISWOODE & CO, ETON COLLEGE spq10 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green SPOTTISWOODE BALLANTYNE & CO, ETON COLLEGE spr10 WS21 KGV ˝d green STAMFORD MERCURY For Stamford Mercury precancel see section prior to this one at the start of the catalogue. ssa05 WS21 KGV ˝d green ssa10 WS23 KGV 1d red ssa15 WS23 KGV 1d red ... ssa20 WS23 KGV 1d red STAMP COLLECTING ssf05 - LH of Logo below RH of S, RH of Logo below left side of N, overall height 44mm ES43w KGV 1d red ssf10 - LH of Logo below centre of S, RH of Logo below centre of N, overall height 44mm ES43w KGV 1d red
ssf15- LH of Logo below centre of S, RH of Logo below LH of G, overall height 45mm ES42w KGV ˝d green ssf20 - LH of Logo below centre of S, RH of Logo RH of G, narrow text at bottom two lines ES43w KGV 1d red ssf25 - LH of Logo below RH of S, RH of Logo below LH of N, overall height 44mm ES43w KGV 1d red ssf30 - LH of Logo below LH of T, RH of Logo frame below left side of G, overall height 44mm ES43w KGV 1d red ssf35 - LH of Logo below middle of T, RH of Logo below middle of G, overall height 42mm ES42w KGV ˝d green ES43w KGV 1d red ssf40 - LH of Logo below RH of T, RH of Logo below centre of G, overall height 43mm ES43w KGV 1d red ssf45 - LH of Logo below RH of T, RH of Logo below RH of G, overall height 43mm, 1st line of text below Logo off centre ES43w KGV 1d red STAMPS ssk10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE STANDARD The Standard also used STO wrappers without a printed masthead. These can be generally identified by the type style of printed name and address as shown in the example below. sta00 WS3 QV 1d brown WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine sta20 - text 49Ľmm, underline 63˝mm WS3 QV 1d brown sta30 - text 57˝mm, underline 67mm WS3 QV 1d brown sta40 - text 63mm, underline 74mm, 3mm between text and line WS3 QV 1d brown ... sta50 - text 64mm, underline 67˝mm WS3 QV 1d brown sta60 - text 64mm, underline 73mm, 2˝mm between text and line WS3 QV 1d brown sta70 - text 64mm, underline 74mm, 2ľmm between text and line, small “T” in “THE” WS3 QV 1d brown sta80 - text 64˝mm, underline 70˝mm, 7mm between THE and ST WS3 QV 1d brown sta90 - text 65mm, underline 69mm, 7˝mm between E and S WS3 QV 1d brown stb10 - text 65mm, underline 75mm WS3 QV 1d brown stb20 - text 65˝mm, underline 71ľmm WS3 QV 1d brown stb30 WS3 QV 1d brown stb40 - B below centre of H WS3 QV 1d brown stb50 - B below right foot of H, thick horiz line 80mm wide, 2˝mm between line and text WS3 QV 1d brown stb60 - B below right foot of H, thin horiz line 75mm wide, 1˝mm between line and text WS3 QV 1d brown stb70 - B below T WS3 QV 1d brown stb80 - text 57˝mm, underline 67mm WS9a KEVII 1d orange
stb90 - text 58Ľmm, underline 83mm WS9a KEVII 1d orange stc10 - text 57ľmm, underline 63˝mm WS9a KEVII 1d orange stc20 - text 49mm, underline 51˝mm WS9a KEVII 1d orange stc30 - text 82˝mm WS9a KEVII 1d orange stc40 - text 81mm WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine stc50 - masthead 81Ľmm, address line 97mm The two line of text were printed separately, resulting in much variation in the relative position and misalignment of the two lines of text WS9b KEVII 1d carmine
stc60 - masthead 81mm; S of Shoe below no WS9a KEVII 1d orange stc70 - masthead 81mm; S of Shoe below n WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d WS13 KGV ˝d green WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d stc80 - masthead 76mm WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d WS17 KGV ˝d + 1d stc90 - masthead 75ľmm WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d STANDARD, LANCASTER stf10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE STANDARD LIST AND SPECIALITIES ADVERTISER
sti10 ES7w QV 1d pink THE STAR stk10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 stk20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 stk30 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 STATEMENT stm10 WS13 KGV ˝d green STEDMAN CROWTHER & CO sto10 - 4 below C WP25b KGV ˝d green sto20 - 4 before C WP25 KGV ˝d green STEVENS & NORTON ... stq10 AR1 QV 1d pink THE STOCK EXCHANGE DAILY OFFICIAL LIST sts10 - T of THE above left side of H WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 sts20 - T of THE above HE WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green sts30 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green sts40 - E.C.2. WS23 KGV 1d red sts50 WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown THE STOCK EXCHANGE WEEKLY OFFICIAL INTELLIGENCE stv10 WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown STUBBS’ WEEKLY GAZETTE sty10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 sty20 - I of OFFICE below left side of s WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 sty25 - I of OFFICE below centre of s WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 sty30 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 sty50 - “If not delivered...” WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 sty60 - “If Addressee removed...” WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 sty70 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 sty80 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green stz10 WS13 KGV ˝d green stz20 - t of Stubbs’ below ed WS13 KGV ˝d green WS16 KGV ˝d + ˝d WS23 KGV 1d red stz30 - t of Stubbs’ below d, raised/small E in E.C. WS13 KGV ˝d green WS16 KGV ˝d + ˝d WS22 KGV ˝d + ˝d stz40 - normal E in E.C.; pointed apostrophe & comma in masthead WS13 KGV ˝d green WS14 KGV 1d red WS16 KGV ˝d + ˝d WS23 KGV 1d red stz50 - left side of h in Gresham below right side of e; rounded apostrophe & comma in masthead WS23 KGV 1d red stz60 - left side of h in Gresham below left side of e; no space after 42,; pointed apostrophe & comma in masthead WS21 KGV ˝d green WS23 KGV 1d red SUFFOLK CHRONICLE sud10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 SUNDAY DISPATCH sug10 ES53w KGV 1˝d brown SUNDAY EXPRESS suk10 WS15 KGV1˝d brown WS21 KGV ˝d green WS23 KGV 1d red suk20 WS15 KGV1˝d brown suk30 - E of Express over O WS15 KGV1˝d brown suk40 - E of Express over D WS30 KGVI 1d red suk50 - E of Express over L WS29 KGVI ˝d green WS30 KGVI 1d red Reference line added on left edge of E of Express suk60 - 2ľmm between 1st and 2nd line of text; 1ľmm between 3rd line of text and horizontal line WS37 KGVI 1d blue W S38 KGVI 1˝d green suk70 - same as suk60 with JUNIOR EXPRESS handstamp WS38 KGVI 1˝d green suk80 - 3˝mm between 1st and 2nd line of text; 3mm between 3rd line of text and horizontal line; WS55 QEII 4˝d red brown WS56 QEII 5d brown* WS57 QEII 6d purple* WS81A QEII 2˝d + 1d WS81B QEII 2˝d+1d+1˝d sul10 - 3˝mm between 1st and 2nd line of text; 2mm between 3rd line of text and horizontal line WS55 QEII 4˝d red brown sul20 - 2ľmm between 1st and 2nd line of text; 1ľmm between 3rd line of text and horizontal line; 19˝mm between Express and PRINTED WS65 QEII 1d + 2˝d sul30 - 2ľmm between 1st and 2nd line of text; 1ľmm between 3rd line of text and horizontal line; 10ľmm between Express and PRINTED WS81A QEII 2˝d + 1d
sul40 - 2ľmm between 1st and 2nd line of text; 1ľmm between 3rd line of text and horizontal line; 9mm between Express and PRINTED WS69 QEII 1˝d + 1d sul50 - 3˝mm between 1st and 2nd line of text; 2mm between 3rd line of text and horizontal line; shorter line WS85 QEII 2˝d + 4d sul60 - 3˝mm between 1st and 2nd line of text; 2˝mm between 3rd line of text and horizontal line WS105A QEII 5d +1d sul70 - 3˝mm between 1st and 2nd line of text; ˝mm between 3rd line of text and horizontal line WS114 QEII 6d crimson sul80 WS49 QEII 1d blue SURBITON ASSEMBLY ROOMS suo10 WP15 QV ˝d brown 5-line instruction SURBITON ASSEMBLY ROOMS COMPANY ... sup10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions SURBITON ATHLETIC SPORTS sus10 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE SURVEYOR OF TAXES suv05 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green SYDNEY GALVAYNE syd10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions T & W FARMILOE tac10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS13 KGV ˝d green T M WHITTON & SONS taf10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green T S FREEMAN & SONS ... taj10 WP6 QV ˝d green die 1 THE TABLET
45/46mm between lines
tam10 WS3 QV 1d brown tam20 WS3 QV 1d brown WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE TATLER tap10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green TAYLOR & OGDEN ... tas10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green TAYLOR TUNNICLIFF & CO tav10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green TAYLOR’S PATENT SEWING MACHINE COMPANY tbd10 WP14 QV ˝d green die 1 - 5 line instructions THE TEACHERS’ GUILD ... tea10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green TEMPERANCE PERMANENT BUILDING SOCIETY tem10 WS13 KGV ˝d green tem20 WS21 KGV ˝d green JC tem30 WS21 KGV ˝d green TEMPERLEYS CARTER & DARKE teo10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 TERRINGTON ST CLEMENT ter10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THOMAS CUMBERLEGE & MOSS thc05 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 THOMAS MOY thf10 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 THOMAS NELSON & SONS thj10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THOMAS QUINSEY & CO thm10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... thm20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green thm30 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green THOM AS WREFORD Quod Petis Hic Est! (= what you seek is here!) thp10 - logo 28mm high WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
36mm gap between two texts
... thp20 - logo 22mm high WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
38mm gap between two texts
thp30 - logo 22mm high WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE THREE CHOIRS MUSICAL FESTIVAL ... thv10 WS23 KGV 1d red THE TIMES tim10 - text 65mm wide, underline 67˝mm WS3 QV 1d brown WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine tim20 - text 68mm wide, underline 67˝mm WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine TOM SMITH’S DELICIOUS CONFECTIONS
46mm between line and text
toj10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE TONBRIDGIAN ton10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 TRADE CIRCULAR ... tqp10 WP12 1d brown THE TRANSPORT WORLD tra10 WS32 KGVI 2d orange TRELOAR’S CARPET CIRCULAR tre10 WP15 QV ˝d brown 5-line instruction TRINITARIAN BIBLE SOCIETY tri10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 tri20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 THE TROYE EXPLORATION COMPANY tro10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green TUBE COY ... tub10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions TURNERS’ COMPANY tur10 WP14 QV ˝d brown 5-line instruction UNDER THE HAMMER PROPERTY REPORTS und10 WS38 KGVI 1˝d green UNION BANK OF LONDON uni10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 WP18 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green UNION OF LONDON & SMITHS BANK unm10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green UNION OFFICES LISBURN unq10 WP29 KGV ˝d green UNION STEAM SHIP CO unu10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions ... unu20 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions unu30 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE UNITED ALKALI CO uoc10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE UNITED TELEPHONE COMPANY ... uof10 ES9w QV 1˝d brown ... uof20 ES10w QV 2˝d lake THE UNIVERSITIES’ MISSION TO CENTRAL AFRICA uoj10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 VAL DE TRAVERS ASPHALTE PAVING COMPANY vac10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions VALPARAISO CABLEGRAM ... val10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 VIA BRINDISI - BOOK POST via10 ES9w QV 1˝d brown (23.1.80) VOLUNTARYISM vol10 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 VYSE SONS & CO vys10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 vys20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green W & C PANTIN wac10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 W & T RESTELL waf10 WS3 QV 1d brown waf20 WS12 KEVII ˝d + 1d W A MASSEY & CO wai10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green W BLISS & SONS
on front of wrapper on inside of wrapper
wal10 WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 W EDWARDS & SON wao10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 wao20 WS13 KGV ˝d green W FRANK & CO war10 WP18 QV ˝d blue green die 2 W G HOOPER wau10 WP15 QV ˝d brown 5-line instruction W H SMITH & SON Not known which W H Smith masthead used. wba00 AR23 QV 1d pink AR31 QV 1s green AR33 QV 1˝d + 1˝d AR34 QV 1˝d + 3d AR35 QV 1˝d + 3d AR37 QV 2d + 2˝d AR38 QV 2˝d + 2d FULL STOP AFTER LONDON Ampersand with a flat serif .. wba10 - T of SMITH points to centre of 8 AR24 QV 1d pink AR27 QV 2d blue
wba20 - T of SMITH points to right side of 8; stop after London is raised; dropped d in London AR24 QV 1d pink AR27 QV 2d blue ... wba30 - T of SMITH points to centre of 8; dropped d in Strand AR27 QV 2d blue AR28a QV 3d rose carmine AR29a QV 4d vermilion AR30a QV 6d purple wba40 - T of SMITH points to left side of 8 AR24 QV 1d pink AR27 QV 2d blue wba50 - T of SMITH points to left side of 8; dropped d in Strand AR24 QV 1d pink AR27 QV 2d blue AR28a QV 3d rose carmine Ampersand with a round serif wba60 AR24 QV 1d pink AR25 QV 1d pink AR27 QV 2d blue wba70 - very similar to wba60; dot between W and H positioned much lower AR25 QV 1d pink NO COMMA AFTER 186 wba80 - I of SMITH point to centre of 8 AR24 QV 1d pink AR25 QV 1d pink AR27 QV 2d blue AR28b QV 3d rose carmine AR30b QV 6d purple AR36 QV 1˝d + 3d
wbb10 - I of SMITH point to left side of 6; centre point of W in W.C. points to left side of d AR24 QV 1d pink AR25 QV 1d pink AR26b QV 1˝d red brown AR27 QV 2d blue AR28b QV 3d rose carmine AR36b QV 1˝d + 3d AR40 QV 3d + 1˝d
wbb20 - I of SMITH point to left side of 6; centre point of W in W.C. points to the centre of d AR28b QV 3d rose carmine COMMA AFTER LONDON wbb30 AR25 QV 1d pink AR26b QV 1˝d red brown AR27 QV 2d blue AR29b QV 4d vermilion AR30b QV 6d purple ES2w QV 2d blue ES3w QV 3d carmine ES4w QV 4d vermillion ES9w QV 1˝d brown ES13w QV 1˝d brown ES14w QV 1˝d yellow ES15w QV 2d lake ES16w QV 2˝d grey blue ES20aw QV 2d lake ES20bw QV 2d lake ES21aw QV 2˝d grey blue ES22aw QV 3d carmine ES26w QV 6d purple ESC29w QV 1d + 4d ESC36w QV 1˝d + 3d ESC97w QV 1˝d + 3d ESC108w QV ˝d + 4d ESC115w QV 1d + 2˝d ESC123w QV 1˝d + 3d ESC132w QV 2d + 2˝d ESC190w QV ˝d + 3d ESC213w QV 1˝d + 2d ESC214w QV 1˝d + 2d ESC217w QV 1˝d + 3d ESC258w QV 2˝d + 2˝d wbb40 - same as wbb30 but with damaged curved line to the right of London ESC115w QV 1d + 2˝d
wbb50 AR25 QV 1d pink AR27 QV 2d blue AR28b QV 3d carmine wbb60 - very similar to wbb50, “W.C.” is spaced closer and is nearer to line above AR25 QV 1d pink TEXT ADDED ABOVE LOGO wbb70 The top line of text has been added in a second printing on wbb30 resulting in different relative position of text and logo ES20bw QV 2d lake wbb80 - break in curved line above T of SMITH The top line of text has been added in a second printing on wbb30 resulting in different relative position of text and logo ES20bw QV 2d lake ES22bw QV 3d carmine 9 dot wbc10 ES13w QV 1˝d brown ES14w QV 1˝d yellow ES19w QV 1˝d yellow ES29w QV 1˝d yellow WS3 QV 1d brown WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 wbc20 - as wbc10 with frame damage below 8 WS3 QV 1d brown wbc30 - as wbc10 with frame damage top left corner WS3 QV 1d brown wbc40 ES3w QV 3d carmine ES5w QV 6d purple ES14w QV 1˝d yellow ES19w QV 1˝d yellow ES20bw QV 2d lake ES21bw QV 2˝d grey blue ES22aw QV 3d carmine ES22bw QV 3d carmine ES23w QV 4d vermilion ES26w QV 6d purple ES29w QV 1˝d yellow ESC108w QV ˝d + 4d ESC191w QV ˝d + 3d ESC192w QV ˝d + 4d ESC214w QV 1˝d + 2d ESC217w QV 1˝d + 3d ESC238w QV 2d + 3d ESC257w QV 2˝d +2d ESC259w QV 2˝d + 2˝d ESC383w QV ˝d + 3d ESC393w QV 1˝d + 2d WS3 QV 1d brown WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 ES32w KEVII 1˝d yellow ES33w KEVII 2d lake ES34aw KEVII 2˝d grey blue ES35w KEVII 3d brown ES36w KEVII 4d vermilion ES37w KEVII 6d violet ESC621w KEVII ˝d + 3d ESC622w KEVII ˝d + 4d ESC633w KEVII 1˝d + 2d ESC635w KEVII 1˝d + 3d ESC650w KEVII 2˝d + 2˝d ESC680w KEVII ˝d + 3d ESC681w KEVII ˝d + 4d ESC730w KEVII ˝d + QV 3d WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS9a KEVII 1d orange WS9b KEVII 1d carmine wbc50 - damaged logo frame above S of SON and L of LONDON ES23w QV 4d vermilion ESC214w QV 1˝d + 2d wbc60 - lower case r in returned ES19w QV 1˝d yellow wbc70 - 1st line 64mm wide ESC650w KEVII 2˝d + 2˝d WS9b KEVII 1d carmine
wbd10 - 1st line 64mm wide, “In case” lower than rest of text ES32w KEVII 1˝d yellow ES37w KEVII 6d violet ESC651w KEVII 2˝d + 2˝d WS9b KEVII 1d carmine wbd20 - 1st line 62mm wide ES32w KEVII 1˝d yellow ES37w KEVII 6d violet wbd30 - 1st line 57mm wide ES33w KEVII 2d lake ES37w KEVII 6d violet ES41aw KEVII 1˝d purple WS9aw KEVII 1d orange WS9bw KEVII 1d carmine WS11w KEVII ˝d yellow green MODIFIED LOGO WITH MORE HATCHED LINES & NO COMMA AFTER SON wbd40 - top line in upper/lower case, 61mm wide ES35w KEVII 3d brown ES41bw KEVII 1˝d reddish lilac WS9b KEVII 1d carmine wbd50 - top line in upper/lower case, 65mm wide WS9b KEVII 1d carmine
wbd60 - top line serif typestyle 66mm wide ES31w KEVII 1d carmine ES33w KEVII 2d lake ES41aw KEVII 1˝d purple ES41bw KEVII 1˝d reddish lilac ES34aw KEVII 2˝d grey blue ESC680w KEVII 2˝d + 2˝d ESC685w KEVII 1˝d + 2d WS9b KEVII 1d carmine ES44w KGV 1˝d brown WS14 KGV 1d red WS15 KGV 1˝d brown wbd70 - top line serif typestyle 62-63mm wide more than one plate would appear to have been produced photographically from the same master resulting in different overall sizes, with the top line being from 62mm to 63mm ES33w KEVII 2d lake ES35w KEVII 3d brown ES41bw KEVII 1˝d reddish lilac ESC651w KEVII 2˝d + 2˝d ESC685w KEVII 1˝d + 2d ESC687w KEVII 1˝d + 3d WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green ES44w KGV 1˝d brown ES45w KGV 2d orange ES53w KGV 1˝d brown WS13a KGV ˝d green WS13b KGV ˝d green WS14 KGV 1d red wbd80 - top line san serif typestyle 63mm wide CASE with large C ES45w KGV 2d orange ES46aw KGV 2˝d light blue ESC743w KGV ˝d + 3d WS14 KGV 1d red wbd90 - top line sans serif typestyle 65mm wide CASE with small C ES44w KGV 1˝d brown ES47w KGV 3d violet ES48w KGV 4d grey green ES49w KGV 6d purple ES53w KGV 1˝d brown WS13a KGV ˝d green WS14 KGV 1d red WS15 KGV 1˝d brown
wbe20 (modified address line - Strand House) ES45w KGV 2d orange ES46aw KGV 2˝d light blue ES47w KGV 3d violet ES48w KGV 4d grey green ES49w KGV 6d purple ES53w KGV 1˝d brown ESC743w KGV ˝d + 3d ESC744w KGV ˝d + 4d ESC749w KGV 1d + 2˝d ESC760w KGV 1˝d + 2d ESC769w KGV 2d + 2˝d ESC776aw KGV 2˝d + 2˝d ESC776bw KGV 2˝d + 2˝d WS14 KGV 1d red WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS21 KGV ˝d green WS23 KGV 1d red WS25 KGV 2d orange ES63w KGVI 2d orange ES64w KGVI 2˝d blue wbe30 - no comma after SON, company name now LTD, Case with upper case C ES45w KGV 2d orange ES46bw KGV 2˝d dark blue ES47w KGV 3d violet ES48w KGV 4d grey green ES53w KGV 1˝d brown ESC743w KGV ˝d + 3d ESC744w KGV ˝d + 4d ESC776bw KGV 2˝d + 2˝d ESC769w KGV 2d + 2˝d WS15 KGV 1˝d brown WS23 KGV 1d red WS29 KGVI ˝d green WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown wbe40 - comma after SON, case with lower case c ES47w KGV 3d violet ES49w KGV 6d purple ES64w KGVI 2˝d blue ES71w KGVI 3d violet ES72w KGVI 4d blue ES73w KGVI 6d purple ES74w KGVI 9d olive green ES75w KGVI 1s brown ESC807w KGVI 1d + 2˝d ESC810w KGVI 2d + 1˝d ESC811w KGVI 2d +2˝d ESC812w KGVI 2˝d + 2˝d ESC814w KGVI ˝d + 3d ESC815w KGVI ˝d + 4d ESC816w KGVI ˝d + 9d ESC818w KGVI 1d + 2˝d ESC825w KGVI 1˝d + 3d ESC826w KGVI 1˝d + 4d ESC827w KGVI 1˝d + 6d ESC828w KGVI 1˝d + 1s ESC831w KGVI 2d + 2˝d ESC832w KGVI 2d + 3d ESC834w KGVI 2d + 9d ESC835w KGVI 2d + 1s ESC838w KGVI 2˝d + 3d ESC839w KGVI 3d + 1d ESC840w KGVI 3d + 4d ESC841w KGVI 3d + 1s ESC844w KGVI 4d + 4d ESC845w KGVI 4d + 6d ESC846w KGVI 4d + 9d ESC847w KGVI 4d + 1s ESC847Aw KGVI 6d + 9d ESC852w KGVI ˝d + 3d + ˝d ESC853w KGVI ˝d + 4d + ˝d ESC858w KGVI 1˝d + 6d + ˝d WS29 KGVI ˝d green WS30 KGVI 1d red WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown WS32 KGVI 2d orange WS33 KGVI 2˝d blue WS37 KGVI 1d blue WS38 KGVI 1˝d green WS39 KGVI 2d brown WS40 KGVI 2˝d carmine WS42 KGVI ˝d + 2˝d WS44 KGVI 1˝d + ˝d WS46 KGVI 2˝d + ˝d ESC863w KGVI 1d + QEII 2˝d ESC869w KGVI 1˝d + QEII 6d ESC870w KGVI 2d + QEII 2˝d ESC873w KGVI 6d + QEII 2˝d ES81w QEII 4d blue ES82w QEII 6d purple ES83w QEII 9d green ES91w QEII 6d crimson ESC890w QEII 2d + 1s ESC892w QEII 2˝d + 2˝d ESC893w QEII 2˝d + 3d ESC897w QEII 3d + 4d ESC901w QEII 4d + 4d ESC903w QEII 4d + 9d ESC904w QEII 4d + 1s ESC972w QEII 2d + KGVI 9d ESC973w QEII 2d + KGVI 1s ESC977w QEII 2˝d + KGVI 3d ESC979w QEII 2˝d + KGVI 6d ESC980w QEII 2˝d + KGVI 9d ESC981w QEII 2˝d + KGVI 1s ESC984w QEII 3d + KGVI 4d ESC986w QEII 3d + KGVI 1s WS51 QEII 2d brown WS52 QEII 2˝d carmine WS53 QEII 3d violet WS54 QEII 4d blue WS55 QEII 4˝d red brown WS56 QEII 5d brown WS57 QEII 6d purple WS58 QEII 9d green WS59 QEII 1s brown WS62 QEII ˝d + 3d WS63 QEII ˝d + 6d WS64 QEII ˝d + 9d WS66 QEII 1d + 6d WS67 QEII 1d + 1s WS71 QEII 2d + ˝d WS75 QEII 2d + 2˝d WS78 QEII 2d + 6d WS79 QEII 2d + 1s WS86 QEII 2˝d + 4˝d WS87 QEII 2˝d + 5d WS92 QEII 3d + 4d WS93 QEII 3d + 4˝d WS95 QEII 3d + 1s WS96 QEII 4d + ˝d WS100 QEII 4d + 3d WS101 QEII 4d + 4d WS102 QEII 4d + 6d WS103 QEII 4d + 1s WS105b QEII 5d + 3d WS106 QEII 5d + 5d WS107 QEII 5d + 6d WS108 QEII 5d + 9d WS109 QEII 6d + ˝d WS110 QEII 6d + 9d WS116 QEII 1s pale violet wbe50 - PRINTED PAPER REDUCED RATE in a serif typestyle WS38 KGVI 1˝d green
wbe60 - Case with u/c C, no comma after SON WS21 KGV ˝d green WS29 KGVI ˝d green WS30 KGVI 1d red WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown WS34 KGVI ˝d + ˝d WS38 KGVI 1˝d green WS43a KGVI 1d + ˝d wbe70 - case with l/c c, comma after SON The small mastheads were produced by photographic reduction from the larger version. This appears to have been done on a number of different occasions resulting in minor differences in the overall size of the masthead (from about 41mm to 43mm on the width). WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown WS38 KGVI 1˝d green WS39 KGVI 2d brown WS41 KGVI ˝d + 1˝d WS44 KGVI 1˝d + ˝d WS51 QEII 2d brown WS52 QEII 2˝d carmine WS71 QEII 2d + ˝d wbe80 ES73w KGVI 6d purple ES74w KGVI 9d olive green ES83w QEII 9d olive green WS58w QEII 9d green WS59w QEII 1s brown wbe90 WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown wbf10 - there appear to be a number of different settings of the red overprint. The differences are very minor and it has not been found practical to illustrate / describe these different settings. ESC781w KGVI 3d + 4d WS29 KGVI ˝d green WS30 KGVI 1d red WS31 KGVI 1˝d brown WS32 KGVI 2d orange WS35 KGVI ˝d + 1d wbf30 WS29 KGVI ˝d green WS30 KGVI 1d red WS34 KGVI ˝d + ˝d wbf40 - “PRINTED PAPER / REDUCED RATE” closer and in bold font, position varies, it was probably an overprint. Space between REDUCED and RATE is 2˝mm WS30 KGVI 1d red WS33 KGVI 2˝d blue WS37 KGVI 1d blue WS38 KGVI 1˝d green wbf50 - similar to wbf40, space between REDUCED and RATE is 4mm WS32 KGVI 2d orange ESC807w KGVI 1d + 2˝d wbf60 - the position of “PRINTED PAPER / REDUCED RATE” varies in relation to the logo, it was probably an overprint. ESC811w KGVI 2d + 2˝d ESC824w KGVI 1˝d + 2d WS37 KGVI 1d blue ESC860w KGVI ˝d + QEII 3d ESC863w KGVI 1d + QEII 2˝d ESC868w KGVI 1˝d + QEII 3d ESC870w KGVI 2d + QEII 2˝d ESC893w QEII 2˝d + 3d ESC977w QEII 2˝d + KGVI 3d ESC978w QEII 2˝d + KGVI 4d WS53 QEII 3d violet WS56 QEII 5d brown WS63 QEII ˝d + 6d WS69 QEII 1˝d + 1d WS75 QEII 2d + 2˝d WS76 QEII 2d + 4˝d WS85 QEII 2˝d + 4d WS89 QEII 3d + ˝d WS96 QEII 4d + ˝d WS98 QEII 4d + 2˝d WS101 QEII 4d + 4d WS104 QEII 4˝d + 5d wbf70 ESC893w QEII 2˝d + 3d wbf80 ES73w KGVI 6d purple ESC811w KGVI 2d + 2˝d
... wbf90 WS83 QEII 2˝d + 3d ESC893w QEII 2˝d + 3d W H SMITH & SON, MANCHESTER wbg50 WS21 KGV ˝d green wbg60 WS20 KGV ˝d + ˝d W HARRISON & SON wbh10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 W J BUSH & CO ... wbk10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 W LADENBURG & CO wbn10 WP20 KEVII 1d carmine W PARKINSON & CO wbq10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 W R CROW & SON wbt10 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 wbt20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green W THACKER & CO ... wbw10 ES11w QV 1d pink wbw20 ES11w QV 1d pink WALKERS HORSE SALES wcc10 WP18 QV ˝d green THE WALL PAPER MANUFACTURERS wcf10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green ... wcf20 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WARD, STURT & SHARP wcj10 WS13 KGV ˝d green WARRICK BROTHERS wcp10 (the vertical lines extend 252mm) WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green wcp20 - the vertical lines extend 240mm; the light green area is a address window cutout) WS13 KGV ˝d green WEATHERBY & SONS wdc10 - Old Burlington Street WS9b KEVII 1d carmine WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green wdc20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green wdc30 WS14 KGV 1d red WP25 KGV ˝d green ... wdc40 - Cavendish Square WS13 KGV ˝d green WEBB & SON wdf10 WP6 QV ˝d green WEEKLY DISPATCH wdi10 - illustration from an incomplete wrapper WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green wdi20 - illustration at 75% WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE WEEKLY SCOTSMAN
wdl10 - height 25mm, comma after Publishers above G WS14 KGV 1d red wdl20 - height 27mm, comma after Publishers above left side of H WS14 KGV 1d red wdl30 WS14 KGV 1d red wdl40 - tail of J in JOHN below base line WS23 KGV 1d red wdl50 - 2nd line of text in a different typeface WS23 KGV 1d red wdl60 WS23 KGV 1d red THE WEEKLY SUN wdo10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WEEKLY TELEGRAPH ... wdr10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions WESLEYAN METHODIST LOCAL PREACHERS’ MUTUAL AID ASSOCIATION wdu10 WS13 KGV ˝d green WEST MIDDLESEX WATER WORKS COMPANY wef10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions wef20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wef30 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WESTERN CHRONICLE wel10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions WESTERN GAZETTE weo10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green weo20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green weo30 WS21 KGV ˝d green THE WESTERN MORNING NEWS wer10 - third line of text same shorter than horizontal lines WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 wer20 - square comma after News, round stop after PLYMOUTH (in line 2) WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 wer30 - round comma after News, square stop after PLYMOUTH WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green THE WESTMORLAND GAZETTE weu10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE WIDE WORLD whc10 ES69w KGVI 2d brown WILLIAM ALLISON & CO whf10 WP19 KEVII ˝d blue green WILLIAM PEARCE & E CUTLER whi10 WS23 KGV 1d red WILLIAM WHITELEY wic10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... wic20 - logo 28mm wide, logo to text 17mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wic30 - logo 28mm wide, logo to text 22˝mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wic40 - logo 21mm wide, logo to text 17mm, underline 23˝mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wic50 - logo 21mm wide, logo to text 18mm, underline 24mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wic60 - logo 21mm wide, logo to text 19mm, underline 23mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 wic70 - logo 21mm wide, logo to text 19mm, underline 23˝mm; underline starts after left side of R WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wic80 - logo 21mm wide, logo to text 19mm, underline 23˝mm; underline starts before the left side of R WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wid10 - logo 21mm wide, logo to text 19mm, underline 25˝mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wid20 - logo 21mm wide, logo to text 20mm, underline 23mm, break on left side of top frame of logo on later printings WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1
wid30 - logo 21mm wide, logo to text 20mm, underline 24mm, breaks in left hand frame of logo WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wid40 - logo 21mm wide, logo to text 21mm, underline 25mm WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wid50 - logo 24mm wide WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 wid60 WP15 QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions ... wid70 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 ... wie10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 wie20 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green wie30 - wider space between 2nd and 3rd line on flap WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green wie40 - narrower space between 2nd and 3rd line on flap WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 wie50 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green wie60 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green wie70 WP18 QV ˝d blue green WILTS & GLOUCESTERSHIRE STANDARD wih10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WP20 KEVII 1d carmine WINSOR & NEWTON win10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 win20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WS23 KGV 1d red
win30 WS23 KGV 1d red WISE MOTHERCRAFT wis10 - the bottom horizontal line is 181mm WS13b KVI ˝d green WM DAWSON & SONS wmd10 - comma after PRINTERS; B of BREAM’S below BO WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wmd20 - no comma after PRINTERS; B of BREAM’S below B WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 wmd30 - comma after LIMITED WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 wmd40 - no comma after LIMITED WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WM LOWE & SONS The company masthead and the addressee name & address were overprinted at the same time resulting in many minor variations wmh10 WP15 QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions The company masthead and the addressee name & address were overprinted at the same time resulting in many minor variations wmh20 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WS7 QV ˝d green die 2 WM MORLEY & GRAY ... wmm10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 WM NELSON & CO wmp10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions WM WARNE & CO LTD wmw10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green wmw20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WOMEN’S SUFFRAGE JOURNAL ... woc10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 woc20 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ... woc30 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 woc40 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions WOODALL & CO ... wof10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green WORCESTER HERALD wol10 WS2 QV ˝d green die 1 WORTHINGTON & CO woo10 WS8 KEVII ˝d blue green WORTHINGTON PUMPING ENGINE CO wot10 WP15 QV ˝d brown 2 5-line instructions wot2 0 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions YORK HOUSE ... yoa10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 YORKSHIRE DAILY OBSERVER yod10 WP21 KEVII ˝d yellow green yod20 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green YORKSHIRE FIRE & LIFE INSURANCE OFFICE yol10 - R of YORK below F WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions yol20 - R of YORK below IF WP16 QV ˝d brown 4-line instructions THE YORKSHIRE HERALD ... yoo10 WS5 QV ˝d brown die 2 THE YORKSHIRE OBSERVER yor10 WS11 KEVII ˝d yellow green
yor20 - thin bottom line longer than thick bottom line WS13 KGV ˝d green yor30 WS13 KGV ˝d green ZOOPHILIST zoo10 WS4 QV ˝d brown die 1 ITEMS WITH NO COMPANY NAME M I 431 Possibly McDowall Stevens & Co zdo05 WP17 QV ˝d brown die 2 UNKNOWN Addressee name and address is printed by letterpress. The “design” is printed in four colours (blue, red, yellow and black) by lithography. zza10 WP16 QV ˝d brown 4 line instructions